# Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

**B.TECH. DEGREE COURSE
**

SCHEME AND SYLLABI (2002-03 ADMISSION ONWARDS)

**MAHATMA GANDHI UNIVERSITY
**

KOTTAYAM KERALA

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

CONTENTS

Page Number 1. Regulations 4 10 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35 36 48 121 192 260 321 384 438 506

2. Scheme - S1&2 Combined (Common to all branches) 3. Scheme S3 to S8 Civil Engineering

4. Scheme S3 to S8 Mechanical Engineering 5. Scheme S3 to S8 Electrical and Electronics Engineering 6. Scheme S3 to S8 Electronics and Communication Engineering 7. Scheme S3 to S8 Computer Sciences and Engineering 8. Scheme S3 to S8 Polymer Engineering 9. Scheme S3 to S8 Information Technology 10. Scheme S3 to S8 Applied Electronics and Instrumentation 11. Course Calendar 12. Syllabus - S1&2 Combined (Common to all branches) 13. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Civil Engineering 14. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Mechanical Engineering 15. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Electrical and Electronics Engineering 16. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Electronics and Communication Engineering 17. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Computer Sciences and Engineering 18. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Polymer Engineering 19. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Information Technology 20. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Applied Electronics and Instrumentation

3

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

REGULATIONS

(Effective from 2002-03 admission onwards) 1. Conditions for admission Candidates for admission to the B.Tech. Degree course shall be required to have passed the higher secondary/+2/XII Std. examination conducted by boards/departments recognized/accepted by the University, obtaining not less than 50% marks in Mathematics and not less than 50% marks in Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry put together or the diploma examination in Engineering, Kerala or any examination accepted by the Government of Kerala as equivalent there to with 50% marks in the final qualifying examination, subject to the usual concession allowed for backward and other communities as specified from time to time. 2. Duration of the course a) The course for the B.Tech. Degree shall extend over a period of four academic years comprising of 8 semesters. The first and second semester combined and each semester from third semester onwards shall cover the groups of subjects as given in the scheme of studies and examinations. b) Each semester shall normally comprise of 16 weeks. c) The course calendar will be as follows. Semesters I & II Semesters IV, VI and VIII Semesters III, V and VII Semesters Commencement After the admissions are over. December 1st First working day of June Closing 31st of March 31st of March 30th of September Examination 15th April 15th April 15th October

3. Eligibility for the Degree Candidates for admission to the Degree of B.Tech. shall be required to have undergone the prescribed course of study in an institution maintained or affiliated to Mahatma Gandhi University for a period of not less than four academic years and to have passed all examinations specified in the scheme. The first academic year of study shall be from the date of commencement of admission till the closure of the academic year. The remaining 6 semester will have to be completed within 3 subsequent academic years. 4. Subjects of Study The subjects of study shall be in accordance with the scheme and syllabi given in the Annexure. 5. Electives All students shall choose electives in VII and VIII semesters, from a prescribed set of elective subjects offered by the institution, as indicated in the scheme. There should be at least 20% students of the class for an elective subject to be offered. New electives may be introduced according to the needs of emerging fields in technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be approved by the university before the course is offered. 4

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam 6. Sessional work Sessional marks for Theory, Drawing, Workshops, Laboratories and Practical will be awarded by the teaching faculty based on the day to day performance of the students. The allocation of sessional marks for the individual subjects shall be on the following basis. Theory Subjects Attendance Assignments Tests 20% 20% 60% Practical Subjects Attendance Regular class work/Drawing/Workshop Record/Lab Record and Class Performance Tests 20% 60% 20%

The sessional marks allotted for attendance shall be awarded in direct proportion to the percentage of attendance secured by the candidate in the subject. However full sessional marks for attendance shall be awarded to those who are securing 80% attendance and above. 7. Examination There shall be University Examinations at the end of the first academic year and at the end of every semester from third semester onwards in subjects as prescribed in the scheme of examination. 8. Eligibility for appearing examination is subject to the following a) The student should have successfully completed the course work for the year/semester. b) The student should have not less than 75% attendance for the particular year in the case of I & II semesters combined or the particular semester in the case of higher semesters. However, he is eligible for condonation of attendance (once in case of I & II semesters combined or twice in the case of higher semesters) subject to the conditions given below in the entire course. i) ii) iii) iv) His conduct must be satisfactory. The shortage shall not be more than 10% of actual working days. Condonation is given only on medical grounds. The condonation shall be granted subject to rules and procedures prescribed by the University from time to time. v) It is open to the Vice Chancellor to grant condonation of shortage of attendance on the recommendation of Principal. 9. Repetition of the course work a) A student who is not eligible for condonation of shortage of attendance shall repeat the course in full including the sessional work in the next immediate chance. The sessional marks earned during repetition of course alone will be counted in such case. b) A student can repeat the course only once in each semester/year.

5

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam c) A student can also repeat the course work for improving sessional marks subject to the following conditions. i) He shall repeat the course work in full (including sessionals) in a particular semester/year once and that too at the earliest available opportunity. ii) He shall not combine his course work with regular course work of any other semester. iii) A candidate who has satisfactorily completed the VIII semester course will not be allowed to repeat the course work in any semester. iv) He shall not be allowed to repeat the course work of any semester if he has already passed that semester examination in full. v) A candidate who has been registered for the higher semester examination will not be allowed to repeat the course work, in lower semester. vi) The sessional marks obtained during the repeated course only shall be considered for all purposes. d) For repeating the course in any of the above cases the character and conduct of the student must be satisfactory as certified by the Head of the Institution. 10. Conduct of Examination To conduct all the theory examinations, a Chief Superintendent and an Assistant Chief Superintendent should be appointed by the Principal. An external Chief Superintendent should also be appointed by the University as an Observer for conducting all theory examinations in Self-financing Engineering Colleges. The examination in theory papers will be conducted in accordance with the following schedule as far as possible. Fore Noon Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Mon. Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Mon. Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Mon. day 1 day 2 day 3 day 4 day 5 day 6 day 7 day 8 day 9 day 10 day 11 day 12 day 13 day 14 day 15 6 1 & 2, 6 5 1 & 2, 6 5 1 & 2, 6 5 1 & 2, 6 5 1 & 2, 6 1 & 2, 6 5 1&2 5 1&2 1&2 3, 7 After Noon 4, 8 3, 7 4, 8 3, 7 4, 8 3, 7 4, 8 3, 7 4, 8 4, 8 3, 7

(Main and supplementary examinations will alternate)

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Conduct of Practical Examinations The Principals of the concerned Engineering Colleges with the help of the Chairmen of all branches will conduct the practical examination for all semesters with the approval from the University and bonafide laboratory record, workshop record/project record, seminar report are mandatory for appearing practical/viva voce university examinations. To conduct each practical examination, an External Examiner and an Internal Examiner should be appointed by the University. In Self-financing Engineering Colleges, no practical examination should be conducted without the presence of an External Examiner appointed by the University. 11. Minimum for a pass A candidate shall be declared to have passed in any individual subject of a semester/year examination if he secures not less than 40% marks for the subject in University examination and not less than 50% of the total marks for the subject, i.e., University examination marks and sessional marks in that subject put together. A candidate who passes in all the subjects of a semester examination shall be declared to have passed the examination in full. 12. Improvement of marks A candidate shall be allowed to re-appear for any theory examination in order to improve the marks already obtained subject to the following conditions. a) The candidate shall be permitted to take the improvement examination only during the chance immediately after the first appearance. b) The candidate shall not be allowed to appear for an improvement examination for the subject of the VIII semester. c) The improved marks (better of the two) obtained by the candidate for each subject he has appeared for shall be counted for all purposes. d) A candidate can apply for improvement in three subjects in combined SI&II provided he/she has passed all the theory subjects. e) A candidate can apply improvement in two subjects in combined SI&II if he/she has only one supplementary theory examination. f) A candidate can improve one subject in combined SI&II if he/she has only two supplementary theory examinations. g) Those candidates who have to write supplementary examination in three or more theory papers in combined SI&II will not be eligible for improvement of any paper. h) For higher semesters (SIII to SVII) (i) a candidate can apply for improvement in two subjects if he/she has passed all theory subjects (ii) a candidate can apply for improvement in one subjects if he/she has passed five theory subjects (iii) a candidate shall not be eligible for improvement of any paper if he/she has failed for two or more theory subjects. i) No candidate shall be permitted to improve the marks for practical examination. j) A candidate shall be allowed to withdraw from the whole examination of a semester in accordance with the rules for cancellation of examinations, of the University.

7

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam 13. Promotion to Higher semesters A student is eligible to be promoted to the higher semesters subject to the following conditions. i) He should have successfully completed the lower semester. ii) He should have obtained 75% attendance in the lower semester or obtained condonation as per University rules. iii) A student shall be permitted to register for any semester examination only if he had registered for the previous semester examination. iv) A student can be permitted to register for the V semester University examination only if he has passed fully the combined I & II semester examination. v) A student can be permitted to register for the VII semester examination only if he has passed fully the III and IV semester examination. 14. Completion of the course The degree will be awarded to the candidate only if he successfully completes the course work and has passed all the examinations within a period of 8 years from the time of admission. 15. Classification of Successful candidates a) A candidate who qualifies for the Degree passing all the semester examinations within five academic years (10 consecutive semesters) after commencement of his course of study and has secured not less than 75% of the aggregate of the total marks in all the 8 semesters shall be declared to have passes B.Tech. Examination in First Class with Distinction. b) A candidate who qualifies for the Degree passing all the semester examinations within five academic years (10 consecutive semesters) after the commencement of the course of study and has secured not less than 60% of the aggregate of the total marks in all the 8 semesters shall be declared to have passes B.Tech. Examination in First Class. c) All other successful candidates shall be declared to have passed B.Tech. Degree Examination in Second Class. d) Successful candidates who complete the examination in four academic years (8 consecutive semesters and chances) after the commencement of the course of study shall be ranked branch-wise on the basis of the aggregate of the total marks for all the eight semesters. 16. Industrial visit It is desirable to conduct Industry/Establishment/Site visits of one day duration as suggested by the department in 3rd to 8th semesters. Such visits should be limited to 15 numbers during the course and these days will be counted for attendance. 17. Co-curricular Activities and Extra Murals a) ‘Students’ Counselling Students counselling must be undertaken either during Saturdays or after regular working hours or on other holidays depending upon the convenience of students and faculty members. A team of 3 faculty members including group tutor of the class is expected to conduct regular counselling for duration of 5 8

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam hours/week in order to help the students in their curricular and personal problems. b) Industrial/Field Training & Literature Overview In order to promote Industry-Institute Interaction and to impart hands-on experience in the field work/literature overview, 3 hours/week must be set apart for each class in addition to regular working hours under the supervision of the faculty members. c) Seminar, Symposium, Group Discussions etc. Orientation lectures, Seminars etc. will be presented by the faculty and experts from Industries or other Educational institutions. Also there will be Seminars, Debates and Group Discussions presented by the students to develop their communication skill. 3 hours/week from 4 P.M. to 5 P.M. is to be apart for this, which is to be, supervised by the faculty members. d) Project work For the students in final semester, in addition to 4 hours allotted to regular project work, 5 hours/week must also be added on during Saturdays or other holidays in order to improve the quality of the projects undertaken. A candidate will not be permitted to appear for the project work/viva voce examinations unless, he/she submits the project report within the prescribed date (March 15th). 18. Question Papers Question papers for Mathematics of all semesters and Engineering Graphics of I & II semesters combined shall contain two questions from each module of the relevant syllabus, one of which will have to be answered. All other theory papers will normally have the question papers in the following pattern. Part A Part B Short answer questions covering the whole syllabus with maximum 40% marks for this part. All questions are compulsory. Two questions from each module of the syllabus out of which one is to be answered. Maximum marks for this part is 60%.

19. Revision of Regulations The University may from time to time revise, amend or change the Regulations, scheme of studies, and examination and syllabi. The changes, unless specified otherwise, will have effect from the beginning of the academic year/semester following the Notification from the UNIVERSITY.

9

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

**Scheme – I & II Semesters Combined Scheme – I & II (Common to all branches)
**

Course Code Course No. Subject Teaching Period Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs) Session al 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50x3 600 Marks

Lect. CME LRPTA 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110

Tut.

Prac.

The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 900

Pract ical -

Total

A B C D E F G H I J

Engineering Mathematics I Engineering Physics Engineering Chemistry Engineering Mechanics Engineering Graphics Basic Civil Engineering Basic Mechanical Engineering Basic Electrical Engineering Basic Electronics Engineering Workshop Total

3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 12

1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 9

3 6* 9

150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1500

*3 periods will be in Mechanical Engineering Workshop and 3 periods in Civil Engineering Workshop & Electrical Engineering Workshop alternately.

10

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam CIVIL ENGINEERING

3RD SEMESTER

Course Code A B C D E F G H Subject Code CMELPA 301 C302 C303 C304 C305 C306 C307 C308 Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Tut. Prac. 3 3 2 3 3 14 1 2 2 1 1 7 3 3 3 9 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practi cal 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200

Subject Engineering Mathematics -II Fluid Mechanics – I Mechanics of Solids Construction Engineering and Management Surveying -I Civil Engineering Drawing - I Material Testing Laboratory – 1 Surveying practical – 1 Total

4TH SEMESTER

Course Code A B C D E F G H Subject Code CMELRP TA401 C402 C403 C404 C405 C406 C407 C408 Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Tut. Prac. 3 2 2 2 3 12 1 2 2 2 2 9 3 3 3 9 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 Practi cal Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200

Subject Engineering Mathematics -III Fluid Mechanics – II Structural Analysis - I Engg. Economics and Construction Management Surveying – II Civil Engineering Drawing –II Hydraulics Laboratory Surveying Practical -II Total

600

11

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

5TH SEMESTER

Course Code A B C D E F G H Subject Code Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.) 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 25 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Tut. Prac. 3 2 2 2 3 3 15 1 2 2 2 1 1 9 3 3 6 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Pract ical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200

Subject

CMELP Engineering Mathematics -IV A501 C502 Design of concrete structures –I C503 Structural Analysis – II C504 Computer programming C505 Engineering Geology C506 Geo Technical Engineering – I C507 Computing Techniques Lab C508 Geo Technical Engineering Lab Total

6TH SEMESTER

Course Code A B C D E F G H Subject Code C601 C602 C603 C604 C605 C606 C607 C608 Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.) 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 25 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Tut. Prac. 2 2 3 3 3 2 15 2 2 1 1 1 2 9 3 3 6 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Pract ical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200

Subject Structural Analysis – III Design of Steel structures Transportation Engineering -I Water Resources Engineering - I Geo Technical Engineering – II Quantity surveying Material testing lab - II Computer Aided Design -I Total

12

Tut.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Subject Code C701 C702 C703 C704 C705 C706 C707 C708 C709 Duration of Uty. They must submit a preliminary report at the end of the semester. 2 3 2 2 3 3 15 2 1 1 1 1 1 7 3 3 2 8 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Pract ical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Subject Design of Concrete Structures – II Water Resources Engineering . of periods per week (hrs) Lect.) 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 25 No.Voce Total Sessional marks for seminar will be out of 25. In each semester for workshops and laboratories. Prac. They will complete the project in the eighth semester. 20% will be for attendance and 20% for test paper. Balance 40 marks will be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the students before an evaluation board consists of a minimum of 3 faculty members including the guide. 60% of the sessional marks will consists of class performance. Prac. Exam (hrs. Tut. Sessional marks for project will be out of 75. 2 3 3 3 3 2 16 2 1 1 1 1 1 7 3 4 7 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 50 150 Pract ical 100 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 Subject Advanced structural design Finite Element Analysis Building Technology and Management Environmental Engineering II Elective –II Elective –III Environmental Engineering Laboratory Project / Seminar Viva .II Transportation Engineering –II Architecture and town planning Environmental Engineering .I Elective –I Transportation Engineering Lab. Sessional marks for workshops and laboratories will be based on class work assessed by faculty members. students must submit an abstract of their undergraduate project. 8TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Subject Code C801 C802 C803 C804 C805 C806 C807 C808 C809 Duration of Uty. lab record and viva conducted by faculty members day to day. Out of the remaining 40%. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Exam (hrs. Computer Aided Design -II Project/Seminar Total At the beginning of the seventh semester. 13 . in which 35 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the guide.) 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 25 No.

(Hrs. Exam. Engineering Mathematics .II Hydraulic Machines Laboratory Electrical and Electronics Laboratory Total Tut. CMEL RPTA 401 M 402 M 403 M 404 M 405 M 406 M 407 M 408 Teaching Periods Subject Lect.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Subject 4TH SEMESTER Course Code Course No. 1 2 1 2 1 7 Prac. Engineering Mathematics . Fluid Mechanics Laboratory Strength of Materials Laboratory Total 3 2 3 2 3 13 Tut. Duration of Uty.III Theory of Machines-1 Hydraulic Machines Machine Tools Electrical Technology Machine Drawing .I Fluid Mechanics Metallurgy & Material Science Thermodynamics Strength of Materials and Structural Engg. Exam.) Marks Sessional Theory Practical Total A B C D E F G H 3 2 2 2 3 12 1 1 2 1 1 6 4 4 4 12 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 - 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 14 . CMEL PA 301 M 302 M 303 M 304 M 305 M 306 M 307 M 308 Teaching Periods Lect. 4 3 3 10 Duration of Uty.II Machine Drawing .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Prac. (Hrs. Kothamangalam MECHANICAL ENGINEEING 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.

I Computer Laboratory Machine Tool Laboratory Total 3 3 2 2 2 2 14 Tut. 3 3 6 Duration of Uty. 1 1 2 2 2 2 10 Prac.IV Manufacturing Processes Computer Programming Theory of Machines II Mechatronics and Control systems Thermal Engineering . CMEL PA 501 M 502 M 503 M 504 M 505 M 506 M 507 M 508 Teaching Periods Subject Lect. (Hrs. (Hrs.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 6TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. Kothamangalam 5TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. Engineering Mathematics .) 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 Theory 100 100 100 100 Practical Total 150 150 150 150 3 3 15 1 1 9 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 - 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 1200 15 . Exam.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Duration of Uty. Mechanics of Materials Metrology and Instrumentation Thermal Engineering . Exam. M 601 M 602 M 603 M 604 M 605 M 606 M 607 M 608 Teaching Periods Subject Lect. 2 1 2 2 Prac.II Heat and Mass Transfer Principles of Management and Engineering Economics Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing Heat Engines Laboratory Advanced Machine Tool Laboratory Total 2 3 2 2 Tut.

II Elective . In each semester for workshops and laboratories. 1 1 1 1 1 5 Prac. in which 35 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the guide. They will complete the project in the eighth semester.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Sessional marks for workshops and laboratories will be based on day to day performance assessed by faculty members. Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No. (Hrs. 8TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No. 20% will be attandance and 20% for final examiniation. Gas Dynamics and Jet Propulsion Industrial Engineering Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Dynamics of Machinery Machine Design and Drawing . Sessional marks for project will be out of 75. Balance 40 marks will be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the students before an evaluation board consists of a minimum of 3 faculty members including the guide. 1 1 1 1 1 Prac. 16 . lab record and viva conducted by faculty members day to day. Exam.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 Practical Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 15 5 4 4 10 3 - 50 100 450 600 100 50 150 150 100 50 1200 Sessional marks for seminar will be out of 25. out the remaining 40%.II Elective .I Elective . 2 3 2 2 3 3 Tut. They must submit a preliminary report at the end of the semester.III Mechanical Measurements Laboratory Project and Seminar Viva Voce Total Teaching Periods Lect. M 801 M 802 M 803 M 804 M 805 M 806 M 807 M 808 M 809 Subject Production Engineering Automobile Engineering Production Planning and Control Machine Design and Drawing .) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 At the beginning of the seventh semester.I Mechanical Engineering Laboratory Heat Transfer Laboratory Project and Seminar Total 2 2 2 2 2 3 13 Tut. M 701 M 702 M 703 M 704 M 705 M 706 M 707 M 708 M 709 Teaching Periods Subject Lect. 60% of the sessional marks will consists of class performance. (Hrs. 2 4 4 2 12 Duration of Uty. students must submit an abstract of their undergraduate project. Exam. 2 Duration of Uty.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. University Exam will be either in Hydraulic Machines Lab or Heat Engines Lab.) Sessional University Total 4 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 30 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 *Mechanical Lab consists of: 1) Hydraulic Machines Lab & 2) Heat Engines Lab. CMELR PTA 401 E 402 E 403 E 404 E 405 E 406 E 407 E 408 Teaching Hours Subject L Engineering Mathematics -III Network Analysis & Synthesis Electronic Circuits Electrical Machines . CMEL PA 301 E 302 E 303 E 304 E 305 E 306 E 307 E 308 Teaching Hours Subject L Engineering Mathematics -II Mechanical Technology Electric Circuit Theory Electromagnetic Theory Electical and Electonic Measurements Power Generation & Distribution Basic Electrical Lab Mechanical Lab* Total 15 7 3 3 2 3 2 2 T 1 1 2 1 1 1 4 4 8 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ.I Computer Programming Electrical and Electronic Instruments Electrical Measurements Lab Computer Programming Lab Total 16 6 3 2 3 3 3 2 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 8 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ.) Sessional University Total 4 3 4 4 4 3 4 4 30 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 17 . Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. Total Exam(Hrs. Total Exam(Hrs. 4TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.

A B C D E F G H Teaching Hours Subject L 3 3 2 3 2 2 T 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 4 15 7 8 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ.) Sessional University Total 4 4 4 3 4 3 4 4 30 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 18 .II Electrical Power Transmission Digital Signal Processing Microprocessors and Applications Computer Organisation Digital Lab Systems Lab Total 16 6 3 3 3 2 3 2 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 8 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ.) Sessional University Total 4 4 3 5 3 3 4 4 30 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 CMEL RPTA 501 Engineering Mathematics -IV E 502 E 503 E 504 E 505 E 506 E 507 E 508 Digital Circuits Communication Engineering Industrial management and Economics Linear Integrated Circuits Power Electronics Electrical Machines Lab .I Electrical Machines . Total Exam(Hrs.I Electronic Circuits Lab Total 6TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No. Kothamangalam 5TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No. A B C D E F G H E 601 E 602 E 603 E 604 E 605 E 606 E 607 E 608 Teaching Hours Subject L Control Systems .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Total Exam(Hrs.

Total Exam(Hrs.II Elective . The remaining 35 marks are to be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the student in the presence of 2 staff members one of which shall be the Guide. Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No.) Sessional University Total 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 4 2 30 24 400 800 1200 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 *The Project Work shall be started in the Seventh Semester. A B C D E F G H I E 801 E 802 E 803 E 804 E 805 E 806 E 807 E 808 E 809 Teaching Hours Subject L Power System Analysis Switch Gear and Protection Instrumentation Electrical System Design Elective .I Electrical Drawing Control and Power Electronics Lab Project & Seminar* Total 15 6 3 2 2 3 2 3 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 4 2 9 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ.III Electrical Machines Lab -II Project and Seminar* Viva Voce Total 16 6 8 30 21 450 3 3 2 3 3 2 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ. A B C D E F G H I E 701 E 702 E 703 E 704 E 705 E 706 E 707 E 708 E 709 Teaching Hours Subject L Electrical Machines -III Electrical Drives and Control Utilisation of Electrical Power Control Systems .II System Design with Microcontrollers Elective . 19 . The remaining 35 marks are to be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the student in the presence of 2 staff members one of which shall be the Guide. 8TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Total Exam(Hrs.) Sessional University Total 4 4 3 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 50 750 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 *Sessional Marks for Seminar will be out of 25 and that for Project will be out of 75 in which 40 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the Guide. Sessional Marks for Seminar will be out of 25 and that for Project will be out of 75 in which 40 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the Guide.

CMEL PA 301 LA302 LA303 LA304 LA305 LA306 LA307 L308 Subject Teaching periods L T P 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 0 16 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 Uty.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Engineering Mathematics II Network Theory Electrical Technology Solid state devices Electronic circuits –I Computer programming Electrical lab Basic Electronics Lab Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 4TH SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. Kothamangalam ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING 3RD SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Engineering Mathematics III Digital Electronics and Logic Design Communication Engineering -I Electronic circuits –II Signals and systems Reliability & Humanities Electronic circuits Lab Computer programming Lab Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 20 . CMELR PTA 401 LA402 LA403 LA404 LTA405 LA406 LA407 LA408 Subject Teaching periods L T P 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 Uty.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam 5TH SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No: CMEL PA 501 LA502 L503 LA504 LA505 L506 LA507 L508 Subject Teaching periods L T P 3 2 3 2 3 3 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 Uty. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Industrial Management and Economics Digital communication Techniques Digital signal processing Radiation and Propagation Electronic Instrumentation Control Systems Linear IC Lab Mini Project Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 21 . Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Engineering Mathematics IV Power Electronics Applied Electromagnetic Theory Computer organization and Architecture Linear integrated circuits Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Digital IC lab Communication–I lab Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 6TH SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. LA 601 L602 LTA 603 L604 L605 L606 L607 L608 Subject Teaching periods L T P 3 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 17 2 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 6 Uty.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No: LA701 LA702 L703 L704 L705 L706 LA707 L708 L709 Subject Teaching periods L T P 2 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 2 8 Uty. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Computer Networks Advanced communication systems Advanced microprocessors Television Engineering Elective –II Elective – III Systems Lab Project design and seminar Viva -voce Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 600 22 . Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Microcontroller based system design VLSI technology Microwave and Radar Engineering Optical fiber communication systems Information Theory and coding Elective – I Microprocessor and Microcontroller Lab Communication-II lab Project design and seminar Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 200 8TH SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No: LA801 L802 LA803 L804 L805 L806 L807 L808 L809 Subject Teaching periods L T P 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 18 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 6 Uty.

RT301 R 302 RT 303 RT 304 RT 305 R306 R 307 R 308 Subject Engineering Mathematics II Micro Processor Systems Solid State Electronics Problem Solving and Computer Programming Humanities Logic System Design Solid State Electronics Lab Programming Lab Total Teaching Periods L T P 3 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 4 4 8 Uty. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 4TH SEMESTER Course Code Course No. Exam duration (hours) Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Marks Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 23 . Teaching Periods Subject L A B C D E F G H CMEL RPTA 401 R 402 R 403 R 404 R 405 R406 R 407 R 408 Engineering Mathematics III Computer Organization Object Oriented Programming Integrated Circuits Data Structures and Programming Methodologies Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals Integrated Circuits Lab Data Structures Lab Total 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 0 16 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P 4 4 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Uty.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 24 . Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Course No. RT501 R 502 RT503 R 504 RT505 RT506 R 507 R 508 Subject Engineering Mathematics IV Operating Systems Database Management Systems File Structures and Algorithms Language Processors Data Communication Microprocessor Lab Database Lab Total 6TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. R 601 RT602 R 603 RT604 RT605 R 606 R 607 R 608 Subject L PC & PC based Systems Software Engineering Project Management and Quality Assurance Computer Networks Network Computing Algorithm Analysis and Design System Software Lab Mini Project Total 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 0 16 Teaching Periods T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P 4 4 8 Uty. Kothamangalam 5TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Teaching Periods L T P 3 3 3 2 3 2 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 4 4 8 Uty.

Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 50 150 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 25 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. RT801 R 802 R 803 RT804 R 805 R 806 R 807 R 808 R809 Subject Security in Computing High Performance Computing Principles of Programming Languages Artificial Intelligence Elective II Elective III Graphics and Multimedia Lab Project & Seminar Viva-Voce Total Teaching Periods L 2 2 3 3 3 3 0 0 16 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P 4 4 8 Uty. Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 8TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No. RT701 RT702 R 703 R 704 RT705 R 706 R 707 R 708 R709 Subject Teaching Periods L Object Oriented Modeling and Design Computer Graphics Theory of Computation Advanced Software Environments Web Technologies Elective I Computer Hardware and Networking Lab Network Programming Lab Project & Seminar Total 2 3 3 2 2 3 0 0 0 15 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 P 3 3 3 9 Uty.

.I Polymer Physics Polymer Science. Subject Mathematics.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 CMEP 401 P 402 LP 403 P 404 P 405 P 406 P 407 P 408 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Total 26 . Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 4th Semester Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.II Polymer Preparation & Characterisation Lab Electrical Machines Lab Teaching Periods L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 P 3 3 6 6 Uty.III Object Oriented Programming Electrical Technology Chemical Engg.I Organic Chemistry Strength of Materials & Structural Engineering Chemistry lab Computer Lab Total Teaching Periods L 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 6 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 P 3 3 6 Uty. Kothamangalam POLYMER ENGINEERING 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.II Humanities Computer Programming Polymer Science. CMEL P301 P 302 P 303 P 304 P 305 MP 306 P 307 P 308 Subject Mathematics.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. . Subject Principles of Management Engg.III Biomedical & Biopolymers Polymer Blends & Composites Polymer ProcessingII Latex Products Lab Polymer Products Lab Teaching Periods L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 P 3 3 6 6 Uty. Kothamangalam 5TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.IV Chemical Engg. . Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Subject Mathematics.II Plastics Science & Technology Rubber Science & Technology Latex Technology Polymer ProcessingI Specification Tests Lab Polymer Analysis Lab CMEP 501 P 502 P 503 P 504 P 505 P 506 P 507 P 508 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Total 6TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 P 601 P 602 P 603 P 604 P 605 P 606 P 607 P 608 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Total 27 . Statistics & Quality Control Chemical Engg. Teaching Periods L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 P 3 3 6 6 Uty.

Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 P 701 P 702 P 703 2 2 3 3 3 3 16 P 704 P 705 P 706 P 707 P 708 P709 At the beginning of the seventh semester. .IV Tyre Technology Polymer Testing Polymer Testing Lab Chemical Engineering Lab Project/Seminar Total Teaching Periods L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 P 3 3 2 8 Uty. 8TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No. They must submit a preliminary report at the end of the semester. Subject Elective. Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No. students must submit an abstract of their undergraduate project. They will complete the project in the eighth semester.I Industrial Engineering Production Engineering Chemical Engg. Teaching Periods L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 P 3 3 6 Uty. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 50 150 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 Subject Elective.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.voce P 801 P 802 P 803 P 804 P 805 P 806 P 807 P 808 P 809 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Total 28 .II Computer Aided design & Manufacturing Fibre Technology Polymers & Environment Polymer Product Design Speciality Polymers Chemical Technology Lab Project Work & Seminar Viva.

(Hrs) Total Sessional Exam 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 CMELR Engg.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 3RD SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Course Code No. (Hrs) Sessional Exam Total 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 RT 301 Engg. Mathematics II RT303 Solid State Electronics RT304 Problem Solving & Computer Programming RT305 Humanities T306 T307 T308 Digital Electronics C Programming Lab Electronic Circuits Lab TOTAL 4TH SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. A B C D E F G H T302 SUBJECT Electrical Circuits and Systems L 3 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 16 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P/D 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 Marks Duration Uty Exams Univ. Mathematics III PTA401 T402 T403 T404 Data Structures & Algorithms Linear Integrated Circuits & Applications Computer System Architecture LTA405 Signals & Systems T406 T407 T408 Object Oriented Programming in C++ C++ & DS Lab Integrated Circuits Lab TOTAL 29 . SUBJECT L 3 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 16 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P/D 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 Marks Duration Uty Exams Univ.

Total (Hrs) Sessional Exam 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Teaching Periods Course Course Code No. A B C D E F G H SUBJECT L 3 4 3 3 3 2 0 0 18 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P/D 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 6 RT501 Engg. Mathematics IV T502 Operating System Concepts RT503 Database Management Systems T504 Microprocessors RT505 Language Processors RT 506 Data Communication T 507 T 508 DBMS Lab Microprocessor Lab TOTAL 6TH SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Course Code No. Kothamangalam 5TH SEMESTER Duration Marks Uty Exams Univ.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Total (Hrs) Sessional Exam 3 50 100 150 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 RT602 Software Engineering LTA603 Digital Signal Processing RT 604 Computer Networks RT605 Network Computing T606 T 607 T608 Personal Computer Hardware Systems Programming Lab Mini Project TOTAL 30 . A B C D E F G H T 601 SUBJECT Project Management L 3 2 3 3 3 4 0 0 18 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P/D 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 6 Duration Marks Uty Exams Univ.

Exams Total P/D (Hrs) Sessional Exam 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 0 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 _ _ 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 0 450 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 _ 50 750 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 RT 801 Security in Computing T 802 T 803 Information Systems and Management E-Commerce RT 804 Artificial Intelligence T 805 T 806 T 807 T 808 T 809 Elective II Elective III Internet Lab Project & Seminar Viva Voce TOTAL 31 . A B C D E F G H I SUBJECT L 2 3 2 3 3 3 0 0 0 16 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 Duration Marks Uty Univ. Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Course Code No. A B C D E F G H I SUBJECT L 2 3 3 2 2 3 0 0 0 15 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 P/D 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 9 RT 701 Object Oriented Modelling and Design RT 702 Computer Graphics T 703 T 704 Modern Communication Systems Mutimedia Techniques Duration Marks Uty Exams Univ.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Total (Hrs) Sessional Exam 3 50 100 150 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 _ 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 _ 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 _ 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 _ 1200 RT 705 Web Technologies T706 T 707 T708 T 709 Elective I Multimedia Lab Communication Systems Lab Project & Seminar TOTAL 8TH SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Course Code No.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam APPLIED ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Teaching Periods Course No CMEL PA 301 LA302 LA303 LA304 LA305 LA306 LA307 A308 Subject Lect Engineering Mathematics Network Theory Electrical Technology Solid State Devices Electronic Circuits-I Computer Programming Electrical Lab Basic Electronics Lab Total Teaching Hours 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 0 16 Marks Uty Exam Tut Prac Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total (Hours) 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 4TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No Subject Teaching Periods Lect Tut 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 Marks Uty Exam Prac Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total (Hours) 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 CMELR Engineering PTA 401 Mathematics-III Digital Electronics LA402 and Logic Design Communication LA403 Engineering-I LA404 Electronic Circuits-II LTA405 Signals and Systems Reliability and LA406 Humanities LA407 Electronics Circuits Lab LA408 Computer Prog Lab Total Teaching Hours 32 .

Kothamangalam 5TH SEMESTER Course Code Course No Subject Teaching Periods Lect Tut Marks Uty Exam Prac Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total (Hours) 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 A B C D E F G H CMEL PA 501 LA502 A503 LA504 LA505 A506 LA507 A508 Engineering Mathematics IV Power Electronics Basic Instrumentation Computer Organisation And Archetecture Linear Integrated Circuits Transducers And Recording Systems Digital I.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Lab Measurement Lab Total Teaching Hours 3 2 3 2 3 3 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 6TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No Marks Uty Exam Lect Tut Prac Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total (Hours) 3 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 17 2 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Teaching Periods Subject LA601 A602 Industrial Management And Ecnomics Micro Processors And Micro Controllers LTA603 Digital Signal Processing A604 A605 A606 A607 A608 Industrial Instrumentation I Data Communication Control Sysrem Theory Instrumentation Lab Mini Project Total Teaching Hours 33 .C.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.II Elective . Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Course Code Course No A B C D E F G H I Teaching Periods Subject Marks Uty Exam Lect Tut Prac Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total (Hours) 2 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 2 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 LA 701 Micro Controller based System Design LA 702 VLSI Technology A 703 Industrial Instrumentation II A 704 Process Dynamics & Control A 705 Bio medical Instrumentation A 706 Elective I LA 707 Microprocessor and Microcontroller Lab A 708 Industrial Electronics Lab A 709 Project Design And Seminar Total 8TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No A B C D E F G H I Subject Teaching Periods Uty Exam Lect Tut Prac Duration Sessional (Hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 18 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 Marks Theory Practical 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 50 150 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 LA801 Computer Networks A802 Modern Control Theory Advanced LA803 Microprocessors A804 A805 A806 A807 A808 A809 Computerised Process Control Elective .III Process Control Lab Project and Seminar Viva .Voice Total 34 .

Kothamangalam Here is attaching file for page no.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 35 35 .

Computer Science & Engineering (R). Electrical & Electronics (E). Kothamangalam B. Applied Electronics & Communitaiton (A) and Instrumentation &Control (N)] 36 . DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS S1 & 2 SEMESTER (COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES) [Civil(C). (P). Mechanical (M).Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Polymer Engineering. Electronics & Communication (L). Information Technology (T).TECH.

) Modules 3 Multiple Integrals Double integrals in cartesian and polar co-ordinates – application in finding area and volume using double integrals – change of variables using Jacobian – triple integrals in cartesian. Advanced Engg. Module 2 Partial Differentiation Partial differentiation – chair rules – Eulers theorem for homogeneous functions – Taylors series for function of two variables – maxima and minima of function of two variables (proof of results not expected. 6. N. References 1. impulse function and periodic function Module 5 Fourier Series Dirichelt conditions – Fourier series with period 2* and 21 – Half range sine and cosine series – simple problems – rms value.B. 4.Hilderbrand ENGINEERING PHYSICS CMELRPTA 102 1+1+0 Module 1 Optical Instruments and Applications Electron microscope – characteristics of laser – spontaneous emission – stimulated emission – population inversion-pumping pumping mechanisms – typical laser systems like Ruby lase – He-Ne laser – semi conductor laser – Applications of laser.Bali Goyal and Gupta E.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.S. Mathematics Laplace and Fourier Transforms Advanced Mathematics for Engineers Methods of Applied Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig Grawal B.Sokolinokoff F.S. cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates – volume using triple integrals – simple problems. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I CMELRPTA 101 3+1+0 Module 1 Matrix Elementary transformation – finding inverse and rank using elementary transformation – solution of linear equations using elementary transformations – eigenvalues and eigenvectors – application of Cayley Hamiltion theorem – Diagonalization – Reduction of quadratic form into sum of squares using orthogonal transformation – nature of quadratic form. Module 4 Laplace Transforms Laplace transforms – Laplace transform of derivatives and integrals – shifting theorem – differentiation and integration of transforms – inverse transforms – application of convolution property – solution of linear differential equations with constant coefficients using Laplace transform – Laplace transform of unit step function. 2. Mathematics Higher Engg. Mathematics Engg.P. 37 . 5. 3.

Dielectrics: Properties – Dielectric constant – Dielectric strength – Dielectric loss – Polar and non polar molecule – Dielectric polarization – dielectric susceptibility – types – applications.Gupta Dr. Ferro. Module 2 Plastics and Elastomers High Polymers – types of polymerization – addition.Arumugam C. Poly propelene. condensation and copolymerism . Poly vinylidene chloride. References 1. Physics Engg. Physics Solid State Physics Engg.Premlet ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY CMELRPTA 103 1+1+0 Module 1 Electro Chemistry Conductance – Experimental Determination – Galvenic cells – reversible and irreversible cells – EMF and its measurement – Single electrode potential – types of electrodes – Hydrogen electrode – Calomel electrode – Electrochemical series – Nernst equation – concentration cells – polarization and over voltage – decomposition potential – Secondary cells – Lead-Acid accumulator – Fuel cells.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 4. 3. M.thermo plastics and thermo setting plastics – preparation and properties of PVC.K. Ultra sonics – Production – piczoelectric and magnetostriction method – properties – applications. Module 3 Crystallography and Lattice Planes Crystallography – space lattice – unitcell – crystal systems – Co-ordination number packing factor – lattice planes and Miller Indices – spacing between lattice planes – Bragg’s law and crystal structure analysis – Bragg’s Xray spectrometer. Module 4 Magnetic Materials Dia.Gaur and S. Kothamangalam Module 2 Super Conductivity Transition temperature – Meissner effect – Isotope effect – Type I and II super conductors – BCS theory (qualitative study) – High temperature super conductivity (general idea) – Joseph son effect – SQUIDS – Applications of Super conductors. Acrylics. Nylon. Bakelite – Moulding techniques – Lamination – glass reinforced plastics – Natural Rubber properties – Valcunisation of rubber – 38 . Module 5 Fibre Optics and its Application General ides of optical fibre – NA of fibre – step index and graded index fibre – multi mode and single mode fibre – applications of optical fibre – fibre optic communication system (block diagram) – Optical fibre sensors. Antiferro and Ferri magnetic materials – soft and hard magnetic materials – properties – applications – magnetic permeability – susceptibility – relation between them – Hysteresis.L. Teflon. 5. Para. Terylene. Materials Physics for Engineers R. 2.Kittel Decker B. PVA. Engg.

Module 5 Fuels: Classification – calorific value and its determination – solid. areas.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 4. 2.aggarwal J. cylinders and cones. silicon rubber and Thiokol. Module 2 Centre of gravity. References 1.C.P. properties and uses of semi-solid lubricants – properties and uses of solid lubricants – synthetic lubricants.Kuriakose and J. I & II) Environmental Chemistry Jain and Jain O.K. (Vol. Chemistry Engg. Engg. 3. And Tech. Module 4 Domestic water supply Requirements and methods of processing – Industrial water supply: Hard and soft waters – defects of using water containing dissolved minerals for industrial purposes – Boiler Troubles – methods of treatment. Definition of rigid body – moment of a force about an axis – varignon’s theorem of moment – couple – properties of force couples – resolution of a given force in to force acting at a given point and a couple – reduction of a system of coplanar forces acting on a rigid body into a single force and a single couple – equilibrium of a rigid body under coplanar forces – types of supports – reaction at supports of beams and frames – graphical method. Chemistry Chemistry in Engg. butyl rubber. 39 . Kothamangalam synthetic rubber – industrial uses buna rubbers. liquid and gaseous fuels – petrol knock – octane number – cetane number – synthetic gasoline – natural gas – pollution – causes of pollution – air pollution due to automobiles – control of air pollution Lubrication and Lubricants: Mechanism of lubrication – different types of lubricants – manufacture and properties of lubricating oil – manufacture. volumes – moment of inertia of lamina and radius of gyration – parallel axis theorem and its applications – mass moment of inertia of thin circular and rectangular plates – mass moment of inertia of solid rectangular prisms. Module 3 Corrosion and protective coatings Chemical and electro chemical corrosion – Factors affecting corrosion – corrosion control – cathodic protection – inorganic coating – metallic coating – hot dipping – electroplating – metal spraying – cladding – vacuum metalistion – anodisation – vitreous coating. centroid of wires.Rajam A.De ENGINEERING MECHANICS CMELRPTA 104 2+2+0 Module 1 Forces in Plane – Vector addition of concurrent forces in plane – problems involving the equilibrium of particles – free body diagrams.

Shames I. Module 4 Dynamics: Kinematics (Velocity – acceleration) rectilinear motion of a particle under variable acceleration Relative velocity – simple cases only. Engineering Mechanics. Construction of cycloids.H. McGraw Hill Ramachandra.Sankarasubramanian.P. 5.G. 40 . Scales – plain scale – vernier scal – diagonal scale.. Engineering Mechanics. Mechanics for Engineers – Statics and Dynamics. Circular motion with uniform acceleration – relation between angular and rectilinear motion – normal and tangential acceleration – motion of rotation and translation – instantaneous centre of zero velocity (elementary treatment only) Module 5 Kinetics of particles – Newton’s Laws of motion of translation – work. Motion of rotation – couple – torque – Newtons laws of motion of rotation – differential equations of rotation – angular impulse and torque – conservation of angular momentum – work-done and power by torque and couple.L. McGrwa Hill 6. hyoperbola and rectangular hyperbola. Engineering Mechanics. John Wiley ENGINEERING GRAPHICS CMELRPTA 105 1+0+3 Module 1 Introduction of Engineering Graphics: drawing instruments and their uses – familiarization with current. 3. Beer F.. archimedian spiral and logarithmic spiral – drawing tangents and normals to these curves. Standard Publishers and Distributors S..Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 3 Simple trusses – analysis of trusses by methods of joints and sections – graphical method. Kothamangalam Friction-angle of friction and coefficient of friction – laws of dry friction-ladder friction – wedge friction.Timoshinko.R. References 1. & Kraige L. Indian standard code of practice for general engineering drawing. Engineering Mechanics. involute. Simple stress and strain – bars of uniform cross section – shear stress – modulus of rigidity – bulk modulus – Poisson’s ratio – Relation between different modulii. & Johnston E. 2. parabola. energy and power – principles of momentum and impulse. Conic sections – construction of ellipse. Rajasekararn & G. Engineering Mechanics. Meriam J. Vikas Publishing Co. Prentice hall of India S. 4.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Roofing: Steel truss. cylinders. decay preservation – specification for use in construction. seasoning. Geometrical Drawing – V. Aggregates: sources. Module 2 Timber – Varieties found in Kerala – effects. workability. Module 4 Development of surfaces of cubes. types & sizes – requirements of good aggregates.John BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING CMELRPTA 106 1+1+0 Module 1 Materials: Cement – Types of Portland cement – grades of cement and its uses – Steel – types of steel for reinforcement bars – steel structural sections. Intersection of surfaces – methods of determining lines of intersection – intersection of prism. A. Projection of solids with axis parallel to one plane and parallel. cylinder in cylinder. 4. C. pyramids. (Design details not required) 41 . pyramids. cylinders. and GI sheets roofing for industrial buildings – sketches only – reinforced concrete roofs. cylinders. batching.C.Varghese & K.Lakshmi Narayanan & M. compaction and curing. cones and spheres. prisms.S.Gill.C. Mortar preparation – Concrete – grades of concrete as per IS Code – water cement ratio. 3.Bhatt.I. Sections of solids by planes inclined to horizontal or vertical planes. Geometrical Drawing – P. pyramids and cones – development of funnels and pipe elbows. prisms.D. Kothamangalam Module 2 Introduction to orthographic projections: planes of projection – projection of points in different quadrants. Bricks: varieties and strength – tests on bricks.projection of solids on auxiliary planes.Marhur Engineering Graphics – P. Elementary Engineering Drawing – N. octahedron and sphere – frustums. Introduction to isometric projection – isometric scale – isometric views – isometric projections of prism. mixing. perpendicular of inclined to the other plane . 2. Module 3 Projection of polyhedra and solids of revolution – cubes. cones. References 1. Orthographic projection of straight lines parallel to one plane and inclined to the other plane – straight lines inclined to both the planes – true length and inclination of lines with reference planes – traces of lines – projection of planes. Module 5 Introduction to prespective projections: prespective views of prisms. tetrahedron.

Khanna & C. Justo.C. (Brief description only). Compass Surveying: Prismatic compass – Basic principles . adiabatic and polytropic processes. Module 2 I. Leveling: field work . E. C. Surveying Vol –I. Jha and Sinha. Gas laws. height and ventilation of rooms (residential buildings) disposal of domestic waste water through septic tank and soak pit. piles and well foundation .reduction of levels . Construction and foundation Engineering.rafts.Bearing of survey lines & local attraction.combined footing .field work .. Module 4 Surveying: Classifications . Mc Graw Hill Kerala Municipal Rules – 1999 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CMELRPTA 107 1-1-0 Module 1 Thermodynamics: Basic concepts and definitions. Kothamangalam Module 3 Building Components: Foundation: Bearing capacity and settlement . Khanna Publishers Punmia B. 6. Module 5 Site plan preparation for buildings (Sketch only) – Kerala Municipal Building Rules – 1999-general provisions regarding site and building requirements – Exterior and interior open air spaces – coverage and floor area ratio – provisions of the size. 4. Superstructure: Walls .brick masonry .English bond .Height of instrument method. work done and heat transferred: Carnot. 2. G. injector and carburetor – ignition system – lubrication and cooling systems. Building Materials. Chain Surveying: Instruments . Engines: Working of two stroke and four stroke engines – petrol and diesel engines – fuel systems. Highway Engineering. Laxmi Publications Rangwala. 5.procedure and booking. signaling – (brief description only) References 1. 3.based on object of survey .definitions Isolated footing . 42 . Properties of Concrete.machine foundation . Classification of roads and components of roads – basics of traffic engineering – Road marking – Traffic Islands.special situations where those foundations are suitable.field book .Stone masonry-Random Rubble masonry.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. specificheat – Universal gas constant – Isothermal.Flemish bond .based on instruments used. Otto & Diesel Cycles – air standard efficientcy. Khanna Publishers Nevile. Charotar Book stall K.

Bellany S. – Self and mutual Induction – Coefficient of coupling. 43 . Power and Energy. rolling. circuits – star Delta Transformation – Magnetic Circuits – Flux-Flux density – m m f – Magnetising Force – Reluctance –Permeability –Comparison of Electric and Magnetic Circuits-Force experienced by a current carrying conductor in Magnetic Field – Electromagnetic Induction – Farady’s Laws – Lenz’s Law – Statically Induced e m f – dynamically induced e. chain and gear drives. rope. 3.f. general description only. Manufacturing process: moulding and casting. calculation of length of belt – expression for ratio of belt tension. welding – arc welding – gas welding (simple descriptions only) References 1. nonconventional energy sources. – Operator ‘j’ – Admittance – solution of series and parallel R L C circuits. Voltage.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Patel P.C.M. Module 5 Simple description of general purpose machines like lathe.f. milling machine and grinding machine.S. Ohm’s Law – Temperature Coefficient of Resistance – Kirchhoff’s Laws – Solution of Series-Parallel D. Fields of application. Velocity ratio and slip – simple problems – velocity ratio and choice of gear wheels – simple problems. shaping machines.Domkundwar Nagpal BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CMELRPTA 108 1+1 Module 1 S I unit of Current. Elements of Hear Engines Thermal Engineering Elements of Mechanical Engineering Power Plant Engineering R. drilling machine. thermal and nuclear power plants.L. diesel. discharge and specific speed – steam turbines – reaction and impulse turbines – compounding methods.C. and Average Value – Form Factor – Peak Factor – Phasor Representation – Phase and Phase Difference – Solution of Series R L C circuits – Power and p. Types of hydraulic turbines – selection of turbines depending upon head. Module 4 Power plants: General layout of hydraulic. Kothamangalam Refrigeration and air-conditioning: methods of refrigeration – vapour compression and vapour absorption systems – block diagrams and general descriptions – winter and summer air conditioning systems – general description.m. 4. 2. Module 2 Alternating Quantity – Generation of Sinusoidal Voltage – Frequency – R. Module 3 Power transmission: Methods of transmission – belt. forging.

m.f.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 5. 2. References 1. Distribution and Instrument Transformers. K. Paper.V.C. Mica.f.B. Kothamangalam Module 3 Resonance – Series and Parallel – Q factor – Selectivity and Bandwidth – Three phase system – Representation – Star and Delta Systems – Phase sequence – Balanced Delta connected System – Balanced Star Connected system – Phasor representations – Simple Problems. colour coding. and its Significance – Necessity of Starters – Types of motors and Applications.m.C. S. Motor – Principle of Operations – Back e. Inductors: Fixed and Variable inductors. Nuclear and Non Conventional – Transmission – Need for high Voltage Transmission – Transmission Voltages in Kerala – Distribution – Underground Versus Overhead – Feeder – Distributor – Service Mains – Conductor materials – One line Diagram of a typical Power System.L.Cotton Hughese Edminister J.m. equation – Ideal Transformer – Constructional Details – Losses and Efficiency – Use of Power. generator – Constructional Details – e. Module 4 D.Types of resistors . 44 . Capacitors: Types of capacitors: Fixed capacitors.Fixed Resistors . Estimating & Costing A Course in Electrical Power H. Alternator – Principle of Operations – Types Module 5 Requirements of Good Lighting System – Working Principle of Incandescent – Fluorescent and Mercury Vapour Lamps – Estimate the quantity of Materials required and Draw the wiring layout of (a) Residential Building with One or Two rooms.Bhattacharya. Transformer – Principle of Operations – e. 4. Induction Motor – Principle of Operation of 3 phase Induction Motor – Cage and Slip ring – Slip – Applications – types of Single Phase Induction Motors – Applications.A.Soni & P. power rating of resistors.Variable resistors. Variable capacitors. D.C. voltage rating of capacitors. Electrical Technology Electrical Technology Electrical Circuits Electrical Design.Gupta BASIC ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING CMELRPTA109 1+1+0 Module 1 Basic circuit components Passive components: Resistors . Ceramic and Electrolytic capacitors.K. resistor tolerance. Machine – Principle of Operations of a D. Generation – Types of Generation – Hydroelectric. equation – Types of Generators. Thermal. (b) Workshop with one Induction Motor.f.Raina M. 3.

Assembly language. Rectifiers: Half wave. References 1. 4. pn junction. Pearson Education Electronic Devices & Circuits Theory: Boyelstad & Naschelsky. Compilers and Assemblers. Kothamangalam Semiconductor Components: Definition of insulators. Module 5 Basic Computer engineering Digital computer: Block schematic. function of each block: CPU. Photodiode. Basic Electronics: Bernad Grob. System Software. concept of α and β. Electronic Principles: Malvino.conversion representation of negative numbers using 1’s compliment and 2’s compliment method. Transistor circuits: CB. Programming: Machine language. Digital electronics: number systems . CE. phase and pulse modulation. Magnetic Tape. 2. LEDs (working principle only). Transistors: npn. Prentice Hall. Mc Graw Hill Publication Integrated Electronics: Millman & Halkias. Mc Graw Hill Publication 45 . Hard Discs and CD. Frequency response. Thermistor. Silicon. LVDT. working principle. Operating systems. 3. Radio engineering: block schematic of AM radio receiver and transmitter function of each block. Zener regulator. UHF. Logic gates – truth table. microwave and satellite (basic principles and block schematic only). Memory. Television Engineering: Basic principles of TV – CRT . Measurements: Multimeter and X-Y recorder. Linear and Digital ICs. Wireless communication: mobile.binary. eliminator circuit. basic principles of amplitude.simplified block schematic of a monochrome TV receiver. Floppy Discs. Amplifiers. VHF.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Loud speaker. Module 4 Basic instrumentation and Digital electronics Electronic instrumentation: Transducers: Basic principles of Strain guage. Modulation – need for modulation. CC characteristics. Bandwidth. p and n type materials. semiconductors and conductors types: Intrinsic and extrinsic. Memory: RAM. octal and hexadecimal . 5. classification. Classifications: Germanium. Mc Graw Hill Publication Electronic Devices: Floyd. DC Power supply: Capacitor filter. ROM. Integrated circuits: Advantages. I/O devices. Zener.scanning . Module 3 Basic communication engineering Communication: Frequency bands: RF. Bridge circuits. Module 2 Basic electronic circuits Diode circuits: Forward and reverse characteristics. 6. common emitter RC coupled amplifier. frequency. Mc Graw Hill Publication Digital Principles: Malvino & Leach. pnp. full wave. High level language. microphones.

sanitary fittings . riser. grinding. soltting shaping. C – ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING WORKSHOP CMELRPTA 110 1. 4. wash basin—closet (European and Indian). 5. Preparation of Simple sand moulds – moulding sand characteristics.S Kalsi. Mc Graw Hill Publication 8. chaplets and casting defects. milling machines.lathe. boring. 46 . control of two lamps in series and in parallel. Electronic Instrumentation: H. Donavan. Godown Wiring. Plumbing Study of water supply and sanitary fittings—water supply pipe fitting –tap connections . CNC and machining centers. Seasoning. Wiring of Distribution Board including Power Plug using Isolator. 3. runner. Practice in chipping – filing – cutting – male and female joints Forging of square and hexagonal prisms.two brick two and a half brick—Arch setting. Systems Programming: J. gate. Surveying Study of surveying instruments – chain – compass – plane table – leveling – theodolite—minor instruments. core. C F L and mercury vapour lamp. manholes.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. M C B and E L C B.urinal. hexagonal bolt – Forging Principles. marking – sawing – cross and tee joints – dovetail joints – Engineering Application. 6. materials. Kothamangalam 7. Wiring of one lamp and one plug. B-CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKSHOP Fitting Smithy Foundry CMELRPTA 110 Masonry English bond – flemish bond –wall –junction – one brick – one and a half brick . Demonstration & study of machine tool . materials and different operations. Preservation – Plywood and Plyboards. drilling. Wiring of fluorescent. 2.J. Hospital Wiring. Mc Graw Hill Publication WORKSHOP A-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING WORKSHOP CMELRPTA 110 Carpentry 0+0+6 Planing – cutting – chiseling. Stair case Wiring.

9. Kothamangalam 7. Soldering of typical I C circuit.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 8. Identification of electronic components and soldering practice. measurement of Insulation resistance and earth resistance. Soldering and testing of a H W and FW rectifier with capacitor filter in a P C B. 10. 47 . Insulation megger – earth megger. 3 periods will be in Mechanical Engineering Workshop and 3 periods in Civil Engineering Workshop & Electrical Engineering Workshop alternately.

DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS CIVIL ENGINEERING BRANCH 48 . Kothamangalam B.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.TECH.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam THIRD SEMESTER ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .II CMELPA 301 49 3+1 .

2.I C302 3+2 Module 1 Properties of fluids: Definition and Units. Absolute.R. Total pressure and centre of pressure on a submerged lamina. Numerical Methods in science & Engg. 5. Module 4 Finite Differences Meaning of ∆. Bourden Gauge. manometer. z+k2/z – bilinear transformation – cross ratio – invariant property – simple problems. M.S. 1/z. References 1. Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.R. Mathematics. 50 . Michael D. Advanced Engg. Higher Engg.Greenberg. Theory and Problems of Vector analysis.Venkataraman. divergence and curl of a vector function – their physical meaning – directional derivative – scalar potential. specific weight..Shantha. gauge and Vaccum Pressure. National Publishing Co. Khanna Publishers. Viscosity – Classification of fluids – Ideal and real fluids. 3. ∇. Wiley Eastern Ltd. M. ez. Pressure on gravity dams.K. University press. Prentice-Hall.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using Stirling’s formula.Spiegel. Grawal B. surface tension. E. µ. Module 5 Difference Calculus Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton – Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems. equations in Cartesian co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal transformation of function like zn. Newtonian and non – Newtonian fluids. Mathematics. Numerical Methods. δ . sin z. Difference equations – Solution of difference equations. McGraw – Hill. Module 3 Function of Complex Variable Definition of analytic functions and singular points – derivation of C. Advanced Engg. Mathematics.K.. S. Pressure on a submerged curved surface – pressure on lock gates. 6. capillarity. Mass density. Module 2 Vector Integral Calculus Line. Kothamangalam Module 1 Vector Differential Calculus Differentiation of vector functions .scalar and vector fields – gradient. Erwin Kreyszig. Fluid pressure – Atmospheric. Measurement of Pressure – Piezometer. Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem. FLUID MECHANICS .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. surface and volume Integrals – work done by a force along a path – Application of Green’s theorem. 4. conservative fields – identities – simple problems.Balachandra Rao and G.

. M. Selection of scale of models – Distorted models. Stream tube – continuity equation for one dimensional flow. Mach numbers. N. Module 3 Forces influencing motion – Energy of fluids. Delhi. External and internal mouthpiece. Mirajoaker.. Velocity distribution for turbulent flow. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics. Cippoletti weir. G. 51 . Stoke’s law. Path line and Streak line. Froude’s. Scale effects in models. Webber. 2.Derivations of dimensionless parameters. P. J. Velocity Potential. Kothamangalam Module 2 Buoyancy – Centre of buoyancy – Metacentre – Stability of floating bodies – Determination of metacentric height – Analytical & experimental methods. Modi & Dr. loss of head due to friction. Types of flow – Streamline. Hydraulic Gradient and Total Energy Lines: Flow through long pipes – Pipes in series and parallel. Dimensional Analysis – Rayleigh’s method. Dr. geometric. International Students Edition. Euler’s equation. References 1. Dynamic Similarity. R.. Spillway models and Ship models. Mc Graw Hill. Moving Bed models. Transmission of power through pipes –nozzle diameter for maximum power transmission. Notches and weirs – Rectangular. Hydraulic Similitude. Jagdishlal. S. Reynold’s. submerged weir. Laminar Flow in circular pipes: Hagen poiseuille Equation. triangular. Nem Chand & Bross. Laminar flow through porous media. Standard Book House Delhi. Siphon. Darcy – Weishbach Equation. broad crested weir. Circulation and Vorticity. RoorKee. 3. Other energy losses in pipes. Orifice meter. Fluid Mechanics. Drag and lift for immersed bodies. Streeter V. 4. Hydraulic Models: Need. trapezoidal notches. Module 4 Flow through pipes: Laminar and Turbulent flow – Reynold’s experiment. Dimensional Homogeneity of formulae and it’s application to common fluid flow problems. Kinematic. Metropolitan Book Co. Stream Function. Seth. Scale ratios of various physical quantities for Froude’s and Reynold’s model laws – problems. Buckingham’s method . Engineering Fluid Mechanics. statement and derivation of Bernoulli’s equation and assumptions made. Module 5 Dimensional Analysis and Model studies: Units and dimensions of physical quantities. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulics. Flow Net – Orthogonality of stream lines and equipotential lines. Applications of Bernoulli’s equation – Venturi meter. Pitot tube Orifices and Mouth Pieces – Coefficients of Contraction. Laplace’s Differential equation in rectangular co-ordinates for two dimensional irrotational flow. Velocity and Discharge.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. L. Turbulent flow through pipes: Hydro-dynamically smooth and rough boundary. Garde and A.

5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Strength of Materials. New Delhi.. 6.S.Graphical method. 3. Pressure vessels: Thin and thick cylinders-Lame’s equation-stresses in thick cylinders due to internal and external pressures. References 1.beams of uniform strength. Prentice Hall of India. Ratwani N.N. Kothamangalam MECHANICS OF SOLIDS C303 2+2 Module 1 Stress-strain: Bars of varying cross section-Composite section-temperature stresses.built up sections – composite sections. Strength of Materials and Mechanics of structures.shear stress distribution in beamsstress in various sections. Engineering Mechanics of solids.P.wind pressure on structures. 2.C. Timoshenko. New Deihi. Combined bending and direct stresses: Core of different sections. Module 2 Bending moment and shear force: Shear force and Bending moment diagrams for various types of statically determinate beams with various loading combinationsrelation between load. William A Nash. shear force and bending moment. Punmia B. 4. Module 4 Stresses due to torsion: Torsion of solid and hollow circular shafts. Strain energy: Gradually applied and suddenly applied load. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Springs: Close coiled and open coiled. Shear centre: Shear centre of sections having two axes of symmetry. Compound stresses: Two dimensional problems-principal stresses and principal planes-maximum shear stress-planes of maximum shear. Vol. Inc.stresses in symmetrical sectionsbending stress distribution. Module 5 Columns and struts: Short and long columns-elastic instability-Euler’s formula for long columns with different end conditions. Lakshmi Publications. Kazimi S..1. Unsymmetrical bending: Product of inertia-principal axes-stresses due to unsymmetrical bending. Module 3 Stresses in beams: Theory of simple bending.power transmitted-stresses due to axial thrust-bending and torsion.P. New Delhi. Khanna Publishers.Van Nostrand company. Popov E.M. Analysis of Structures..carriage springs. Vazirani V. Vol.modulus of section.. Mc Graw Hill. M.Newyork. D.1.Rankine’s formulaEmpirical formula-Buit up members-columns subjected to eccentric loading and initial curvature.slenderness ratio.A. Solid Mechanics. Strength of Materials. Part-1. 52 .

Modern construction materials – Intelligent buildings – building automation. Finished works – plastering. P. Strength of Materials. Module 2 Flooring – different types – Mosaic – marble – granite – roofing – pitched and flat roofs – domes and folded plate roofs – doors.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Arthur Morley. windows and ventilators – types – construction details of paneled&glazed– I. Module 5 Departmental organizational structure – staff pattern – powers and functions of officers in planning. technical sanction – categories of works.. Stores – Safe custody of stores – classification – works – administrative sanction. painting – white washing – distempering – application of Snowcem – Concrete repairs-construction and constructed facilities. S. S. Ryder G.H. M. Kothamangalam 7. Joints – Construction joints – expansion joints – contraction joints – sliding joints – joints in water retaining structures etc. S. Damp prevention – Causes – Material used – Damp proofing of floors – walls – roofs. Strength of Materials. pneumatic and hoisting equipment – pile driving equipment – Earth work computation – mass diagram – soil compaction & stabilization – owning and operating works of construction equipment.Chand & Co.Arora. 2. References 1. organising. Scaffolding and Formwork (elementary concepts only). Module 3 Functional planning of buildings – general principles of site plan – principles of functional planning – orientation of buildings – shading principles. S. Shetty. directing and controlling construction –PWD code. Longman’s Green& Company. PWD system of account – classification of transactions –heads of accounts – cash – precautions in keeping accounts – construction accounts. 8. Concrete technology. ELBS. specifications. Module 4 Construction management – Mechanisation in construction – earth moving. 53 . ELBS. Dhanpat Rai & Sons. Building construction. New Delhi. handling. CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT C 304 3+1 Module 1 Admixtures in Concrete – light weight concrete – heavy weight concrete – mass concrete – ready mix concrete – polymer concrete – vacuum concrete – shortcrete – pre-packed concrete – pumped concrete.

fly.B. Reciprocal ranging – over-coming obstacles –setting perpendicular and gradients – traversing – plotting – errors in chaining and their corrections.plotting. Plane table surveying – Different methods – Traversing.Capacity of reservoirs – Mass haul curve. 5. Volume – trapezoidal and prismoidal rule. Tacheometric surveying: . R. Metropolitan Book Company. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Module 5 Curves: Elements of a simple curve – setting out simple curve by chain and tape methods – Rankine’s method – two theodolite method – compound and reverse curve (parallel tangents only) – transition curves – different kinds – functions and 54 . Dr. Construction Planning.Gupta.meridian distance method – double meridian distance method – co-ordinate method – trapezoidal and Simpson’s method – area by planimeter. Amit Gupta. Vertical angle measurements.general principles Stadia method – distance and elevation formulae for staff held vertical – Instruments constants – analytic lens – tangential method – use of subtense bar – electromagnetic distance measurement – principles Module 4 Areas and volumes Areas – by latitude and departure .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Standard publishers and Distributors. W. Module 2 Levelling: levels and staves – spirit level – sensitiveness – bench marks temporary and permanent adjustments –booking .Mahesh Varma.L.methods of reduction of levels arithmetic checks-differential. micrometer and micro-optic theodolites – description and uses – fundamental lines of a transit theodolite – temporary and permanenet adjustments – horizontal angle – reiteration and repetition methods– booking. check and profile levelling cross sectioning curvature and refraction – reciprocal levelling – errors in levelling – contouring characteristics and uses of contours – Locating contours. – – – – Module 3 Theodolite traversing: Transit theodolite – vernier. Construction Equipment and its Planning and Application. and methods. Volume from contours. Construction Management and Accounts. . Methods of traversing – conditions of closure – closing error and distribution – Gales traverse table – plotting by co-ordinates – omitted measurements. Kothamangalam 3. SURVEYING .Peurifoy.I C305 3+1 Module 1 Introduction – Principles – classifications – Chain surveying: Ranging and chaining. Compass surveying – Prismatic compass – surveyor’s compass – bearings – systems and conversions – local attraction – Magnetic declination – dip – traversing – plotting – adjustment of error by graphical and analytical method (Bowditch’s). 4. B.Ledbetter.L. Equipment.

I C306 PART A Detailed drawings of paneled doors. Dr. B. S. B. 7. Surveying and leveling Vol. T. S.K. 4. glazed windows and ventilators with wooden frames. New Delhi. New Delhi. Kanetkar & Kulkarni.Basak – Surveying. S.P. Dr.Varma. Civil Engineering drawing and House Planning. Prabhu. Tata Mc Graw Hill.Roy. Building Drawing. glazed doors. K.Publications. Gurucharan Singh. PART B Working drawings – plan. (Preparation of plan from line sketches only) Marks distribution Part A 40 marks Part B 60 marks References 1. Hyderabad. Spades Publishers and distributors. CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING . 2. Roof lines (1 sheet). B. Arora. Kothamangalam requirements – setting out the combined curve by theodolite – elements of vertical curve. 0+3 55 . Pune.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.K. Prentice Hall of India. 3.P. Delhi.N.G. Subhash Chander Sharma. C. Alak De. 3. 8. (2 sheets). Venkatramaiah. Balagopal & T. Delhi. P. Building drawing & detailing. Surveying Vol. Shah & Kale. 4. Universities Press (India) LTD. Fundamental of Surveying.V. R. Reinforced concrete staircase (1 sheet). 5. Surveying.Chand &Co. Surveying Vol. Nagaraj. section and elevation of single storied buildings with RC and tiled roofs (only residential buildings) (8 sheets). I & II. 2. I&II A. Punmia. Civil Engineering drawing. I. Khanna Publishers. New Delhi. Standard Publishers distributors. Calicut. Standard Book House New Delhi. S. Hussain & M. References 1.S. Laxmi Publications (P) LTD. 6. Roof detailing for M. C. tiles (1 Sheet). Text Book of Surveying.Chand & Company Limited. S. Plane Surveying. Roof truss in standard steel sections (1 sheet).

Aluminum wires and brass wires) 5. S. ' 3. i. Reduction of levels by rise and fall method iv. Traversing. S. Two point problem. i. Torsion Test on M. 4.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. wires. Rod. Hardness Test (Brinell. Kothamangalam MATERIAL TESTING LABORATORY . Fatigue Test 9. T. Study of transit theodolite. Reduction of levels by H I method iii. M. ii. Levelling. 3. Vicker's and Rebound) 11. Tests on springs (open and close coiled) 2. Bending Test on Wooden Beams using U. Measurement of horizontal angles by the method of reiteration. iii. 0+3 56 . Torsion Pendulum (M. Study of leveling instruments ii. 8. Study of minor instruments. Note All tests should be done as per relevant BIS.I C308 1. Torsion test using U. ii. Rod.I C 307 0+3 1. Strut Test.S. Shear Test on M. 2. Impact Test (Izod and Charpy) 10. on M. Plane table surveying.S. M. Measurements of horizontal angles by the method of repetition. 5. Road 7. Maxwell's Law of reciprocal deflection and determination of E for steel. SURVEY PRACTICAL . torsteel and High Tensile steel. Three point problem iii. Theodolite Surveying i. Contouring. T. Running a closed compass traverse – plotting and adjustments. 6. 4. Verification of Clerk. v. Longitudinal sectioning and cross sectioning.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 57 .

difference of proportions. Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability .solution of Lagrange Linear Equations – Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.The binomial distribution.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.inverse transforms . 6. 7.Linear Simultaneous eqns.standard normal curve .properties of normal curve . A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II). Pearson Education Asia / PHI. Hogg and Tanis. Khanna Publishers.simple problems.K. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms . 2.S. Grewal. II -3rd year Part A & B. 5.Finding P. National Publishing Company. Advanced Engg. Erwin Kreyszig. Pearson Education Asia. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary Functions .simple applications in engineering problems. Laxmi Publications Ltd. by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations .Poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution . Bali and Iyengar.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity . B. Richard A Johnson.Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion. Ian N. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers.Mc Graw Hill International Edn.fitting of binomial & Poisson distributions . Elements of Partial Differential Equations. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . 4. single mean and difference of means (proof of theorems not expected).III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents . Poisson and normal distributions. its mean and variance . Mathematics.normal distribution .I. 3. F and Chi square test – Level of significance . References 1. Engineering Mathematics Vol. Higher Engineering Mathematics.simple problems in binomial. 58 .Sneddon. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Venkataraman. Probability and statistical inferences. M.its mean and variance .

Module 4 Hydraulic Machines – Impact of jet.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Positive displacement pumps – working principle. Subrahmanya. Head of pump. effect of acceleration and frictional resistance. Different forms of the dynamic equation. References 1. surge tank – types. efficiency. work done. K. stilling basins. Standard Book House. Energy in open channel flow.1. Characteristics of surface profiles in prismatic channels. computation of uniform flow. Mc Graw Hill Ltd. Flow in open channel vol. specific force diagrams. Pumps in parallel. Module 5 Centrifugal Pumps – Types. critical states of flow. Jagadheesh Lal. M. Multistage pump. measurement of discharge in channels. Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics. New Delhi. P.II C402 2+2 Module 1 Flow in open Channel – Uniform and non uniform flow. New Delhi 3. Open Channel Hydraulics. Ven Te Chow. Seth. Force of jet on stationary and moving plates – turbines – Classification. Kaplan turbines. types of reciprocating pumps. 59 . Module 2 Gradually varied flow – Dynamic Equation for gradually varied flow. Module 3 Rapidly varied flow. Location of hydraulic jump. Froude number. Specific speed. N. S. Metropolitian Book Co. selection of turbines. Most economical cross sections – Velocity distribution in open channels. hydraulic jump – initial and sequent depths. Conveyance of a canal section. Penstock. specific energy. draft tube – types. Specific speed. Dr. 4. Air vessel – rate of flow into and from air vessel. Indicator diagram. height of jump. Hydraulic Machines. Energy loss. Modi & Dr. Velocity triangle for pumps. Basic characteristics of the jump. non-dimensional equation. tail race. Types of jump in horizontal floor. Losses and efficiency. jump as energy dissipater. slip and coefficient of discharge. Tata McGraw Hill. Delhi. Francis. Normal depth. backwater computation by direct step method. separation in suction and delivery pipes. velocity triangle for Pelton. Minimum starting speed. Kothamangalam FLUID MECHANICS . critical velocity. 2.. Practical application of hydraulic jump. equations for uniform flow – Chezy’s and Manning’s formula.

Timoshenko S.. McGraw Hill.S. Norris & Wilbur.P. 12. 3. McGraw Hill 11. Punmia B.1985. Rajesekharan &Sankarasubramanian. Laxmi publications. Module 3 Moving loads and influence lines: effect of moving loads-influence lines for reaction. Seeli F. Advanced Mechanics of Materials. 2001. Elementary Structural Analysis. Theory of structures. 1988. Module 5 Cables and suspension bridges: General cable theorem-analysis of cables under concentrated and uniformly distributed loads-shape and stresses due to self weightanchor cables-temperature effect-suspension bridges with three hinged and two hinged stiffening girders-influence lines for bending moment and shear forcetemperature stresses in stiffening girder.Co.1968.. 4.& Solomon C.N. Module 2 Energy Theorems: Strain energy due to axial load-bending-shear and torsionprinciple of super position-principle of virtual work-Castigliano’s first theoremBetti’s theorem-Maxwell’s law of reciprocal deflection-unit load method and strain energy method for determination of deflection of statically determinate beams-pin jointed frames-effect of temperature-lack of fit. Weinall Book Corporation. 6. 60 . 8.K. 10. 9.. II.II. Reddy C. Basic Structural Analysis. Charorbar Book Stall. Khanna Publishers. Kothamangalam STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS . 1993.P.G.. John Wiley &Sons.C.R. Macmillian Pub. Junarker S.1996.slope and deflection of beams by method of successive integration-Macaulay’s methodmoment area method-conjugate beam method-deflection due to shear.. Smith J. Prentice Hall of India. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Strength of Materials. Mechanics of Structures. Young D. Vol.. Sadhu Sindh. Structural Analysis.I C403 2+2 Module 1 Deflection of determinate beams: Differential equation of the elastic curve.C. 2. Thadani B. Module 4 Arches: Theoretical arch-Eddy’s theorem-analysis of three hinged arches – moving loads on arches-settlement and temperature effect.P. 5.& Smith J. Structural mechanics.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.G.H. References 1.. McGraw Hill. Wang C.B. 7. Desai J. Vol. Strength of materials and theory of structures. shear force and bending moment for determinate beams-load positionabsolute maximum bending moment. Computational Structural Mechanics. Introductory Structural Analysis.

Kothamangalam ENGG. McGraw Hill.optimum duration.N. Module 3 Financial management: The Indian financial system – types of banks and their functions – long term financing – the stock market – functions and problems faced by the stock market – Industrial finance – loans and return of loans – cost benefit analysis – methods of appraising profitability – pay back method – average rate of return – internal rate of return – net present value. Module 6 Industrial Relations: Payment of wages Act .D.float. Indian economy. Khanna Publishers.Network compression .work breakdown structure . resource allocation .Employees State Insurance Act –Workers participation in management – labour welfare and social security – Industrial safety and welfare provision – role of state in labour welfare – role of labour welfare officers social security principles and practice. References 1. Techniques for Construction Network Sheduling. Prasanna Chandra. 4. S.M. Ruddar Datt.resource smoothing – resource leveling . A.Time estimates .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Indian economy.C P M and PERT networks .Agarwal. 61 2+2 . 3. 5.P.parallel critical paths crashed critical paths – most economical solution. Part B Construction Management Module 4 Introduction to job planning and Management: Bar charts and mile stone charts .Minimum wages Act . Wishwa prakashan. James.Sharma. Fundamentals of financial management.C. ECONOMICS AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT C 404 Part A Engineering Economics Module 1 Indian Industries: Industrial pattern-Industrial growth-Inadequacies of the program of industrialisation-Role of the public sector-problems and prospects of privatization-multinational corporations and their impacts on the Indian economyinflation-demand pull and cost push-effects of price increases. Module 2 Accountancy: Objectives of accounting – management accounting and financial accounting – journal – ledger – the trial balance – balance sheet – profit and loss account.Network and time estimates . S.related problems.related problems updating.Compression limited by crashing . Module 5 Project costs analysis: Cost Vs Time curve .Steevens. Sundaram. Management of Systems. Tata McGraw Hill.Earliest expected time . K. 2.Forward pass and backward pass .Chand &Co.

L. Publications. T. C. John Wiley & Sons. Eastwest Press.V. apparent and mean solar time – corrections to astronomical observations – determination of azimuth. Pune. References 1. New Delhi. Surveying Vol.Lillerand. B. K. 3.II C405 3+2 Module 1 Triangulation: triangulation figures – classification of triangulation systems – selection of triangulation stations – intervisibility and heights of stations – station marks – signals and towers – base line – choice – instrument and accessories – measurement of base lines – corrections – satellite stations – need.G. Kanetkar and Kulkarni.C. latitude and longitude – different methods.Definitions – celestial sphere – co-ordinate systems – astronomical triangle – sidereal. Surveying and leveling Vol.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. II. Inc. Standard Book House.Sharma. Punmia. A. Khanna Publishers.R. Geodesy – shape of earth – effects of curvature – spherical excess – convergence of meridians. Kothamangalam 6.Banga. Remote sensing and image interpretation. II. New Delhi. Principles and Applications. Module 3 Hydrographic surveying – Equipment – Methods of locating soundings – reduction and plotting of soundings – use of sextants and station pointer. Module 5 Field Astronomy: . PERT and CPM. Industrial Organisation and Engineering Economics. S. P. Thomas M. SURVEYING .Sreenath. Arora. Module 2 Theory of errors and triangulation Adjustments: Kinds of error – laws of weights – principles of least squares – determination of most probable value of quantities – probable error – distribution of error to the field measurements – normal equation – Method of corrections – Adjustment of simple triangulation figures. reduction to centre – extension of base. 2. 7. II.S. Dr. T. New York. Module 4 Terrestrial photogrammetry – General principles – photo theodolite – horizontal position of a point from photogrammetric measurements – elevation of a point – determination of focal length of lens.R. 62 . Surveying and leveling Vol. Aerial photogrammentry – aerial camera – scale of vertical photograph – relief displacement on a vertical photograph – principle of parallax – stereoscopic pairs – flight planning – radial line method – flying height and overlaps – remote sensing – concepts of remote sensing – ideal remote sensing system. Laxmi Publications (P) LTD. 4.

Building Drawing. The student is expected to prepare sketch design for clients and submission drawings for approval References 1. self priming and reciprocating pumps. 4. Spades Publishers and distributors. restaurants. B. Calibration of rectangular and triangular notches. Kerala building byelaws. 6. 63 0+3 . Residential buildings: Flat and pitched roof – cottages. 5. 5. Performance characteristics of centrifugal pump. libraries. Determination of metacentric height and radius of gyration of floating bodies. Gurucharan Singh. Civil Engineering drawing.P. Study of taps. Standard Publishers distributors. Tata Mc Graw Hill. pipe fittings.Varma. 3. Civil Engineering drawing and House Planning. Calibration of venturimeter. Khanna Publishers. impulse and reaction turbines 2. Shah & Kale. Kothamangalam CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING . Determination of Chezy’s constant and Mannings number for open channel flow. pitot tubes. 8. 7. Delhi. Prabhu. Hydraulic coefficients of orifices and mouth pieces under constant head method and time of emptying method. Building drawing & detailing. Balagopal & T. 2. Preparation of site plan and plan as per building rules. sketches and working drawings as per area and functional requirements. Working drawings for 1. commercial complexes (3sheets) 3. Study of centrifugal. (2 sheets) 4. Determination of Darcy’s and Chezy’s constant for pipe flow.II C406 0+3 Preparation of design. Plumbing: water supply and sanitary drawings for residential buildings. Public buildings – schools. offices. watermeters and current meters. Calicut. gauges. valves.MACHINERY 1. orifice meter and water meter. 3. HYDRAULICS LABORATORY C407 PART A -FLOW 1. Subhash Chander Sharma. 4. 2. National Building code. bungalows and flats (single storied and double storied) (4 sheets) 2. Delhi. Determination of discharge coefficient for Plug-Sluices. New Delhi. (1 sheet) The student is expected to know local building rules and national building code provisions. S. PART B .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Performance characteristics of Francis turbine. Performance characteristics of self priming pump. 3. Kothamangalam 3. 4. 2. 9. 6. Performance characteristics of reciprocating pump. 5. Performance characteristics of Kaplan turbine. Solution to problems on heights distances by observations using a theodolite. Determination of constants of the transit theodolite. Study of total station. Setting out a simple circular curve by offsets from long chord. 7. 64 . Heights and distances – using tangential tachometry.II C408 0+3 1. 6. Setting out a building – Foundation marking. Heights and distances – using the stadia Tacheometer Principles. 10. Performance characteristics of Pelton wheel . 7. Setting out a circular curve by Rankine’s method.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 4. SURVEYING PRACTICAL . 5. 8. Measurement of vertical angles using theodolite. Traversing using a theodolite – distribution of errors using gale’s traverse table.

Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 65 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

C. Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Eulers method .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 9.Runge – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method. convolution property. P. III.Grewal. Kanna Publishers. G. Kanna Publishers. Dr.Pillai. Wiley Eastern limited.S. 8. two phase method.K. Pearson Education Asia.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method. 4. Dr. B.Ramanaigh & S. Dr.Balanced T. A.S. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering. Higher Engineering Mathematics. 5.Vishwananthan printers & publishers. Scitech publications T. B.Isaac & A Somasundaram. Advanced Mathematics for Engg.properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions.Venkitaraman.IV CMELPA 501 3+1+0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem.zeros and singularities. 6.inverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms.Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series.P. S Arumugam. Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method.K. McGraw-Hill. National Publishing Company. Engineering Mathematics Vol. Ervin Kreyszig.Tulsian & Vishal Pandey. M. 66 . Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems.M.S. Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method . Churchill and Brown.T. shifting property. Panneer Selvam. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science. Operations research. III. 2. Students Vol.Residuesresidue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle. Complex variables and applications.Narayanan. 7. PHI. 3.Duality in L. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. References 1. Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform.P.P. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .Grewal.

Module 3 Behaviour and design of one way and two way slabs-Continuous slabs-analysis using method recommended by BIS -arrangements of reinforcement in slabs. Stair cases-introduction to different types-design of simply supported flights-cantilever steps. Reinforced concrete structures. 4.S 456. Purushothaman P. Reinforced concrete. 3. Kothamangalam DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES . 67 . Jain.I C502 2+2 Module 1 Working stress method: Introduction. Relevant IS codes. Limit state design of Reinforced concrete. 5.I S specifications-design of columns with lateral and helical reinforcement-members subjected to combined axial load and bending.permissible stresses-factor of safety – behaviour of R. New Chand & Bose.C.K.K.C.. Tata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd. Analysis and Design.C beams –assumptions-under reinforced –over reinforced and balanced sections. Theory of singly and doubly reinforced beams.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.. I. 7. Reinforced concrete design. Unnikrishna Pillai S. Design of flat slab. Oxford & IBH Publishing company. Ashok . (I. John Wiely & sons Inc.SP 16) 2. Module 2 Limit state method: Concepts-assumptions –characteristic strength and loadpartial safety factors-limit states-limit state of collapse –limit state of serviceability. Printice Hall of India Pvt Ltd. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing company Ltd. Reinforced concrete. Park R and Pauloy T. Module 4 Design of columns: Limit state method.Menon. Varghese P. Theory of singly and doubly reinforced rectangular sections in flexure-design of simply supported and flanged beams. 6. & D. References 1. Module 5 Design of footings-Isolated footing with axial and eccentric loading-combined footing.Limit state design. Reinforced concrete structural elements-Behaviour.S 875. Mallick S.

.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Moshe F. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.1968.L. 2001. Matrix Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis. East West Press. Clapyron’s theorem of three moments.maximum principal strain theory – Mohr’s theory. Matrix Structural Analysis. 9. McGraw Hill Co.. Smith J.Direct stiffness method . 1984. Basic Structural Analysis. Module 5 Flexibility method: Flexibility influence coefficients . 3. Computational Structural Mechanics. 2. Pezemieniecki. Weaver &Gere..structure stiffness matrix-assembly of structure stiffness matrix from element stiffness matrix-equivalent joint load – incorporation of boundary conditions –analysis of beams and frames (rigid & pinjointed). 8. portal frames and trusses. McGraw Hill.flexibility matrix-analysis of beams & frames (rigid and pinjointed). Theory of Matrix Structural Analysis.Co. Oxford & IBH.Moment distribution method-analysis of continuous beams & portal frames (with sway and without sway). Rajesekharan & Sankarasubramanian.& Solomon C. Wang C. McGraw Hill. 7. J.G. Influence line diagrams for statically indeterminate structures: Muller Breslau’s principleInfluence lines for reactions-shear force-bending moment-propped cantilevercontinuous beams and fixed beams Module 4 Matrix methods: Classification of structures-static& kinematic indeterminacy Stiffness method-coordinate systems-element stiffness matrix .1996. Mukhopadhyay M. Kothamangalam STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS . Macmillian Pub. 1984 68 . 4..Method of consistent deformation-analysis of fixed beams and continuous beams. Module 2 Displacement method of analysis of statically indeterminate structures: Slope deflection method-fundamental equations-analysis of continuous beams & portal frames (with sway and without sway) . Matrix Analysis of Structures.. 5.II C503 2+2 Module 1 Statically indeterminate structures-degree of indeterminacy-force and displacement methods of structural analysis. 6. Meek J. Introductory Structural Analysis. Prentice Hall of India. Structural Analysis.1985. Reddy C. Rubinstein – Matrix Computer Analysis of Structures.Prentice Hall.. Force method of analysis of indeterminate structures .1971.S. 1969.C.S.maximum shear stress theory . References 1.analysis of fixed and continuous beams Minimum strain energy-Castigliano’s second theorem-analysis of indeterminate beams. Module 3 Theories of Elastic Failure: Maximum principal stress theory.K.G.

sorting .use of built in l/O functions . BAT .compilers and interpreters compiling.recursion – scope rules storage classes . Balaguruswamy. 5.command line arguments .high level languages . BPB Publications. 12. V. John Wiley &Sons. References 1. Charorbar Book Stall. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Module 5 Data files: Reading.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. while. 11.structures and unions . Vol. for.operation on files at command line. Let us C. Seeli F. II.structured programming . flowcharts .. Kenetker. Programming in C.linked lists.binary files . directories and files .B.operating system commands .writing trigonometric.booting . Module 4 Arrays: Declaration and handling . algebraic and string handling functions . Prentice Hall. Norris & Wilbur. Khanna Publishers. Junarker S.transfer of data in blocks .&Smith J. Strength of Materials.algorithms. Programming with C. Module 3 Functions: Declaration .macros.different levels of programming languages .simple examples. 1988. switch . editing. 4.P.. EXE. Tata Mc Graw Hill. McGraw Hill.pointers and arrays . listing and copying files . 69 . Kothamangalam 10.sorting of strings . 3.program planning .writing small programs. Y. 2.creating. Sadhu Sindh. 13. Elementary Structural Analysis. Programming with C. do-while.drives. Module 2 Introduction to C language: Character set -operators .R. BPB Publications. Byron S Gottfried. Advanced Mechanics of Materials. writing and appending data files . Y. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING C 504 2+2 Module 1 Basic concepts of operation of a computer: Operating system . Mechanics of Structures.conditional assignment .constants and variables data types .passing parameters by value and by reference .pointers as parameters to functions . The C programming language. Kenetker. linking and running . Exploring C. 6. Kern Ingham & Ritchie.use of control statements .types of files -COM.if.array of structures . 1993. Rajaraman.

Relevance of Geology in Engineering. Special Indian rock types: 1.Feldspar.Dolerite. Hornblende. 5. 14. specific gravity and magnetism. hardness. cleavage. 2. tunnels and other important structures. 5. 4. Serpentine. Pseudotachyllite.Garnet. 3.Pegmatite. 2. 9. Lehmann. Quartzite. core-lithosphere-asthenosphere-major discontinuities-Moho. Peridotite. Laterite. lusture. 4. 5. Plate tectonics: Lithospheric plates-diverging. Effects of all the above described structures in the major engineering projects like reservoirs. mineralogy. Charnockite.Quartz.Muscovite. 6. 5. Schist. 3. Module 2 Dynamic Geology: Interior constitution of the earth-Various methods to study the interior-crust. benioff zone and transform faults-significance of plate tectonic concept. 15. 7. Granite. Gabbro. Gneiss. 4. 2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. streak. Module 3 Mineralogy: Definition and classification-important physical properties of minerals-colour. 3.composition of different layers-sima & sial. 6.Basalt 8. Mylonite. Sedimentary rocks: 1.parts of fold-classification-recognition of folds in the field. 12. mantle. Sandstone. Breccia.Olivine. Petrology: Definition and classification-important structures and textures of igneous sedimentary and metamorphic rocks-diagnostic texture. 4. transperancy.Fluorite.Kyanite. 13. shale. 2. converging and transform boundaries-their characteristic features-midoceanic ridge. Slate.Calcite. Joints-definition-classification. engineering properties and uses of following rocks: Igneous rocks: 1. Earthquake: Elastic rebound theory-types of seismic waves-cause of earthquakeintensity and magnitude of earthquake-Locating epicentre and hypocenter-effect of earthquake-distribution of earthquake-earthquake resistant structures. Physical Geology: Geomorphic processes-Rock weathering-Formation of soilssoil profiles-soils of India – Geologic work and engineering significance of rivers and oceans.Metamorphic rocks: 1. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING GEOLOGY C 505 3+1 Module 1 Introduction: Various branches of geology . Study of the diagnostic physical properties and chemical composition of the following rock forming minerals: 1. 8.Faultsdefinition-parts of a fault-classification-recognition in the field-effects of faulting and subsequent erosion on outcrops.Tourmaline. 11. 2. Geologic time scale. Kaolin. Diorite. 70 . Syenite. form. dams. Module 4 Structural Geology: Definition-outcrop-stratification-dip and strike.Auguite. Foldsdefinition. fracture. Khondalite. Unconformites-definition-classification recognition in the field.Hypersthene. 10. Limestone. 7. Conglomerate. 3. Guttenberg. 6. Biotite. 7. Marble. 3.

B. New Delhi.flownet diagram for isotropic and anisotropic soils .I C506 3+1 Module 1 Soil formation and soil types: Residual soil and transported soil-Soil structureBasic structural units of clay minerals.Atterberg limits and indices field identification of soils.principles of effective stress.W. Publications. Recommended field work: Field trip to quarries or geologically significant places to learn . Seepage of soils: seepage pressure. Rutleys elements of mineralogy. Geological considerations in Tunnel constructions and mountain roads-rocks as building materials.capillarity of soils . S. critical hydraulic gradient .quick sand condition . GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING . New York. M. Strucutural geology. 7.I.Read. classification .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Tata McGraw hill.porosity .protective filters. New Delhi. hydrometer and pipette analysis . G. grain size analysis by sieve. 6.Sensitivity and thixotropy.factors affecting .exit gradient. 4. classification.water system classification of soil water . Module 2 Permeability of soils: Darcy's law . Laboratory and field identification of soils: Determination of water content. Principles of petrology. K. Arthur Holmes. Kothamangalam Module 5 Engineering Geology: Mass movement of earth materials-Landslides-definition. Parbin Singh. determination of field density by core cutter and sand replacement method.phreatic line in earth dams .Tyrell. HH. Aisa publishing house. causes of land slides and their corrections-Geological considerations in the selection of sites for reservoirs and dams.constant head and falling head test .moisture content . Krynine&Judd. Simple soil properties: three phase systems void ratio . 2.in site character of rocks in quarries/outcrops-measuring strike and dip of a formation-tracing of outcrops.Billings. References 1. 3. Groundwater hydrology.degree of saturation .plasticity chart . John Wiley & sons.I.specific gravity unit weight relationships. London. 71 . Thomas Nelson.Katria & sons. 5.P. David Keith Todd. Hydrogeology: Groundwater table-abundance and advantages-aquifer-acquicludeacquifuge-artesian conditions and artesian wells-cone of depression–perched water table. specific gravity. soil. George Allen & Unwin Ltd. Engineering & general geology. New Delhi. Classification of soils: Principles of classification . Engineering geology & geotechniques. Physical geology.permeability of stratified deposits. Bombay.

6.Mohr's circle – Mohr Coulomb strength theory -direct.settlement analysis. Fundamentals of operating system like DOS. Stability of slopes: types of failures of soil slopes . Murthy V. Calgotia Book Source Publishers. Friction circle method -Taylor's stability number and stability charts..R. MS Office. 4. New Age International Publishers. References 1. Narasimha Rao and Venkatramaiah. internal commands. Lambe & Whitman. Punmia B. Module 4 Compaction: Objects of compaction . Nai Sarak. 2. Soil Mechanics.3.degree of consolidation . Standard Publishers.Terzaghi's theory of one dimensional consolidation time rate of consolidation .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.UU. R. N.Rao.(Use of files.S.determination of preconsolidation pressure . New Delhi.normally loaded and pre loaded deposits .pressure relationship concept of coefficient of compressibility . V. Arora K. 72 .like Grapher. dry density .field methods-.(φ) analysis. 7. 5.height of solids methods and change in void ratio method . Examples and Objective Questions in Geotechnical Engineering. 5.PCs . Surfur.. Laxshmi Publications.Swedish circle method .S. external commands. Module 5 Compressibility and consolidation of soils: void ratio . Familiarisation with the computer system . Familiarisation with data processing packages like FOXPRO etc.square root time and log time .of compaction .calculation of void ratio . Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering.. C. CD and CD tests . Orient LongMan Publishers.editors and compilers.R. Kothamangalam Module 3 Shear strength: Shear strength parameters . WINDOWS etc.factors affecting compaction . directories. Hardward Graphics .coefficient of volume change and compression index .. Gopal Ranjan and A.proctor test and modified proctor test concept of OMC and Max. Familiarisation with packages like Wordstar.fitting methods .coefficient of consolidation . dbase.control of compaction. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering.Zero air void line . Numerical Problems. lotus. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics.time factor .effect of compaction on soil properties .choice of test conditions for field problems measurement of pore pressure-critical void ratio and liquefaction. 2. 4. 3.(φ) = 0 analysis and C . triaxial. Distributors. 3. Jumkis A . COMPUTING TECHNIQUES LAB (C) C 507 0+3 1. Soil Mechanics. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. Familiarisation of application softwares . unconfined and vane shear tests. John Wiely Publications.LAN Peripherals. Delhi.Drainage conditions .

AUTOCAD. 73 . 11. Permeability tests for cohesive and cohesionless soil. Direct shear test. Determination of specific gravity. Proctor's compaction tests (light and heavy). 4. 3D Studio. Determination of field density of soil by sand replacement method and core cutter method. 7. 5. 7. 8.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. water content and particle size distribution by hydrometer method / pipette method. Kothamangalam 6. 9. Consolidation test. 10. 2. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY C508 0+3 1. Vane shear Test. Familiarisation of drawing Softwares . Determination of Atterberg limits. Triaxial shear test. Unconfined Compression test. 6. Study on Collection and Field Identification of Soil and Sampling Techniques. Auto Architect. Programming with C as per syllabus of computer programming. 3.

Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 74 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

2. 6.. Kinney J. Theory of Elasticity.III C601 2+2 Module 1 Approximate methods of frame analysis: Frames under lateral loading-portal method – cantilever method. Khanna Publishers.S.compatibility equationsboundary condition equations.stress tensorequilibrium equations-stresses on arbitrary plane. B.S. Advanced Mechanics of Materials. 5. New Delhi. Hyderabad.Airy’s stress functions. 4. 1980.. ELBS & Nelson.evaluation of fully plastic moment – plastic hinge – load factor – method of limit analysis.transformation of stressesprincipal stresses-strain components – strain tensor..bending of cantilever loaded at ends. Theory of Structures. References 1. Laxmi Publishers. Structural Analysis. 3.octahedral stresses. 10. Universal Press Ltd.David.P. McGraw Hill. Module 4 Two dimensional problems. Analysis of Structures. Vol. II.analysis of cantilever beam curved in plan -analysis of curved balcony beams. Strength of Materials.S. John Wiley & Sons. Sreenath. Coutie. Punmia. 1988.plastic bending of beams. 9.P. Seeli F. 1997. Coats.plane stresses .plane strain – compatibility equations in two dimensional cases. Vazirani & Ratwani. New Delhi. Indeterminate Structural Analysis.collapse load for beams and portal frames. Advanced Mechanics of Solids Sadhu Sindh. 1993. Module 3 Elementary theory of elasticity: State of stress at a point. Kothamangalam STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS .basic theorems..Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Space frames – tension coefficients-tension coefficient method applied to space frames Module 2 Kani’s method-continuous beams & frames (with and without sway). Beams curved in plan. P. McGraw Hill.C. Frames under vertical loading –substitute frame method. Module 5 Plastic theory – ductility of steel. 1957. Prakash Rao D. Structural Analysis.analysis of circular beams over simple supports. Khanna Publishers. Analysis of continuous beams and rigid frames 8. 7.&Smith J. Timoshenko S. & Kong.B.biharmonic equationsequilibrium equations in polar coordinates – compatibility equation and stress functions in polar coordinates. 75 .

Module 4 Light gauge steel structures .lacing and battening . circular and pressed steel tanks – connections . Gaylord & Gaylord. 2. (I.I. Delhi.Punmia.local buckling stiffened and multiple stiffened elements . Geometric design of railway track: Horizontal curves.column base . I & II.built up columns-moment resisting connections . Dhanpat Rai & sons.S structural sections .S 800. Tata McGraw-Hill. 76 . Steel Tables) Ramamrutham S.R.design of columns .slab base .gusseted base .wear and creep of rails rail fastenings .rectangular. References 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Modern developments Surface elevated and tube railways.Compensation of gradients.design of simple and compound beams . Knowles. connections and foundations.S specifications . breech opening. 5.beams with and with out lateral supports. Design of steel structures Vol. Graham W.types .Typical cross section . Relevant I. Module 5 Chimneys. Module 2 Compression members .self supporting & guyed – stresses in chimneys – design of chimney stack.grillage foundation.S Codes.short and long columns . Steel Designers Manual.type of sections .Train resistances and evaluation of loading capacity. Delhi. 6. base plate.laterally supported and unsupported. Design of steel structures. 4. Blackwell scientific publications. Design of steel structures. radius – super elevation cant deficiency . Laxmi publications. TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING .S 875.conning of wheels .design of tension members .their requirements and functions .riveted and welded connections .analysis and design of supporting towers. I . Kothamangalam DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES C602 2+2 Module 1 Loading standards . B. Design of railway track: Component parts of a railway track .gradients . Design of steel and timber structures.introduction .axial and eccentric loading . Module 3 Water tanks .I.I C603 3+1 Module 1 Introduction: Comparison of highway and railway. Owens& Peter .C. 3. Standard book house.different types .transition curves . Ramchandra.

Bindra.automatic block system .Details of station yards and marshalling yards .Types of railway track .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Crop period and base period .irrigation systems.lighting and drainage of tunnels. Chartor Publishing House Saxena.depth of water and frequency of irrigation . Dhanpat rai & Sons Subhash C.layout of irrigation schemes .historical development and irrigation in India through ages.. dry docks. Rangawala.crop seasons and important crops in India. Chartor Publishing House S. ventilation . Module 5 Dock Engineering: Functions and types of docks. slip ways. Arora.tunnelling through soft soil (Fore Poling Method) and tunneling through hardsoil (Cantilever Car Dump Method) Tunnel lining. Break waters necessity and functions .planning concepts of irrigation schemes.alignment. winds and waves in the location and design of harbours. size and shapes . S. Railway Engineering. floating docks. grab dredger and dipper dredgers. Kothamangalam Module 2 Railway operation and control: Points and Crossings – Design features of a turn out . Acourse in docks and Harbour Engineering. 3.different types . jetties.Functions . 4. Module 4 Harbour Engineering: Classification of harbours and the effect of tides.mechanical and hydraulic dredgers general study of bucket ladder .water requirement for crop .lift and flow irrigation – modes of irrigation .forces acting on break water design principles— construction of break waters .dredger.channel demarcation . channel lighting .Principles of track circuiting .quays. buoys.I C604 3+1 Module 1 Irrigation: Definition-necessity of irrigation . Dhanpat rai & Sons R. transit sheds and warehouses .Control of train movements by absolute block system .tunnel driving procedure . Soil-water-plant relation – classes and availability of soil water. 77 . Railway Engineering.environmental effects of irrigation sources of water . Dhanpat rai & Sons WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING .wharves.light houses). References 1. delta and their relationship . dock gates and caissons.C.signal characteristics (Beacons. 2. Harbour.Signaling and interlocking . grade into tunnel .tunnel surveying .centralised traffic control systems. Dredging . 5. Dock & Tunnel Engineering. landing stages . Srinivasan. Railway Engineering.factors affecting duty . Module 3 Tunnel Engineering: Tunnel sections .types. transfering centre. Saxena.commanded areas and intensity of irrigation.duty.P.optimum moisture for crop growth .general study of pier heads .

References 1.flow towards wells .non silting and non scouring velocity.run off .factors affecting runoff . rational method flood estimation .mean precipitation over a catchment area .Priyani. Ground water velocityDarcy's equation . V.section of canal.C.Modi.semi modular . infiltration method.specific yield . Irrigation and hydraulic structures.storage zones in a reservoir mass inflow curve .hydrograph . Wells-shallow wells .reservoir sediment control single purpose reservoirs . Fundamentals of Irrigation Engineering. 6.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. New York. Design of canals in alluvial soils .specific retention .tube wells .design of unlined canal using the two theories in alluvial soils .reclamation of salt affected land. Laxmi Publications.deep wells .B.Pande.H. unit hydrograph method and empirical formula. Irrigation and Waterpower Engg.unit hydrograph . River training works: guide banks. Delhi.bed load and suspended load . Hydrology for Engineers.porosity . P. Infiltration galleries and wells. 4.L.B.strainer.Paulhur.K. R.Lal.irrigation efficiencies. Mc Grawhill book co.principles of flood routing.B.calculation of reservoir capacity and safe yield from mass inflow curve . Delhi 3.selection of site .Linsley. Estimation of runoff: Empirical formula.reservoir sedimentation . cavity and slotted tube wells.constant level pumping test and recuperation test .factors governing the selection of site and type of tube wells. hydrograph – applications of unit hydrograph. Module 4 Ground water: Definitions. 2.M.modular outlets.S.silt theories . Khanna Publishers.Kholar&J.Punmia&Dr. Kothamangalam Consumptive use of water . Module 2 Basic concepts of hydrology: Hydrological cycle and its components . 78 .non modular . groynes and marginal bunds – flood control causes . 5. Module 5 Reservoir planning: Investigation . Kennedy's theory -Lacey's theory .demand curve . M.A.evapotranspiration .canal outlets requirements of good canal outlets . Standard book house.storage coefficient-coefficient of permeability and transmissibility. Module 3 Flow irrigation: canal system .direct run off and base flow .useful life of a reservoir.Dupit's theory of aquifers.classification of canals and their alignment requirements of a good distribution system-balancing depth .rainfall rain gauge.methods of flood control . Charota Book stall Anand. Springs. Dr..flood frequency.B. Bharat Singer. S.K Garge. Irrigation & Water Power Engineering.determination of consumptive use .multi purpose reservoirs . Irrigation-water recourses and water power. Soil conservation: water logging and its control .yield of an open well .

Classification of piles . Caissons: Open.floating foundation.location of water table-sampling disturbed and undisturbed samples.assumptions and limitations .design procedure .methods of reducing differential settlement.effect of watertable . Sheet Piles: Common Types of Sheet Piles – Uses of Sheet pile walls Module 3 Bearing capacity: Definitions . Rehban's and Culman's graphical methods: Sheeting and bracings in shallow and deep excavations.bore log . Earth pressure at rest . Footings: Design of individual.II C 605 3+1 Module 1 Site investigation and Soil exploration: Objectives .causes of settlement . auger borings .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.ultimate and allowable .plate load test . Module 2 Earth Pressure: General & local State of plastic equilibrium.depth and spacing of borings .proportioning footings for equal settlement.different types of foundation -Selection of type of foundation-steps involved.group action & pile spacings . 79 .Geophysical methods.l.negative skin friction .pressure bulb Newmark charts and their use. Pile foundation: Uses of piles . and pneumatic caissons.influence of surcharge and water table. Stress Distribution: Boussinesque's and Westergaard's equations for vertical pressure due to point loads and u.d.settlement of pile group. .planning .vibroflotation and sand drains. box.factors affecting .shallow and deep foundation .field vane shear test .bearing capacity factors and charts .problems of well sinking.Determination of load carrying capacity of axially loaded single vertical pile (static & dynamic formulae) pile load tests .Terzaghi's and Skempton's analysis .Static and dynamic cone penetration test . Module 5 Raft foundation: Bearing capacity equations . Module 4 Foundation: General consideration .footings subjected to eccentric loading . Standard Penetration test .rotary drilling . Note Structural design of foundations is not contemplated in this course.soil profile . construction details of well foundation . Rankine's and Coulomb's theories of cohesionless and cohesive soils .reconnaissance methods of subsurface exploration-test pits. total and differential settlement . Kothamangalam GEO TECHNICAL ENGINEERING .permissible.active and passive.bearing capacity from building codes andSPT values Methods of improving bearing capacity .Functions of foundation . Settlement analysis: Distribution of contact pressure estimation of immediate and consolidation settlement . continuous and combined footings .

Hans.C.Methods of measurements of building and civil engineering. Winterkorn & Hsai Yang Fang. mortars.S Dutta & Company. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering.C. Methods of valuation of land .reinforcement works. QUANTITY SURVEYING VALUATION AND SPECIFICATIONS C606 2+2 Module 1 & 2 (24 hrs.and quantity survey method. 3. plastering. C. Module 3 (8 hrs. Teng. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. W. Module 4 (8 hours) Analysis of rates for earth works. 5. works such as beams and slabs. brick works. sinking fund method . flooring . Foundation Engineering. rate. years purchase . Ninan P.head loads .preparation of conveyance statement cost of materials at site.different types of conveyance and rates .) Preparation of specification for common materials of construction and its items of works with reference to IS specifications. Estimating and costing.Beams. 4. Foundation Analysis and Design. Delhi I. 80 . References 1. form work. 3..different methods-Preparation of detailed estimates and abstracts for RCC Single storey buildings . laterite work. Columns – T. Arora K.) Purpose of estimates.explanation of terms . 4.1968 .methods of calculating depreciation straight line method . Estimating & costing. Hansen & Thornburn.different types.valuation based on cost development method . Charator Anand. Pointing. R. Preparation of bar bending schedule for R. 6. wood works .depreciation method.Bowles. KPWD PWD Data Book Dutta. RCC Works. Schedule of rates.depreciation . Module 5 (6 hours) Valuation . Tata McGraw Hills Publishing Company. Footings. Foundation Design. Kurian.rental method . stone works. 2. Joseph E. 5.freehold and lease hold purchase .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam References 1. Cost of materials at source .direct comparison with capital cost . F. Standard Publishers . Peck.constant percentage method. 2. Distributors.comparative method abstractive method. Lucknow Rangawala S.R C. McGraw Hills Publishing Company.valuation based on profit . Foundation Engineering Hand Book.material value. Modern Foundations. Methods of valuation of property .S: 1200.

d) Bulk density and percentage voids of coarse aggregate.II C607 1. b) Water absorption. COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN . 8. a) Standard consistency. d) Soundness. a) Compaction factor test. b) Nondestructive test on concrete. 81 0+3 0+3 . c) Specific gravity.popular CAD packages – advantages of CAD over manual drafting and design – hardware requirements – Configuration and installation of the CAD package. c) Splitting tensile strength. Tests on RC beam 5. Note All tests should be done as per relevant BIS. b) Water absorption. Kothamangalam MATERIAL TESTINGB LABORATORY . 6. b) Compressive strength of concrete cylinder. Tests on cement.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. d) Modulus of elasticity.strain gauges.I C608 Module 1 History and overview of CAD. a) Aggregate crushing value for coarse aggregate. a) Transverse strength. Tests on hardened concrete. b) Slump test. d) Flow table test. c) Bulking of fine aggregate. b) Compressive strength of mortar cubes. e) Ball penetration test. Tests on fresh concrete. Tests on bricks. Tests on flooring tiles. 4. c) Efflorescence. e) Grain size analysis of coarse and fine aggregate. Tests on roofing tiles. 2. initial and final setting time. a) Transverse strength. a) Compressive strength. 3. Compression tests on Laterite blocks 10. b) Water absorption. e) Fineness. c) Vee-Bee test. Study of a) Strain measurements using electrical resistance. 9. c) Abration tests. Tests on aggregates. a) Compressive strength of concrete cubes. e) Flexural strength. 7. b) Specific gravity of coarse and fine aggregate.

5. grid. concept of UCS Modify tools – Erase. editing text. Writing your own commands. surface revolution. stretch. ltscale etc. Building Drawing and Detailing. color.Data types. ortho mode etc. Sham Tickoo. Calicut. edgesurf. redraw. Calculating mass properties and interference Creating perspective and sectional perspective views of 3D models.Osnap settings. explode. 82 . snap. QDIM adding text to drawing – multiline text. AutoCAD 2002 with Applications. and 3D face. break. Module 5 1. working with views in 3D using view point. Tata McGraw Hill. Sham Tickoo. landscapes. National building code of India. Understanding AutoCAD 2002. Shah & Kale. Tata McGraw Hill. linetype. 3D modeling techniques. Screen menu. region modeling. Setting up units.S. move. Dimensioning – Styles – Dim variables. Tata McGraw Hill. offset. using layers. variables and functions. Module 4 AutoLISP: Introduction of AutoLISP. array. Planning and designing of residential buildings (2D only) 2. Controlling the drawing and drawing display – zoom. Creation of blocks and symbols.assigning material. Shading and rendering . solid modeling. formatting.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. tabsurf. Real-time 3D rotation. Balgopal T. Pull down menu and Toolbars. inquiry commands. regeneration. 2. Kothamangalam Module 2 Creation of 2D drawings: Menu structures. extend. Working with multiple drawings. multiple active work planes. lights and scenes etc. redo. fillet. Prabhu. annotation. rotate. concept of UCS in 3D. Planning and designing of public buildings (2D only) 3. surface modeling. fillets and chamfer. SPADES. Reference Manual of the package. Drawing aids and tools . undo. properties. point filters. editing faces of 3D solid & shelling. rulesurf. signs and symbol conventions.Menu bars. limits.wire modeling. chamfer. user defined functions. 3. Term project – To prepare sketch design for Client and submission drawings for approval (Using National Building code provisions and Local Building rules) References 1. scaling. 6. scale. pan. mapping. 4. copy. Module 3 Creation of 3D drawings: Concept of 3D Drawings. Building Drawing. printing and plotting. text styles.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam SEVENTH SEMESTER 83 .

. Design of Reinforced concrete structures.C. 3. 7.design of simply supported rectangular beams. Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. Oxford and I B H Publishing companyLtd. Ashok . 10. Purushothaman R. Varghese P.modes of failure.Limit state design. Kothamangalam DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES . New Chand & Bose. References 1. Punmia B. Module 4 Domes: membrane stresses in spherical and conical domes –design of domes with uniformly distributed and concentrated loads . Reinforced concrete structures Vol II. Reinforced concrete design. Module 5 Water tanks: Types . Dhanpat Rai Publishing co.openings . Reinforced concrete structures. Lakshmi Publications 84 . John Wiely & sons Inc.losses of prestress . Analysis and Design. 4. Limit state design of Reinforced concrete. Relevant IS codes. Krishna Raju.K.II C701 2+2+0 Module 1 Prestressed concrete: I.Menon. 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Park R and Pauloy T.(I.K. Mallick S. S.S 875. Ramamruthum S.design of ground supported and overhead water tanksrectangular and circular with flat bottom-flexible and rigid joints – design of staging. Specifications .IS code method. Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing company Ltd. Reinforced concrete.S & D.C.general principles .design of circular beams -uniformly loaded and supported on symmetrically placed columns. Unnikrishna Pillai . Oxford & IBH Publishing Company. Prestressed Concrete.columns and bracings . Printice Hall of India Pvt Ltd. Reinforced concrete. I. 6.design of cantilever and counter fort retaining walls ("L” not included) Module 3 Design of continuous beam: using coefficients given in IS: 456 .methods and systems of prestressing . 8.S 456. Reinforced concrete structural elements-Behaviour. Jain.ring beams.SP 16) 2. 9. Module 2 Retaining walls: Types-Earth pressure diagrams.

advantages and disadvantages. Earthen dam . Module 2 Arch dams: types of arch dams .investigation for a dam site.factors governing the selection of the type of dam and site of the dam. vertical drop fall sarda type and glacis fall.principal and shear stress . Irrigation and hydraulic structures. capacity factor and utilization factor.design criteria .Garg. A.tailrace definition of gross head . K. Buttress dam .stability analysis .surge tanks .Lane's weighted creep theory .draft tube .effective head .selection of a dam .design of vertical drop weir .silt excluder.types of earth dams . Module 5 Water power engineering: Classification of hydel plants. silt ejector. Kholer.Garg. storage plants and pumped storage plants . Fundamentals of Irrigation Engineering 85 . Standard book house. Khanna publishers 3. Paulhur.materials of construction .load factor.silt control devices . K.classifications . References 1.of turbine-Scroll casing .introduction of other methods of design .causes of failure of weirs on permeable foundation.rock fill dams . Irrigation-water resourses and water power.penstocks powerhouse – selection . medium and high head schemes investigation and planning . L.thick cylinder theory trial load analysis and elastic theory. Bharat Singer.modes of failure and stability requirements elementary profile and practical profile .operating head . S. Bligh's creep theory and its limitations .Khosla's theory and design of impermeable foundation . K. P. M. (2) Canal fallstrapezoidal notch fall.firm power –secondary power.II C702 3+1+0 Module 1 Dams: definitions . Kothamangalam WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING . M.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.methods-of design of gravity darn (introduction only) . Module 4 Design and drawings emphasizing the hydraulic aspects of the following structures: (1) Regulators-design of head regulator and cross regulator.keys water stops – opening and galleries and shaft foundation treatment .fore bay – intakes . Linsley.base width of elementary profile by stress and stability criteria-stresses developed in the elementary profile .forces acting -design of arch dams on thin cylinder theory . Tata Mc Graw Hill 4.impervious membrane type and earth core type (brief description only) Module 3 Diversion head works: functions and component parts of diversion head works effect of construction of weir on the regime of river.runoff river plants. Hydrology for Engineerers.brief description on type of spill ways. Gravity dam: forces acting combination of forces for design .different dam sections to suit available materials and foundation . Modi.low dam and high dam . 2.low. (3) Cross drainage works –aqueduct and syphon aqueduct.types . S. R.joints . H.phreatic line .

Methods of classification of airports.principles of highway lighting . Laxmi Publications.Traffic signs.facilities for movement of baggage and passengers. R. typical 86 . Stopway.L. Roorkee.Design of vertical alignment .C.properties and tests . Irrigation and water power engineering. markings. Irrigation and water power Engg.sub grade soil . highway drainage. Geometric design of highways: pavement surface characteristics. Charotar Book stall. Module 4 Aircraft characteristics.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. engineering surveys for highway location. 7. Pavement design: Basic difference between flexible and rigid pavements -factors affecting their design . Theory and design of irrigation 8. Types of road intersection .factors controlling size and number of gate positions aircraft parking systems . Vol II. GI & IRC methods.S. Traffic control devices. obstructions and zoning laws. B C Punmia.requirements and factors controlling alignment of roads.over taking zone requirements and related problems.regional planning.designof flexible pavements-CBR. Priyani.kerb parking .speed .holding apron. Highway construction and maintenance: Bituminous surface dressing and pavement construction . Pande B B Lal.radius – super elevation . . TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING . alignment and surveys -classification of highways . Bituminous materials . S. clearway and taxiway design requirements.related problems. Module 5 Aprons: loading aprons .historical development of road construction.extra widening .sight distance requirements on summit and valley curves -simple problems on design of vertical alignment. Imaginary surfaces .Guptha.II C703 2+2+0 Module 1 Classification.factors to be considered. Runway orientation and layout of runways: use of wind rose diagrams. Design of horizontal alignment .cement concrete construction and joints in concrete pavements . V. R. camber and width requirements. selection of site for airport .(Design of traffic signals not expected).desirable properties. basic runway length and corrections required.transition curves. Structures. traffic signals and traffic islands.Varshney. methods of attainment of super elevation .Guptha. Module 3 Highway materials: Road aggregates .approach zone and turning zone. B. typical cross section of roads in urban and rural areas . Kothamangalam 5.types and causes of failures in flexible and rigid pavements.gradient and grade compensation . Facilities required in the terminal building .definitions of various cross sectional elements .their desirable properties and tests. Nemchand &brothers. Use of blast fences. 6. sight distances . Module 2 Traffic Engineering: traffic characteristics-various traffic studies and their applications .

S. structural requirements and other constraints preparing sketch plan and working drawings site plans.consideration of comfort factors such as acoustics.layout and details of different types of timber . Wilbur. New Delhi. K. Airport Engg. Mc Graw Hill 6. S. commercial.checking for circulation.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.form perception .Hurd. taxiways and aprons. G. ventilation.detailed analysis of factors influencing the space .elements of composition .W. Khadiyali.. Khanna Publishers. G. Design principles . Functional planning of building such as residential. steel and concrete stairs . Robert.S. 8. colour etc.iconic. Hennes. circulation space and tolerance space . Theodore M Matson. Planning and design of airports. proportion.K.building codes and rules . Module 3 Building services: Vertical Transportation: stairs .point.activity space. 87 .form expressive of function-form related with material and Structural system. public. Frederick. C. Martin Ekse.S. 5. canonic and anlogic design . ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING C704 2+1+0 Module 1 Principles of architectural Design: Definition of architecture: factors influencing architectural developmentcharacteristic features of a style-historical examples. Airport lighting: lighting of runways approaches. navigational aids and landing aids. Fundamentals of Transportation engineering. line.mass and scale. Robert & Francise Mc Keivy. C. Jain. texture. Khanna. taxiways etc.deciding the space and form . Airport Planning & Design. Air traffic control airways. Principles of transportation and High way Engineering.Khanna. Charotar Publishing Co. Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning. S.Smith. Arora. L . plane. Module 2 Functional planning of buildings: Occupancy classification of buildings'-general requirements of site and building . balance and unity . Justo.drawing built diagrams . Kerala Municipal acts – planning regulations of corporations and developmental authorities – Kerala building bye laws. Traffic Engineering.masonry. Tata Mc Graw Hill.R. Nem Chand Publishers 4. ventilation and thermal aspects. industrial buildings . Rangwala.airport markings . 7.the process of identifying activity areas and linkages . 3.licencing of building works. References 1. Mc Graw Hill.pre-cast concrete stairs. S. Creative principles: function/strength. Kothamangalam airport layout . 2. Horenjeft. institutional. G V Rao. rhythm. Nem Chand Publications. Tata Mc Graw Hill.marking of runways. . lighting.Factors influencing form. E. M. G. aesthetics . Highway engineering.

Broadbent. Inc.environmental aspects.C Agarwala. hydraulic operation . design period. variations in the rate of consumption. Urban Pattern. Estimating future needs: planning standards for different land use allocation for commerce. fire demand. Dhanpatrai &sons. transportation planning and housing development.comprehensive planning of towns. factors affecting percapita demand. Architecture and Town Planning. Low's.effect on the balance of ecosystem and natural resources. open areas etc. calculation of air conditioning load . References 1. 2. History of World Architecture. Planning to Modern City 5.provision for urban growth-growth models.pollution control aspects.ventilation requirements -natural and mechanical ventilation air movement . Plan implementation: town planning legislation and municipal acts . Ventilation and air conditioning .traction. planning standards for traffic networks standards of roads and paths . Theories of land use planning.I C705 3+1+0 Module 1 Scope of Environmental Engg.positioning.summer and winter air conditioning. Module 5 Planning Process: Concept of master plan: structural plan. Urban area lineation: urban influence zone . planning standard for density distributions-density zone. percapita demand.arrangement of lifts . Theory of Architecture Design. Banister Fletcher.effect of orientation . 4. Nelson P.concept of new towns and conservative theory . forecasting population. hospitals and hostel buildings . Gallien. features.population trends resource use .water borne 88 . Water supply Engineering: Rural and Urban water supply systems .planning control development schemes .Survey and analysis of town: fare maps .economic studies .types . service goods elevators .land aquisitions .handling capacity .housing demographic arid social surveys .ideal town .operation arrangement .radiation . Kothamangalam elevators .urban financing . Plumbing services: typical details of water supply and sewage disposal arrangements for residence.slum clearance schemes . Taraporevalas.design considerations of passenger elevators . John Wiley Sons 3.water requirements .land use classification .consumption for various purposes.evaporation.ramps.garden city movement . D.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING .Van Nostrand CD. public amenities. escalators.urban region concept of regional planning.standard requirements. Town Planning. detailed town planning scheme and act.transportation network .cross ventilation . Rangwala. 6. industries.passenger. Module 4 Town planning theory: Evolution of towns: problems of urban growth . Charotar Publishing House. Quality of water: impurities in water and their importance . .beginning of planning acts . S.

principles of design and construction. cleaning and maintenance. Kothamangalam diseases .hydraulics-of flow . Module 4 Construction of sewers: Materials of sewers. Natural methods of wastewater disposal: land disposal -. sewer joints. rational and empirical formula. traps. collection pattern. soil pipe. manholes. drop manholes. peak factor. pipe corrosion and its control.duration curve and formula. sewage treatment and disposal. valves. 89 . Sewer appurtenances: inlets. pumping and storage system distribution reservoirs -storage capacity of balancing reservoir. systems of plumbing. Fluctuations in sewage flow. types. effect of variation of discharge on velocity. population equivalent relative stability-cycles of decay. Sanitary Plumbing . fire hydrants etc. chemical and biological characteristics and analysis.location. intensity of rainfall. Detection and prevention of leaks in distribution system-cleaning and maintenance of distribution system. pipe laying.siphonage pipes.disposal by dilution . comparison of disposal methods.capacity of pumps . ventilation of sewers. Transmission of water: free flow and pressure conduits .pipe materials . grease and oil traps. House drainage: Principles-inspection chamber. sewage. clean outs.design of pipes . WHO and Indian standards for drinking water.Indian standards for pipes. ventilation. Module 3 Introduction: Sanitation.oxygen sag curve . planning. gravity system. anti. testing & disinfections of mains. Water supply of buildings: house connections . sampling.selection of pumps . chemical and bacteriological tests . testing of drain. Distribution of water: pumping system. reciprocating. Characteristics of sewage: physical. use of partial flow diagrams. hand pumps submersible pumps . Appurtenances in the distribution system . Sewage pumping: pumping stations types of pumps . centrifugal pumps. fecal coliforms by A-1 medium. connection of house drain to street sewer.sampling of water for tests . minimum and maximum velocity of flow. combined and partially combined systems. Design of sewers: Flow formula. crown corrosion. storm regulators.design of pumps.sources.rotary. factors affecting.physical. lamp holes/flushing tanks.Sanitary Fixtures. Sewage farming . intensity . Quantity of sewage: sanitary sewage . Sewerage systems – separate. catch basins. methods of analysis of network.analysis of water .MPN total coliforms. preparation of layout and construction of sewers and testing of sewers. and sewerage systems.meters. longitudinal and cross section of sewer lines. situation for adoption. Module 2 Collection of water: intakes . time of concentration.dilution into sea. pipe grids.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Storm sewage: Factors affecting. design of circular sewers. sewer. inverted siphons. Pumps: Classification .self purification of streams .location of pumping stations.overhead tanks.

Module 4: Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems. Chandrupatla. A.R. B. 5. References 1. PHI. Jodpur. New Delhi. Tchobanoglous. Budnick. collection. H. 90 . Rao & H. 3. F. Operation Research an introduction. Operations Research. Water supply Engineering. sources.C. McLeavey.Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions. Module 3: Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method. transportation and processing. Belegundu. Khanna Publishers.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. S. R. B. effects. Optimization theory and application. health effects. Richard D.S. Rao. sanitary land fill. l & ll. T. Waste water Engineering. Noise pollution: Sources. Arihant Publications. Arihant Publications..D. Module 2: One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods. 3. 4.N. 5. New Delhi. Environmental Engineering Vol. mixed integer programming problems.I) CMELR 706-1 3+1+0 Module1: Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method . S. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering.Disposalcomposting. Module 5: Network Techniques Shortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm. Irwin. Ltd. Mc Graw Hill International Editions. 2. incineration References 1. 4. Taha. 2. Peavy. Rowe. INC. Principles of Operations Research for Management. Tata Mc Graw Hill Pvt. Panneerselvam. Kothamangalam Module 5 Air pollution: Types of pollutants. R. OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . Mojena.C.N.V. A. Garg. Punmia. New Age International P. Monitoring. Solid waste management: Type and source of solid waste. Eastern Economy Edition. D. Environmental Engineering. Ltd. Punmia. Rao. Jodpur. characteristics. S. M. Air Pollution. K. Pearson Education Asia.

Mc Graw Hill. Ship structural design. W Krieger. 2.materials for prestressed concrete and their characteristics. PRESTRESSED CONCRETE (ELECTIVE . 1983. NewYork. John Wiley & Sons.post tensioning systems .in and free edge – Navier’s solution for simply supported rectangular plates – uniformly distributed and concentrated load. plates and shells.I) C706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Plates.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.equilibrium equations – stress variations – comparative study with Love.moments of resistance.nonuniform prestress distribution . Edqward Arnold Ltd. Module 5 Circular plates – polar coordinates – differential equation of symmetrical bending of laterally loaded circular plates.Behavior of 91 .uniformly loaded circular plates – circular plates loaded at the centre References 1.Introduction.thin plates and thick plates – small deflection theory and large deflection theory – basic concepts of two imensional theory of elasticity – fourth order differential equation for generalized bending problems (derivation in next module) Module 2 Pure bending of plates – slope and curvature of slightly bent plates – relation between bending moment and curvature in pure bending – stresses – variation– plates subjected to lateral loadings -small deflection theory of thin plates – LoveKirchhoff’s theory – assumptions– derivation of fourth order differential equation Module 3 Solution techniques for fourth order differential equation – boundary conditions – simply supported. Theory of plates and shells. New York. 3. 1967. Module 2 Systems and methods of prestressing. 4.classification of plates. built. Owen F Hughes.Thermo elastic prestressing .pre-tensioning systems . Beams. Module 4 Strain energy – pure bending of plate – bending of plates by lateral loads – Mindlin’s theory – assumptions . London. Mc Graw Hill.chemical prestressing. Uniform prestress distribution in prestressed concrete .Advantages of prestressed concrete over reinforced concrete . Kothamangalam THEORY OF PLATES (ELECTIVE . William Muckle. Timoshenko. Strength of ship structures.Kirchhoff’s equations.I) C706-3 3+1 Module 1 Introduction: Basic concept of prestressing . Lloyd Hamilton Donnell.

fluidity.lime stabilization-effect of lime on soil properties-construction of lime stabilized bases-bituminous stabilization.electrical stabilization. strength and permeance.resultant moment – Concordant cable profile-Gyons theorem. Chapman and Hall. Ltd.seepage control in rock under dams-stabilization grouting for under pinning.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Prestressed Concrete. Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures.cement stabilization. Module 5 Bearing and anchorage zone.Microcracks and visible cracks Failure. Asia Publishing House.thermal stabilization. relaxation and achorage losses . Krishna Raju. GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE .statically indeterminate structure-continuous beamsprimary moment –secondary moment. New Dehi. Evans. London.deflection curves for prestressed concrete beams .basic functions – groutability ratio – classification of grouts-properties of grouts. Prestressed concrete theory and design. Lin.Interpreting bending tests . Module 2 Chemical stabilization. Oxford and IBI Series. A P Gupta. bleeding potential.creep. N. Prestressed concrete. 3. rigidity and thixotropy. Kothamangalam prestressed concrete beams in flexure : load . References 1. Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co.factors affecting soil cement mixingadmixtures. Module 3 Losses in prestress: purpose of assessing losses .sand drains. 4.mechanical stabilization-effect on engineering properties-dewatering-well-point system-electro osmosis-pre-loading.I) C706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Necessity of soil improvement-selection of improvement method.tension members. Module 3 Introduction to grouts and grouting. Y. 2. T. S K Mallick.methods of installation-vibro-flotation-stone columns.counteracting elastic loss-loss of prestress in case of nonuniform prestress . 92 . shrinkage. Module 4 Elastic design of sections for flexure: design of a simply supported beam with symmetrical sections of post tensioned and pretensioned type.friction loss in prestress -graphical solution of friction losses overcoming friction losses.grouting applications-seepage control in soil under dams and for cut off walls. H. R. Bennet E W.

A.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.size .Strength of concrete: w/c ratio . and drainage media-damage and durability of geotextiles References 1.mixing . Testing of Hardened concrete.Tests for aggregates . on hard concrete .Fire resistance cracks in concrete – Remedies.classification.effect of maximum size of aggregate on strength .process of manufacture of concrete .Damp proofing agents .concepts.Elongation Index Impact value-abrasion value -Water .Koerner Construction and Geotechnical methods in Foundation Engineering 2.Soil Reinforcement with Geotextiles 4.creep .Gain of strength with age.shrinkage .Batching .sieve analysis .IS 93 .maturity concept of concrete .Jones .segregation . flexural strength . Module 2 Fresh Concrete: Workability .high speed slurry mixing . mineral oils.I) C706-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Concrete materials: cement manufacture . C.gel/space ratio .shape .J. Module 3 Elastic properties of Concrete . Kothamangalam Module 4 Earth Reinforcement.J. M.Earth Reinforcement and Soil structures 3.chemical composition hydration .Jewell .tests for cement .factors affecting. Module 4 Durability of concrete: .Tholinson .grading of aggregate .sulphate attack .methods of controlling sulphate attack.Classification requirements . .Alkali aggregate reaction .application areas of earth reinforcement Module 5 Geotextiles: Soil reinforcement with geotextiles. R.thermal properties of concrete .factors affecting .texture .Flakiness index .curing of concrete curing methods .factors affecting modulus of elasticity .stress strain relationship of reinforced soil-design theories and stability analysis of retaining wall-tie back analysis-coherent gravity analysis. filters.quality of water.Foundation design and construction Robert M.general requirements .types of cement.revibration .compaction . Durability of concrete in sea water .transportation .action of organic acids.Coduto . sugar etc. Principles and Practices Prentice Hall India CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE .comparison of cuube test and cylinder test .accelerated curing tests .F.relation between compressive and tensile strength .Geotechnical Engineering.measurement of workability different tests for workability .admixtures in concrete .setting and hardening . Donald P.Accelerators – Retarders -workability agents .Miscellaneous admixtures quality control.mechanism and concept.air entraining agents .Indirect tension test methods -concrete mix design .geotextiles as separators.P.Aggregates .bleeding .

high density concrete .collection of accident data . Properties of concrete 3.fine concrete.definition and basic diagrams of traffic flow.Speed limit at different locationsregualtion of the vechicle .artificial . Concrete Technology 2. the vehicle .mean strength .Car 'following theory and queuing 94 .natural .level of service .basic concepts of light hill .ACI methods . Krishna Raju N. Module 4 Traffic Safety: causes of road accidents . possible and practical capacity . the weather and other factors on road accident preventive measures. hot weather concreting .polymer cement concrete .basic.no .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 5 Traffic Flow: theory of traffic flow .scope .special concreting methods . References 1.regulation of traffic .performance .capacity of rotary intersection . Module 5 Special aggregates: light weight . M.Motor Vechicle Act .Websters approach for the design. Shetty. Module 2 Highway capacity: Its importance in transportation studies .influence of road.properties of polymer concrete .regulations concerning the driver rules of the road enforcement.pretimed signalised intersection .the driver.rotary intersection .scope of traffic management measures .Ferrocement.factors affecting level of service. A. Module 3 Design of Intersection: Design of at grade & grade seperated intersection .M.traffic signals .S.fibre reinforced concrete . Kothamangalam methods .Non distructive testing of concrete.Whitham's theory .design of fixed timesignal .special concrete . Neville.characteristic compressive strength .Sulphur infilterated concrete .concept in HC manual .Need and scope of traffic regulations.one way streets .tidal flow operation .restrictions to turning movements . Concrete Technology TRAFFIC ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE-I) C706-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Traffic management .cold Weather concreting.determination of theoretical maximum capacity -passenger car units .polymer concrete polymer impregnated concrete .

C++ tokens-data types constants and variables . Whol.accessing class data membersaccessing member functions . Highway Engineering. Introduction to C++ C++ character set . close () read (). Traffic Flow Theory OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING (ELECTIVE .access control-virtual functions-dynamic binding. Martin.array Initialization. and statements-type compatibility .creating objects .making protected member inheritable .classes with pointers-copy constructor-static members-friend classes-friend functions-operator overloading File handling in C++: File pointers F-stream classes open (). Donald Drew.constructors and destructors – declaration. Kothamangalam References 1.G. Khadiyali L.declaration of variables . Module 3 Classes and Objects: Class declaration . expression. write () functions-detecting end of file.private and public member functions methods . Traffic Engineering and Transport planning. Khanna Tech Publishers 2.rules of functions and variables – built . public and protected members-single inheritance -privately derived and publicly derived .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 95 .data member functions private and public members class function definition member function definition . Khanna O. Function prototypes-argument data types-returning values and their types – scope .abstract classesconcept of multiple inheritance. Module 2 Control flow and iterative statements standard input-output streams arrays: one dimension array-multidimensional array. definition and use.operators.in functions.P and Jesto C. Traffic system Analysis for Engineers 4.pointers to objects-accessing member functions-classes with pointers to objects.I) C706-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to OOP: Basic concepts objects-classes-data abstraction-inheritancepolymorphism-dynamic binding-virtual functions-advantages of OPP over procedure oriented programming-object oriented languages. Module 5 Polymorphism and Inheritance: Function overloading-base class derived class-class conversion-visibility modes-private. Nem Chand Publishers 3. Module 4 Advanced features: Dynamic memory allocation-pointers –new and delete operators-pointer variables.type castingl/O operators <<and >>) cascading of 1/0 operators.R.accessing member functions . Structures: definitionreferencing structure elements.

C++ Programming Language David Parsons. Critical flow computation . Open Channel Flow 3. groynes and'beach nourishment. Let Us C++. Module 3 Non-uniform flow .M.wave refraction . Module 5 Wind generated waves .diagram .breaking of waves (description only).loss of head . Hydraulic of Steady Flow in Open Channels 2. Module 4 Water waves .S.breakwaters different types. 3.uniform and non uniform flow normal depth conveyance . Kothamangalam References 1. oscillatory and stationary waves .the point of control .Posey. Control of jump by sills . F.computation by Bresse's method and the simplified step method.wave length and celerity. Data Abstraction and OOP in C++ Strostraup. Object Oriented Programming with C++. Henderson.specific energy .classification into periodic progressive. 2. N.1) C706-8 3+1+0 Module 1 Parameters of open channel flow . 5.transformation of waves on a slope (description only) reflection of waves at a vertical sea wall. Ippen.specific force . B P B Publications Y. periodic oscillatory.dimensionless equation of the jump .wave period . BPB Publications.sequent depths . General expression for the celerity of deep Water .stilling basins. Module 2 Hydraulic jump .ocean waves .Woodword. Object Oriented Programming with C++.sea walls .significant wave height .wave forecasting . 6. Lipman.shore protection measures .friction formula . References 1.J.critical depth .Kanetkar. Clapotis .the 12 type of surface profiles .section factor hydraulic exponent for critical flow computation and its use for trapezoidal channel. C.gravity wave and shallow water gravity wave . 4. A.criteria for the formation of a jump . 1.determination of the wave length and celerity for any water depth given the deep water wave amount as wave energy (no proof). Tata Mc Graw Hill Robert Lafore. Wave deformation .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Estuary and Coast line Hydrodynamics 96 . I.use of jump as an energy disspiator. Coastal erosion with special reference to the Kerala Coast . C++ primer Balaguruswammy.the jump at the feet of a spillway .differential equation of non-uniform flow . 7. Turbo C++ Gordenkeith. OPEN CHANNEL AND COASTAL HYDRAULICS (ELECTIVE .tetrapods.friction slope . Stanely.application to problems.

Tata Mc Graw Hill Pvt Ltd. II. aldehydes.humidity . Oxidants. M.Introduction to noise pollution. Henry C Perkins. Air pollution control Engineering. IV.1) C 706-9 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction .carbon monoxide. 4. R. Basic coastal engineering.Emission and noise standards of Kerala State Pollution Control board. Open Channel hydraulics. Arthur C Stern.source. Mc Graw Hill Pvt Ltd. compounds of Nitrogen. chemistry. NewDelhi. New Delhi.Significance of air pollution studies. adverse effects on plants. NewYork.wind direction and velocity. conversion to harmless and useful products. carbon dioxide. Mc Graw Hill Inc.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Mc Graw Hill International Edition. III. animals and human beings.Automobile pollution control. Air pollution. temperature. collection in fluids. NewDelhi. Academic Press. K. Vol I. Atmospheric Electricity. V. Module 2 Gaseous pollutants-source. electrostatic precipitation. Rao.Effects of air pollutants on atmospheric visibility methods of measurement of visibility . Chow. Sorensen. Robert . Noel De Nevers. E.tolerance levels . Effects of meteorological parameters on transport and diffussion.compounds of sulphur. Module 4 Optics of the atmosphere . Meteorology related to atmosphere . properties . nature and adverse effects .air pollution legislation Techno . H V N Rao. Module 5 Purpose and principles of measurement of (1) High volume sampler (2) Exhaust gas analyser (petrol and diesel) (3) Stack sampler (4) Sound level meter . V. lapse rates . factors that contribute to air pollution . Air pollution. John Willy & Sons AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (ELECTIVE .pressure.condensation . I. T. Kothamangalam 4. 3.control of particulates settling.industrial hygiene and in plant safety to workers. hydrocarbons . N. Coastal Engineering Publications 5. Module 3 Particulates in the air .Control of gaseous pollutants . Photochemical reactions of the atmosphere.M. filtration.possibilities to air pollution abatemant . 2. Peechi.administrative aspects of air pollution . Mc Graw Hill 6. References 1. 97 . Hydrogen fluoride . Air pollution.

flight planning stereoscopy. Sabins. Campbell J. Kothamangalam REMOTE SENSING AND ITS APPLICATIONS (ELECTIVE . “Remote sensing principles and interpretation”.different types of platforms. Kiefer.I) C706-10 3+1+0 Module 1 Principles and concepts: Introduction and definition of remote sensing terminology. “Introduction to remote sensing”.ground truth collection and interpretation and verification.interpretation of satellite images. The Guilford press..atmospheric effects on remote sensing. Longman. 6.soil sciences. Curran P. References 1. 5.oceanography. Chapman and Hall. 98 . “Elements of photogrammetry”. McGraw Hills. 2.principles and methods of remote sensing. 3.application of aerial photo interpretation. Module 3 Interpretation of images: Aerial photo interpretation – basic elements. Wolf P. Module 5 Applications: Applications in water resources management.types of photographs.advantages of multi date and multi band images.atmospheric window –energy interaction with surface features.pair of photographs.T and Gurnay R..techniques of photo interpretation.”Remote sensing in hydrology”.agriculture.electro-magnetic radiation and spectrum.geometry of photographs – parallax . Floyd F. Module 4 Imagery: Landsat imagery. “Remote sensing and image interpretation”.J. Freeman and company. John Wiley Sons. “Principles of remote sensing”. 4.multi concepts in remote sensing.thermal infrared imagery. Module 2 Aerial photogrammetry: Definition.applications of satellite imagerymerits. Engmen E.digital image processing. J.limitations-comparison with aerial photographs.sensors and their characteristics-orbital parameters of a satellite. London.forestry .. Thomas M. Lillesand & Raiph W.land use mapping and monitoring.geology.R.height determination.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.comparison with image types.radiation sources-interference. B.photographs versus maps. London.Radar imagery.

99 . Self weight Command. Softeningpoint of Bitumen 3. • STAAD POST – Graphical Post Processing – Animation – Icons – Isometric View – Zooming-Results of Analysis & Design – Query reports. Element Load.Califormia bearing ratio method. global co. TESTS ON MIXES 14. Floor Load. Specific gravity of Bitumen 5. Los angles abrasion test 13. Ductility test on Bitumen 4. Specific gravity test 11. Marshell stability value 15.ordinate system.Graphical Input Generation-“Concurrent” VerificationsLibrary. Joint Load. Unit systems. specific gravity. • STAAD PRE.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. • LOAD – Member Load. Viscosity using Viscometer TESTS ON ROAD AGGREGATES 8.Geometry Generation – Dimensioning. Seismic Load and Moving Load • FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS & Dynamic Analysis. Kothamangalam TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING LAB C707 TEST ON SOIL 1. Determination of bitumen content by bitumen extractor. 0+0+3 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN II C708 0+0+3 Module I and II • INTRODUCTION Overview and the Environment of STAAD-III Package. Load case no. water absorbtion. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION Type of structure. void ratio and porosity of coarse aggregate.Using Edit Input-Command Formats-Text Input. Load Combination .Load Generation for Wind Load. Aggregate crushing value test 9. Stripping value test 7. Shape tests . Flash and fire point test 6. Local co-ordinate systems • STAAD III Commands. TEST ON BITUMEN 2. structure geometry and Co-ordinate systems. Impact value test 10.Flakiness index and elongation index 12. Bulk density.

Practice on resource allocation and leveling of resources.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. The student has to practice the above topics by working out problems in 1. References 1. 3. 6. Note The student has to practice the above topics by doing Project Management for Turn key projects related to Civil Engineering applications. Module III & IV Project management using CPM/PERT Software (Microsoft Project /PRIMAVERA software) 1. Analysis and design of steel trusses. MS Project/PRIMAVERA Reference Manual Practice on the GUI of the software and Input of Date Practice on Creating Bar Charts/Ghant charts Practice on creating CPM/PERT charts and finding out critical path. 2. Analysis and design of RCC and steel water tanks. Kothamangalam • • Note DESIGN for Concrete and Steel Structures using IS: 456 and IS 800 respectively. STAAD INTDES – Interactive Design Series for slabs. retaining walls and footings. STAAD III Reference Manual 2. Analysis and design of multi-storied framed structures. 3. 5. Steel and RCC framed structures. 2. Practice on Project Monitoring (Cost &Time) Plotting and printing of various charts and project 100 . 4.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam EIGHTH SEMESTER 101 .

S. References 1. R. Module 5 Steel bridges: . 102 . Advanced Design of Concrete Structures. Ramchandra.-Energy principles. 3. Kothamangalam ADVANCED STRUCTURAL DESIGN C801 2+2+0 Module 1 Road bridges: I. 4. Specifications .Unstable.riveted and welded compound sections.I. Standard Book House. New Delhi.. I. S. Module 2 Shell structures: General principles for membrane theory for symmetrical uniformly distributed load . Design of Concrete Bridges. Krishna Raju.design of a simply supported single barrel cylindrical shell for membrane stresses .beam method. Vol II.Variational approach -Stable. 5. Folded plates: general principles structural behaviour of plates (design not required) Module 3 Industrial buildings: roof loads . R. Delhi. C.Principle of Stationary Potential Energy.Gauss Elimination – Frontal solver (concepts only) Module 2 Finite element analysis.design of highway and railway bridges of plate girder type. Indian Railway Bridge code.Neutral equilibrium-Virtual work.analysis and design of trusses . Mc Graw Hills FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS C802 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to FEM-Historical development-Idealization of actual structuresMathematical model-General procedure of FEA-Displacement approach. Specifications . Module 4 Design of plate girders and gantry girders . Oxford& I B H Publishing Company.Principle of virtual forces – Principle of virtual displacements.slab bridges -T-Beam bridges . Victor J. I. Design and Construction of Concrete Shell Roofs. Design of Steel Structures. Ramaswamy G. S. 456.. I.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. C.D. Solution techniques.Complementary Energy . New Delhi. S 2.box culvert bearings. Bridge code.design of purlins design of bracing – supporting system. Oxford& I B H Publishing Company.

Desai C.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. K. 2. American standards of mix design. O C Zienkiewicz. Irving H. 6.High performance concrete. C. 9. 103 . 5. fourth Edition. Introduction to Finite Element Methods.New Delhi. Tata McGraw Hill .Constant Strain triangle-Linear Strain Triangle.Shames.S.&Abel J. Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis. Durability concepts in mix design . 1987..Introduction to shell elements References 1. Finite Element Analysis.S. Stephen P.Rajasekharan.Timoshenko& Krieger. Wheeler Publishing Co. BUILDING TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT C803 3+1+0 Module 1 Concrete Mix Design: General concepts. Finite Element Analysis.Cook.Krishnamoorthy. General arrangements – general requirements – common faults – materials for form work – form work arrangements – form work design – loads on forms – design procedure – form work vibration for compaction of concrete – stripping time and shoring.. S.McGraw Hill. 4..Plate bending theory – Kirchhoff’s theory – Mindlin’s theory – Introduction to locking problems. John Wiley &Sons. R. Finite Element Methods in Computational Mechanics. Matrix Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis.Finite Element Method. East West Press.1993.J.Kant. 8. 1984. Form work.Requirements and tests of materials required for mix design. T. Axysymmetric elements. BIS method of mix design.Bathe.W. Mukhopadhyay M. Kothamangalam Module 3 Shape functions-Lagrangian and Hermition Interpolation – Polynomials – General coordinates-Area coordinates-Compatibility -C0 and C1 elements-convergence criteria.D. Oxford &IBH.Isoparametric elements-Numerical Integration Gauss Quadrature. Module 5 General plate bending elements. Energy &Finite Element Methods in Structural Mechanics.-Fibre reinforced concrete. 3. 7.F. Prentice Hall.conforming & nonconforming elements – Patch test Module 4 Stiffness matrix-Bar element-Beam element-Triangular elements ... Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis. 10. Pergamons Press. S. Theory of Plates and Shells. IS-method of mix design. &Sons. McGraw Hill.preventive measures – reduced integration – selective integration.

Delhi. 2. Publications.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. materials. Chand & Co. method of execution of the project – inspection and quality control. Codification and Standerdisation. 3.litigation – breach of contract and remedies – discharge of contract – equity.S Shetty. B. S. Amit Gupta. Module 5 Claims manual for a construction organization: Law of contract . New Delhi. Construction Engineering & Management. National Building code of India – Indian standards. privity of contract – transfer of contractual rights and obligations. concrete technology. S. Module 4 Materials Management: Functions of materials management – inventory control techniques. P Arora. foundation units. L Gupta. wall panels. References 1. Construction contracts: Item rate contract – Lump-sum contract –Labour contract – Negotiated contract – Global contract – Percentage contract – Cost plus percentage contract. 104 . Construction Management and accounts – V . Module 3 Construction company organization: Different types of organizational set up – construction team – objectives of civil engineering management – duties and responsibilities of a civil engineer – functions of construction management. validity of an oral agreement – conditions and warranties – express terms and implied terms – voidable contracts and their performance – illegal and voidable contracts – liability for tort in contract. Hollow concrete blocks. Construction Management and accounts. Ferro cement – use and application – modular co-ordination – method of production – flow line method – station method – manufacturing process for structural units.Cost plus fluctuating fee contract – Target contract – All in contract. Umesh 7. Dhanpat Rai & sons. 5. frames for opening. S. Kothamangalam Module 2 Prefabricated construction: Advantages.Cost plus fixed fee contract. 6. Site organization: Organization of labour. M . walls–units for roofs and floors – low cost roof systems. standard publishers and Distributions. Building constructions. 4.N Vazirani.Value analysis: Various methods and techniques.Extra work and deviation order – claims – owner’s claim – sub contractor’s claim – disputes and arbitration – consequences of mistake in contracts – terms and conditions of contract – contract documents – earnest money – security deposit – warranty period – contract signed under coercion – contract signed by minors. Technical planning. Seetharaman. insane or drunken persons – authority to agree and find. resources.safety in construction.

construction. clariflocculators. grit chamber function.plain sedimentation. double chlorination.) 105 . Sewage treatment by high rate anaerobic methods: Anaerobic digestion. disposal of effluents. design. Sewage filtration: Trickling filters . Module 2 Filtration . application. KSPCB Standards. Oxidation ditch.surface water and ground water. dosage. design of sludge digesters only. filter media . Septic Tanks: Design (as per Ministry of urban development) construction. construction and operation.types of screens. digestion. mixing devices. Aerated lagoons.action. disposal of grit. sludge thickening. rotating biological contactors.effect of storage on quality of water. detritus tank.Effluent standards. super chlorination. chlorination . iron and manganese removal. disposal of sludge. desalination. theory of coagulation and flocculation . Chemically aided sedimentation . Module 4 Biological process: principle and theory of biological treatment. disinfection of sewage effluents. Sedimentation . contact process. Aeration.generally used coagulants. Kothamangalam ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING .design. characteristics of sludge. deflouridation. post chlorination.function. primary. Miscellaneous treatment methods: color. attached growth. purpose of aeration. continuous flow sedimentation tanks. Layout of conventional treatment plant . aeration methods. conditioning and disposal. rectangular and circular tanks. BIS Standards.3rd Edn. general layout of treatment plant . UASB.preliminary. construction and operation of conventional and extended aeration.II C804 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Storage of water .design. Module 5 Sludge treatment and disposal: quantity of sludge. construction and operation. breakpoint chlorination. cleaning of tanks. dual media & multimedia filters.sand for filtration. Preliminary process: screens .only basics (Ref.Theory of filtration. disposal of' screenings. Miscellaneous methods. Other disinfectants. pre chlorination. operation and maintenance of rapid sand filters and slow sand filters pressure filters. Wastewater Engineering by Metcalf and Eddy . odour and taste removal. expanded bed . filters.necessity. construction and operation. control. Activated sludge process: Design. Classification of filters . removal of hardness. design. theory of sedimentation. skimming tank . comminutors. design and operation. Imhoff tanks. disposal of skimmings Sedimentation: Theory of sewage sedimentation . suspended growth.design. feeding.Disinfection: requirements of a good disinfectant. Module 3 Introduction: Objectives of waste water treatment .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. and dosage chlorine demand. chloramination. design of flash mixers clarifiers and clarifloculators.Stabilization ponds. secondary and tertiary treatments in general.

3.K. 3rd Edn. Michael D. Tchobanoglous. Garg. Advanced Engg.C.Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation. Mathematics. 2. S. 2. K. 3. New York.Chand. B. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions. 106 . ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE . 4. Rowe. Verlag. 4.Pipkin. Linear Integral Equation. Punmia. l & ll. Advanced Engg. Waste water Engg. Kothamangalam References 1. 6. Khanna Publishers. Classification of second order equations. Mc Graw Hill International Editions. Environmental Engineering.C. John Wiley and sons. Arihant Publications. Punmia. Metcalf & Eddy. Environmental Engineering Vol. Jodpur. Inc. 5. Beta functions Gamma function. Allen C.Kanwal. Water supply Engineering. unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – solution of Fredhlom integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution. Mathematics. Module 3 Gamma. Peavy. Water and waste water technology. Arihant Publications.II) CMELR 805-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides.Greenberge. Mc Graw Hill International Editions.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function. Pearson Edn. Springer. Asia. H. Mark J Hammer. A Course on Integral Equations. B.Dass. Jodpur. Waste water Engineering. Ram P.. Academic Press. S. New Delhi. Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. References 1.

John Wiley and Sons. Theory of elastic thin shells. THEORY OF SHELLS (ELECTIVE . 3. Baker E H.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 1961. K.Thilagavathy. Principles of Applied Mathematics.Chand & co. New York. Pergaman Press. Wilhelm Flugge. Mc Graw Hill. 7.S. Verlog. References 1. P Noordoff.&science. 7.Grewal. Stresses in shells. P. Ramaswamy G S. Addison Wesley. Wiley. Module 4 Bending theory of cylindrical shells-stresses and deformation of circular cylindrical shells-pressure vessels-cylindrical shells with uniform internal pressure-free body diagram of a differential cylindrical shell element. 6.II) C805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Structural behaviour of shells-classification of shells-translational and rotational shells-ruled surfaces-methods of generating the surface of different shellshyperbolic paraboloid-elliptic paraboloid-conoid-Gaussian curvature-synclastic and anticlastic surfaces. Principles and Techniques of Applied Mathematics.degenerated elements-general shell element. Mc Graw Hill. Kovalesky and Flrish. 4. Thin shells theory and problems. James P. 107 . B. Springs.Theory of thin elastic shells. 8. Bernard Friedman. New York. R.formulation of equilibrium equation. S. Numrical methods in Engg. Universities press. J Ramachandran. 6. K.1959. John Wiley and sons 8. 1967. Theory of plates and shells. 2. Module 2 Classical theories of shells-thin shell-thick shell-small deflection theory-stress resultants and deformations of shells without bending.F. Generalized functions. W Krieger. Hoskins. Kothamangalam 5. New York. Design and construction of concrete shell roofs. Kraus H. Mc Graw Hill.Kandasamy. Module 5 Finite element application on cylindrical shells-introduction to shell elements-flat elements-axisymmetric elements. Gol’oenveizen. Module 3 Cylindrical shells-membrane theory of cylindrical shells-free body diagram of a cylindrical shell element-formulation of equilibrium equation. Groningen. Thin elastic shells. 5. Khanna Publishers. Novoshilov V V. 9.Keener.Gunavathy Numerical methods. Timoshenko. Berlin. Structural analysis of shells.

. STRAP.. 2. R. Alexander Newman. Edwin H. Use of Structural Steel in Overhead Transmission Line Towers. 6. Gaylord. Erection: Method statement .Structural performance .II) C805-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Microwave and Transmission Towers: Introduction . Inc.Quality management.Optimization design of main frames . Standard Book House.. S. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co. Module 2 Pre-Engineered Metal Buildings: Introduction . Code of practice for Design Loads (Parts I. Ramaswamy G.Column base connections (fixed. New Delhi.Protection methods. ISBN 0-632-03881-0. 9. Kothamangalam ADVANCED STEEL STRUCTURES (ELECTIVE . Steel Designers Manual. ridge) . Peter R. ISBN 0-07-112623-6.Application using STAAD. Singapore. 4. 3. 5. Design of Steel Structures. Vol. BIS.. Module 3 Multi-storey Buildings: Introduction . ISBN 0-7277-30142. References 1. Fabrication: Economy .Design of double layer flat . Corrosion Resistance: Corrosion process Effect of environment . Oxford.Design of composite beams .Loads . Owens. 108 . Suresh G.Loads .Design of single layer dome . IS: 875 . IS: 802. Design of Steel Structures. Module 5 Construction: Tolerances: Fabrication tolerances . pinned) .Application using STAAD.programme – Machineries. New Delhi.Wind bracing . Fire Protection: Regulations ..Shop activities . IS: 800 . Thomas Telford Ltd. BIS. 2001.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 2002. Knowles. McGrawHill.Application using STAAD. II.Metal cladding . Module 4 Space Frames: Introduction .Anatomy of structure . Blackwell Scientific Publications.Structural types . Design of Steel Structures.Bracings – Connections . Design and Construction of Steel Space frames. Charles N. Graham W. New Delhi.Loads .1987. II & III). SAP. Use of Structural Steel in General Building Construction.Design of composite floor ..Methods of protection. STRAP. ISBN 81-87433-36-1. Analysis. 8.Design of node connectors . Ram Chandra. Metal Building Systems: Design and Specifications.Loads . Gaylord.Erection tolerances.Design of cold formed secondary framing .Design of single layer barrel vault . BIS. 7. SAP. New Delhi. Jr.Application using STAAD.. Ramamrutham S. New Delhi.Frame connections (haunch.1984.Design of members .Analysis of Microwave & Transmission towers .Design of foundation Design of Connections .Design of columns .

New Delhi. 11. Environmental influence and effectspavements maintenance and overlays.II) C805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Pavement types: stress distribution in pavements .II) C805-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Machine foundations: basic theory of vibrations-free and forced vibration of single degree of freedom with and without damping-two degrees of freedom with and without damping-dynamic soil properties-mass spring model and constants. Highway Engineering. Justo C.IRC recommendations . 4. IS: 1161. 2.Bradley's stress coefficients .tie bars . Module 3 Design of rigid pavements: radius of relative stiffness .types of pavement distress . Nem Chand Publishers IRC Standard specifications for Construction of Flexible and rigid pavements ADVANCED FOUNDATION DESIGN (ELECTIVE .climatic variations.CBR method .elastic half space approach-determination of dynamic soil constants in laboratory and field based on IS code provisions.combination of stresses.S.design charts. John wiley and sons Khanna O.equivalent single wheel load .Yoder.Burmister's layer theory.Me Load method . IS: 806.IRC recommendation.design factors .J. Module 2 Design of flexible pavements: group index method . Danpat Rai and Sons.. HIGHWAY AND AIRFIELD PAVEMENTS (ELECTIVE .roughness and skid resistance. Design of joints in concrete pavements: expansion joints . Principles of Pavement Design.theoretical subgrade conditions and traffic loadings Basic difference between flexible and rigid pavements .critical load positions Westergaard's stress equation . New Delhi. BIS.functional stress .P. Bindra B. Modes of vibration of block foundation –natural 109 . Specification for Steel Tubes for Structural Purposes.wrapping stress . Module 5 Evaluation of pavement condition: pavement instrumentation .wheel load . References 1.elastic modulii . 3.construction joints design of dowel bars . Highway Engineering.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Code of practice for use of Steel Tubes in General Building Construction.G. BIS. Kothamangalam 10. H. Module 4 Temperature stresses in concrete pavements: Westergaard's concept .repetition of loads .

3. Churchill and Thomas methods.shoring and underpinning-different methods-damage and vibrations due to constructional operations References 1. silos.foundation for coastal and offshore structures-pre-stressed foundations.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. soft and compressible soils. 5.V Handbook of Machine foundations IS 2974-part I toV. ground storage tanks. Module 4 Special Foundations: Foundation for special structures such as water tanks. Kothamangalam frequency of foundation of soil system by Barkan’s approach-methods of analysisBarkan’s method. yawing (IS code method) Module 2 Design of machine foundations: Static and dynamic design criteria-permissible amplitude of vibrations for different types of machines. sliding. Module 2 Stream sampling: stream protection measures . Shell Foundations-structural form and efficiency-different types. Module 3 Sheet Pile walls and Cofferdams: types and uses of sheet piles-design of cantilever sheet pile walls in granular and cohesive soils-anchored bulkhead-free earth support and fixed earth support method-coffer dams-uses. 4. problems associated with foundation installation. 2. Module 5 Foundations in Special soils: Foundation in expansive soil. Modern foundations Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing company Srinivasulu P.Magnitude of the industrial waste problem in India . cooling towers.E. chimneys. Effect of industrial wastes on streams and sewerage systems: Computation of organic waste loads on streams Streeter phelps. 110 .calculation of induced forces and moments.braced and cellular cofferdams. Bowles. N. rocking. transmission line towers-foundation for under ground conduits.effluent and stream standards.Kurian.design criteria.ground water lowering and drainage. Vaidyanathan C.II) C805-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Environmental pollution . Foundation Analysis and DesignMc Graw Hill Publishing Company. Vertical translations.P. IS 5249 INDUSTRIAL WASTE ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE . Foundations for reciprocating machines. guyed structures. telecommunication towers.multi cylinder engines-Foundations subjected to impact type of forces (hammer)-design data-design criteria-vibration isolation.damage caused by industrial waste pollution.J.

sugar . 4.discharge of raw and treated wastes to streams.removal of inorganic solids by evaporation & ion exchange.time variations in humidity-geographic variations of wind .measurement of temperatures . Hardam Singh. John Wiley & Sons. chemical and biological. Principles of industrial waste treatment. 5.Disposal of sludge solids. waste strength reduction neutralization.fronts . International Edition.time variations of wind . Mc Graw Hill.Measurement of humidity . Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.application in engineering: water resources in the world .properties of water vapour.scanning and predicting weather.geographic distribution of temperatures .oil refinery textile industry .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.distillery. Ltd. 2. 3. trickling filters.geographic distributions of humidity . New Delhi. M Narayana Rao.up flow and down flow filters. Weather and hydrology: Thermal circulation . Industrial Waste water management Hand Book. New York. Inc. W Wesley Eckenfelder Jr. References 1. Rational methods of design and Industrial practice. Module 3 Theories of treatments processes: removal of suspended solids by sedimentation and flotation.dairy .Lapse rate of temperatures . Module 4 Major industrial Wastes and their treatment: pulp and paper industry . Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. Inc. Joint treatment of treated and untreated wastes with domestic sewage . NewDelhi.tannery. High rate anaerobic treatment . C Fred Gurnham. activated sludge treatment . Waste water treatment. Module 5 Treatment of industrial waste: canning . 111 . Mc Graw Hill Inc. Industrial water pollution control. removal of colloidal solids by coagulation . step aeration.II) C805-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Hydrologic cycle-history of hydrology . equalization and proportioning. Bombay. retreatment of industrial wastes: waste volume reduction. Removal of organic solids: lagooning. Nelson Leonard Nemerow.effects of earth's rotation ..migratory systems .time variations of temperatures . ADVANCED HYDROLOGY (ELECTIVE .effect of' land and water distribution .. Pvt.. Theories and practices of industrial waste treatment.water resources in India. up flow anaerobic sludge blanket reactor . Kothamangalam Characteristics of industrial wastes: physical.extended aeration.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 2 Precipitation: types of precipitation - measurement of precipitation recording gauges - automatic gauges radars -estimation of missing data and adjustment of records - mean areal depth of precipitation -rain gauge network- design principlesdepth area duration curves - Hectograph and mass curve of rainfall - analysis of rainfall data - moving average curves - design storms - probable maximum precipitation curves snowfall and measurement. Determination of snowmelt. Water Losses:.Evaporation-evaporation pans – evapometre, control of' reservoir evaporation - soil evaporation - transpiration - estimation of evapo transpiration infiltration - infiltration curves - determination of infiltration- irifiltration indices water shed leakage - water balance. Module 3 Runoff: Catchment characteristics - classification of streams - factors affecting-run off, run off estimation by empirical formulae, curves infiltration method, rational method, overland flow hydrograph and unit hydrograph, method. Hydrographs: Separation of stream, flow components - hydrograph separation - unit hydrograph assumption - derivations of unit hydrograph - unit hydrograph of complex storms instantaneous unit hydrograph - synthetic unit hydrograph. . Module 4 Floods: Definition of standard project flood - maximum probable flood - probable maximum precipitation and design flood - estimation of peak flood-flood control. Measures - flood forecasting techniques- flood routing - analytical and graphical methods of flood routing. Sedimentation: The erosion process - factors controlling erosion - suspended load bed load, estimation of sediment load (basic principles and statement of important.equations only) measurement of sediment load reservoir sedimentation - control of reservoir sedimentation. Module 5 Probability analysis of hydrological data: mean, median, mode, mean-deviation, standard deviation, variances and skewness of data normal, gamma, poisons, log normal and pears and type III distributions - flood, frequency by fuller's, Gumbel's, Powel and Ven Te chow methods. Mathematical models in hydrology: definition of stochastic models, deterministic models-conceptual models and empirical models- optimisation of models and efficiency of models - method of determining 1UH by the s-curve hydrograph, convolution integral and conceptual models - synthetic stream flow - flow at ungauged sites - by multiple regression - reservoir mass curve - flood forecasting. References 1. H. M.Reghunath, Hydrology, Wiley Easten Ltd., New Delhi. 2. Santhosh Kumar Garg, Hydrology and flood control engineering, Khanna Publishers 3. R.K. Linsley, M. A. Kholar, Hydrology for engineers, Tata Mc Graw Hill.

112

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam APPLIED GEOLOGY (ELECTIVE - II) C805-8 3+1+0 Module 1 Plate tectonics: Plate tectonics and drift of continents-Pangaea and drift of Indian plate-formation of Himalayas-Tectonic frame work of South India -Tectonic movements-their significance-methods of detecting tectonic movements - radar interferometry & global positioning system. Earthquake: Earthquakes in relation to plate tectonics-global seismic belts seismic zones of Inida-seismicity of South India-earthquakes in Kerala -earthquake resistant structures-prediction of earthquake-defusing earthquake-Reservoir induced seismicity. Module 2 Structural geology: Clinometer & Brunton compass-Measuring of strike and dip using clinometer/Brunton compass-Basic idea of toposheets-Lineaments-definitionsingificance-techniques of identifying lineaments-major lineaments in South India and Kerala. Remote sensing: Basic concepts-electromagnetic radiation, spectral windows, spectral signatures, sensors, false colour images, geocoded images. Remotesensing satellites-Landsat. Aerial photography: Basic concepts-stereopairs, stereoscopic vision, stereoscopeLimitations of aerial photography. Applications: Interpretation of imageries (brief description only). Application of satellite imageries and aerial photographs in geological and hydrogeological studies. Module 3 Hydrogeology - General: Groundwater-importance and availability-Aquifersconfined and unconfined-Artesian wells-Geologic formations as aquifer-lateritesandy layers-weathered rock-fractured crystalline rock- their distribution in KeralaStructures used for tapping groundwater-Open well, Bore well, Tube well & Filterpoint well (construction techniques not expected). Saline water intrusion. Module 4 Hydrolgeology - Groundwater exploration techniques: Hydrogeological, geophysical & geobotanical methods-Geophysical method-resistivity surveyWenner and Schlumberger configurations-interpretation of resistivity curve-curve matching technique. Groundwater recharge: Natural & artificial. Structures used for artificial recharge-checkdams, subsurface dams, open well & bore well. Selection of site for subsurface dams-salient features. Module 5 Practical Work: Identification of important rock forming minerals: 1.Quartz, 2.Feldspar, 3.Hypersthene, 4.Auguite, 5. Hornblende, 6. Biotite, 7.Muscovite, 8.Olivine, 9.Garnet, 10.Fluorite, 11.Tourmaline, 12.Calcite, 13.Kyanite, 14. Kaolin, 15. Serpentine. Identification of common rock types: Igneous rocks: 1. Granite, 2. Syenite, 3. Diorite, 4. Gabbro, 5. Peridotite, 6.Dolerite, 7.Basalt, 8.Pegmatite.Sedimentary rocks: 1.Conglomerate, 2.Breccia, 3.Sandstone, 113

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam 4.Limestone, 5.shale.Metamorphic rocks: 1. Gneiss, 2. Schist, 3. Slate, 4. Marble, 5. Quartzite, 6. Augen gneiss, 8. Mylonite, 9. Pseudotachyllite. Special Indian rock types: 1. Charnockite, 2. Khondalite, 3. Laterite. Recommended Field work: Field trips to learn identification of faults/lineaments in the field and groundwater exploration techniques. References 1. 2. 3. 4. Arthur Holmes, Physical geology, Thomas Nelson. Arthur D. Howard, Geology in environmental planning, McGraw Hills, New Delhi. M.P.Billings, Strucutural geology, Asia Publishing house, New Delhi. N.W. Gokhale, A manual of problems in structural geology, CBS Publishers & distributors, New Delhi. 5. Thomas M. Lillesand & Raiph W. Kiefer, Remotesensing and image interpretation, John Wiley Sons, New York. 6. K.K.Rampal, Text book of photogrametry, Oxford & IBH Publishing company, New Delhi. 7. David Keith Todd, Groundwater hydrology, John Wiley & sons, New York. 8. H.M. Regunath, Groundwater, Willey Eeastern Ltd. 9. HH.Read, Rutleys elements of mineralogy, George Allen & Unwin Ltd, London. 10. G.W.Tyrell, Principles of petrology, B.I. Publications, Bombay. 11. E.G. Ehler & H. Blatt, Petrology-igneous, sedimentary & metamorphic, CBS Publishers & distributors, Delhi. STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS AND STABILITY ANALYSIS (ELECTIVE - III) C806-1 2+1+0

Module 1 Introduction-problems in nature-steady state problem-dynamic problem-stability problem (Eigen value problem)-introduction to dynamic loading-D’Alembert’s equation of equilibrium-inertia force-effect of damping - Hamilton’s principle. Module 2 Single degree of freedom system-idealisation-free vibration-natural frequencyresonance-forced vibration-lumped mass-consistent mass. Solution techniques-determinant search procedure-Householders method Module 3 Introduction to stability analysis-energy principles-stable, unstable and neutral equilibrium-fourth order differential equation for generalized bending problemselastic instability of columns-Euler’s theory-assumptions-limitations. General treatment of column stability problem as an Eigen value problem-various modes of failure for various end conditions- both ends hinged-both ends fixed-one end fixed other end free- one end fixed other end hinged Module 4 Beam column-beam column equation-solution of differential equation for various lateral loads-udl and concentrated loads-solutions for various end conditions-both 114

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam ends hinged-both ends fixed-one end fixed other end free- one end fixed other end hinged. Module 5 Finite element application to dynamics-element stiffness matrix and mass matrix of a beam element. Finite element application to stability analysis- finite element stability analysis-element stiffness matrix –geometric stiffness matrix-derivation of element stiffness matrix and geometric stiffness matrix for a beam element. References 1. Ray W Clough, Joseph Penzien, Dynamics of structures, Mc Graw Hill, Kogabusha Ltd. 2. Ziegler H, Principles of structural stability, Blarsdell, Wallham, Mass, 1963. 3. Thompson J M, G W Hunt, General stability of elastic stability, Wiley, New York. 4. Timoshenko, Gere, Theory of elastic stability, Mc Graw Hill, New York. 5. Don O Brush, B O O Almorth, Buckling of Bars, plates and shells, 6. Cox H L, The buckling of plates and shells, Macmillam, New York, 1963. 7. O C Zienkiewicz ,.Finite Element Method ,fourth Edition,McGraw Hill, 8. R.D.Cook, Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, John Wiley &Sons. INTERNET PROGRAMMING AND JAVA (ELECTIVE - III) C806-2 2+1+0 Module 1 Internet: Definition-principles of internet working-protocols TCP/IP. E-mail- architecture and services. World wide web- definition- linking of documents in www-URL-DNS. Major categories of websites over Internet. HTML Tags and writing pages. Module 2 Importance of Java – advantages - method of byte codes - object oriented programming concepts in Java-data types – variables – arrays – operators - control statements. Classes: Overloading – inheritance - packages and interfaces - exception handlingbuilt in exceptions. Module 3 Threads: Multi threading-string handling-an overview of important packages and interfaces used in Java-Java.util, Java.io. Module 4 Applet: applet class-event handling-overview of event classes. AWT: working with windows-graphics-text-AWT controls-layout managers-menuimages. Module 5 Databases-JDBC connectivity- introduction to swing, RMI, servlets, COM, CORBA, Java Beams. 115

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. MK Goel, Internet, Herbert Schildt, Java the complete reference, Tata Mc Graw Hill. Steven Holzner, Java 2 Black book, Wiley Dreamtech Joseph L Weber, Using Java, Prentice Hall India New Delhi. James Gosling, Java Programming.

TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION PLANNING (ELECTIVE - III) C806-3 2+1+0 Module 1 Statistical methods for Traffic Engineering: definition and probability - probability distribution – Poisson, Binomial and normal distribution. Applications in traffic engineering: sampling theory and significance testing - linear regression and correlation - simple problems. Module 2 Systems approach to transport planning: stages in transport planning - trip generation - introduction and definitions – factors affecting trip generations and attraction - Multiple linear regression analysis - category analysis - Modal split analysis. Module 3 Trip Distribution: growth factor methods - synthetic methods. Trip Assignment: purpose, general principle - assignment techniques. Module 4 Parking: Parking problems - desirable parking space standards for different land use -common methods of on - street parking, off-street parking facilities, parking surveys. Street illumination: Definition of common terms - types and location of lanterns on straight roads and junctions avoiding glare. Module 5 Transportation Economics: Road user cost-Motor Vehicle operation cost - fixed and variable costs - road user benefits - principles of economics - analysis through annual cost - rate of return and benefit cost ratio methods - worked out problems. References 1. Khadiyali L.R. Traffic Engineering and Transport planning, Khanna Tech Publishers 2. Hutchinson “Principles of Urban transport systems Planning 3. Martin & Whol Traffic system Analysis for Engineers 4. Donald Drew Traffic Flow Theory

116

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICS (ELECTIVE - III) C806-4 2+1+0 Module 1 Clay mineralogy and soil structure: Gravitational and surface forces-inter sheet and inter layer bonding in the clay minerals- Basic structural units of clay mineralsisomorphous substitution – kaolinite mineral- montmorillonite mineral- illite mineral- electric charges on clay minerals – base exchange capacity- diffused double layer- adsorbed water- soil structure- methods for the identification of minerals (introduction only). Module 2 Effect of environment on Geotechnical properties of soils: Effect of drying on Atterberg limits.-Volume change behaviour- factors controlling resistance to volume change- general relationship between soil type, pressure and void ratio.importance of mineralogical composition in soil expansion. Activity- sensitivitycauses of sensitivity-influence of exchangeable cations, pH and organic matter on properties of soils. Permeability of soils- hydraulic conductivity of different types of soils – Darcy’s law and its validity- factors affecting permeability Module 3 Wastes and Contaminants (introduction only): sources of wastes-types of wastescomposition of different wastes- characteristics and classification of hazardous wastes- generation rates- ground water contamination- sources of ground water contamination- transport mechanisms-potential problems in soils due to contaminants. Module 4 Disposal and containment technics: Criteria for selection of sites for waste disposalhydrological aspects of selection of waste disposal sites- disposal facilitiessubsurface disposal technics-disposal systems for typical wastes (sketches only) Module 5 Containment control systems- liners and covers for waste disposal- rigid linersflexible liners. Ground modification technics in waste management – waste modificationground modificationmechanical modification-hydraulic modification- chemical modification. References 1. Mitchell, J (1976), “ Fundamentals of soil behaviour”, John Wiley and sons, New York 2. Lambe, T. W & Whitman, R. V (1979), “ Soil Mechanics “, John Wiley and Sons, New York. 3. Gopal Ranjan & A.S.R Rao (1991), “ Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi. 4. Wilson, M. J (1987), “ A Hand book of Determinative methods in Clay Mineralogy”, Chapman and Hall, New York. 5. Robert M. Koerner (1984), “Construction and Geotechnical methods in Foundation Engineering”, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York. 117

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam 6. Yong R. N. (1992), “ Principles of contaminant Transport in Soils, “Elsevier, New York. 7. Ramanatha Iyer T. S (2000), “Soil Engineering Related to Environment”, LBS centre. SOIL STABILITY ANALYSIS (ELECTIVE - III) C806-5 2+1+0 Module 1 Ground water seepage- Laplace’s equations for two dimensional flow- quick sand condition- construction of flownets- confined and unconfined flow-seepage in anisotropic soil conditions-piping-design of filters. Module 2 Stability of earth slopes-modes of slope stability- analysis of slope stability problems- Swedish circle method- Friction circle method- Taylor’s stability chartBishop’s method- stabilization measures- instrumentation. Module 3 Landslides: Introduction- movements associated with landslides-causes of landslides-consequences, classification and analysis of landslides-investigation of landslides-instrumentation-methods of preventing landslides. Module 4 Earthquake effects on soil foundation system: earth quakes- ground shakingliquefaction- ground deformations-seismic provisions in building codes Module 5 Underpinning: Introduction-reasons-pit underpinning-pile underpinning-driven underpinning piles-shoring-special underpinning methods-moving structures References 1. Hans.F.Winterkorn and Hsai Yang Fang Foundation Engineering handbook Van Nostrand Reinhold Company 2. Bowles E.J. Foundation analysis and Design. Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co. 3. Gopal Ranjan and A.S.R.Rao Basic and applied Soil mechanics New Age International Publishing Company 4. Donald.P.Coduto Geotechnical Engineering –Principlesand practices, Prentice Hall India ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS C806-6 2+1+0 Module 1 Concepts of environmental impact analysis-Environmental protections, legislations, laws and Acts-air quality legislation-energy legislation-fish and wild life resources legislation-historical preservation legislation-factors for consideration in assessing environmental impact concept-short term vs. long term effects. 118

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 2 Socio impact analysis-physical, social, aesthetic and economic environmentexamples of types of socio impact analysis. Module 3 Air quality impact analysis-air pollutants-sources-atmospheric interactionsenvironmental impact-assessment methodology, case studies. Noise impact analysis-effects of noise on people-estimating transportation noise impact-examples Module 4 Water quality impact analysis-water quality criteria and standards-modelling-water quality impact by projects like High ways, power plants, agriculture and irrigation, forest management, vegetation and wild life impact analysis. Module 5 Assessment methodologies-impact on biota-summerisation of environmental impact-checklist method. References 1. John G Rau, David C Wooten, Environmental impact Analysis Handbook, Mc Graw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 1980. ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LAB C807 0+0+3 1. Determination of (a) solids - total, suspended, dissolved, fixed, volatile, settleable SVI. 2. pH Value. 3. Conductivity. 4. Chemical oxygen demand. 5. D. 0. and Biochemical Oxygen Demand. 6. Jar test and Turbidity. 7. Chlorine demand and residual chlorine. 8. Determination of iron. 9. Determination of sulphates. 10. Acidity and Alkalinity. 11. Hardness. 12. Nitrogen - various forms. 13. M. P. N. Fecal coliforms using A-l medium. 14. Measurment of smoke density for diesel vehicles. 15. Measurment of H C and CO of exhaust from petrol driven vehicles. 16. Measurment of suspended particulate matter in ambient air.

119

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam PROJECT / SEMINAR C 808 0+0+4 Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the department. The paper should in general reflect the state of the art. He/she shall submit a report of the paper presented to the department. In addition to the seminar he/she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide(s). On completion of the project work, he/she shall present the work done before a panel of staff members, and submit a report of the project work done to the department. VIVA -VOCE C809 A comprehensive Viva-voce examination will be conducted to assess the student's overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. At the time of viva-voce, certified reports of seminar and project work are to be presented for evaluation.

120

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

B.TECH. DEGREE COURSE

SYLLABUS

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING BRANCH

121

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

THIRD SEMESTER

122

S. Numerical Methods in science & Engg. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .Michael D. Difference equations – Solution of difference equations.II CMELPA 301 3+1+0 Module 1 Vector Differential Calculus Differentiation of vector functions . Mathematics .K. Khanna Publishers 3.. McGraw – Hill 123 . Module 4 Finite Differences Meaning of ∆. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Numerical Methods .Erwin Kreyszig. Module 2 Vector Integral Calculus Line. Schaum’s outline series. µ. Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem. Uty. E.S.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using stirlings formula – Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Prentice-Hall 6.Venkataraman. press 5. sin z.R.Greenberg. ez.Balachandra Rao and G. -M. ∇.Spiegel.Grawal B. Mathematics . References 1. Mathematics . δ . equations in Cartesian co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal transformation of function like zn. Theory and Problems of Vector analysis . divergence and curl of a vector function – their physical meaning – directional derivative – scalar potential. National Publishing Co 4.M. z+k2/z – bilinear transformation – cross ratio – invariant property – simple problems. Module 5 Difference Calculus Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton – Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems. Higher Engg.scalar and vector fields – gradient. 2. surface and volume Integrals – work done by a force along a path – Application of Green’s theorem. Module 3 Function of Complex Variable Definition of analytic functions and singular points – derivation of C.K.Shantha. Advanced Engg. conservative fields – identities – simple problems.R. 1/z. Advanced Engg.

C. Module 2 Kinematics of fluid motion-Eulerian and Lagrangian approach-classification and representation of fluid flow. Machine Drawing N. Steam engine parts .D. gib and cotter) . Basic hydrodynamics-equation for acceleration-continuity equation-rotational and irrotational flow-velocity potential and stream function-circulation and vorticityvortex flow-energy variation across stream lines-basic field flow such as uniform 124 .Varghese P.eccentric.connecting rod .stuffing box . sleeve and cotter.cross head .I. specific weight. force. plummer block . compressibility. surface tension. Fully dimensioned and sectional drawings of the following: Joints-cottered joints (spigot and socket.S. Kothamangalam MACHINE DRAWING . dynamic and kinematic viscosityPascal’s law-Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids-fluid statics-measurement of pressure-variation of pressure-manometry-hydrostatic pressure on plane and curved surfaces-centre of pressure-buoyancy-floation-stability of submerged and floating bodies-metacentric height-period of oscillation. connecting rod.Gill FLUID MECHANICS M 303 2+2+0 Module 1 Introduction-Proprties of fluids.ball bearings. I. density.Oldhams coupling. Forms of rivet heads-rivetted joints-lap and butt joints with single and multiple riveting in chain and zig-zag arrangements-dimensional drawing. Shaft couplings .bushed pin type flexible coupling .plain and protected types of flanged couplings .Engine parts-piston. Machine Drawing 2.I M 302 0+0+4 Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views-dimensioning techniquespreparation of drawing. Pipe joints-spigot &socket joint . References 1.flanged joint .journal bearing. capillarity.union joint –Amstrong (hydraulic) joint. Machine Drawing 3.types of keys .path line.screw threads-different forms-conventional representationsketching-orthographic views of hexagonal bolts and nuts-dimensional drawingsquareheaded bolts and nuts-sketching of different types of lock nuts and locking devices and foundation bolts.knuckle joint. Shaft bearings and supports .footstep bearingwall bracket .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Bhatt P.pressure. stream line and streak line. Sketching of conventional representation of welded joints.

characteristics-work done-aerofoil flow recorder-polar diagram-simple problems. packing of atoms in solids.K.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.H.Bhansal Mody and Seth METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE M 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Crystallography: Crystal structural determination. spiral flow. Magnus effect-Joukowski theorem-coefficient of lift. pressure.Shames B. glass transition temperature -. pitot tube.L. Kothamangalam flow. source. vortex pair.methods of controlling-applications-diffuserboundary layer separation –wakes.Changes within solid materials: Structural imperfections: 125 .Effects of crystalline and amorphous structure on mechanical and optical properties -Mechanism of crystallization: Homogeneous and heterogeneous nuclei formation. crystallographic directions and planes. flow past a cylinder with a circulation. dendritic growth and grain boundary irregularity. 3.S. 5. Module 4 Navier-Stoke’s equation-body force-Hagen-Poiseullie equation-boundary layer flow theory-velocity variation. 4. coefficient of drag. Fluid Mechanics Fluid Mechanics Fluid Mechanics Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics - I. skin friction.Amorphous structure. ventury meter. grain size effects on mechanical & optical properties . rotameter. Module 3 Euler’s momentum equation-Bernoulli’s equation and its limitations-momentum and energy correction factors-pressure variation across uniform conduit and uniform bend-pressure distribution in irrotational flow and in curved boundariesflow through orifices and mouthpieces. doublet. 6.Kumar R. coordination number. bluff body-drag force on a rectangular plate-drag coefficient for flow around a cylinder-lift and drag force on an aerofoil-applications of aerofoil. profile and total drag-stream lined body. sink. drag force. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Lewitt 2. miller indices. References 1. momentum and energy thickness-flow through pipes-laminar and turbulent flow in pipes-critical Reynolds number-DarcyWeisback equation-hydraulic radius-Moody. notches and weirs-time of emptying a tankapplication of Bernoulli’s theorem-orifice meter.Massey K.s chart-pipes in series and parallelsiphon losses in pipes-power transmission through pipes-water hammer-equivalent pipe-open channel flow-Chezy’s equation-most economical cross section-hydraulic jump. atomic packing factor. Module 5 Flow of a real fluid-effect of viscosity on fluid flow-laminar and turbulent flowboundary layer thickness-displacement.

surface texture on fatigue – Corrosion and thermal fatigue – Mechanism of fatigue failure -. Module 5 Fracture: Bonding forces and energies.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. malleable and spheroidal graphite cast iron. Kothamangalam Point defects . hardening. phase transformation phase rules. single phase.Influence of slip on fracture – Effect of impact loading on ductile material and its application in forging etc. grain size reduction. chromium steels. properties and applications. screw dislocation. beryllium.Hot working.Annealing. Module 3 Definition and aims of heat treatment. grain boundary hardening.. peritectoid -Polymorphism – Detailed discussion of Iron-Carbon diagram with microstructure changes in ferrite. copper. multi phase equilibrium diagrams. super plasticity – Reasons for alloying.Surface imperfections: role of surface defect on crack propagation etc – Mode of plastic deformation: mechanism of slip & twinning. cohesive strength of metals . solid solutions. austermpering. growth and crack arrest – Effect of plastic deformation on crack propagation – Factors leading to crack propagation . role of dislocation in the deformation of metals . fick’s laws. microstructure. microstructure. impregnation. 126 .Fatigue: stress cycles – Effects of stress concentration. forest of dislocations.Griffith theory –. grain size and its effects on mechanical properties-. improvement in corrosion resistance. eutectic.line defect: edge. brittle. properties and applications . cementite. etc – Effects on steels. re-crystallization. displacement of the eutectoid point. induction hardening – Deposition methods: hot dipping and coating. martensite. austenite. pearlite. grain growth. metal cladding – Various strengthen mechanisms in metals: work hardening. eutectoid.Cast irons: classifications. inter metallic compounds – Equilibrium diagram reactions: monotectic. vanadium. mechanical properties -. solid solution hardening. tungsten. graphite. dispersion hardening. strain hardening. spheroidizing. frank-read source – Diffusion in solids. dislocation sources. dislocation climb & cross slip.Reference shall be made to the phase diagrams whenever necessary. polymorphic transformation temperature. burgers vector. ductile fracture -. metal spraying. cyaniding -.Nickel steels.Crack initiation. retardation of the transformation rates. nitriding. Module 4 Alloy steels: Effects of alloying elements on: dislocation movement. tempering. normalizing. gray. copper and lead – high speed steels . martempering with microstructure changes -Surface treatment: Diffusion methods: carburizing. cobalt. intercrystalline. recovery. bainite. containing molybdenum. magnesium. silicon.Cleavage.Principal non ferrous alloys like aluminum. formation and stability of carbides. white. applications.Creep: Creep curves – Structural change – Mechanism of creep deformation. nickel. size effect.Thermal methods: flame hardening.-. peritectic. Module 2 Cold working. grain growth. composition. study of composition.

Module 4 Thermo dynamics relations-Combind first and second law equations-Helmholtz and Gibbs functions – Maxwell relations.-Thermo dynamic equilibrium-Equation of state of an ideal gas-PVT system-Real gas-Real gas relations-Compressibility factor-Law of corresponding states. 2. 3. www. – John Wiley. Richards C. 7. – Material Science and Engineering. 4. 5. D. Reed Hill E. 2. Kothamangalam References 1. Robert – Physical Metallurgy Principles. – McGraw Hill. enthalpy and entropy – Clausius. – ELBS.G. 127 . com. msm. 1. – Mechanical Metallurgy.A. Work and Heat-First law of thermo dynamics-concept of energy-first law for closed and open systems-specific heats. Module 3 Second law of thermo dynamics-Various statements and their equivalenceReversible process and reversible cycles – Carnot cycle-Corollaries of the second law-Thermo dynamic temperature scale.H. internal energy. uk / online teaching. 3. – McGraw Hill. ac. – Engineering Metallurgy part-I. Higgins R. – Introduction to Physical Metallurgy – McGraw Hill.internal energy and enthalpy.Mollier diagramsMixture of gases and vapours-mixture of ideal gases-Dalton’s law-Gibbs law – Thermo dynamic properties of mixture-mixtures of ideal gases and vapoursPsychrometic principles-Psychrometic chart-Applications.Thermo dynamic systems – different types of systems-macroscopic and microscopic analysiscontinuum-Properties-State-Processes. Callister William. 8. – Essentials of material science.Steady flow energy equation. Mans Chandra – Science of Engineering Materials Vol.equations for specific heats. 9. – East West Press. Dieter George E. Addison – Wesley. 10. – Engineering Material Science. Avner S.W.Clapeyron equation – applications of thermo dynamic relations. Module 2 Laws of thermo dynamics-Zeroth law of thermo dynamics-Thermal equilibriumConcept of temperature –Temperature scales-Thermometry-Perfect gas temperature scales. Van Vlack – Elements of material Science. THERMO DYNAMICS M 305 2+2+0 Module 1 Fundamental concepts-Scope and limitations of thermo dynamics. PT and TS diagrams. – Macmillan. Guy A.Clausius inequality-Concept of entropyCalculation of change in entropy in various thermo dynamic processesReversibility and irreversibility-Available and unavailable energy – Third law of thermo dynamics. 6.Joule Thompson effect.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 5 Properties of pure substances – PVT.

Sears.Lee and F.bending and shear stress distribution rectangular. Module 5 Columns and sturts..Newyork. Relation between load.P. circular and 1-sections. 128 .Zemansky Rogers.D. Engineering Mechanics of solids.K.conjugate beam method.leaf spring. 2. Module 2 Shear force and bending moments -Cantilever-simply supported and overhanging beams-concentrated and U.sections – composite sections temperature stresses. beams. beams. Kothamangalam References 1. Close-coiled and open coiled spring. Module 4 Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow shafts.N.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 3 Slope and deflection of simply supported beams and cantilevers.P.Nag J.Bars of varying cross .Macaulay's Method-moment area method. 7. Strength of Materials. Pearson STRENGTH OF MATERIALS AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING M306 3+1+0 Module 1 I Stress and strain . Reinforcements detailing in R. 3.F. columns & footings (No problem expected) References 1. Spalding and Cole M. SF and BM. 5. D. C. New Delhi. General description only of simple and compound steel.power transmitted by shafts. Part 1.S.W.Van Nostrand company.compound pipes -wire wound pipesstrain energy-axial loads. Popov E. Thin cyliders and jhick cylinders subjected to internal and external pressures. 9. 6. 8.Achuthan Keenan Obert Holman M.short and long columns-Euler's theory-Ran kine's theory Eccentrically Loaded columns-column with initial curvature. Slabs. Inc. Timoshenko. Prentice Hall of India. 4. loadings analytical method. Theory of simple bending. Engineering Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Engineering Thermodynamics Engineering Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Heat and Thermodynamics Thermodynamics P. Principal stresses and planes-Mohr's circle representation of plane stress. columns and column foundationprinciple of reinforced concrete.Double integration. 2. gradually and suddenly applied load-impact loads.

Road 7. Strength of Materials. New Delhi. Calibration of rectangular and triangular notches 7. Determination of critical velocity in pipe flow. 4. Calibration of venturimeter. Shear Test on M. Longman’s Green& Company. 9.S. Fatigue Test 9. Mc Graw Hill. Rod. M. pitot tubes. ' 3. 2. 3. 8. Aluminum wires and brass wires) 5. Note All tests should be done as per relevant BIS 129 . 8. Solid Mechanics. Determination of minor losses in pipe flow 10. Determination of Chezy’s constant and Mannings number for open channel flow. Bending Test on Wooden Beams using U. torsteel and High Tensile steel. William A Nash. Impact Test (Izod and Charpy) 10.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 0+0+3 Study of plumbing tools and pipe fittings Study of taps. Verification of Clerk. Vol 1. Hydraulic coefficients of orifices and mouthpieces under constant head method and time of emptying method. watermeters and current meters Determination of metacentric height and radius of gyration of floating bodies. Vol 1. Strut Test. Strength of Materials and Mechanics of structures. M. Ryder G. ELBS. S. wires. Strength of Materials. Strength of Materials. Rod..A. Punmia B. Maxwell's Law of reciprocal deflection and determination of E for steel. 6. Determination of Darcy’s and Chezy’s constant for pipe flow 8. 4. on M. ELBS. 5. 7. Torsion test using U. New Delhi. 5..C. Hardness Test (Brinell. Torsion Pendulum (M. valves. 6. Kazimi S. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Experimental verification of Bernoulli’s theorem 11. gauges. Analysis of Structures.H. 12.Lakshmi Publications. Kothamangalam 3. Khanna Publishers. Determination of discharge coefficient for Plug-Sluices STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORTAORY M308 0+0+3 1. T. 4.S.M. S. Ratwani N. orifice meter and water meter 6.N. Vazirani V. Tests on springs (open and close coiled) 2. Torsion Test on M.. Vicker's and Rebound) 11. FLUID MECHANICS LABORATORY M 307 1. M. T. Arthur Morley.

Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 130 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

6. 7. poisson and normal distributions. by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations. Khanna Publishers 2.solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.B. Higher Engineering Mathematics . its mean and variance .M.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parseval’s Identity .simple problems. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .The binomial distribution.Sneddon.its mean and variance fitting of binomial & poisson distributions .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig.inverse transforms .properties of normal curve . Module 3 Fourier Transforms: Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms .Finding P. difference of proportions. Pearson Education Asia / PHI 5.normal distribution . F and Chi square test – Level of significance . II -3rd year Part A & B . Venkataraman.Ian N. National Publishing Company 3. Engineering Mathematics Vol. Pearson Education Asia 131 .standard normal curve .Binomial law of probability . single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected) References 1. McGrawhill International Edn. Laxmi Publications Ltd. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary Functions .S.Linear Simultaneous eqns.I.poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution . Bayes theorem .simple problems in binomial. Grewal. 4. Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance. Advanced Engg. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson.Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion. Wiley Eastern Ltd. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar.simple applications in engineering problems.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents . Module 4 Probability and statistics: Fundamentals of probability.K. Elements of Partial Differential Equations .

inversion of single and double slider crank. 3. quadric cycle chains-kinematic diagram-expression for degree of freedom. straightline mechanismsengine indicator mechanisms-steering gear-Davis and Ackerman type-quick returnWhitworth. Module 5 Gears: Condition for constant velocity ratio-law of gearing-conjugate teeth actiontooth forms-standard modules and tooth proportions-contact ratio-interference-spur.K. band & block. Module 3 Mechanisms: Pantograph.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 5. epicyclic train.L. centrifugal clutches. long shoe. slider crank mechanism-Hooke’s joint.gear forces.Bellaney J. Theory of Machines Mechanisms and Machine Theory Theory of Mechanisms and Machines Theory of Machines Theory of Machines Theory of Machines and Mechanisms Thomas Bevan Ambedkar A. Module 2 Linkage Synthesis: Precision points-graphical synthesis of slider crank mechanisms. belt transmission and torsion dynamometers-effort and power. 6.Uicker 132 .velocity and acceleration of various mechanisms by analytical and graphical method-Coriolis component of acceleration-analytical treatment of slider crank and four bar chainKlein’s construction-locating instantaneous center-velocity and acceleration image. hydraulic. multiple. chain.Mallick V.Shigley & J.I M 402 2+1+0 Module 1 Kinematics: Links. Scott-Russel.coupler curves-spatial mechanisms-manipulationsvelocity analysis by instantaneous center method-Kennedy’s theorem. Pearson P. single plate. rocker mechanisms. four bar linkage-overlay method-number synthesis-basic features of mechanical synthesis-graphic and analytical methods of dimensional synthesis-kinematic synthesis-approximate and exact synthesis. bevel. References 1. 2. rope brake. helical. approximate straight line. band.Singh. double block. 4. pairs. Dynamometers: Pony brake. spiral. mechanical.J. internally expanding shoe.Ghosh & A. machines. air and powerbrakes-braking of avehicle-cone. mechanisms. Module 4 Brakes and clutches: Shoe. Watt and grasshopper mechanisms.equivalent curves.E. Kothamangalam THEORY OF MACHINES . and hypoid gears.P.

airlift pump. noises – vibration measurement and fault diagnosis. run away speed. runner size. Classification of impellers. Module 3 Pumping machinery: General classification –Dynamic pumps . operating. effect of vapour pressure on lifting of liquid – indicator diagram – acceleration head – effect of friction – use of air vessels – work saved – Slip . simple head loss calculation in pipe lines & fittings – Principle of similitude – axial trust – multistage pumps – propeller pumps – pump in parallel & series operation. Module 4 Theory. ISO efficiency characteristics curves – surging – NPSH – selection of pumps from performance curves. wear rings. efficiency. screw. vibration in equipmets. Kothamangalam HYDRAULIC MACHINES M 403 2+2+0 Module 1 Dynamic Action of Fluid: Momentum and angular momentum equation applied to control volume – impact of jet – flow of an incompressible fluid over fixed and moving vanes – workdone and efficiency – reaction principle – propulsion of ships. Module 5 Positive displacement Rotary pumps: Gear. efficiency. priming. Module 2 Euler`s turbine equation: velocity triangles – impulse and reaction turbines – Pelton wheel.equivalent length of pipe. impeller shapes – types of casings – materials for pumps & medical use – principle of operation Euler`s head equation – velocity diagrams – losses in pumps – circulatory flow – pre rotation – efficiency – non dimensional parameters – specific speed – effect of change of diameters & speed performance pump characteristics: main. unit power. flow type etc.Positive displacement pumps: reciprocating pump. performance curves. effect of surface texture & materials of construction on performance – applications. 133 . jet pump. – theory of draft tube – speed regulation of turbines – selection. performance curves & application of self-priming pump. Cavitation in fluid machines – installations susceptible to cavitation – collapse of bubble theory – Thoma`s prameter – factors affecting cavitation in pumps and turbines – Abrasive wear of pumps . hydraulic balancing. Condition monitoring of pumps: temperature on bearing. motor rating . suction & delivery pipe sizing. vane. unit quantity. vapour pressure.efficiency – pump characteristics – applications. geometric similarity – model laws – effect of specific speed on speed. root pumps – rotary axial & rotary radial piston pumps .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. geometric and dynamic similarity – model studies. Dimensional analysis – Rayleigh’ s method – Buckingham’s Pi theorem – nondiamesional parameters in fluid mechanics and fluid machinery – principle of similitude. type and speed of turbines. Francis turbine Kaplan turbine – construction features and performance characteristics – non dimensional parameters for comparative study of turbine performance – unit speed.prevention of cavitation damage. slurry pump & hydraulic ram .theory.working of centrifugal pumps.

6. Pippinger. intensifier & lift – principle of operation. multi spindle automatic special purpose machine tools. specifications. feed and depth of cut-work holding devices-types of operation and examples of work done-shaping of V-blocks. planing and slotting machines: Types and specifications-quick return motion-hydraulic feed and its advantages-automatic feed-speed. 134 . slotting of keyways. References 1. . helical. shafts-profile turning. Broaching machines:-typescutter-processes-internal and external broaching-broaching of spline-bores. Jagadishlal. spiral. hydraulic capstan. Abdulla Sheriff . slides and hexagons. hydraulic cranes.Wiley & sons. stepped bolts. Automatic machines: Semiautomatic multi tool central lathes-automatic cutting of machines. classification (basics only)NC tooling-design of NC/CNC tooling-automated chip less process. planing of guide gibs. hydraulic press. worm.Hydraulic machines. Horning and Lapping: Types and methods of operations-tool and cutter specifications-surface finish obtainable-method of evaluation of surface finish-roughness-super finishing-burnishing-ultrasonic impact grinding-grinding of shafts and bores-methods of gear cutting-form cutters-gear generating machinesgear hobbing -straight. Milling machines: . S. Govinda Rao N.Industrial hydraulics. accessories. Module 4 Numerical Control (NC) machine tools: Elements.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Hydraulic symbols. attachments-operations and types of tools for each operation-tool room lathe. 5. .duplicating lathe-Capstan and Turret lathe-horizontal and vertical automatics-single spindle and multi-spindle screw machines-manufacture of cylindrical bolts. Module 3 Grinding. 2. Module 2 Shaping. . 4.program controlled machine tools-copying machines. . TMH.types and specifications-description of tool and work holding devicesboring tools and reamers-drilling of holes. H. metropolitan publishers. 3. and bevel gear cutting-gear finishing and gear shaping operations-gear errors. Lewitt E. Kothamangalam Hydraulic accumulator.types. keyways.Hydraulic machines. .Fluid flows machines. Drilling and boring machines:.J.Swiss type automatic screw machines. Centrifugal and axial flow pumps – Stepanoff John A. countersinking and counterboring operations-boring of cross holes-manufacture of bushes.Hydraulic & Fluid Mechanics MACHINE TOOLS M 404 2+1+0 Module 1 Types and classification of lathes: Specifications-method of holding work and tool. standard publishers. operations and milling cutters-Indexing head and its use-method of indexing-dividing head-milling of plane surface.

different systems . coupled amplifier. motors . Ceramic circuit boards.J.just in time production-management of toolroom-machining centers-automatic tool changingmanufacture of ICs. and D. References 1. Production Technology R. Kothamangalam Module 5 Computers in production technology: CIM-computer simulation of manufacturing process and systems-cellular manufacturing-FMS . 4. mine.B.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. and S.C.Chapman Production Technology .C.synchronous impedance .Schmidt ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY M 405 3+1+0 Module 1 Transformer . Three phase induction motor: Production of rotating magnetic field equivalent circuit-torque equation .starting and speed control testing of D. PCBs.C. Module 2 Alternators .W. amplifier Basic principle.basic principle .M. Determination of regulation and efficiency from O.construction details: Type . Synchronous Motors: Principle of operation . D. Module 3 Industrial drives .S. tests cooling of transformers. 2 -Suresh Daleela Manufacturing Engineering &Technology . 3 and 4 -Acherkan Manufacturing Science & Technology. and advanced PCBs-expert systems in manufacturing-unmanned machining.typical R.Different systems of traction .regulation by emf and mmf method. 2.C. Single phase motor: Double revolving theory . motors: Back emf . hoists.size and rating of motor – motor Selection for intermittent loads.C. Machine Tools: Vol.C.advantages .C.equivalent circuit .emf equation (winding factor need not be derived) .T. 5. Vol. Oscillators .R.no load and blocked rotor tests .mechanical characteristics of A.Jain All about Machine tools Gerling Workshop Technology: Vol.electric braking plugging -Dynamic and regenerative braking. steel mill.emf equation: No load current .speed and torque equation . 1. 1.capacitor start capacitor run induction motors – applications. 6. and L. paper mill.individual drive and group drive factors affecting choice of motor . motors .motors for particular applications like textile mill. Electric traction .A.swinburn's test. oscillator 135 . 2. S.A.starting and speed control.torque slip characteristics .brake test .C.comparison – track electrification .trends in automated factory. Module 4 Basic principle of transistor amplifier .Kalpakjian.method of starting.regulation efficiency. . crane etc. 7. 3.2 and 3 .H.K.traction motor characteristics .electric drives .C.F.

wave shaping circuits like simple clipping. machine vice.performance characteristics – applications. voltage and frequency.Bhatt P. hydraulic balancing . crane co.Gill 0+0+4 HYDRAULIC MACHINES LABORATORY M 407 0+0+4 Study of hydraulic turbines – Pelton wheel.Fast and loose pulleys. blow off cock.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.SCR rating (basic principle only). Pulleys: .measurement of current.basic principle of cathode ray tube . 4. equivalent length of pipe. suction & delivery pipe sizing.Principle of operation of SCR's . High frequency heating . wear rings. deadweight safety valve. integrating circuits . 5. lever safety valve. Machine Drawing 2.I. simple head loss 136 . table. Francis & Kaplan turbines – force due to impact or jet on vanes – velocity triangles – specific speed – types of casings – governing – cavitation – draft tubes . Study of dynamic pumps: Centrifugal pump . screw jack.two transistor analogy of SCR .velocity triangles – priming .SCR's .simple sweep generator. speed cone or stepped pulley. Machine Drawing N.D. Kothamangalam circuits (no analysis) –Astable multivibratior Pulse circuits . stop valve. Machine Drawing 3. Module 5 Power semiconductor devices: Power diodes .Single plate clutch. References 1.vapour pressure.C.Varghese P.II M 406 Assembly and working drawings of the following: 1. Perfomance and design of D C machines – Clayton Perfomance and design of A C machines – M G Say Electrical Traction – Dover A T Industrial and Power electronics – Harish C Rai Electronic principles S K Sahdev MACHINE DRAWING . clamping R. Valves: .casings – impellers – specific speed – cavitation . 3. Machine elements: .induction and dielectric heating – resistance heating Resistance welding .selection of pumps from performance curves. 2.block schematic of resistance welding scheme References 1. spring loaded safety valve.deflection methods – block schematic of CRO . Clutches: . differentiating. 4. Ramsbottom safety valve.S.characteristics .Feed checkvalve. CRO . cone friction clutch. lathe tool post. 3.lathe spindle. motor rating. 2.

Abdulla Sheriff. Govinda Rao. Jagadishlal . -Centrifugal and axial flow pumps. metropolitan publishers. Theory. Pippinger Industrial hydraulics.Hydraulic machines. root pumps – rotary axial & rotary radial piston pumps . Airlift pump and deep well pump Performance characteristic tests on axial flow pump. References 1. effect of surface texture & materials of construction on performance . noises – vibration measurement and fault diagnosis. Vibration measurement and computer aided fault diagnosis of a centrifugal / selfpriming / Gear / Reciprocating pump. Performance characteristic tests on Gear pump. Experiments Performance characteristic tests on Pelton wheel (Load test & best speed).. Positive displacement Rotary pumps: Gear. vane angle opening). Performance characteristic tests on single stage.performance characteristics – applications. Jet pump. 3. N. jet pump.theory. Wiley & sons. Condition monitoring of pumps: temperature on bearing.Fluid flows machines.Hydraulic machines. Performance characteristic tests on Kaplan turbine (Load test & best gate.J. Performance characteristic tests on Francis turbine (Load test & best gate opening). 2. Performance characteristic tests on self-priming pump. TMH. Actual & predicted curves. efficiency. vane. 137 . efficiency. vibration in equipmets. airlift pumps slurry pump & hydraulic ram.applications. Performance characteristic tests on Screw pump. Stepanoff john A. 5. standard publishers. Study of positive displacement pumps – Reciprocating pumps – single & multi cylinder – Air vessel – indicator diagram . Performance characteristic tests on Hydraulic ram. S . performance curves. . Kothamangalam calculation in pipe lines . 4. Performance characteristic tests on reciprocating pump at constant speed. multi stage centrifugal pumps at constant speed & at variable speed.applications. performance curves & application of self-priming pump. screw.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

of D. 9.B. 6. C. 6. 4. a) O. 5. series motor. 3. No load and blocked rotor test on slip ring induction motor . shunt generator . Equivalent circuit of transformer from open and short circuit test-calculation of efficiency and regulation at various loads and power factors.critical resistance. Swinbume's test -Pre determination of efficiency. Efficiency and regulation of single phase transformer by direct loading. L C Oscillator Astable multivibrator 0+0+4 138 . 4. 2. determination of performance characteristics. 8.C.E configurations Pulse circuits Rectifier circuits Sweep generator R C Coupled amplifier R C Oscillator.C. 7. 5. ELECTRONICS LAB 1. Study of single phase induction motor. Regulation of alternator by emf and mmf methods. 3. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS LABORATORY M408 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB 1. Starting of cage induction motor using star-delta switch .C. Diode characteristics Transistor characteristics. b) External and internal characteristics of D C shunt generator. 7. C.-critical speed. Load test on D. 8.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.performance characteristics. C. 2.equivalent circuit torque-slip characteristics.

Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 139 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

5.Narayanan. 9. Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method .M. References 1.K. M.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method.S. 8. Kanna Publishers.Runge – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method. 6. 7. Higher Engineering Mathematics – Dr. shifting property.Grewal.Pillay. Scitech publications Advanced Mathematics for Engg.P.properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions.C.Grewal.Tulsian. Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform. 140 . 4.IV CMELPA501 3+1+0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem. Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Ervin Kreyszig. 2.K. 3. Vishal Pandey. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science – Dr.S. Wiley Eastern limited. Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems – P. convolution propertyinverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms. Operations research – Panneer Selvam. PHI Engineering Mathematics vol III – S.zeros and singularities. Kanna Publishers. T. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method. National Publishing Company.residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle. Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Euler’s method .P.Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering – Dr.students vol III –S.Residues.Vishwananthan printers & publishers. Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method.P. Pearson Education Asia.Venkitaraman. Somasundaram.Arumugam. two phase method.Isaac.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Complex variables and applications – Churchill and Brown. S. A. B. B. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .Balanced T.Ramanaigh. G. McGraw-Hill.T.Duality in L.

punching. electroslag plasma arc and flux cored arc welding-resistance.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. mechanical.pattern allowances and materials-moulding-core and core prints-types of cores.pattern construction-layout and colour coding-tools-processes-moulding sand constituents. electrohydraulic. continuous.principles-types of rolls and rolling mills-semifinished and rolled products. deep drawing.definition-metallurgy of welding-applications – classification mechanism-processes-gas welding . equipment. Submerged arc. machines-analysis of rod extrusion-Wire and wire drawing operations-analysis-die angles-simple.mould casting. Module 5 Forging: -classification-process-equipments-drawing.(include necessary figures ) Module 3 Rolling: . electron beam and laser welding. axles.tube piercing-spinning and coining-elastic and plastic deformation-hot forging. blanking. 141 .pneumatic.rolling of tubes. electromagnetic. bending.Brazing: soldering-explosive welding-inspection and defects in weldingwelding of plastics. investment. presses-design of forgings and dies-upsettingforging defects-forging analysis-quality assurance for forging-non destructive testing. thermit solid state. injection and compression moulding. fluxes and filler rods design effect of weld parameters on weld quality-flame cutting-ISI specification for welding. and explosive forming.comparison of casting with other production processes.methods.material behaviour . Kothamangalam MANUFACTURING PROCESSES M 502 3+1+0 Module 1 Patterns: .types of presses and pressworking operations involving shearing.details. I-beam-thread and gear rolling-friction and lubrication in metal forming-hot and cold rolling-rolling machines-heating and cooling in rolling-strip velocity and roll velocity-roll and roll pass design -Theories of rolling and effect of parameters-load calculation-High velocity forming energysources .machinery for forging-operation-heating in forgingmanufacture of drop forging dies. squeezing-Extrusion: . drawing. wheels. die forging. progressive and compound dies-plastic and rubber processing-Calendering-transfer. Arc welding applications-equipment –polarity-governing factor in fusion welding-electrodes and types-ISI specification for electrodes –Welding design-butt joint-TIG-GMA-CO2 process.( include necessary figures) Module 2 Welding: . Module 4 Press working: . squeeze casting and shell. types and testing-moulding machines-moulding procedure-sand conditioning-gating system-cupola operation-pouring and cleaning of castingsdefects in castings-inspection and quality control-casting machines-design of diescentrifugal.

command line arguments – use of bit-wise AND. 5.Raghuvanshi Manufacturing Engineering & Technology . 3.call by value method – writing different string handling functions – storage classes – passing an array to a function – passing a structure to a function – recursion . Pearson 142 . cos(x) etc. 4.transfer of data in blocks . sin(x). Vol. Kothamangalam References 1. while.Roy A.A.Kalpakjian and S.Schmidt Manufacturing Processes . Workshop Technology . 2. if – else. OR and NOT – pre-processor directive . Programming with C Programming in C The C Programming Language Let us C Programming with ANSI and Turbo C – – – – – Schaum’s series Balaguruswamy Kerningham & Ritchie Yaswant Kanetkar Kamthane.macros – programs Module 4 Declaration and use of pointers – call by reference method – pointer to an array – pointer to a structure – array of pointers – pointer to an array – self-referential structure – dynamic memory allocation – linked lists – programs Module 5 Different types of files – reading writing and appending of text and binary files – other various file handling functions .Suresh Daleela Processes and Materials of Manufacture . 5. for. I . Module 2 Arrays – declaration of one dimensional array and its handling – bubble sorting – quick sorting – searching – string handling functions – multidimensional arrays and its handling – structure and union – array of structures – sorting of strings – programs Module 3 Functions – declaration – global and local variables . OR and NOT. 3. 2.Begeman Manufacturing Science & Technology.use of control statements if. do-while and switch – use of logical AND.writing summation of various mathematical series like ex. 4.S.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Lindberg COMPUTER PROGRAMMING M503 2+2+0 Module 1 Introduction to C language – character set – operators – constants and variables – data types – use of built in I/O functions . References 1.

Hartnell.D’Alemberts principle-inertia forces-dynamic force analysis of four bar chain.force couples-condititons for equilibrium-free body diagram.L.coefficient of fluctuation of energy and speed. engines.crank effort-turning moment diagrams for steam and I.principle-angular acceleration-effect of gyroscopic couple on bearings.C.displacement. Hartung.governor speed.energy saved in a flywheel-punching press-dynamically equivalent two mass system-centre of percussion-kinetic equivalence-reversed effective force analysis-piston effort-crankpin effort. Kothamangalam THEORY OF MACHINES . 2. Proel.cycloidal .P.Mallick V.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. References 1. Dynamic force analysis: . 6. torque characteristics of an engine-governor and flywheel.Singh P. Module 4 Gyroscope: . compound-epicyclic trains with coaxial shafts.II M 504 2+2+0 Module 1 Static force analysis: . Module 5 Cams and Followers: . Wilson-Hartnell.analysis of four bar chain-force analysis of slider-crank mechanismCoulomb friction. velocity and acceleration curves-cam profile-reciprocating and oscillating followers-tangent cams-convex and concave cams with footed followers. Module 2 Governors: . 3.types-follower motion-SHM-uniform velocity and acceleration. and Pickering governors-spring controlled governors of gravity type-effort and power-controlling force diagram-quality of governors-effect of frictioninsensitiveness-stability-inertia governors. and slider crank mechanism.Ghosh & A.terminology. Porter.K. airplanes. Mechanism and Machine Theory Theory of Mechanism and Machines Theory of Machines Theory of Machines Theory of Mechanism and Machines Dynamics of Machinery Ambedkar A. and ships-stability of automobile and two wheel vehiclesgyroscopic stabilization of sea vessels and grinding mills.Ballaney Joseph Shigley Holovanco 143 . Watt. Module 3 Turning moment diagram and Flywheel: . 4. 5. Gear trains: -simple.

velocity lag. 2.Bolton.force-velocity – displacement temperature-inputting data by switches-signal coditioning . interfaces.Ravan Modern Control Engineering . integrating devices. and Nyquist stability criteria-Gain and phase margin. 6. rectangular and logarithmic plotsexperimental determination of frequency response-Bode. pulse.Dan S. Control system analysis: Transient response of simple control systems-Stability of control systems-Routh stability criteria. Printers-Medical devices: Artificial internal organs-Diagnostic and Therapeutic EMDs. Pearson Control System Engineering . DVD ROMs. temperature control systems.Scope of Mechatronics-systems-microprocessor based controllersmechatronic approach-sensors – transducers .Katsuhiko Ogata Control Systems . 4. Module 5 Frequency response analysis: . Necsuleseu. Mechatronics . Electromechanical systems: CD. 5. Root locus of simple transfer functions-transient response from root locus.J. 7.modulation. and speed control systems.Nagoor Kani Modern Control Engineering .T. Pearson Understanding Electromechanical Engineering . 8. Module 4 System response: .Lawrence J.Gopal Automatic Control Theory .polar. and sinusoidal input-systems with distance.A.concept of automatic control-open loop and closed loop systems-servomechanisms-block diagrams-transfer functions. ramp.error analysis. networks.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 3 Introduction to Control systems Engineering:. Module 2 Input/Output systems: . Pearson 144 . protocols.Nagrath and M. Data presentation systems: displays-measurement systems-calibration-pneumatic and hydraulic systemscontrol valves-actuators-mechanical and electrical actyation systems-relays and solenoid switches and proximity pickups. OCR. 3.First and Second order system response to step. Kothamangalam MECHATRONICS AND CONTROL SYSTEMS M 505 2+2+0 Module 1 Introduction: .digital communications-system.Dorf.Kamm Mechatronics . fault finding-design and mechatronics-design solutions. interface requirements-adaptors-programmable logic controllers-data-handling.ports.operational amplifiersfiltering-multiplexers-data acquisition.W. References 1. Representation of control components and systems-Translational and rotational mechanical components-series and parallel combinations-comparators. hydraulic servomotors.

mean plate temperature performance .super saturated flow.chimneys . Module 4 Introduction to solar energy . Kothamangalam THERMAL ENGINEERING . dry and superheated steam. re heating .centrifugal and axial compressors. 2. Rai R. References 1. 6.Mollier chart .draught .coal handling ash handling.feed water heaters . Rotary Compressors .dryness fraction .I M 506 2+2+0 Module 1 Steam Engineering: Properties of steam .coal burners .Mass flow rate .solar collectors .effect of friction .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.focussing type solar collectors . 4.thermal losses and efficiency .Rankine cycle for wet. Steam turbines: velocity triangles. Power plant technology Thermodynamic and heat power engineering Thermal Engineering Gas Turbine Theory Solar Energy Utilization Thermal engineering E. Combustion . Rajput. 145 . 5.stockers .throat area . 3.entropy of steam .efficiency and performance of gas turbines. governing. D.Liquid flat plate collectors principle .K.solar water heating .inter cooling .modern steam generators .cooling ponds & towers .process .overall loss coefficient thermal analysis . annular and industrial type combustion chamber .useful heat gained by fluid . L.enthalpy and internal energy .solar pond . L.optical losses . dry and superheated steam .combustion chambers efficiency .characteristics . work done.dust collectors precipitators .thermal performance .solar concentrators and receivers sun tracking system .steam condensers . and efficiencies.throat pressure for maximum discharge .characteristics .solar thermal power generation (Description Only) Module 5 Thermal power plants: layout and operation of steam and diesel power plants .thermodynamics cycles regeneration.wet.Open and closed cycles .boiler mountings and accessories.pressure loss combustion process and stability loop. Ballaney Cohen & Rogers G.combustion chambers of gas turbines cylindrical.Analysis of rotary compressors .combustion intensity .evaporators . Module 3 Gas turbine Plants . Module 2 Steam nozzles . Wahid Mathur and Mehta P.temperature entropy diagram . Steam Generators .classification .

coated HSS. ii.Production of axi – symmetric parts – Production of prismatic components – Hole machining – Gear machining.Measurement of light wave interference. precision. vi. and centres. compilers and file managers etc. pointers and files Examples: i. Use of file directories. DIN standards –merchant’s circle. cross slide. – Cutter types and selection – Abrasive machining (Ra values) – Diamond turning of parts (Ra values) . xi. standard and calibration. vii. guide ways. optical projector with digital measuring. vernier and optical protractors. and standards of measurements.specification of lathehead stock.tool materials. two and three jaws. sine bar. structures. linear measurements. follow rest. ceramic.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Study of Machining technology: Study of metal cutting – tool terminology as per ASA. formatting and printing c) Familiarization with spread sheet packages for graphical representation of data d) Introduction to computer aided drafting – drawing simple objects e) Programming experiments in C to cover control structures functions. Lee & Shaffer theory. Taylor’s principle. Kothamangalam COMPUTER LABORATORY M 507 0+0+3 a) Familiarization of operating systems. sensitivity. viii. compound rest. lines and words Checking leap year Finding sum of digits and reversing a number Generating Prime numbers. micro structural requirement of bed material. apron box.Tool wear mechanisms. x. editors. b) Familiarization of Word processing packages – editing. chip breakers -. metrology lab. electrical. thick & thin zone models . CBN. diamond etc. Fibonacci numbers and Angstrom numbers Sine and Cosine series Sorting of numbers. feed gar box. Study of Basic measurement and devices: accuracy. slip gauges. limit gauges (types and design). . tool post grinder. v.Surface characterization: measurement of 146 . . arrays. Counting characters.Use of Taylor’s equation at shop floor .Machineabilty index . pneumatic). ISO. flatness and parallelism and round measurement. mechanical. checking the dimensional accuracy of slip gauges with interference microscope.Role of specific heat in cutting fluids. strings and records Matrix addition and multiplication Implementation of dynamic memory allocation Implementation of linked lists File handling Problems using Command line arguments MACHINE TOOL LABORATORY M 508 0+0+3 Study of Centre Lathe: Origin of the name lath and lathe. iv. ix. Accessories: Chuck. tail stock. and faceplate. inserts. – Geometrical measurements: angular measurements. iii. VB determination . carriage. comparators (optical.

screw threads. awarding of sessional marks. continuous evaluation. laser measuring instruments. machine vision. importance of surface finish on crack initiation. best wire size. two and three wire methods pitch measurement – Gear metrology (spur gear): run out checking.Angular measurements use of sine bar and slip gauges.. ground bore of an engine cylinder. . waviness. Kothamangalam surface finishes RMS and CLA values. Student’s assessment. & TEM. skid. perpendicularity using dial stand and measuring bench – Surface finish measurement. TMH. 2. slip gauge surface. measurement of angle using clinometer. laser micrometer and alignment test using laser interferometry. turning & thread cutting. Acharkan. MIR Publication. Experiments Measurement of cutting forces in machine tools using dynamometers –process capability study of Machines –grinding of tool angle using tool and cutter grinding machine in a tool room –Turning & taper turning. – Screw thread terminology. alignment errors. cut off. screw threads..Machine Tool Design Vol. bevel protractor – calibration of plug and snap gauges using slip gauges – Roundness measurement : cylindricity. 147 . gear roll tester and gear tooth measurement. profile measurement. oral examination etc and university examination shall be done by Faculty members. measurement of turning tool wear of VB & KT values –Flatness measurement of surface table using auto collimator – Lathe alignment test using laser interferometer – gear concentricity tester. instruments for measurement of roughens of a sand cast surface.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. composite errors. toolmakers microscope. References 1.Production Technology. limitations. checking backlash. concentricity. record bonafides. other tools – Tool makers microscope: to study tool geometry. HMT. – Advanced measuring devices: CMM. N. Indexing & Gear cutting. base pitch measurement.Optical profile projector: study of profile of gear tooth. 1 to 4. pocket milling–– Study of tool and machine monitoring systems. SEM.

Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 148 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Photo elastic techniques of study of stress – description only. 3. References 1. Module 4 Thick cylinders – spherical shells – compound cylinders –rotating rims and cylinders – long cylinders. Module 5 Curved beams – bending by eccentric loading – crane hooks – c clamp – chain link – columns of machine tools. Module 2 3D stress and strain – principal stresses – strain ellipsoid and director surfaces – stress invarients – determination of maximum and minimum shearing stress – homogeneous deformation – strain at a point – principal axes of strain – principal strain and invarients of strain – differential equations of equilibrium – boundary conditions – conditions of compatibility – determination of displacements – strain energy – uniqueness of solutions. 5. 2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Popov Mubeen.S.Srinath Lardner & Archer Ezer P. Pearson 149 . 4. Module 3 2D problems in polar co-ordinates – general equations in polar co-ordinates – stress distribution symmetrical about an axis – pure bending of curved bars – strain components in polar co-ordinates – displacements for symmetrical stress distributions – rotating disk with and without central hole – disk of uniform strength. Theory of Elasticity Advanced Mechanics of Materials Advanced mechanics of Solids Mechanics of Solids Introduction to Mechanics of Solids Mechanics of solids Timoshenko & Goodyear Seelv & Smith L. Kothamangalam MECHANICS OF MATERIALS M 601 2+2+0 Module 1 Definition of stress and strain – components of stress and strain – Hook’s law – Plane stress and strain – stress at a point – measurement of strain – strain rosette – Mohr’s circle of strains – differential equations of equilibrium – boundary conditions – compatibility equations – stress functions – 2D problems in rectangular co-ordinates – solutions by polynomials of various degrees and effects – Saint Venant’s principle – determination of displacements. 6.

limitations. Kothamangalam METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION M 602 3+1+0 Module 1 General measurements concepts: Principles for achieving accuracy. cylinder liner. hydraulic. statcial analysis of measurement data. drunken errors. 150 . Optical measuring instruments: interferometry. measuring equipment. applications in measurement of strain. screw thread terminology. loading effects on instruments. pneumatic & train gauge type load cells. Module 2 Gauges: classification. linear measurements. and optical projectors. clinometer & spirit level. gauge maker’s tolerances. inspection equipment.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. precision Vs accuracy. machine tool guide way.Temperature measurement: Use of Bi metals. standard specification. accuracy. measurement of vibration. optical flats. applications in clutch plate surface. standards. wear allowance. selecting & assigning of fits. Methods for estimating accuracy and precision.Detector transducer elements: principles of calibration. vibrometers & accelerometers. systematic and constant errors. precision static sensitivity and resolution. tooth thickness. drift. surface to be painted etc & importance of surface finish on crack initiation. backlash. waviness. Module 4 Advanced measuring devices: Laser interferometry. texture. application in measurement of load & torque. progressive. concept of apparent to real area of contact of mating surfaces. applications – computer controlled co-ordinate measuring machine. SEM & TEM. time. tolerances for linear dimensions. noise. instruments for different surface finish measurements. temperature & optics. design of gauges. erratic. flatness. hydraulic & electric dynamometers. composite elements. statical concepts in metrology. angle gauges: auto collimator. control chart techniques – comparators – General principle of measurements: line & end measurements. optical & radiation pyrometer – magnetic flow meter – thermal conductivity gauges. and formulae. basic units. tool maker’s microscope. thread gauge measurement. circularity & cylindricity – Measurement of angles & tapers: sine bars. RMS & CLA values. types of strain gauges. roughens. lay. and quantities for displacement. tolerance. Form measurements: straightness. gauges materials & gauge manufactures. brake liner. Module 3 Measurement of surface finish: surface structure. out put configurations. mass. systems of limits and fits. optimeters. pressure thermometer thermocouple. bevel protractors. input. cut off. squreness. application of thread gauges – Measuring of gears: Measuring methods for runouts. errors in measurement. integrity. measurement of force and torque. pitch profile. machine vision & non contact CMM Gauging and measurements of screw threads: Gauging methods for manufacturing. theory of seismic instruments . lead. static characteristics. random. inner race of a bearing. taper gauges. roughness values produced by machining processes. Module 5 Generalized measurement system: measurement terminology.

5.Lubrication systems .Heat rejection and cooling .Swirl .combustion chamber .Measurement of exhaust smoke and exhaust emission.Controlling Methods . 3.Abnormal combustion .Heat balance Test .II ` 2+2+0 Module 1 Working of two stroke & four stroke . And C.Ignition lag .Fuels .qualities.Ignition limits . free piston E/n. System . 6.stoichiometry and excess air calculations .Fuel injection systems .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Petrol and Diesel Engines (Review Only) valve timing diagrams .Dissociation Module 2 Carburation .vaporization of fuel droplets and spray formation . CO. Engine operating characteristics .Volumetric Efficiency . Engine M.detonation effects . VCR E/n.direct and indirect injection . Module 4 Combustion in C. Module 5 Pollutant formation and control in S.firing order Ignition timing and spark advance . Module 3 Combustion in S. Nox.Particulate Trap. Engine.Hill Metrology. Types of Engines . Pearson Measurement systems. ASME Beckwith Doeblin Hume Sharpe Taher Hand book of industrial Metrology Mechanical measurements. E/n .Various stages of combustion . vegetable oils. F.Air motion .Brake power . ratings of fuels Alternative fuels. McDonald Metrology.Air and liquid system . Unburned hydro Carbon and particulate .fuel injection pump .properties of lubricants .Injection in S.Air Fuel ratio in C. 2.variation of specific heats . chemistry and control . ELBS M 603 THERMAL ENGINEERING .Chemical structure .additives for lubricants .Exhaust gas treatment .stages of combustion .design considerations.Battery & Magneto type . biogas.Indicated power . I. I. Stirling E/n.catalytic converter . P.Wankel E/n.Morse Test .Air fuel mixture requirements . C. 4.nozzle .heat losses .Flame propagation . 5/e. I. I. I. Fuel air cycle (actual) for petrol and diesel engines . fire point & viscosity index combustion chamber design considerations. McGraw. Alcohol.diesel knock .Super charging & turbo charging. 4/e. Engines . ELBS Metrology. I.types .Ignition Lag .flash point. I.Theory.classifications .Thermal reaction . Kothamangalam References 1.combustion quality .Ignition system . Engines .Testing of I.types of cooling system .Theory of engine heat transfer . Stratified charge e/n.types of carburetors . Engines . 151 .

critical radius of insulation.introduction to mass transfer . 4. Module 4 Radiation .heat flow through corners and edges. Module 2 Convection .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.film Drop-wise 152 .simple problems with the use of chart and equations) Module 5 Mass transfer .Definitions and concept . Kothamangalam References 1.effectiveness . Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals Internal Combustion Engine and Air Pollution Internal Combustion Engine Internal Combustion Engine A course in internal combustion Engine John B.Large parallel black plate . cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates . 5. Conduction through homogenous and composite surfaces plane wall cylindrical and spherical . Heat exchange by radiation between black surfaces . Heywood Obert E. Diffusion coefficient. Over all heat transfer coefficient .Newton's law . Analogy between the phenomena of heat transfer and mass transfer.Reynolds analogy. C.Reflectivity transmissivity.Absorptivity . Genesan Mathur and Sharma. F. Module 3 Heat Exchangers type of heat exchangers.Kirchoffs law Wein's displacement law-Geometric factors of simple configuration.concept of boundary layer . discs.Pick's law of diffusion in gases. black rectangles perpendicular to each other having a common edge-heat exchange by radiation between large parallel planes of different emissivity (no derivations . Application of dimensional analysis in forced and natural convection. Condensation and boiling .heat exchange .boundary layer equation . Thermal heat.equal parallel and opposite black squares. Lichty L. 3.Scope and application of heat transfer principles in engineering practice.one dimensional steady state conduction with and without heat generation . Elementary problems.significance of Prandtil number . empirical relations. Conduction Fourier law .variable thermal conductivity shape factors . V.application of straight rectangular and triangular fins effectiveness of fins. Log mean temperature difference. Concept of Black body Planks distribution law . conducting equation in Cartesian. Design of shell and tube exchangers .thermal conductivity of solids.flat . HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER M 604 2+2+0 Module 1 Introduction to basic modes of heat transfer .NTU method of evaluation of heat exchangers .factors affecting thermal conductivity.plate heat transfer equations by integral method Laminar and turbulent flow of heat transfer in tubes .unsteady state conduction. 2.Monochromatic and total emissive power . liquids and gases .Forced convection in turbulent flow . Combined effect of convection and conduction.Nature of thermal radiation . Black Grey and Real surfaces.

controlling and coordinating – Organizational structure-line. ICICI. labour. public sector. Elements of Heat Transfer Jacob Hawkins Principles of Heat Transfer Krieth Heat and Mass Transfer Fckert & Drake Heat transfer Holmann Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer R. 2.K. 6. meaning. effects. Rajput. Marketing management: identification of products. directing. 5. References 1. incentives-monetary and non-monetary Total quality management-re-engineering-management by objectives Part B – Engineering Economics Module 4 Basic concepts: Theory of demand and supply-price mechanism-factors of production-land. organizing. strategies for coping with stress-motivation-types of motives. pricing. SIDBI. communicating. private limited. IRBIinvestment institutions-UTI-insurance companies-stock market-functions-problems 153 . Kothamangalam condensation-film boiling and pool boiling.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. theories of work motivation-group dynamics-nature of work group. Wages and incentives: Time and piece rate system. Module 2 Ogranisational behaviour: stress. group norms. staff and functional relationship-span of control and delegation. group cohesiveness. public limited companies-private sector. Module 3 Formation of companies: proprietary and partnership-joint stock. promotion and distribution channels. Bubble growth and collapse. causes. Module 5 Indian financial system: Reserve bank of India-commercial bank system-public sector banks-development financial institutions-IDBI. bonus. 3. group performance. capital and organization-national income-difficulties in estimation-taxation-direct and indirect-progressive and regressive-black moneyinflation-demand pull and cost push-effects of price increases. staffing.empirical relations for heat transfer with change of phase (description only) Numerical methods in conduction (finite difference and finite element methods description only). joint sector and co-operative sector. 4.Gupta and Rajendra Prasad PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT AND ENGINEERING ECONOMICS M605 3+1+0 Part A – Principles of Management Module 1 Functions of management: planning. motivating. Engineering Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer .

data presentation. Pearson Industrial Engineering & Management COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING M 606 3+1+0 Module 1 Evolution of CAD/CAM and CIM segments of generic CIM.Agarwal Kargaweski Mazda O. bressnham`s circle drawing algorithm– 2D translation.Khanna – – – – – – – – Industrial Organisation and Management Organisational Behaviour Human Behaviour at Work Marketing Management Modern Economic Theory Indian Economy Operation management. compilation control commands – programming exercises – programming with interactive graphics. surface. 7. Engineering analysis. automated drafting – CAD hard ware.Simple exercises only.an overview of CIM software .advantages & disadvantages – classifications – Point to point. design review & evaluation. digitizer. 6. straight cut & contouring positioning .logic ladder program – timers . Design process – CAD process: wireframe.feed back devices: encoders. inductosyn. Benga & Sharma Fred Lufthans Keith Davis Philip Kotler K. 3. References 1. preparatory functions. postprocessor commands. 154 . 9. motion commands.Dewett A. tachometer. scaling – clipping -3D Graphics (basic only). DDA line algorithm – circle drawing.K. tool world. 4.C. speed word. 8. input/ out put display. miscellaneous functions – programming exercises.N.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. systems: Driving devices . Module 3 NC part programming: part programming fundamentals .incremental & absolute systems – open loop & closed loop systems – DDA integrator & Interpolators – resolution – CNC & DNC. dimension words. 2.P. Computer aided part programming: concept & need of CAP – CNC languages – APT language structure: geometry commands. solid modeling.2D Graphics: line drawing algorithms. Programmable logic controllers (PLC): need – relays. elements of interactive graphics. software.manual programming – NC co-ordinate systems and axes – tape format – sequence number. resolver. storage devices in CAD . Pearson Engineering management. Devices in N. CAD software packages Module 2 Numerical control: Need . computers and workstation. rotation. Kothamangalam faced by the stock markets-role of the public sector-privatisation-multinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy. feed world. 5. moire fringes.

Craig john Groover M.heat balance . 4. Study of boilers. Testing of fuels and lubricants . feature like work envelop. general methodology of group technology. code structures of variant & generative process planning methods.valve timing diagram . McGraw – Hill. Principles of interactive Graphics.steam calorimeters and steam nozzles . configuration & motion.study of IC Engine repairs and maintenance. weight carrying capacity.retardation test . Numerical control of machine tools.performance test on steam engines .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.D. 6.air-fuel ratio and compression ratio . 5. Computer graphics (in C version).determination of kinematics and absolute viscosity of lubricating oils determination of calorific 155 .determination of flash and fire points of petroleum products . 7. PHI. actuators. McGraw-Hill Introduction to Robotics HEAT ENGINES LABORATORY M 607 0+0+ 3 Study of systems and components of IC Engines and automobiles . Hearn & Baker New man & Sproull Petruzella Frank. Testing of IC engines • Performance analysis of IC engine using computerized test rig-Load test on petrol and diesel engines. AI in process planning. 3.effect of varying the rate of cooling water and varying the speed on the performance characteristics of engines. Prentice Hall.P. Kothamangalam Module 4 Automated process planning: Process planning. sensors and end effectors. Yoram koren Jonn Craig Introduction to Robotics CAD/CAM. Testing of steam boiler .study of steam engine parts and systems. 2.performance test on steam turbines.relative efficiency . References 1. precision of movement.volumetric efficiency . boiler mountings and accessories . robot programming languages.determination of indicated and brake thermal efficiencies . Module 5 Robotics: Industrial robots and their applications for transformational and handling activities. Vision systems: introduction to intelligent robots. Programmable logic controllers.boiler trial .mechanical efficiency .Morse test . process planning software.study of dynamometers used in engine testing .

APT languages – tooling for CNC. Study of Programmable logic controllers (PLC): need – relays. computer aided part programming. feed word.advantages & disadvantages . control charts for inspection. G codes. charts for variables. three phase motor etc.principles of jig design – fool proofing elements of jigs . reaming – principles of fixture design.NC. cylindrical grinding and tool grinding . AI in process planning. M codes.Vibration study of machine tools with an analyser. Design of a jig and a fixture for drilling & milling 156 .DDA integrator & different interpolators . parting. circular interpolation. Experiments Key way slotting. side & face milling of a rod to make square head – 5mm material removal by Shaping – Drill 10. – Simulate and produce a component has valley shaped undercuts along its lenth. boring. need of machining centers. automatic tool changing tool magazines etc principles.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. etc. TQM. Study of Automated process planning: process planning. PLC operated solenoid valves. QS 9000 – quality system standards. Preparation of CNC programs for drilling. tooling systems. speed word. PTP. six sigma concepts – Taguchi methods. CNC and DNC .facilities layout analysis – line balancing – materials requirement planning – inventory analysis – quality assurance using control charts – preparation of process sheet for manufacturing of spindle like & housing type component – preparation of process plan & cost estimation for the manufacture of typical product like submersible pump. tolerance worksheets and centrality analysis.feed back devices .punched tapes – manual part programming. drop forging dies and auxiliary tools – upset or forging machine dies. preparation of process drawing for different operation. R charts. signature analysis and preventive maintenance.logic ladder program – timers. etc.design of jigs for drilling.SQC. straight & contouring machining. cascading counters. locators and different types of clamps – elements of fixture – provision for tool setting – design of fixture for milling. CBR 16 mm.5 mm.lead screw stepper motor . cascading & retentive timers – counters. linear interpolation. and grinding operations. . code structures variant generative process planning methods. 10 mm deep – Surface grinding. preparatory function. ISO 4000 series. Study of Design of sheet metal blanking and piercing dies: Die design – power press types – die clearances – cutting forces – punch and die mountings – types of construction – fine blanking – die design fundamentals – materials for dies & allied elements – multiplexing of tools. grooving. open & closed loop system . turning. inspection of assembly fixtures – modular fixturing – concepts and applications – use of software for building fixture – tool design for forging. tool word etc. Study of Quality circle concepts – ISO 9000.incremental & absolute positioning. Study of Design of jigs and fixtures: degree of freedom principles of location and clamping . on & off delay timers. Study of Fundamentals of Numerical control: principles of NC . Preparation of process plans using CAPP software –Planning of experiments for process improvement using software – simulation of factory layout . noise control. Kothamangalam ADVANCED MACHINE TOOL LABORATORY M 608 0+0+3 Study of Vibration: two and multi degree freedom systems. general methodology of group technology. Study of Tolerance charting techniques: operational sequences for typical shaft type components.

TMH. fixtures . awarding of sessional marks. McGraw Hill. continuous evaluation. Student’s assessment. melt flow. Kothamangalam operation . force calculations. record bonafides.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. NC machines tools.Design of sheet metal working dies: feed strip layout design. Petruzella Frank. N. Yoram Koren Machine Tool Design Vol.1 to 4. 157 . HMT 3.Design & fabrication of simple bending dies – Design of forging dies: product requirement & design of forging dies – study of analysis software for mould flow. MIR Publication. inspection. Production Technology. press tool design (forming & cutting). Acharkan.Design of assembly. References 1. oral examination etc and university examination shall be done by Faculty members. metal forming. assembly & dismantling of simple die casting dies . 2. Programmable logic controllers. D 4.

Kothamangalam SEVENTH SEMESTER 158 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

performance of a nozzle under decreasing back pressure -De lavel nozzle . References 1. Steady one dimensional isentropic flow with area change-effect of area change on flow parameterschocking. Basic theory of equations .rocket engines. M.General features of one dimensional flow of a compressible fluid .shock strength.Rayleigh line entropy change caused by heat transfer .nozzle efficiencies.properties of flow across a normal shock governing equations . Fundamentals of compressible flow with aircraft and rocket propulsion Yahya 159 .Mach number .critical speed of sounddimensionless velocity-governing equations for isentropic flow of a perfect gas critical flow area . thrust. Performance of turbo propeller engines. Steady one dimensional flow with heat transfer in constant area ducts.energy flow through jet engines.convergent nozzle . Shock waves in perfect gas. Module 3 Simple frictional flow: adiabatic flow with friction in a constant area ductgoverning equations .effective jet velocity specific impulse .Rankine Hugoniat equations . acoustic speed .stream thrust and impulse function.classification of fluid flow based on mach number . Module 2 Isentropic flow of an ideal gas: basic equation . pressure and density-stagnation. combustion chamber.solid and liquid propellant rockets comparison of various propulsion systems. compressor. Kothamangalam GAS DYNAMICS AND JET PROPULSION M 701 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to gas dynamics: control volume and system approaches acoustic waves and sonic velocity .A.thrust equation . temperature. Shapiro 2.conditions of maximum enthalpy and entropy Module 4 Effect of heat transfer on flow parameters: Intersection of Fanno and Rayleigh lines. exhaust systems.rocket engine performance .types of jet engines . turbines. Compressible fluid flow .S.nozzle discharge coefficients .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Rocket propulsion . H.fanno line limiting conditions . .optimum area ratio effect of back pressure .mach cone-compressibility factor .governing equations . thrust power and propulsive efficiency turbojet componentsdiffuser. ramjet and pulsejet.limiting conditions.effect of wall friction on flow properties in an Isothermal flow with friction in a constant area duct-governing equations . Module 5 Propulsion: Air craft propulsion: .stagnation enthalpy. scramjet engines.continuity and momentum equations for a control volume.Prandtl's velocity relationship .converging diverging nozzle flow with shock thickness .

Liepman & Roshko 4. Selection of equipmentsmethods for replacement studies.Zucrow 5. Module 4 Industrial relations: Fatigue-Communication in industry-Industrial disputes-Trade unions-Quality circles-BIS-ISO-Labour welfare-Industrial safety-Statutory provisions in labour legislations. Ergonomics: Objectives and applications. Production and Productivity: Types of production-continuous productionintermittent production.Holfman INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING M 702 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Evolution of Industrial Engineering. Aircraft & Missile propulsion . Material handling: Principles of material handling-selection of material handling devices-types of material handling equipments. Gas dynamics .J. Module 2 Plant design: Plant location-factors influencing plant location. Productivity-productivity index-factors affecting productivity-techniques for productivity improvement. just in time and cellular manufacturing systems. Value Engineering: Historical perspective-reasons for poor values-types of valuesthe different phases of value analysis-applications of value analysis.M.Selling price of a product-Types of cost-Allocation of overheads. 160 . Kothamangalam 3. Module 5 Inventory control: Determination of Economic order quantity and reorder level. Elements of gas dynamics . Maintenance and replacement of equipments: Types of maintenance. Cost accounting and control: Elements of cost.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Job evaluation and merit rating: Objectives of job evaluation-Methods of job evaluation. Plant layout-types of plant layout-introduction to layouts based on group technology.Fields of application of Industrial Engineering -Functions of Industrial Engineer-Organisational structure of Industrial Engineering Department. Depreciation-methods of calculating depreciation. Statistical quality control-process control charts-acceptance sampling. Objectives and uses of merit rating-Merit rating plans. Module 3 Methods Engineering: Process charts and flow diagrams-Micro motion studyWork measurement techniques. Quality control: Destructive and nondestructive testing methods. Zucrow & Joe D.

C. 161 .unit of refrigeration .constant pressure expansion valve .Verma Mudge Amrine Lowry Hansen REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING M 703 2+1+0 Module 1 Principles of refrigeration: Thermodynamics of refrigeration .applied refrigeration house hold refrigerators .simple problems.refrigeration methods.compressed air motors. Module 3 Vapour absorption systems: simple.COP .Bell Coleman cycle .unit air conditioners and water coolers . Industrial Engg & Management 5. heat pump.COP effect of operating parameters on COP .electrolux system. Kothamangalam References 1.P.O. capacity work and refrigerant flow requirements in Bell .isothermal and adiabatic efficiency .Coleman cycle. Advanced vapour compression systems multistage vapour compression systems .ammonia water and lithium bromide water systems . magnetic (cryogenics) refrigeration and thermoelectric refrigeration .suitability of refrigerants for various applications unconventional refrigeration methods.direct expansion coils. Refrigerant and their properties: Nomenclature .J.natural convection coils . Time & Motion Study 10. Value Engg 8. Quality Control Riggs Hiejet Mc Cormic E.capillary tube.ice plant cold storage.coefficient of performance . steam-jet. Production system 2.wet. Industrial Organisation & Management 6. Module 2 Vapour compression system: simple cycle -comparison with Carnot cycle theoretical.water and air cooled condensers evaporative condensers .under cooling . actual and reactive . Module 4 Refrigeration system components: condensers .thermostatic expansion valve .volumetric efficiency -effect of clearance .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. reversed carnot cycle.conventional refrigeration systems. O.Vortex tube.flash chamber multiple compression and evaporation systems cascading . Reciprocating compressors: single stage and multistage compressors .Carnot cycle. Manufacturing organization & Management 9.flooded evaporators .float valve and solenoid valve evaporators . and refrigerating machine. Industrial Engg 7. cycles . dry and superheated compression . Human factors in Engg design 4. Air refrigeration system.Khanna Banga & Sarma A.expansion devises .actual cycle representation on TS and PH diagrams simple problems.effect of interfolding .actual cycle . Production control 3.work done optimum pressure ratio.P.P.

Swaying couple. Equivalent stiffness of spring combinations. Summer air conditioning: cooling load calculations . Direct and Reverse cranks Module 2 Vibrations: . coulomb damping. Kothamangalam Rotodynamic compressors: Screw and vane type compressors . under-damped system. Equilibrium methods. Refrigeration and air conditioning Refrigeration and air conditioning Refrigeration and air conditioning Principles of Refrigeration Ballaney P. Balancing machines. 162 .Definitions.psychometric process-problems. Jordan and Protester Roy J. dry friction damper. Balancing of reciprocating masses: . Vibration measuring instruments. critically damped system. Module 5 Principles of air conditioning: Psychrometry and psychrometric chart thermodynamics of human comfort . Partial primary balance. Coupled locomotives. Energy dissipated by damping. Partial balancing of locomotive. Energy method. Free vibrations with viscous damping.hermetic.unitary and central systems . static balancing and dynamic balancing. Balancing of several masses rotating in same plane. Reciprocating unbalance.sensible heat factor .principle of operation . 4. Winter air conditioning: heating load calculations humidifiers and humidistat.principles of air distribution . References 1. over-damped system. Forced Vibrations: . Stocker W. Single degree freedom systems: Undamped free vibrations: .The effect of inertia force of the reciprocating mass on the engine.design of air duct systems. simple harmonic motion. Balancing of several masses rotating in several planes. Dossat DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY M 704 2+1+0 Module 1 Balancing: .Equations of motion Natural frequency. semihermetic and open type refrigeration compressors.Balancing of rotating masses. viscous dampers. vibration absorbers.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Forced harmonic excitation Rotating unbalance. Module 3 Two degree freedom systems: .year round air conditioning .comfort chart applied psychrometry . F. systems with damping. vibration isolation and Transmissibility.Principal modes of vibration. Damped free vibrations: . Radial engines. Rayleigh’s methods. Balancing of multi cylinder inline engines. Hammer blow.effective temperature . centrifugal pendulum damper. untuned viscous damper. 3.Viscous damping. Variation of tractive effort. v-engines. Rectilinear and angular modes. 2. Logarithmic decrement. L.

Bies & C. Holzer’s method. 2. acceptance noise levels. threaded fasteners and power screws – Shaft coupling – sleeve coupling 163 . Torsional Vibrations: . Schaum’s outlines Fundamentals of Vibrations . knuckle joint – pins. equations of motion.D. Stresses in Machine parts – tension. Beraneck MACHINE DESIGN AND DRAWING .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. and geared systems.W. Stodola method. keys. Duffings equation. Matrix iteration method. Acoustic impedence filters and human ear. 5.P.C. Recording and reproduction of sound. Non-linear vibrations: .Laplace transformation. three-rotor. Groover Theory of Vibrations with applications.Leonard Meirovitch. Acoustics of buildings. splines set screws. 4. Thomson Mechanical Vibrations .Leo N. Critical speeds of a light cantilever shaft with a large heavy disc at its end. Ballaney Mechanical Vibrations.Free vibrations. Influence coefficients method. V edition .A. phase plane method. 8. self excited vibrations.Thomas Bevan Theory of Machines . 3.S.P. compression and shear –elastic constantsworking stress-factor of safety-bending and torsion-combined stresses-stress concentration-fatigue-endurance limit-fatigue diagram-fatigue factors-theories of failure-Goodman and Soderberg lines Detachable joints-socket and spigot cotter joint. microphones and loud speakers.Critical speed of a light shaft having a single disc without damping. undamped free vibration with non-linear spring forces. Mac Graw Hill A text book of sound .I M 705 2+0+2 Module 1 Definitions . Saxena Engineering Noise Control .Sound propagation.H. 7. 9. Dunkerly’s method. decibels.G. Module 5 Noise control: . acousticl measurements. Module 4 Critical speeds of shafts: . References 1. Air columns. Theory of Machines .types of cyclic loading.Design principles – common engineering materials – selection and their properties – general steps in design – design criteria – types of failures . response to an impulsive input.Phase plane. Sharma & H. III Edn . Hausen. Doppler effect. response to a pulse input.Torsionally equivalent shaft. soft spring.T.L.L. Forced vibration with nonlinear forces.K. Graham Kelly. Noise & Vibration Control . response to a step input. lumped mass and distributed mass systems. Perturbation method. torsional vibration of tworotor. Transient vibration: . shock spectrum. Kothamangalam Multi-degree of freedom system: . fourier’s theorem and musical scale. 6. hard spring.

Note For the University Examination 100% choice may be given. i. Pearson Lingayah Vol I.e. 6. 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.I) CMELR 706-1 3+1+0 Module 1: Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method . Module 3: Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method. Kothamangalam – split muff coupling – flange coupling – protected type flange coupling – thick and thin cylinders Riveted joints: Lap joint – Butt joint – failures of riveted joint – strength of riveted joint – efficiency of riveted joint – design of longitudinal butt joint for boiler – design of circumferential lap joint for boiler – joints of uniform strength – Lozange joint – eccentrically loaded riveted joint.Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions. Jain Norton. Pandya & Shah . two questions from each module with full choice. References 1. 7. K. OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . 3. 2. Module 2 Springs – Classification and uses of springs – design of helical springs – effect of end turns – energy absorbed – deflection – design for fluctuating loads – vibration in springs – buckling of spring materials Shafts – Torsion and bending of shafts – hollow shafts – design of shafts for strength an deflection – effect of keyways – transverse vibration and critical speed of shafts Design of IC engine parts – connecting rod – piston – flywheel – Welded joints: Lap joint – Butt joint – weld symbols parallel and transverse fillet welds – strength of welded joints – axially loaded welded joints – eccentrically loaded welded joints. Module 2: One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods. 4. 164 Mechanical Engg. Design Machine Design Machine Design Machine Design Machine Design an integral approach Machine Design data hand book Elements of Machine Design – – – – – – – Joseph Shigley Mubeen Black R.

Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering . T. Eastern Economy Edition. Module 2 Lubricants: -solid. A.R. Evolution of maintenance management-SWOT analysis-subjective methods of evaluationobjective criteria of evaluation. Module 5: Network Techniques Shortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm. S. parallel and stand by systems-estimation of parameters of failure distribution-maintainability and availability-problems. Module 3 Maintenance: -Breakdown and preventive maintenance-deterioration and failure analysis.planning. 165 . Budnick. Ltd. McLeavey. fluid and semifluid-synthetic lubricant-general properties and uses-tests and classification-aniline point-cloud. Replacement: .Belegundu. Operation Research an introduction . R. 4. scheduling. New Age International P. mixed integer programming problems. Principles of Operations Researc for Management .D. Chandrupatla.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. pour and flash point-carbon residue-flash and fire points. Module 4 Reliability: -concept and definition-chance of failure-wear and failure application of stochastic model for reliability studies-reliability of series.fretting-fatigue-calculation of working life-design considerations. Panneerselvam. Mojena. Operations Research .H.S. INC. PHI PLANT ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE (ELECTIVE-I) M 706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Wear and Lubrication: -wear-classification-theories of wear-analytical treatment of wear.stages of wear-effect of moisture. Richard D. D. 2.causes of deterioration and obsolescence-sudden and gradual obsolescence and deterioration-economic analysis-MAPI method. Optimization theory and application . 3. Rao. 5.F.sulphur content-lubricant additives-lubricant systemslubrication equipments and components. Irwin. and controlling of maintenance work-organisation for maintenance. Taha.R. gas and liquid on wear-effects of temperature-corrosive wear.S.A. Pearson Education Asia. References 1. Kothamangalam Module 4: Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems.

K. Arc welding Processes: Carbon arc welding – single & twin carbon arcs – flux shielded metal arc welding – submerged arc welding – TIG & MIG welding and atomic hydrogen welding.butt welding – flash butt welding – welding of tubes & percussion welding.Principle of Brazing – brazing alloys & fluxes.rightward & leftward welding techniques – filler metals & fluxes used for gas welding – weld movements – welding of: cast iron. 3.safety rules in oxy-acetylene welding. A.S.I) M 706-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: . Tin-Lead binary diagram.spot welding – seam welding – projection welding. WELDING TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . Brazing: . Module 3 Electric arc welding: Electric properties of the arc – arc column theories: ion theory & electron theory.advantages and limitations – principal types of welding process and their characteristics.Sushilkumar.Rosder Reliability&Maintainability Management . 166 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.accident prevention program-designing of safe operation-fire protection –legal provisions for safety in industry. 5.Gopalakrishnan. nickel & magnesium.Bharat Bhooshan. 4.Balbir S. References 1. Standard Handbook of Plant Engineering .Welding as a fabrication process. Soldering & Brazing: -Soldering – principles of soldering. Module 2 Fusion Welding: Oxy-acetylene welding – chemistry of oxy-acetylene welding flame – type of flames & adjustments – welding set up & arrangements – preparation & storing of acetylene as well as oxygen gases. Kothamangalam Module 5 Non destructive testing and diagnostic instruments: .different types of solders – need of fluxes for soldering and different fluxes used – method of soldering – silver soldering and aluminium soldering – advantages and limitations. Safety management: .Banergy. copper.C.methods of brazing – aluminium brazing – advantages & limitations.Robert C.Shillon Industrial Maintainence Management .heat distribution in an electric arc – arc welding power sources – their specific characteristics advantages & limitations – arrangements for straight & reverse polarities – striking of an arc – types of weld movements – welding positions – welding symbols – Electrodes – needs & types of electrodes covering – classification of arc welding electrodes. Srivasthava Handbook of Tribology .inventory control of spare parts-simple problems.P. 6. stainless steel.Forge welding.Guptha Inspection. Pressure Welding Process: .Sharma Maintenance and Spare parts management .K. aluminium. 2. B. Quality control and Reliability .

A text book of Welding Technology -O.functions and requirements of riser – types of risers . Cambridge University Press. baking. The Electric Welder -Tse Golsky 5. Welding Engineering -Rossi 2. Welding Engineering -R. Gates and gating system – functions and types of gates – design of gating system – gating ratios for ferrous and nonferrous castings – risering.core sand mixing – binding materials – core boxes.core prints – types of cores – core sand ingredients – requirements of core sand. Welding for Engineers -Udin & Funk 7. radiographic & eddy current methods. C.effect of ingredients and Additives on properties of moulding sand. impact. bend. Welding (10th Edition) -A.Needs of inspection & testing of weldments – the various testing methods – destructive tests such as tensile.reusability of moulding sands. Welding & welding Technology -Little.general properties of moulding sand – testing of moulding sand .ingredients of moulding sandsspecial sand additives sand mixing.theoretical considerations – Chvorinov s 167 . Welding engineering & Technology -R.I) M 706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Patterns: Different types of patterns – colour codes of patterns. neck break & hardness tests – Non destructive tests such as Magnetic particle. Kothamangalam Module 4 Special or Unique welding processes: Various welding processes – their specific applications – neat sketches. S.sand conditioning. Metallurgy of welding -Bruckner 4. Core and core making: Purpose of cores .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 5 Basic metallurgy of welding: Three prominent zones: weld metal zone – heat affected zone & the unaffected zone. Inspection & testing of weldments: . Davis. Welding Stresses: causes of development of residual stresses – methods of relieving or controlling of residual stresses in weldments. core making. 3. Parmer 10. Ultrasonic. Moulding sands: Natural and synthetic sand.2 & 3 (ASME) 6. References 1. FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . coating. reinforcing and venting.L Agarwal 9.advantages & limitations: Electroslag welding – Plasma arc welding – Ultrasonic welding – Electron beam welding – Laser beam welding – friction welding – explosive welding & cold welding processes. Welding Engineer’s Hand Book Vol 1. Module 2 Gating and risering: Mechanism of solidification – nucleation and growth – rate of solidification – progressive and directional solidification. Defects: commonly found defects in welded joints. Dye-penetratant.P Khanna 8.

Kothamangalam rule – riser shape and directional solidification – use of chills.I.salvaging. 6. dynamic programming. Mechanisation in foundry: Elementary ideas of mechanisation in sand conditioning and supply.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.G. 2. insulators and exothermic compounds Module 3 Ferrous foundry metallurgy: Gray cast iron – composition – effect of composition in properties – types of graphite in gray cast iron – foundry characteristics of grey cast iron – effect of inoculation and inoculants – low alloy and high alloy cast iron –malleable iron – white heart and black heart malleable iron – malleablisation – S. and integer programming. North-west corner method 2. Least cost method 168 .P. knock out and fettling. 5.I) M 706-5 3-1-0 Goals: The course is designed to develop an understanding of operation research with particular attention to linear programming. steel and non-ferrous metals – details and charge calculation in cupola charging Module 5 Cleaning and inspection: Knock out and fettling – destructive and non-destructive testing. 3. core making. References 1. Principles of Metal Casting .Kalapakjian and Schmid ADVANCED OPERATIONS RESEARCH (ELECTIVE . iron – compositon and properties Module 4 Non-ferrous foundry metallurgy: Foundry characteristics of copper and aluminium base alloys – degassing and melt treatment.Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok Kumar Mallick Manufacturing Engineering and Technology .Hine and Rosenthal Foundry Technology . 4. 2.Beeley Manufacturing Science .R. Problem Formulation Graphical Solution Simplex Method Revised Simplex Method Duality Theory Sensitivity Analysis Module 2 • Transportation Model 1.. moulding. 3. Melting and pouring: Types of furnaces used for C. Module 1 • Linear Programming 1. 4.

Monti-cralo simulation 3. 2. Operations Research .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Students will have the ability to tackle real life optimization problems. Simulation software Course Outcomes 1. Test of optimality Module 3 • Integer Programming 1. basic concepts and simple problems 2. Introduction. Ronald L. Shortest path models 2.Rardin. 4. Discrete Dynamic Programming models Module 5 • Simulation 1. 3. References 1.. Pearson Ravindran and Philips Operations Research – Principles and Practice. Students will have the ability to analyze and perform sensitivity analysis on different optimum solutions generated. Integer Programming. 2. Optimisation in Operation Research.7th edn. Hamda & Taha. Basic Concepts 1.3 Normal distribution 2.Katharia & Sons 169 . Application of goal programming 2. Operation Research. Goal Programming and Dynamic Programming.K. Generation of random numbers 4. Kothamangalam 3. VAM 4.1 Binomial distribution 1. Gomory’s all integral cutting plane method • Goal Programming 1. S.P. 3.2 Poisson distribution 1. Characteristic of Dynamic Programming 3. Students will have a working knowledge of operation research techniques such as linear programming. Introduction basic concepts and simple problems Module 4 • Dynamic Programming 1. Pearson Education Verma A.

Marketing channels. Organisational buying behaviour: Buying situations.Business strategic planningSWOT analysis.Marketing environment. Organisational Behaviour 6.Basic selling stylesRecruitment. Kothamangalam MARKETING AND SALES MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE . Module 4 Consumer behaviour: Major factors affecting consumer buying behaviourConsumer decision making process. Module 2 Strategic Planning: Strategic business unit (SBU).Product.I) M 706-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Marketing: Definition. Marketing Management 2.Marketing mix.Theories of selling. Sales Management 3. Introduction to Relationship marketing.Marketing concepts.Value and satisfaction. Module 3 Product life cycle: Marketing strategies in the different stages of product life cycle.Personal selling situations. Consumer Behaviour 7.the buying centerPurchasing process.Exchange and transactions. Sales Engg 10. New product development: Idea generation.Competition.Market segmentation.Marketing research.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Concept development and testingconjoint analysis. Module 5 Sales management: Evolution of Sales management.Objectives of Sales management. Basic marketing 8.Khanna Banga & Sarma Fred Luthans Schifman & Kanuk Gundiff Jain Lester Thomson 170 . International marketing and on line marketing. Salesmanship concept Philip Khotler Richard. Marketing Management: Functions-Sales forecasting-Pricing-DistributionAdvertising.Sales promotion.P. Marketing Management for small units 9. Industrial Engg & Management 4. Industrial Organisation & Management 5.Market demand. Marketing decision support system. Edward & Norman O. References 1. selection and training of sales personnel-Sales territory-Sales quotas.

References 1. Reynolds stress models.I) M 706 -7 3+1+0 Module 1 Basic concepts: -conservation principles-mass. Numerical methods for Scientific& Engineering Computations .direct methods-Gauss elimination method-LV decomposition.Ferziger & Miloven Peric.K. Computational Fluid Dynamics (The basics with applications) -John D.Iyengar (WileyEastern) 4.K. spectral methods. elliptic. boundary conditions-examples. approximation of surface and volume integrals. errors.Hilderbrand. (Tata Mc GrawHill) 171 . potential and creeping flows-approximations of hyperbolic. methods for unsteady problems. implicit methods. second derivative and mixed derivative-boundary conditions.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Jain & R.concept-approximation of first derivative.M. parabolic.direct numerical solution-large eddy simulation. Module 3 Solutions of Linear Equations: . Module 4 Solutions of Navier Stokes equations: -choice of variable arrangement on gridcalculation of pressure-other methods-solution methods for Navier Stokes equations. (Springer Werlag Publishers) 2. inviscid. RANS models. Computational methods for Fluid Dynamics -Joel H. Module 5 Turbulent flows: . momentum energy-conservation of scalar quantities-dimensionless form of equations-simple mathematical models for incompressible. Introduction to Numerical Analysis . Module 2 Finite difference methods: .compressible flows (introduction only)-pressure correction models-simple examples.Anderson (Mc Graw Hill Pub. two level Runge Kutta predictor corrector methods-explicit. advantages and limitations-components of numerical solution methods and properties.multigrid methods-non linear equations-deferred correction approaches.B. examples-finite volume method. and mixed flows.introduction to numerical methods.) 3. Kothamangalam COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS (ELECTIVE .tridiagonal system-cyclic reduction-iterative methods-conyergenceconjugate gradient.F.

Kothamangalam MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LABORTAORY M 707 0+0+4 Tests on reciprocating air compressor Tests on blowers and rotary compressors Vibration of springs – free and forced vibrations. Determination of thermal conductivity of conducting and insulating materials. Whirling of shafts. Determination of overall heat transfer co-efficient of a heat exchanger. Metallurgical analysis of specimens using metallurgical microscope. Tests on air conditioning units. Tests on universal governor apparatus. Friction in hydrodynamic bearings – bearing testing machines. Testing of foundry sands for strength. HEAT TRANSFER LABORTAORY M 708 0+0+4 Tests on refrigeration equipment. permeability etc. Determination of minimum fluidizing velocity in a conventional fluidized bed. Balancing of reciprocating and revolving masses – balancing machines.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 172 . Tests on gyroscope. Heat flow through composite walls. Determination of emissivity of surfaces Heat flow through lagged pipes. moisture content. Free and forced convection.

Kothamangalam EIGTH SEMESTER 173 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

chip control – Tool geometry: American. HSS. tool material & micro structure on tool life.. Lee & Shaffer`s. branching. columb`s law. rapid. Module 2 Thermal aspects of machining: Source of heat. Advanced materials: Super alloys . British. – Ceramics: Structure – Mechanical. ISO systems – Mechanism of orthogonal cutting: Thin zone model. effect of speed. purity etc. feed & depth of cut – Tool materials: carbon steel. surface treatment.Titanium & titanium alloys – shape memory alloys –smart materials – microstructure. adhesion theory. steady & catatospheric wear on rough & finishing operations – Economics of machining – Machineability index. . effectiveness at tool chip interface. Kothamangalam PRODUCTION ENGINEERING M 801 2+1+ 0 Module 1 Theory of metal cutting: Historical back ground –Classification of manufacturing process – Deformation of metals (review only) – Performance & process parameters . properties. Oxley thin shear zone analysis – Thick zone models. Palmer & Oxley analysis – shear angle relationship.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. application at shop floor.cutting angle. physical properties & applications.Oblique & orthogonal cutting – Mechanism of chip formation. yield stress at asperities. types. – Impregnated bearings – Sintered oil-retaining bearing – Economics of p/m. Module 4 Polymers: Polymerization – Structural features: Linear & net work molecular structure – Molecular wt. speed. compressibility. temperature distribution in chip. 174 . on cutting force and surface finish – Empirical determination of force component.Mixing – Compaction techniques – Mechanism of sintering of single & multi phase materials . sublayer flow – Effect of rake angle. – Friction process in metal cutting: nature of sliding friction. Merchant’s analysis. physical & chemical properties – Vulcanization of rubber – conductive polymers. shear plane & work piece. chip curl. nose radius etc. Module 3 Power metallurgy: Preparation metal powers – Power characteristics: properties of fine power. applications. DIN. etc on selection of liquids. – Glasses: Types. ceramics. coated HSS. applications. size. glass ceramics – Types. size distribution. classification of fluids – Tool wear: flank & crater [KT] wear – Tool wear mechanisms: adhesion. ploughing. properties and application of MMC and CMC – Honey comb structure.Cutting fluids: effect of specific heat. shape. relation ship etc. degree of polymerization.Elastamers: Kinked structure Mechanical. Taylor’s equation.Thrmo polymers – Thermoset polymers – Additives – Polymer matrix composites: properties & applications. diffusion & fatigue. cross linking – co polymers & ter polymers – Molecular architecture – effect of crystallinity – Glass transition temp: .. impregnation treatment etc. diamond etc.Sintering atmosphere – Finishing operations: heat treatment. allowable wear land [VB] . abrasion. effect of increasing normal load on apparent to real area of contact .

Armarego & Brown. Kluwer Academic Publishers 3. MRR. sliding mesh and synchromesh gear boxes-epicyclic gearbox-overdrives-hydraulic torque converters-semi and automatic transmission-Final drive-front wheel. Cincinnati 9. LBM. Production Technology. lapping. HMT.1 & 2. USM – principle. application etc. Machinablity Data Center Vol. New Age publishers 8.2. control. process principle & Ra only. selective laser sintering. IBM. 4nd edn. Brophy. Dixon & Clayton. process parameters. 7. Introduction to Machining Science. body and engine construction-structure and mechanism forming components. Metcut research associates. Manufacturing Engineering & Technology. single point and multi point fuel injection-combustion chambers-lubricating oil pumps-cooling systems-Vehicle performance-resistance to the motion of vehicle-air. Lal G. H. Powder Metallurgy for Engineers. laminated object manufacturing. Beaman. injector. Abrasive water jet machining. and radiant resistancepower requirement-acceleration and gradeability-selection of gear ratios. ECM.. The Structure & Properties of Metals Vol.. 175 . References 1. London 5. LIGA process. Module 2 Transmission: prime movers-clutch-principle-friction-helical spring and conical spring clutches –centrifugal clutches and fluid couplings-Gear box-principle and necessity of manual gear box. types. Prentice . Tata McGraw Hill 6. AJM. Barlow & Bourell. McGraw Hill AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING M 802 3+1+0 Module 1 Engines: Types of engines in automobiles-classifications-engine componentsworking of various systems-CNGengines-R&D works-present and future vehiclesframe.constant mesh. Metcut research. fused deposition modeling. Paul. – Non traditional machining: EDM. applications – EBM.K. surface finish. Black. The Machining of Metals. 3D welding – Information processing – Indirect fabrication of metals & ceramics. Addison – Wesley. diesel fuel pumps. Rose & Wulf.carburetors. Kalpakjian. rear wheel and four wheel drivestransfer case-Hotchkiss and torque tube drives-universal joints-constant velocity universal joint-differential-non-slip differential-rear axles-types of rear axles. laser engineered net shaping. Solid Free Foam Fabrication: A new direction in mafg. Theory of Metal Cutting. Kothamangalam Module 5 Advanced production methods: Rapid prototyping: background & definitions – Process methods: Stereolithography. Machinery publishing co. rolling.Hall 2. Wiley Eastern 4. – Electro chemical grinding.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. honing.

4. Automobile Engineering (Vol. hydraulic and pneumatic brakes-anti-lock braking systems-Wheels and Tyres:tube-less tyres-ply ratings. Kothamangalam Module 3 Steering and Suspension: Different steering mechanisms-steering gear boxespower steering –types-suspension systems-front axle. References 1. hydraulic and power brakes. Module 2 Production planning: objectives-characteristics-process planning.principle and procedure of production Control. functions and problems of PPC.booster.engine tuning.wheel balancing-trouble shooting-garage tools and equipments-noise.problems.factors affecting-Master production scheduling-material requirement planning – BOM and product structure. advantages. king pin inclination. Capacity planning. toe-in toe-out.correlation analysis. rigid axle and independent suspensions-anti-roll bar-coil spring and leaf spring-torsion bar-Macpherson strutsliding pillar-wish bone-trailing arm suspensions-front axle types-front wheel geometry-castor. Course PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL M 803 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to PPC: need for PPC. Module 4 Chassis and Body: Types of chassis and body constructions-crumble zones.M.automotive lighting. 1 & 2) Automotive Mechanics Automobile Engineering Automotive Mechanics K. effect. vibration. servicingoverhaul. 3.production control systems. Production control: objectives.Guptha Joseph Heitner Harbans Singh Reyd William H. 176 .safety provisionsmotor vehicle act. air bags and impact beams-automotive air conditioning-braking mechanism and convectional brakes. and performance tests. accessories and dashboard instruments-Preventive and breakdown maintenance-engine testing. Shock absorbershydraulic and gas charged shock absorbers-air suspensions.radial tyres-hybrid vehiclesvintage cars-racing cars-automated roads-coach works-materials. Forecasting: methods of sales forecasting-forecasting for new products-forecasting for established products-time series analysis for sale forecasting – long term forecasting – methods of estimating Sales trend. camber. 2. charging and ignition systems-electronic ignitiondynamos and alternators-voltage regulators-light and horn relays-circuit diagramsstarting motor-bendix and follow through drives-power windows-electronic engine control unit for fuel injection. Module 5 Electrical systems Battery.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. components and attachments-mechanical.

Despatching.S. Kothamangalam Routing: objectives. worm and worm wheel. bevel gear.types-report preparation and presentation. Modern Production Management Principles of Production Management Production management principles Production Planning and Control Manufacturing Planning &Control Production and operations management Modeling the supply chain E. Whybark systems R.N.II M 804 2+0+2 Module 1 Gears: Types of gears –spur gear. worm and worm wheelstrength of gear teeth – gear forces and their effects – formative number of teeth – lead – lead angle-basic geometry and nomenclature of meshed spur gear setdynamic load – endurance load-wear loads – AGMA standards – Lewis equation for strength design and Lewis form factor – design for wear – design of gears such as spur gear.Apple Mcycss K.problemsScheduling through PERT / CPM problems.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.duties.procedure – route sheets.jani& L.short term scheduling – mathematical loading and scheduling.reasons for scheduling.procedure. Module 5 Loading and scheduling: aim.rules.Aggarwal Volfman. Berry. 2. Supply chain management – ERPRole of I. 6.Buffa J. Module 3 Sequencing assumptions: solution of sequencing problems-processing n jobs through two machines Processing n jobs through three machines – processing n jobs through m machines – processing two Jobs through m machines-problems Module 4 Materials management: Components of integrated material management Purchasing management. helical gear.master scheduling or aggregate scheduling Estimating shop loads. 7. Follow up and reporting. 3.stores management.T.C. helical gear. Module 2 Bearings: Bearing materials – introduction to lubrication – minimum film thickness – hydrodynamic theory of lubrication – viscosity of oil – oil seals – selection of lubricants – viscosity index – measurement of viscosity – effect of temperature on viscosity – clearance ratio – summer feld number – specifications 177 . 4. 5. bevel gear.Paneerselvam Jeremy F Shapiro MACHINE DESIGN AND DRAWING . References 1.

Classification of second order equations. 5. Module 3 Gamma. 4. Mechanical Seals – Mayer E. Machine Design – Pandya and Shah . Design of Machine Elements – Bhandari V. Pumps: Design of centrifugal pump (Simple problems) References 1. Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function. 3.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. B. Note Question Paper pattern same as Machine Design .Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference 178 Mechanical Engineering Design – Joseph Shigley Machine Design – Mubeen Machine Design – Black Principles of Lubrication – Cameron A. unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – solution of Fredhlom integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution. 6. Beta functions Gamma function. 7.II) CMELR M 805-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides.I ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE . Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions. Kothamangalam and selection of bearing – anti friction bearing – bearing life – rating life – dynamic load capacity – equivalent dynamic load – design of journal bearing – design of rolling contact bearing such as ball and roller bearing. 2.

Chand Advanced Engg. fault diagnosis. Mathematics . 3. process control and office automation. Springer – Verlag Advanced Engg. Addison Wesley.S.Allen C. Numerical methods . MDB.11. References Linear Integral Equation . knowledge representation .Michael D. knowledge base. CAPP.Pipkin.semantic netwoks. nods.II) M 805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Artificial Intelligence .Keener. 4. EXPERT SYSTEMS IN MANUFACTURING (ELECTIVE .James P. Module 4 Commercial software for manufacturing applications in CAD. robotics. Mathematics . objects. inference sub systems.expert system building tools: languages. modus ponens.definition .expert / knowledge based systems .semantic net work structures: nodes. monotonic & non monotonic reasoning. values .Dass.Bernard Friedman. links. knowledge base. John Wiley and Sons. &Science .frame based knowledge representation .Gunavathy. Module 2 Hard ware requirements . attributes.Kandasamy.B.heuristic rules . MRP .Grewal. object.Greenberge. Grinding wheel selection. failure analysis etc. S.R. 2.expert system architecture: software components. inventory control. New York A Course on Integral Equations .Kanwal. 6.F. links. 7. MIS. K. Module 5 Case studies and programming of typical applications in process planning. Kothamangalam method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation. Module 3 Knowledge representation: rule based system . inference engine. 5.knowledge acquisition. part classification. backward & forward chaining. Hoskins. John Wiley and sons 8. linking expert systems to other software such as DBMS. Pearson Edn. Principles of Applied Mathematics .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 9.Ram P. Asia Numerical methods in Engg. Khanna Publishers Generalized functions .inferences strategies.H. Principles and Techniques of Applied Mathematics . attributes.P. Chand & co 1. tool selection. facilities planning etc. shells.Thilagavathy. K. values.inference engine components . 179 . adaptive control of devices. process control. search strategies .K. Academic Press.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam References 1. Peter Jackson - Introduction to Expert systems, 3/e, by; Addison Wesley Longman, 1999. 2. Prentice - hall hand book of expert systems AEROSPACE ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE - II) M 805-3 3+1+0 Module 1 The atmosphere: Characteristics of Troposphere, Stratosphere, Mesosphere and Ionosphere - International Standard Atmosphere – Pressure, Temperature and Density variations in the International Standard Atmosphere – Review of basic fluid dynamics – continuity, momentum and energy for incompressible and compressible flows – static, dynamic and stagnation pressures – phenomena in supersonic flows Module 2 Application of dimensional analysis to 2D viscous flow over bodies – Reynolds number – Mach number similarity – Aerofoil characteristics – Pressure distribution – Centre of Pressure and Aerodynamic Center – Horse shoe vortex Module 3 Momentum and Blade Element Theories – Propeller co-efficients and charts – Aircraft engines – Turbo jet, Turbo fan and Ram Jet engines – Bypass and After Burners Module 4 Straight and Level Flight – Stalling Speed – Minimum Drag and Minimum Power conditions – Performance Curves – Gliding – Gliding angle and speed of flattest glide – Climbing – Rate of Climb – Service and Absolute Ceilings – Take off and Landing Performance – Length of Runway Required – Circling Flight – Banked Flight – High Lift Devices – Range and Endurance of Air planes. Module 5 Air speed indicators – Calculation of True Air Speed – Altimeters – Rate of Climb meter – Gyro Compass – Principles of Wind Tunnel Testing – Open and Closed type Wind Tunnels – Pressure and Velocity Measurements – Supersonic Wind Tunnels (description only) – Rocket Motors – Solid and Liquid Propellant Rockets – Calculation of Earth Orbiting and Escape Velocities Ignoring Air Resistance and assuming Circular Orbit. References 1. Mechanics of Flight 2. Aerodynamics for Engineering Students 3. Airplane Aerodynamic Kermode A. C. Houghton and Brock Dommasch

180

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam COMBUSTION (ELECTIVE - II) M 805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Thermodynamics of reactive mixtures: Bond energy-Heat of formation-Heat of reaction-adiabatic flames temperatures-entropy changes for reacting mixtureschemical equilibrium – equilibrium criteria –evaluation of equilibrium constant and equilibrium composition –simple numerical solutions. Module 2 Elements of chemical kinetics: law of mass action-order and molecularity of reaction – rate equation- Arrheniuss law – activation energy – collision theory of reaction rates- Transition state theory-collision theory of reaction rates- Transition state theory –General theory of chain reactions- combustion of carbon monoxide and hydrogen. Module 3 Ignition and flammability: methods of ignition –self ignition – thermal theory of ignition – limits of flammability –factors affecting flammability limits- flame quenching- flame propagation- flame velocity- measurement of flame velocity – factors affecting flame speed- premixed and diffusion flames – physical structures and comparison – characteristics of laminar and turbulent flames- theory of laminar flame propagation. Module 4 Flame stabilization: Stability diagrams for open flames- mechanisms of flame stabilization –critical boundary-velocity gradient –stabilization by eddies bluff body stabilization – effects of variables on stability limits. Module 5 Combustion in solid an liquid propellant: Reactant motors – Classification and types of propellants – desirable properties of grain shapes – burning rates and combustion model of solid propellants- injection of liquid propellants-ignition and ignitors. Miscellaneous topics – droplet combustion – fluidized bed combustion classification of coal – air pollution. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Fuels and combustion Some fundamentals of combustion Fundamentals of combustion Elementary reaction Kinetics Flames – – – – – Sharma S.P Spalding D.B Strehlow . R.A Lathan J.L Gaydan and wolfhard.

181

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam PROJECT MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE - II) M 805-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Project feasibility Analysis- Marketing, Technical, and financial feasibilitiesreport preparation-case studies. Module 2 Project Management- nature and scope- PERT and CPM techniques, Estimatestime, cost, resources (man, material, tool). Module 3 Forecasting Methods-Time series analysis-method pf least square, moving average, curvilinear, correlation analysis. Module 4 Risk Analysis-risk in economic analysis-measuring risk in investment; risk profiles, decision trees, formulation of discounted decision trees, simulation. Module 5 MS Project: (Software Practice) Creation of task, sequencing of task, assignment of resources, finding critical path, ABC activities (discuss), breaking the activities, colouring techniques, resource balancing, allocating overtime, using different calendars (Like 8 or 12 hours shift, Friday/Sunday holiday, Special public holidays etc), cost estimates, assignment of blank fields, creation of different views on screen. Reports: Daily reports for completed activity, lagging activities, overall progress review, Management high-level reports, individual Departmental reports. References 1. 2. 3. 4. Corter, Mastering MS Project 2000, BPB Publishers. Harvey Maylor, Project Management, Pearson Education. PrasannaChandra, Project Management, Tata McGraw Hill. Prasanna Chandra, Projects, Tata McGraw Hill. PROGRAMMING IN C++ AND VISUAL C++ (ELECTIVE - II) M805-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to C++ - Object Oriented Approach – I/O instructions – Data types – Type Conversions – Arithmetic Operators – Relational Operators – Loops – Precedence – Conditional Operator – Logical Operators – Structures and its manipulations – Functions – Arrays. Module 2 Classes and Objects – Specifying the Class – The private and public key words – Defining Member Functions – Defining Objects – Calling Member Functions – 182

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Constructors – Destructors – Overloaded Constructors – Objects as Arguments – Returning Objects from Functions – Array of Objects. Module 3 Operator Overloading – Operator Arguments – Operator Return Values – Postfix Notation – Overloading Binary Operators – Arithmetic Assignment Operators – Data Conversion – Inheritance – Derived Class and Base Class – Specifying The Derived Class – Accessing Base Class Members – The protected Members – Derived Class Constructors – Overriding Member Functions – Scope Resolution with Overridden Functions – Public and Private Inheritance – Levels of Inheritance – Multiple Inheritance. Module 4 Pointers – Memory Management – The new and delete Operators – Pointers to Objects – Self Containing Classes – Virtual Functions – Accessing Normal and Virtual Member Functions with Pointers – Pure Virtual Functions – Friend Functions – The ‘this’ Pointer – Accessing Member Data with ‘this’. Module 5 Introduction to Windows Programming – Basic Windows Program Structure – Different Windows Messages like WM_PAINT, WM_TIMER etc. – Introduction to MFC – MFC Hierarchy - Use of Simple Foundation Classes like CTime, CString, CFile etc. – Exception Handling. References 1. Object Oriented Programming in Microsoft C++ 2. Windows Programming Primer Plus 3. Programming with ANSI and Turbo C Robert Lafore Jim Conger Kamthane. Pearson

SILICATES - STRUCTURE, PARTICLE ANALYSES AND SPRAY COATING (ELECTIVE - II) M 805-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Silicate Mineralogy in General - Minerals-Definition, Classification-Silicates and non-silicates. Physical properties of minerals-Colour, lusture, transperancy, cleavage, hardness, fracture, form, specific gravity, fusibility & tenacity. Module 2 Identification of Silicate Minerals - Physical properties, chemical composition and uses of the important silicate minerals-1. Quartz, 2. Feldspars, 3.Pyroxenes, 4.Amphiboles, 5.Micas, 6.Aluminium silicates-andalusite, sillimanite & kyanite, 7.Olivine, 8.Garnets, 9.Chlorites 10. Natrolite, 11.Clay minerals, 12.Asbestose, 13.Talc 14.Tourmaline 15. Staurolite

183

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 3 Silicate Mineral Structures - Detailed study of the silicate structures with examples- 1. Nesosilicate, 2.Sorosilicate, 3.Cyclosilicate, 4.Inosilicate, 5.Phyllosilicate & 6. Tectosilicate. Ceramics and silicates. Module 4 Particle Analyses – Coarse and powder materials- Coarse material-Size distribution- Grain size parameters, coefficient of angularity, specific surface area (actual and theoretical) by sieve analysis. Powder material-Size and area determination by various methods- Blane’s methods, air jet sieve, Bacho dust classifier and BET methods. Module 5 Spray Coating – Basic concepts and general discussion of spray coating. BindersEthyl orthosilicate (ETS-40), properties and hydrolysis. Slurries – Binder and different ceramic powders, consistency and determination, drying. Heat source – Plasma arc-transferred and non-transferred arcs, arrangement of spray coating. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Rutley’s elements of mineralogy, H.H.Read, Thomas Murby&Co, London. A text book of mineralogy, E.S. Dana, Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi. Mineralogy, Dier, Howie & Zussman, CBS Publishers, New Delhi. Materials-Their nature, properties and fabrication, Seghal & Linderburg. Material science and manufacturing process, Dhaunedrakumar, S.K.Jain & A.K.Bhargava, Vikas publishing house, New Delhi. 6. Welding and welding technology, Little, Tata McGraw hill publishing Co., New Delhi. 7. Investment casting, H.T. Bidwell, The machinery publishing Co., Ltd, UK. 8. Non-ferrous foundry metallurgy, A.J. Murphy, Pergamon Press Ltd. 9. Welding engineering and technology, R.S. Parman, Khanna publishers, New Delhi. 10. Manufacturing science, Amitabha Ghosh & Asok kumar Mallik, EWP, East West Press Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - III) M 806-1 Goals To learn Management Information System (MIS), implementation requirements and process standardisation. Module 1 Elements of a MIS – Levels of Management – Types of Management information – Technical dimensions of Information – System elements – Characteristics of MIS – Case Study. 3+1+0

184

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 2 Building Business Model – Data Base – Report generation and time sharing – Case study. Module 3 Communication and distributed Data processing. Module 4 Managing and controlling the MIS function. Application Development Cycle. Module 5 Future of MIS – Architecture – reliability – Security – Intelligent Buildings. Outcomes Student will learn elements of MIS & steps in implementing MIS. Students will also learn hardware and software selection for MIS. References 1. Mudric and Rose 2. Jerome Kauter 3. R. S. Daver 4. Mudric, Rose & Callgget 5. James Obrein Information System and Management. Management Information Systems, Prentice Hall India. The Management Process. Information System for Modern Management, Prentice Hall India. Management Information Systems

CRYOGENICS (ELECTIVE - III) M 806-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Historical development- present areas involving cryogenic engineering. Basic thermodynamics applied to liquefaction and refrigeration process - isothermal, adiabatic and Joule Thomson expansion process - adiabatic demagnetization – efficiency to liquefaction and coefficient of performances irreversibility and losses. Module 2 Low temperature properties of engineering materials: mechanical properties thermal properties - electrical and magnetic properties. Properties of cryogenic fluids - materials of constructions for cryogenic applications. Module 3 Gas liquefaction systems: production of low temperatures - general liquefaction systems - liquefaction systems for neon, hydrogen, nitrogen and helium. Module 4 Cryogenic refrigeration systems: ideal refrigeration systems- refrigerators using liquids and gases as refrigerants - refrigerators using solids as working media. 185

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 5 Cryogenic storage and transfer systems - Cryogenic fluid storage vessels cryogenic fluid transfer systems. Application of cryogenics - cryo pumping superconductivity and super fluidity - cryogenics in space technology - cryogenics in biology and medicine. References 1. Cryogenic Systems 2. Cryogenic Engineering 3. Cryogenic Engineering Barron R. F Scot R. W. Bell J.H.

NUCLEAR ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE - III) M 806-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Review of elementary Nuclear Physics: Atomic structure – Nuclear energy and nuclear forces – Nuclear fission Nuclear reactions and radiations: Principle of radioactive decay – Interaction of α and β rays with matter – Neutron cross section and reactions – The fission process – Chain reaction – Basic principles of controlled fusion. Module 2 Nuclear reaction principles – Reactor classifications – Critical Size – Basic diffusion theory – Slowing down of neutrons – Neutron flux and power – Four factor formula – Criticality condition – Basic features of reactor control Module 3 Boiling water reactor: Description of reactor system – Main components – control and safety measures Materials of Reactor: Construction – Fuel – Moderator coolant – Structural materials – Cladding – Radiation damage. Module 4 Nuclear fuels: Metallurgy of Uranium – General principles of solvent extraction – Reprocessing of irradicated fuel – Separation process – Fuel enrichment. Module 5 Reaction heat removal: Basic equations of heat transfer as applied to reactor cooling – Reactor heat transfer systems – Heat removal in fast reactors Radiation Safety: Reactors shielding - Radiation dozes – Standards of radiation protections – Nuclear waste disposal. References 1. Nuclear Engineering 2. Sources book on Atomic Energy Glasstone & Sesoske Glasstone S.

186

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS (ELECTIVE - III) M 806-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to hydraulic / pneumatic devices – their application and characteristics – comparison of electric, hydraulic and pneumatic devices. Module 2 Pumps and motors: Principle of working – range of displacement and pressuresfixed and variable discharge pumps-gear, screw, vane, piston pumps – axial piston pump-swash pump-bent axis pump. Types of hydraulic motors – their characteristics. Accessories-Hydraulic accumulators – intensifiers-filters-heatercooler. Module 3 Hydraulic valves: Stop valve- non return valve-relief valve-sequence valvecounter balance valve- pressure reducing valve – flow control valve –irection control valves-their principle of operation- and application-JIC symbols of hydraulic- pneumatic components. Module 4 Properties of commonly used hydraulic fluids-Typical hydraulic circuits like those used in machine tools –Rivetter- pneumatic Hammer, hydraulic press, and power steering. Module 5 Fluidics: Introduction of fluidics devices –Principles of working of common fluidics devices like wall attachment devices – proportional amplifiers-turbulent amplifiers- fluidic logic devices – examples of applications of fluidics devices like edge control of steel plate in rolling mills tension control. References 1. Daniel Bonteille -Fluid Logic and Industrial automation. 2. John Pippenger & Tyler Hicks - Industrial Hydraulics MACHINE VISION AND APPLICATION (ELECTIVE - III) M 806-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to machine vision – basics of picture processing, Binary and grey scale images. Preprocessing concepts – Digital image, Geometrical correction, Grey scale modification, Sharpening and smoothing images. Module 2 Edge detection and line finding – Spatial differentiation, extraction of line descriptions. Types of cameras for Machine vision and their principles. 187

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 3 Software for measurement and pattern recognition applications with examples – two and three-dimensional measurements. Fourier transformation for pattern recognition applications. Module 4 Image operation studies, interfacing a robot with a vision system. Basics of hardware for vision system Module 5 Machine vision applications in engineering – dimension measurement, flaw detection, identification, verification, sorting - co ordinate measuring machines, non-contact type – case studies. Reference 1. Sonaka M, Hlavac V & Boyle. R. Image processing, analysis & machine vision

FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS (ELECTIVE - III) M 806-6 Goals: This course is designed to acquaint students with the basic principles of the finite element method, to provide experience with its use in engineering analysis and design, and to provide an opportunity to work with finite element programs used in industry. Computer programming may be involved. Module 1 Introduction: Structural analysis objectives, static, dynamic and kinematic analysis, skeletal and continuum structures, modeling of infinite d.o.f system into infinite d.o.f system, basic steps in finite element problem formulation, general applicability of the method. Element types and characteristics: Discretization of the domain, basic element shapes, aspect ratio, shape functions, ganeralised co-ordinates and nodal shape functions, 1D spar and beam elements, 2D rectangular and triangular elements, axisymmetric elements. Module 2 Assembly of elements and matrices: Concept of element assembly, global and local co-ordinate systems, band width and its effects, banded and skyline assembly, boundary conditions, solution of simultaneous equations, Gaussian elimination and Cholesky decomposition methods, numerical integration, one and 2D applications. Module 3 High order and isoparametric elements :One dimensional quadratic and cubic elements, use of natural co-ordinate system, area co-ordinate system, continuity and convergence requirements, 2D rectangular and triangular elements. 188 3+1+0

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 4 Static analysis: Analysis of trusses and frames, analysis of machine subassemblies, use of commercial software packages, advantages and limitations. Module 5 Dynamic analysis: Hamilton`s principle, derivation of equations of equilibrium, consistent and lumped mass matrices, derivation of mass matrices for 1D elements, determination of natural frequencies and mode shapes, use of commercial software packages. Course Outcomes: 1. The students will understand the fundamental principles of finite element theory and applications. 2. The students will be able to built finite element models correctly for various engineering problems and solve the model using existing finite element codes Text Book Rao S.S., “The Finite Element Method in Engineering”, 2nd edition, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1989. References 1. Robert D. Cook, David S. Malkins and Michael E. Plesha, “Concepts and Application of Finite Element Analysis”, 3rd edition, John Wiley and Sons, 1989. 2. Chandrupatla T.R. and Belegundu, A. D.,” Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering”, Pearrson Pvt. Ltd., 3rd edition 2002. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE - III) M 806-7 Goal To give the detailed information on TQM Tools and Techniques for TQM will be known. Module 1 Introduction – Leadership Concepts – Customer Satisfaction – employee involvement Module 2 Continuous Process Improvement – Kaizen, Reengineering, PDSA cycle, Juran Trilogy – Supplier Partnerships – Quality Cost Module 3 Statistical Process Control (SPC) – Pareto Diagram, Cause – and – Effect diagram, check sheet, histogram. Benchmarking – Quality Function Development – Failure mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA) 189 3+1+0

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 4 Total Quality Control (TQC) – Quality Circles – Poka – Yoke- Just–in-Time (JIT)KANBAN - ‘5-5’ Module 5 Implementing procedure of TQM - case studies Learning Objective 1. Student will clear principles and practices of TQM 2. Student will learn tools and Techniques used in TQM. 3. Students will learn the procedure of implementation of TQM References 1. 2. 3. 4. Besterfield, Total quality Management, Person Education Besterfield, Quality Control, Prentice - Hall Arora K.C, TQM & 1S0 14000, S K Kataria & Sons Jain & Chitale, Quality assurance and Total quality management, Khanna Publishers. 5. Mitra, Quality control & improvement, Person Education MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS LABORTAORY M 807 0+0+4 1. Study of use of laser interferometer for calibration of linear measurements 2. Measurement of temperature: Calibration of thermometers and pyrometers Preparation and calibration of thermocouple and resistance temperature detectors (TTD & RTD) 3. Measurement of pressure: Calibration and use of pressure measuring instruments-Pressure Gauge, Micro manometer, Pressure Transducers, Dead weight pressure gauge calibrator 4. Measurement of speed: Calibration and use of tachometers & stroboscope 5. Measurement of linear and angular dimensions: Micrometer, Vernier caliper, dial gauge feeler gauge, comparator, interferometer, angle gauge, sine bar, plug gauge and wire gauge 6. Measurement of Flow: Rotameter, watermeter, Anemometer; calibration and use 7. Measurement of surface roughness using subtonic tester 8. Measurement of gear and screw thread profiles- gear tooth calipers, screw thread calipers 9. Measurement of strain and force – calibration of strain gauges and load cells 10. Measurement of vibration – use of vibration pick ups, accelerometer and vibration indicator 11. Acoustic measurements-sound level meter – preparation of noise contours 12. Measurement of PH value 13. Measurement of psychometric properties of air 190

VIVA -VOCE M809 A comprehensive Viva-voce examination will be conducted to assess the student's overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. in which 35 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the guide. 191 . They must submit a preliminary report at the end of the semester. Kothamangalam 14. Analysis of Automobile Exhaust gas and Flue gas -Use of instruments like oxygen analyser. students must submit an abstract of their undergraduate project. PROJECT & SEMINAR M808 0+0+4 At the beginning of the seventh semester. Sessional marks for project will be out of 75. Orsat gas analyzer. They will complete the project in the eighth semester. Balance 40 marks will be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the students before an evaluation board consists of a minimum of 3 faculty members including the guide. Gas chromatography. Sessional marks for seminar will be out of 25. certified reports of seminar and project work are to be presented for evaluation. At the time of viva-voce.

TECH. Kothamangalam B.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING BRANCH 192 .

Kothamangalam THIRD SEMESTER 193 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Balachandra Rao and G. δ . Module 4 Finite Differences: Meaning of ∆. References 1. Schaum’s outline series – McGraw Hill. Chand & Co. E. Finite Differences and Numerical Analysis: H. 3. Oxford IBH Publishing Co.Ltd. divergence and curl of a vector function – their physical meaning – directional derivative – scalar potential. Theory and Problems of Vector Analysis: Murray R. Greenberg. 1/z. – solutions of difference equations.C Saxena. work done by a force along a path – Application of Greens theorem. S. Surface and Volume Integrals. Advanced Engg. 194 . Spiegel. 4. National Publishing Co. 2. R equations in Cartesian co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal transformation of function like zn. University Press. Wiley Eastern. Advanced Engg. Module 3 Function of Complex Variable: Definition of Analytic functions and singular points – Derivation of C. Mathematics: Michael D. Module 5 Difference Calculus: Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton-Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems. Numerical mathematical Analysis: James B. Prentice – Hall 6. Difference eqns. ez. Scarborough. ∇. Mathematics: Grawal B. Cross ratio – invariant property – simple problems. Numerical Methods in Science and Engg: M. Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . S.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Sin z. conservative field – identities – simple problems. K Venkataraman.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using Stirlings formula – Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals. z + k2/z – bilinear transformation. Khanna Publ. Numerical Methods: S. µ. Module 2 Vector Integral Calculus: Line. 8. Higher Engg.II CMELPA 301 3+1+0 Module 1 Vector Differential Calculus: Differentiation of vector functions – scalar and vector fields – gradient. 5. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyszig. 7.K Shantha.

orifice meter. Module 3 Hydraulic Turbines: Evolution of present day hydraulic turbines from the water wheel – classification – degree of action – Pelton wheel. Classification of impellers. Standard Publ. References 1. hydraulic balancing.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. dynamic and kinematic viscosity. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines: Abdulla Sheriff. 2. pressure head. density. S. pressure measurement. root pumps – rotary axial & rotary radial piston pumps – thory. Rota meter and notches. TMH. bulk modulus. vapor pressure. performance curves & application of self-priming pump. effect of vapour pressure on lifting of liquid – indicator diagram – acceleration head – effect of friction – use of air vessels – work saved – slip – efficiency – pump characteristics – applications – Cavitation in fluid machines – Rotary pumps: Gear. operating. surface tension. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines: Jagadishlal. efficiency. Module 5 Positive Displacement Pumps: reciprocating pumps. airlift pump. Flow of compressible fluids through pipes – types of flow – critical Reynolds number – friction factors for laminar and turbulent flow – hydraulic gradient – minor losses – transmission of power through pipes. Centrifugal and Axial Flow Pumps: Stepanoff John A. Metropolitan publ. Kothamangalam MECHANICAL TECHNOLOGY E 302 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Properties of Fluids: Pressure. Francis and Kaplan Turbines – constructional details and characteristics only (no problems based on velocity triangles) – governing of turbines – draft tube – specific speed – cavitation effects. single and double suction impellers – types of casings – effect of vapour pressure on lifting of liquid – specific speed – performance pump characteristics: main. Module 4 Pumping Machinery: General classification – Dynamic pumps – working of centrifugal pumps. Module 2 Fluid in Motion: Euler’s equation in one dimension. Fluid Mechanics: Massey B. One dimensional incompressible Bernoulli’s equation. J. vane. venturimeter. gauges and pressure switch – pressure on immersed surfaces – floating body. Fluid Flows Machines: Govinda Rao N. interpretation of Bernoulli’s equation as a energy equation. manometers. Screw. capillary – fluid at rest. wear rings.S. ISO efficiency characteristics curves – NPSH _ multistage pumps – propeller pumps – pump in parallel & series operation – Theory. vapour pressure. Flow through Orifices – measurement of fluid velocity. Pascal’s law. ELBS 5. applications. performance curves – applications (Description only). pitot tube – discharge measurement. 4. Wiley & Sons. efficiency. slurry pump & hydraulic ram (description only). jet pump. 3. 195 . priming.

3.S.E. Thevinin.V Iyer. Module 3 Network Theorems: Star-Delta transformations – Super position. Kothamangalam ELECTRIC CIRCUIT THEORY E 303 2+2+0 Module 1 Circuit Analysis: Concept of Linearity. Unilateral and Bilateral Systems – Passive and Active networks – Vector and Phasor – Sources of Energy – Independent and Dependent voltage and current Sources – Standard input signals – Source transformations . Substitution. Module 2 Coupled Circuits: Self-inductance and Mutual inductance – Coefficient of coupling – dot convention – Ideal Transformer – Analysis of multi-winding coupled circuits – Analysis of single tuned and double tuned coupled circuits. Millman. 2.P Shyam Mohan Networks and Systems: D. Module 4 Three Phase Circuits: Generation of three phase voltages – Phase sequence – Line and Phase quantities – Analysis of unbalanced loads – Neutral shift – Symmetrical components – Analysis of unbalanced system – power in terms of symmetrical components. Kemmerly – Mc Graw Hill. Introduction to MATLAB and pSPICE – Simulation/Analysis of simple Electric Circuits using MATLAB and pSPICE.K. Theory and Problems in Circuit Analysis: T.E Van Valkanburg Circuits and Networks-Analysis and Synthesis: A. TMH Electric Circuits: Edminister J. 6. References 1. 4. Network Analysis: M.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Schaum’s Outline series Engineering Circuit Analysis: W. Reciprocity. Norton. Sudhakar. 7. Roy Choudhary. Module 5 Graph theory: Introduction – Linear graph of a network – Tie-set and cut-set schedule – incidence matrix – Analysis of resistive network using cut-set and tie-set – Dual of a network.H Hayt and J. Electric ciruit theory: Rajeswaran – Pearson Education 196 . S. Compensation. 5.Mesh and Node Analysis – Driving point Impedance and Transfer Impedance – Driving point Admittance and Transfer Admittance. Tellegen and Maximum power transfer theorems. New Age Intl’.

A Theory and Problems of Electromagnetics: Joseph Edminister. torroids and twowire transmission lines. Kothamangalam ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY E 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Review of Vector Analysis – Cartesian coordinate system – The Vector field – dot cross products – introduction to cylindrical and spherical coordinate systems. spherical shell.Curl – Stoke’s theorem – magnetic flux and flux density – the scalar and vector magnetic potentials – magnetic force on a moving charge – force on a moving charge – force on a current element – force between current carrying wires – torque on closed circuits – magnetic boundary conditions – self and mutual inductances – energy stored in a magnetic field – skin effect – inductance of solenoids.method of images – energy stored in electrostatic field – dielectric strength and break down.R. Static Electric Field: Coulomb’s law – electric field intensity – field intensity due to point charge. 2. McGraw Hill Field Theory: Gangadhar K. Dielectrics and Capacitance – current and current density – continuity equation – point form of Ohm’s Law – conductor properties – polarisation – dielectric boundary conditions – capacitance – parallel plate capacitor – capacitance of isolated sphere. Hayt Jr. Premlet 197 . surface charge and volume charge distributions – electric flux – electric flux density – Gauss’s law and its applications – divergence – Maxwell’s first equation – the Del operator – Divergence theorem. Module 5 Time varying fields – Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction – Motional emf concept of displacement current – Maxwell’s equations in point form and integral form – wave equation in free space – applications in transmission lines – Poynting vector and power flow – Poynting theorem – interpretations –instantaneous. Engineering Electromagnetics: William H.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. References 1. EMT with applications: B.. 4. coaxial and cylinders and parallel wires – effect of earth on capacitance . average and complex pointing vector – power loss in conductors. Module 3 Conductors. line charge. schaum’s outline series 5. Module 2 Energy and Potential – Energy expended in moving a point charge in an electric field – Electric Potential between two points – potential at a point charge – potential at any point – due to discrete as well as distributed charges – Electric field lines and equipotential contours – electric dipoles – potential gradient – conservative nature of a field – Laplace and Poisson equations (Derivation only and not solution). 3. Module 4 The steady Magnetic Field – Biot-Savart’s law – Ampere’s circuital law . McGraw Hill Electromagnetics: John D. Karus and Carver K.

High voltage Schering Bridge. laws of thermoelectric circuits – common thermocouples. 3.W. Measurement of Resistance: Low. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS E 305 2+1+0 Module 1 Units and Dimensions: SI Units – Dimensions of Electrical quantities – dimensional equations. Module 2 Measurement of Voltage: Potentiometers – slide-wire. 1992. Helfrick and William D. Temperature measurement: Thermoelectric effects. References 1. PHI. Electrical and Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – Sawhney A. Precision slide-wire. Error Analysis in Measurements: Source of error – Instruments errors – Human errors – Environmental errors – Combination of errors – Mean and variance – Standard deviation – Limits of error. 1991. high – Wheatstone bridge. (Analysis and Phasor diagram required) Module 4 Instrument Transformers: Principle of Current and Potential transformers – Phasor diagram – nominal ratio – phase angle error. medium.. Ratio error – Constructional features and applications.. Vernier potentiometer – Calibration of Ammeter.Kelvin’s double bridge – Insulation Megger – Earth Megger. 1992. 2. Wien’s bridge. Module 3 AC Bridges: Maxwell’s bridge – Hay’s bridge.AC potentiometer. Wheeler and Co. Cooper. Dhanpat Rai and Co. Module 5 Illumination measurements: Units of illumination – laws of illumination – polar curves – Determination of MSCP and MHCP – Integrating meters – Lumer Brodhern type. Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments – Golding E.K. 198 . Voltmeter and Wattmeter using potentiometer. Magnetic Measurements: Theory of Ballistic galvanometer – Flux meter – Lloyd Fischer Square. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and measurement Technique – Albert D. Anderson Bridge.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Study of AC and DC supply systems in Electrical Laboratory 2. electro-dynamometer type watt meters.Radial and Ring mainsAC and DC Distributors. S. 3.V.Service mains. 199 .S.Load factor. 2.C: Rectifier circuits . induction type energy meters.Diversity factor-Plant use factor. Naidu.Distributor . various loads like resistive.Load duration curve-Maximum demand-Average demand.C. 5. Kamaraju BASIC ELECTRICAL LAB E 307 0+0+4 1. V.straight line and sinking fund method Tariffs.Related ‘Indian Electricity Act’ Rules regarding generation and supply of electrical energy Power factor improvement.Calculations of voltage drop due to concentrated loads fed at one or more points-LT Lines.Gupta A Course in Electric Power: Uppal Electric Power Distribution System: A.Size – Connections.V testing on insulating materials.depreciation. Kothamangalam POWER GENERATION AND DISTRIBUTION E 306 2+1+0 Module 1 Economic Aspects: Load Curve. Module 2 Distribution Systems: Feeder. Study of PMMC / MI voltmeters. A Course in Electric Power: Soni M.Voltage multiplier-Cascade circuits-Electrostatic machines A.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Cost of Generation: Fixed and Running Charges.Distribution system maintenance Module 3 Design of Feeder.: Cascade transformers – series resonance circuits Impulse Voltage: Single stages and cascade circuits References 1. capacitive and inductive. Testing of insulating oils and H. ammeters..Limitations.necessity – methods – economics – capacity of phase advancing plant Module 4 Underground Cables: Single core and three core cables – Insulation Resistance – Stress and capacitance of single core cables – Grading – Extra high voltage cables – Localisation of cable faults. 4.LT Capacitors – Installation.Different types and comparison.Kelvin’s law. Module 5 High Voltage Generation: D. P. 3.L. Pabla Transmission and Distribution of Electric Energy: Cotton H High Voltage Engineering: M.

9. Study of frequency – current relations of given series RLC circuit and condition for series resonance. 14. 8. 5. 19. Determination of locus diagram RL and RC circuit. Determination of BH characteristics of a magnetic specimen.g. Study and measurement of symmetrical components for unbalanced system.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 2. 3. 2. Measurement of single phase power – (a) Three ammeter method (b) three voltmeter method 18. Kothamangalam 4. 8. 15. 3. Verification of Maximum Power transfer theorem in a DC circuit 10. incandescent lamp). 7. 5. 5. Determination of voltage-current characteristics of linear resistance and a nonlinear resistance (e. 11. Determination of Power and Power factor of a given single phase circuit using watt meter and power factor meter – power factor improvement of the above circuit. 20. Load Test (Constant speed test) on petrol engine Load Test (Constant speed test) on diesel engine Variable speed test on petrol engine Variable speed test on diesel engine Cooling curve of I. 4. Three phase star and delta connection – measurement of line and phase values. 17. Measurement of three phase power at different power factors for balanced and unbalanced loads. 12. 21. MECHANICAL LAB E 308 HYDRAULICS LAB 1. Verification of Kirchhoff’s laws using resistive network. Determination of fusing time versus current characteristics for two specimens – fusing factor – study of various types of fuses. Measurement of Neutral shift voltage for an unbalanced star connected system. 13. 4.C engine 200 . 16. Verification of Thevinin’s theorem in a DC circuit. Study of centrifugal pump and components Study of reciprocating pump and components – single cylinder and multi cylinder Study of impulse and reaction turbines Performance characteristics of centrifugal pump Performance characteristics of reciprocating pump Performance characteristics of Pelton Wheel Performance characteristics of Francis turbine Performance characteristics of Kaplan turbine 0+0+4 HEAT ENGINES LAB 1. 7. 6. Measurement of single phase power and energy using wattmeter and energy meter – calculation of error. Verification of superposition theorem in a resistive circuit with two given DC sources. RLC series and parallel circuit: measurement of current in various branches and verification by calculation – drawing of phasor diagram. 6. Verification of generalised reciprocity theorem in a DC circuit.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Performance test on air compressors and blowers 7. Performance test on air-conditioning unit 201 . Kothamangalam 6. Performance test on refrigeration unit 8.

Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 202 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Mathematics: Grawal B. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier transforms – Fourier sine and cosine transforms – inverse transforms – transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parseval’s identity – simple problems. Elements of Partial Differential Equations: Ian N.2: Bali and Iyengar. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyszig. National Publishing Co. Lakshmi Publ. Higher Engg. Khanna Publ. difference proportion. 7. Engineering Mathematics Vol.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. its mean and variance – Poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution – its mean and variance – fitting of binomial and Poisson distributions – normal distribution – properties of normal curve – standard normal curve – simple problems in binomial. single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected). Pearson education/ PHI. Ltd. 6. 3. Wiley Eastern.solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation. Module 4 Probability and Statistics: Binomial law of probability – The binomial distribution.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential Equations with constant coefficients – Finding P. K Venkataraman. Mathematics. 203 . Poisson and normal distributions. Mc Graw Hill Intl’ Miller and Fread’s Probability and Statistics for Engineers: Richard A. 5.I by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchy’s equations – Linear Simultaneous equations – simple applications in engineering problems. Advanced Engg. Vol. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Johnson. Pearson Education Asia. Sneddon. A Text Book of Engg. Probability and Statistical Inferences: Hogg and Tam’s.2: M. 2. Module 5 Population and samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) – sampling distribution of variance. S. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions – solution of Lagrange’s Linear equations – Charpit’s method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation – equation with constant coefficients . 4. References 1. F and Chi square test – Level of significance – Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – test of significance for single proportion.

R-C and L-C driving point functions – Foster and Cauer forms. high-pass and band-pass filters.P Shyam Mohan 3. high-pass. impulse function and periodic functions – convolution integral – inverse Laplace transform – application of Laplace transforms to solution of Network problems. Hayt and J. Engineering Circuit Analysis: W. Network Analysis: M. References 1. Networks and Systems: D. Circuits and Networks – Analysis and Synthesis: A. Module 5 Network Synthesis: Realizability concept – Hurwitz property – positive realness – properties of positive real functions – Synthesis of R-L. Module 4 Filters: Classification of filters – Characteristics of ideal filters – Image impedance – Constant K low-pass.E Van Valkenburg 2. Two port parameters – short circuit admittance parameter – open circuit impedance parameters – Transmission parameters – Image parameters and Hybrid parameters. Roy Choudhary 4.H.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 2 Fourier series: Evaluation of Fourier coefficients – wave form symmetries as related to Fourier coefficients – exponential form of Fourier series – steady state response to periodic signals. Kemmerly – Mc-Graw Hill. Kothamangalam NETWORK ANAYSIS AND SYNTHESIS E 402 2+1+0 Module 1 Laplace transforms: Properties of Laplace Transforms – basic theorems – Laplace transform of gate function. Network Analysis and Synthesis: Franklin F. Sudhakar and S. and band-pass filters – m-derived low-pass. Fourier Integral: Spectrum envelop for a recurring pulse – the Fourier Integral and Transforms – Application in Network analysis. Ideal two port devices – ideal transformer – Gyrator – negative impedance converter.E. Kuo – John Wiley & Sons 5. 204 . Module 3 Network Functions: Network functions for two port – poles and zeroes of network functions – restrictions on poles and zeroes for driving point functions and transfer functions.

Electronic Principles: Albert Paul Malvino. 3. PHI 205 . TMH 4. Sweep generation using UJT relaxation oscillator circuit. Multi-stage Amplifiers: RC coupling – Frequency response characteristics – bandwidth – cascading of amplifiers – gain and bandwidth. Integrated Electronics: Millman and Halkias. AB and C operation – Efficiency of Class A and B – Push-pull amplifier – Complimentary Symmetry amplifiers. LPE. An Introduction: Allen Mottershead. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory: Robert L. B. Module 4 Multi-vibrators: Principle of Operation and design of astable multi-vibrators – principle of bi-stable and mono-stable multi-vibrators – circuits. Kothamangalam ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS E 403 3+1+0 Module 1 Transistor Characteristics: CE. Module 3 Feedback amplifiers: Positive and Negative feedback – types of negative feedback – Typical circuits –effect of negative feedback in amplifier performance. References 1. input impedance of a basic amplifier in h-parameters. Module 2 Small Signal Analysis: h-parameter equivalent circuit of a BJT – comparison of CB. TMH 2. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky. Wave shaping: Clipping and Clamping circuits using diodes – RC differentiating and Integrating Circuits. Hartley and crystal oscillators (analysis not required). FET: Principle of operation and characteristics – biasing FETs – self bias – FET amplifier. CB. Pearson Education Asia. Electronic Devices and Circuits. Sweep generators: Principle of Sweep generation – basic transistor sweep circuit – Equation for sweep amplitude. CE. UJT: Principle of operation and characteristics. CC Configurations – Biasing – Operating Point – Operating point instability – thermal runaway – bias stability – Stability factor – stabilization techniques – Fixed bias – Collector to Base bias – Emitter bias – Voltage divider bias – Stability against variation in ICO. and CC configurations – Determination of h – parameters from static characteristics – current and voltage gains. Module 5 Power Amplifiers: Class A.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Oscillators: Barkhausen criterion – classification of oscillators – Principle of operation of RC phase-shift.

Magnetising current wave form – OC and SC tests – Sumpner’s test. Module 2 D.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.C Motors: Performance characteristics of shunt.C machines – D. E.I E 404 3+1+0 Module 1 D. Module 4 Transformers: Single phase transformer – Constructional details – Core – windings – Insulation – principle of operation – Inrush of switching currents – emf equation – magnetising current and core losses – no-load and load operation – Phasor diagram – equivalent circuit – losses and efficiency – condition for maximum efficiency – voltage regulation – approximate expression for voltage regulation – harmonics in single phase transformers . N Hannock 206 .C – Action of Commutator – constructional details of D.condition for maximum efficiency – applications – special machines – welding generator – Boosters.C machine – generator and motor action – back emf – Armature mmf – magnitude and direction – Air-gap flux distribution curve on load – effect of saturation – Demagnetising and cross – magnetising armature mmf – variation with brush position – compensating winding – Commutation – time of commutation – emf in coil undergoing commutation – reactance emf – effect of brush shift – inter-poles.tap-changing transformers . The performance and Design of Direct Current Machines: A. Module 5 Three phase Transformer: Constructional features of three phase transformers – three phase connection of single phase transformers – oscillating neutral – tertiary winding – Scott connection – open delta connection – three phase to six phase connection – equal and unequal turns ratio – load sharing – distribution transformers – all day efficiency. Autotransformers – saving of copper – applications . Clayton and N. References 1. series and compound generators – equalizer connection – Losses – power flow diagram – efficiency . Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL MACHINES . series and compound machines.cooling of transformers.C Generator: Types of excitation – separately excited – self excited shunt.C Armature windings – Induced emf – emf equation – torque developed in a D. series and compound wound motors – effect of an open field circuit – power flow diagram – efficiency – testing D. series and compound wound motors – starting – 3-point and 4-point starters – Calculation of resistance elements for shunt motor starters – methods of speed control of shunt. Module 3 D.C machine – Swineburne’s test – Hopkinson’s test – Field’s test – Retardation test.C machine – magnetic circuit of D. OCC – Condition for self excitation – field critical resistance – critical speed – Load characteristics of generators – Load critical resistance – parallel operation of shunt.C Machines: Generation of D.

Module 5 Structures and union: definition – initialization – accessing structure members – array of structures – passing structure to a function – sorting of structures – binary files – reading and writing of data blocks – union. AC Machines: M. break and continue statements. concatenation and sorting of strings. TMH Programming in ANSI C: Balaguruswamy. 5. References 1. TMH Programming with ANSI & Turbo C: Ashok Kamthane. Say 3.S. switch. Module 2 Iterative statements: ‘while’. Pearson Education Asia The Spirit of C. CBS Publ. if-else. Kothamangalam 2. 2. ‘for’ statements – nested loops. Module 4 Pointers: Introduction – pointer declaration – operations on pointers. Functions: Declarations. An Introduction to modern programming: Mullish & Cooper. Gotterfield. TMH 4. Theory and Problems of Programming with C: B. definition and access – passing arguments to a function – pass by value and pass by reference – recursion.K Rajput COMPUTER PROGRAMMING E 405 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to C: The C character set – identifiers and keywords – data types – user defined data types – constants and variables – declarations – operators – expressions – statements – library input-output functions Control statements: if.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Storage classes: automatic variables – external variables – register variables – scope and life time of variables. goto statements – conditional and comma operators. Module 3 Arrays: single dimensional arrays – multidimensional arrays – definition – initializing arrays. Dynamic memory allocation – self referential structures – basic concepts of linked lists – adding and deleting nodes – command line arguments – macros – C preprocessor. Strings: Definition – string handling functions – comparison. 207 .passing arrays to a function – matrix operations – addition. Files: File pointers – data files: opening and closing – reading and writing. Electrical Machines: R. Kochan. 3.G. ‘do-while’. Theory of Alternating Current Machinery: Alexander Langsdorf. Programming in C: Stephen G. Jaico Publishing Co. 4. transpose and multiplication.

208 . recording and integrating instruments – Torque acting on the moving system – deflecting torque – methods of production – controlling torque – spring and gravity control – damping torque – electromagnetic and air friction damping. PHI EEE The Official Borland Turbo C Survival Guide: Miller & Quilci. Computer Programming in C: V. Module 5 Instruments for phase. Kothamangalam 6. Cathode ray Oscilloscope: Principle – Application – Measurement of Voltage.Errors and compensation – low power factor wattmeters – single phase wattmeters. Module 3 Electrodynamometer instruments: Ammeters.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTS E 406 2+1+0 Module 1 Principle of measuring instruments: Classification – indicating. stroboscopic methods – Resonance frequency meters – Power factor meters – Synchroscope – phase sequence indicators. Multi-channel oscilloscopes – principle of operation and uses. Voltmeters and Watt meters – Sensitivity – Torque to weight ratio – methods of connection of current and potential coils. speed. Constructional features of instruments – torque to weight ratio of the moving system – basic theory of instruments – characteristics – damping coefficient – under damped – over damped and critically damped and critically damped instruments. Wiley Eastern Programming Techniques through C: M. Module 4 Rectifier Instruments: Principle of operation – Electrostatic instruments – voltmeters – characteristics. current. Induction type instruments: Wattmeters and energy meters – single phase and three phase – constructional features – Theory of operation – Errors and compensation – creep – maximum demand meters – Trivector meters. Pearson Education Let us C: Yashwant Kanetkar. Moving iron instruments: Attraction and Repulsion types – constructional features – Ammeters and Voltmeters – Errors and Compensation. Electronic voltmeters – basic DC voltmeters – basic AC voltmeter using rectifier – basic electronic multi meter – function generator – RLC meter. G Venkateshmurthy. 8. 7. applications. BPB publ. frequency. phase and frequency. 9. Rajaraman. Symbols for instruments – Indian standards specifications Grading of Instruments – Classification. Module 2 Permanent magnet moving coil instruments: – Ammeters and Voltmeters – Torque relationship – Milliammeters and voltmeters – shunt and multipliers – sensitivity – multimeters.

PHI. Phantom loading with and without using phase shifting transformer 13. L. Wheatstone Bridge b. 3. Voltmeter and Ammeter – calculation of error due to voltmeter resistance 9. Vernier Potentiometer c. Shunt and multipliers b. Measurement of self inductance. (a) Study of Multi meter (b) Measurement of R. Measurement of 3-phase power using a. Standard solenoid b. Measurement of resistance using a. 2. Kelvin’s Double bridge c. Calibration of single-phase Energy meter by a. mutual inductance and coupling coefficient. 12. wattmeter and measurement of impedance using A. Hibbertz magnetic standard 4. Calibration of ammeter. Hysterisis loop using CRO 6. Electrical and Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – Sawhney A. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and measurement Technique – Albert D. Calibration of ammeter. Instrument transformers 2.C Potentiometer 11. Simple slide-wire potentiometer b. Dhanpat Rai and Co. 1992.. Three-phase watt meter 3. Measurement of displacement using LVDT 16.W. Separation of core losses in a given magnetic specimen 7. 1991. Efficiency measurement of Lamps using Lux meter 15. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS LAB E 407 0+0+4 1. Direct loading b. Kothamangalam References 1. Phantom loading 14. Extension of instrument range by using a. Helfrick and William D. Wheeler and Co. Precision slide-wire potentiometer 10. Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments – Golding E. Calibration of three-phase Energy meter by a. Measurement of different parameters using Trivectormeter 209 . Direct loading b. voltmeter.K.. Cooper. Calibration of flux meter using a. voltmeter and wattmeter and measurement of resistance using a. 1992. Determination of BH characteristics 5. Single watt meter b. C using LCR Bridge 8.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Two watt meters c.

Newton.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Functions 6. Windows. merging and appending of files. copy. Array manipulation 5. Familiarisation with word processing packages like MS Word. 2. Stack operations and simple programs using linked lists 10. Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: bisections. 2. functions. 210 . Numerical Integration – Simpson’s 1/3rd rule. Study of Operating systems like DOS. String manipulation – compare. arrays. internal commands.Raphson method. Linux etc. Part C Application of numerical methods 1. Matrix operations 9. 0+0+4 Part B Programming Experiments in C Programming experience in C to cover control structures. Summation of series 2. Commands for use of files and directories. Familiarisation with spread sheet packages like MS Excel. pointers and files in accordance with syllabus of E 405. PageMaker etc. Creation of numeric and text files. Kothamangalam COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB E 408 Part A Familiarisation 1. structures. 1. 3. external commands etc. Preparation of Conversion tables 3. Recursive functions 7. reverse operations 8. Tabulation of marks and declaration of results – input and output using files 11. Solution of quadratic equations 4.

Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 211 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

5.Transforms: Definition of z – transforms – properties – z-transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions. Module 3 Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations: Taylor’s series method – Euler’s method – Modified Euler’s method – Runga – Kutta method (IV order) Milne’s predictor-corrector method. Module 4 z .C Tulsian and Vishal Pandey.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.T Issac and A.IV CMELPA 501 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line integral – Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s integral formula – Taylor’s series – Laurent’s series – Zeroes and singularities – residues – residue theorem – evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semi circle. 2.Somasundaram. References 1. Ramanaiah. Numerical Methods in Science and Engg. Khanna Publ. 3. convolution property – inverse transform – solution of first and second order difference equations with constant coefficients using z-transforms. and Science : Grawal B. Narayanan. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Operations Research: Paneer Selvam.3: S. 9. Quantitative techniques: Theory and Problems: P. 8. Advanced Engg. Module 2 Numerical Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method – Regula – Falsi method – Newton – Raphson method – solution of system of linear equation by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss – Sidel method. S. Scitech Publ. K Venkataraman. National Publishing Co. Khanna Publ. Higher Engg. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyszig. PHI 212 . Wiley Eastern.: M. 7. 6.M Pillai & G. McGrawHill Engineering Mathematics Vol. Module 5 Linear Programming: Graphical solution – solution using simplex method (nondegenerative only) – duality in LPT – balanced TP – Vogel’s approximation method – Modi method.K. T. Numerical Methods in Engg.Arumugam. S. A. S. Mathematics: Grawal B. Pearson Education Asia Complex Variable and Applications: Churchill and Brown. Advanced Mathematics for Engineering students Vol-3: S. shifting property.Viswanathan Printers & Publ. 4.

NAND.conversion of flip-flops from one type to another.Normalized floating point representation-Gray Codes. Asynchronous UP. 2.racing. PISO.fan-in and fan-out – CMOS characteristics – CMOS NAND and NOR gates. Module 5 Shift Registers: SISO. Module 2 Logic Families: DTL. 5. Module 3 Sequential Circuits: JK Flip-flops. McGraw Hill Intl. BCD to 7 Segment decoders. Kothamangalam DIGITAL CIRCUITS E 502 3+1+0 Module 1 Number Systems and Codes: Arithmetic using signed and unsigned numbersFloating point representation.DOWN counters. 4. TMH Digital Fundamentals: Thomas L. Asynchronous counters: Ripple counter.De Morgan’s Theorem. Counter IC 7490. Truth table and excitation table.buffers. Dhanpat Rai & sons Engineering Approach to Digital Design: Fletcher – EEE Edition 213 .Half adder.Realisation of combinational circuits using SOP and POS forms . OR. Half subtraction and Full subtraction circuits.Design for self starting ring counter. Floyd Digital Integrated Electronics: Taub & Schilling.SR JK. Logic gates: Elements of Boolean algebra.JK master-slave FF. 3.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. T and D flip-flops.Tri-state buffers. References 1. Digital Principles and Applications: Malvino & Leach.K. Gaur.Encoders. NOR.TTL characteristics. XOR gates. design without lockout – Synchronous UP/DOWN counters. Decoders: BCD to decimal.Logic operations.K-map up to 4 variables. full adder circuits.disadvantages-Decoding errorsmaximum frequency of the counter – modulo N ripple counter using CLEAR and PRESET inputs.MultiplexerDemultiplexer.sinking and sourcing. PIPO. Module 4 Synchronous Counters: Methods to improve counter speed.AND.comparison of characteristicsTTL NAND gate internal circuit. Digital Electronics and Microcomputers: R. ASCII and EBCDIC code. NOT.synchronous serial and parallel counters – synchronous counter design – modulo N counter design for completely specific count sequence – lockout. PIPO types – Universal shift registers. TTL and CMOS families. Counters using Shift Registers: Ring counter – twisted ring counter.

Module 3 Television: Composite video signal – synchronizing pulse – blanking pulseequalizing pulse. 6. 4. Module 4 Radar: Basic radar system. McGraw Hill Intl. colour sub carrier.Power relations.C Agarwal. Kothamangalam COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING E 503 2+1+0 Module 1 Modulation: Need for modulation. MTI radar system.Frequency spectrum. Video BW.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.functional description of each block. luminance. Wiley Eastern Introduction to Radar Systems: Skoluik. Khanna 214 . Pearson Education. 3. Principle of single side band transmission – Advantages . Vestigial side band transmission. TMH Electronic Communication Systems: Wayne Tomasi. Khanna Radio Engineering: Mithal. LPE Monochrome and Colour Television: R. image signal rejection. hue & saturation. Module 5 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION: Geo-synchronous satellites – advantages and disadvantages. Frequency modulation – Definition – Mathematical representation . frequency interleaving. Receiver: AM receiver – TRF receiver – Limitations. Superhetrodyne receiver – block schematic. Amplitude modulation–DefinitionMathematical representation . Continuous wave radar – advantages-limitations-applications. 2. Colour Television: Compatibility. Satellite Communications: D. Pulsed radar. I & Q signals. CW radar. colour difference signal. Television standards. DA-TDMA.Frequency spectrum . multiple access techniques – Basic principles of FDMA. Positive and negative modulation.R Gulati. FM transmitter – FET & BJT modulator. DA-FDMA. choice of IF. Electronic Communication Systems: George Kennedy. Comparison between FM and AM. References 1. TDMA. Radio navigational aids – ILS – GCA. Block schematic of monochrome TV transmitter and receiver. 5. radar range equation – performance factors.Disadvantages. uplink & downlink. characteristics of colour transmission and reception. Module 2 Transmitter: AM transmitter – high level and low-level systems .

References 1. line and staff. Production Management: Batch and mass production – inventory control – EOQ – Project planning by PERT /CPM – Construction of network (Basic Ideas only) References 1. Industrial Management: K. Module 2 Personnel Management: Objectives and functions of personnel management – recruitment – selection and training of workers – labour welfare – industrial fatigue – Industrial disputes – Trade unions – Quality circles. Khanna 2.C Vaish. Principles of Economics: K. Sundharam & M. Module 3 Marketing Management: Pricing – Promotion – Channels of distribution – Market research – Advertising. Marketing Management: Philip Kotler PART B: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS Module 4 Theory of demand and supply – price mechanisms – factors of production – land.P. Kothamangalam INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT AND ENGINEERING ECONOMICS E 504 3+2+0 PART A: INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT Module 1 Modern Concepts of Management: Scientific management – functions of management – planning – organizing – staffing – directing – motivating – communicating – coordinating – controlling – Organisational structures – line. capital and organisation – National income – Difficulties in estimation – Taxation – Direct and indirect taxes – Progressive and regressive – black money – inflation – Causes and consequences. Industrial Management: O. and functional relationships – Span of control – delegation – Management by objectives. Dewett 3.M. Formation of Companies: Proprietary – Partnership – joint stock companies – public sector – joint sector and cooperative sector.K Ahuja 3.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.N Agarwal 2. Module 5 Indian Financial System – Reserve bank of India – Functions – Commercial banking system –Development financial institutions – IDBI –ICICI – SIDBI – IRBI. labour. Modern Economic Theory: K. 215 . Indian Economy: A.K.P.NABARD – Investment institutions – UTI – Insurance companies – Indian capital market – Stock market – Functions – Role of the public sector – Privatisation – Multinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy.

Module 2 Basic Comparator: Astable and mono stable multivibrators .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Regulated Power Supplies: Zener voltage regulator – series voltage regulator using transistors (analysis not required) – Series op-amp regulator – IC voltage regulator – 723/317 general purpose switching regulator. LPE 2. band reject filter (twin T notch filter). Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky 216 . References 1. Module 3 Active filters: First order low pass filter.Schmitt trigger – zero crossing detector – precision rectifier – peak detector – sample and hold circuit – function generator (no analysis). Coughlin 6. Linear IC: Roy Choudhary 5. Kothamangalam LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS E 505 2+1+0 Module 1 Operational Amplifiers: Differential amplifier – block diagram of a typical op amp – characteristics of an ideal op-amp – definitions of CMRR – slew rate – input offset voltage – differential input resistance – input voltage range – SVRR – large signal voltage gain – output voltage swing – output resistance – open-loop configurations – disadvantages – closed-loop configurations – non inverting amplifier – voltage follower – inverting amplifier – summing and scaling amplifier – integrator – differentiator – logarithmic amplifier. D/A converter – binary weighted resistor type – ladder type – A/D converter – simultaneous A/D converter – counter type – successive approximation converter – dual-slope converter – Digital voltmeter. Integrated Electronics: Millman and Halkias 3. Module 4 Phase-locked-loop: Basic principles of PLL – block diagram – transfer characteristics – applications of PLL as FM demodulator. 4/e. band pass filter. Pearson Education Asia. Integrated Circuits: Botkar K. high pass filter. Op-amp and Linear Integrated Circuits: Ramakant Gayakwad. AM demodulator and frequency multiplier. Module 5 Timer: The 555 timer – functional block diagram – astable and mono-stable operation of 555 timers.R 4. Op-amp and Linear IC: Robert F. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory: Robert L.

N Singh. Power Electronics – Converters. Triac. IGBTs.P. UJT triggering circuits – diac triggering circuit – single pulse. Module 4 Commutation of SCRs – classification of commutation schemes Inverters: series and parallel inverters – single phase and three phase bridge inverters (schematic diagrams and wave forms only) – Mc Murray Inverter – Basic Principle of PWM. 217 . New Delhi 4.. LPE 3. RL Loads – free wheeling – half controlled and fully controlled bridge with continuous and steady current – Expression for output voltage – wave forms – active and reactive power – effect of source inductance – line commutated inverter – 3-phase half wave and full wave controlled rectifier – expression for output voltage. Rashid. Module 5 Choppers: Basic principle – Classification – Type A. B. Power Electronics – Circuits. 2000 5. continuous pulse carrier frequency triggering – pulse transformer – amplification and isolation of SCR gate pulses. Agarwal.Device protection – heat sink selection – series and parallel operation of SCRs. John Wiley -1989 6. Khanna publ. (Analysis not required) Basic Principle of Cycloconverters. P. Pearson Education Asia. Power MOSFET. Galgotia Publ. Applications and Design. PHI/Pearson Edn. Power Transistors. References 1. Mohan N. M. S.H. Control Circuits: Generation of control pulses – block schematic of firing circuits – linear and cosine comparison – Digital firing scheme. Devices and Applications. RC. GTOs – static characteristics and principle of operation. D and E. Power Electronics. A Text Book of Power Electronics. Harish C. SCRs: Static and dynamic characteristics – two transistor analogy – gate characteristics Module 2 SCR ratings and specifications . Dhanpat Rai & Co. Kothamangalam POWER ELECTRONICS E 506 2+1+ 0 Module 1 Power Semiconductor Devices: Power diodes. Module 3 Phase control: single phase half wave controlled rectifier circuit – single phase full wave controlled rectifier circuit – R. C. Diac. Power Electronics.M and Robbins W. 2. Rai.S Bhimbhra. Power Electronic Systems – Theory and Design.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Jai P. SCR Triggering circuits – R. Undeland T.

Paralleling of Three-phase transformers and load sharing. Parallel operation and load sharing of two single phase dissimilar transformers. Voltage built-up with a given field circuit resistance. FET amplifier. 17. 18. 16. 12. Study of 3-point and 4-point starters for D. Separation of losses of single phase transformer into Hysterisis and eddy current losses. 4. Separation of losses in a D. 6. Hopkinson’s test on a pair of D. 7. O. Verification by direct loading. 11. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB E 508 0+0+4 1. BJT. Load test on shunt and compound generator – deduce external. Design and testing of clipping.C tests on three-phase transformers.C machines.C. 13. Characteristics of D. Zener regulator design and testing.I E 507 D.C and S.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.C machine. Design and testing of RC coupled and feedback amplifiers. tests of single phase units and star-delta combination for 3-phase operation. 9.C machine.C machines – critical resistances of various speeds.C machines – mode of connection – protective arrangements 2.C machines. Sumpner’s test on single phase transformers. Filter circuits. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB . Critical speed for a given field circuit resistance 3. Machines 1. Swineburne’s and retardation test on D. Design and testing of rectifier circuits – Half wave – Full wave (centre – tapped and bridge) circuits. Field’s test on D. 15. O. Transformers 10. Brake test on D. Scott connection – check for 2 phase – predetermination of primary current for balanced and unbalanced secondary currents – verification by actual loading. RC integrator and differentiator circuits – Display of Transfer characteristics on CRO. OCC of self and separately excited D. 4. Find load critical resistance. 7. regulation at unity. FET and UJT characteristics. Polarity.C series machine as motor and generator.C and S. 218 0+0+4 . clamping. 5. compound motors and determination o characteristics. 6. 3. Design and testing of CE amplifier – frequency response.C shunt. lagging and leading power factors. internal and armature reaction characteristics. 2.C tests on single phase transformers – calculation of performance using equivalent circuit – efficiency. 8. 5. transformation ratio. 14. Auto transformer – equivalent circuit.

Optional Simulation of the above circuits using EDA tools like pSPICE. 9. Pearson Education Asia. Kothamangalam 8. 11. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory: Robert L.P.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Design and Testing of Astable and Bi-stable Multi-vibrators. Sweep circuits – UJT and BJT based sweep generators – sweep circuit using constant current source (BJT). 12. Electronic Principles: A. Electronic Devices: Floyd – Pearson Education. Study of IC power amplifiers. Design and Testing of RC phase-shift Oscillator and LC Oscillator. LPE 3. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky. LPE. 219 . (Any experiment relevant to E 403 may be added) References 1. Relay driving circuit using transistors. Malvino – TMH 2. 10.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 220 .

Module 4 Frequency response analysis: Correlation between time and frequency response – polar plots – bode plots – relative stability – phase margin and gain margin – minimum and non-minimum phase systems. unit ramp. and unit impulse signals – step response of second order systems – performance characteristics of feed back control systems – time domain behaviour from pole-zero plot Steady state errors and error constants – generalized error constants – improvement of performance by derivative control. integral control. Control System Components: synchros – resolvers – rotating amplifiers – magnetic amplifier – Amplidyne – Tachogenerators – DC and AC servo motors – Gyroscopes – stepper motor. PID control. Control System Design & Principles: M. Oxford University Press 3. TMH 221 . Addison Wesley. Module 5 Stability in Frequency domain: Nyquist stability criterion – relative stability. Modern Control Engineering: Katsuhiko Ogatta. Analog and Digital Control System Design: Chi Tsong Chen.I E 601 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Concept of a system – control system – open-loop system – levels of sophistication in a control system – mathematical model of physical systems – plant representation – transfer functions – block diagrams – signal flow graphs – effects of feedback on parameter variations. LPE. Module 2 Time response analysis: Type and order of a system – time domain analysis of systems – typical test input signals – response of first order systems to unit step. 4. Modern Control Systems: Dorf and Bishop.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Pearson Education Asia 2. Module 3 Concepts of Stability: BIBO stability – asymptotic stability – Routh Hurwitz stability criterion – relative stability – root locus technique – construction of root loci – root contours – systems with transportation lag. Gopal. system dynamics and disturbance signals. 9th Ed. References 1. Kothamangalam CONTROL SYSTEMS .

integral and fractional slot winding – emf equation – distribution factor – coil span factor – tooth harmonic ripples – skewed slots – harmonics.2: C. 2. 5. mmf and potier methods. elimination of harmonics – revolving magnetic field. Module 2 Armature Reaction – Synchronous reactance – circuit model of synchronous machine.G. Say Theory of Alternating Current Machinery: Alexander Langsdorf A course in Electrical Engg.II E 602 3+1+0 Module 1 Synchronous Machines: Types – selection of alternators – constructional features of cylindrical and salient pole machines. Synchronous Motor: Principles of operation – torque and power relationships – Phasor diagram – hunting in synchronous machines – damper winding – starting of synchronous motors. Module 5 Generalised Machine Theory: Dynamic representation of generalised machines – formation of emf equation – expression of power and torque – representation of DC machines – synchronous machine and Induction motor. References 1. transient and subtransient reactance – current variation during short circuit. Xq. 3. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL MACHINES .W Kimbark Electrical Machines: P. losses and efficiency of synchronous machines.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Armature windings: different types – phase grouping – single and double layer.L Dawes Power System Stability – Vol. 3: E. The performance and Design of AC Machines: M. 4. Brushless Alternators: Principle of operation constructional features – excitation methods – voltage regulation. Module 3 Parallel operation of alternators – load sharing – synchronising power and torque – governor characteristics – method of synchronising – synchroscope. Vol. Excitation systems: different types – comparison – exciter ceiling voltage – excitation limits – exciter response – methods of increasing the response of an exciter. Module 4 Synchronous machines connected to infinite bus – power angle characteristics of cylindrical rotor and salient pole machines – reluctance power – steady state stability limit – V-curves – inverted V-curves – O-curves – synchronous condenser – symmetrical short circuit of unloaded alternators – steady state. saturated synchronous reactance – Phasor diagrams – short circuit ratio – two-reaction theory – Phasor diagram – slip test – measurement of Xd. Regulation – predetermination – emf.S Bhimbra 222 .

reactive compensation in EHV systems – EHV systems in India.measurement of earthing resistance Module 5 Extra High Voltage Transmission: Need for EHV transmission – limitations of EHV AC transmission – requirements of EHV lines .neutral grounding – resistance earthing – reactance earthing – arc suppression coil earthing – grounding transformer .Advantages and disadvantages – Graetz circuit – inversion – kinds of d. C. Electrical Power: Uppal 223 . B. Inductance of single phase line – inductance of three phase line with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing – transposed line. links – economic distance of DC transmission References 1.Power system earthing . Electrical Power Systems: C. D constants – Ferranti effect – losses in an open circuited line – power flow through transmission lines Voltage Control: Different methods – static capacitor – tap changing transformer – booster transformer – phase modifier – power circle diagram – calculation Module 4 Corona: Critical disruptive voltage – visual critical voltage – power loss – factors affecting – methods to reduce corona – radio interference effect Substations: Types . Theory and performance Electrical Machines: J.c. Modern Power System Analysis: Nagrath and Kothari. S Bhimbra 7.sag at the time of erection – vibration and dampers Line insulators: Different types – pin type – suspension type – strain type – potential distribution of a string of suspension insulator – string efficiency – equalization of potential – testing of insulators Module 3 Performance of Transmission Lines: Classification of transmission lines – analysis of short lines. L. Kothamangalam 6.general layout .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. HVDC Transmission . Wadhwa.B Gupta ELECTRICAL POWER TRANSMISSION E 603 3+1+0 Module 1 Transmission Line Constants: Resistance – skin effect – proximity effect. Generalised Theory of Electrical machines: P. New Age Int’l 3. TMH 2. Capacitance of single phase line – capacitance of three phase line with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing – transposed lines – effect of earth on line capacitance – geometric mean distance – geometric mean radius Module 2 Overhead Lines: Mechanical characteristics .Conductor – bundled conductors – line supports – spacing between conductors – sag and tension calculations – effect of ice and wind .medium line by nominal pi and T methods – rigorous solution of long lines – A.

design of linear phase FIR filters using windowsrectangular. Pearson Education Asia.LTIV systems. Digital Signal Processing: A Practical Approach – Emmanuel C. Gupta. Module 3 Review of z transforms: inverse z-transform . References 1. Module 5 IIR filters: Properties of IIR filters-design of IIR digital filters from analog filtersButterworth design-Chebyshev design . Hamming.Advantages of Digital over Analog Signal Processing. Pearson.features and block schematic of simplified architecture.transforms. Power System Analysis: Bergen.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Digital Signal Processing – Alan V. HVDC Power Transmission System: K.properties of Fourier Transforms. Frequency Domain representation of discrete-time signals: Fourier transform of a sequence . Manolakis 3. Module 4 FIR filters: characteristics of practical frequency selective filters-characteristics of FIR filters with linear phase . Convolution of a sequence. LPE 2.direct and cascade and parallel structures for IIR filters. Discrete-Time Signals and Systems: Elementary Discrete-Time SignalsClassification of Discrete-Time Systems . Stability. Proakis and Dimitris G.impulses invariant transformation-Bilinear transformation. Fast Fourier Transform Decimation-in time radix. Oppenheim and Ronald W. Schafer. Kothamangalam 4. Padiyar 6.decimation in frequency radix-two FFT. FIR filter design using frequency sampling.-Causality.properties of z.John G. Jervis. A Course in Electrical Power Systems: Soni. Pearson Education Asia. Realisation of digital filters: Direct and cascaded structures for FIR filters . DSP chips: TMS 320C family . 2/e DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING E 604 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Elements of a Digital Processing System . Ifeachor and Barrie W. Digital Signal Processing . Module 2 Discrete Fourier Transform: Properties of DFT-Linearity-shifting property.two FFT. Hanning and Kaiser windows. Bhatnagar 5. Johnson 224 . Applications of DSP. An Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Johny R. LPE 4. symmetry property. R.

Microprocessor Architecture. Module 3 Stack and Subroutines: Stack pointer – stack operations – call-return sequence – examples Interrupts of 8085: restart instructions – interrupt structure of 8085 – vectored locations – SIM and RIM instructions – software and hardware polling. memory read. Module 5 Different data transfer schemes: synchronous and asynchronous data transfer – programmed and interrupt driven data transfer. finding square from look-up table. Architecture and operation of 8086. Dhanpat Rai and Sons 3. I/O read.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. block diagram. Module 4 Memory interfacing . Digital Electronics and Microprocessors: Malvino. PHI 4. Gaonkar. decode and execute operation – T-state. memory write and I/O write cycles – wait state. 0000 to 8085: Introduction to Microprocessors and Engineers: P. Module 2 Instruction set of 8085: Classification of instructions – different addressing modes – writing assembly language programs – typical examples like 8 bit and 16 bit arithmetic operations.8275 CRT controller. arranging a data array in ascending and descending order. Kothamangalam MICROPROCESSORS AND APPLICATIONS E 605 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Evolution of Processors – single chip microcomputer – Intel 8085 Microprocessor – signals – architecture of 8085 – ALU – register organisation – timing and control unit – microprocessor operations – instruction cycle – fetch. finding the sum of a data array.ROM and RAM – interfacing I/O devices – address space partitioning – memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O schemes – interfacing I/Os using decoders – the 8212 I/O device – interfacing LED and matrix keyboard – programmable peripheral devices – 8155 and 8255.P Mathur. Fundamentals of Microprocessors and Microcomputers: B. Counters and time delays – delay using one register.K Ghosh. Introduction to Microprocessors: A. Programming and Applications: R. TMH 6. Applications of microprocessor in system design: interfacing ADC 0808 – interfacing DAC 0800. TMH 225 . Hall.S. programming simple input and output ports. McGraw Hill 5. machine cycle and instruction cycle – timing diagram of opcode fetch. Penram Intl’ 2. two registers and register pair. References 1. Microprocessors and Digital Systems: Douglas V. Ram. finding the largest and smallest number in a data array. DMA controller 8257-Interfacing of stepper motor – interfacing of 8279 keyboard /display controller.

Kothamangalam COMPUTER ORGANISATION E 606 2+0+ 0 Module 1 Introduction: Functional block diagram of digital computer – processor organization – typical operation cycle: fetch. 5. Applications.multiplication and division operations (description using block schematic diagrams only)-design of Logic unitone stage ALU. 2. SCSI. T and JK Master-Slave Flip Flops Study of seven segment display 226 0+0+4 . 3. 3. 4. Computer Organisation: V. Study of TTL gates Characteristics of TTL gates Realisation of sequential circuits Study of SR. PLA.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Morris Mano 2/e Pearson Computer Organisation and Design: P. Hamacher – Mc Graw Hill Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals: M. Module 5 Input/Output Organisation: access to I/O Devices – Interrupts – Enabling and Disabling of Interrupts – Handling multiple devices –Buses – Synchronous and Asynchronous buses. USB (basic ideas only). Programmable Logic Devices: PAL. Pal Chaudhari – PHI Digital Computer Fundamentals: Thomas Bastee DIGITAL LAB E 607 1. FPLA.2’s complement adder/subtractor.carry look ahead adder. 2. Module 2 Arithmetic and Logic unit: Adders. 4. RS423 serial bus standards –GPIB IEEE488 Instrumentation bus standardPCI. References 1. decode and execute – microprogrammed Vs hardwired control (basic concepts only) – bus structures.serial and parallel adders. Module 3 Memory System: memory parameters – main memory – cache memory – auxiliary memory – semiconductor RAM – Static RAM –Dynamic RAM – ROM – PROM – EPROM – E2PROM – Flash Memory. Module 4 Memory Organisation: Internal Organisation of memory chips – cache memory – mapping functions – direct mapping – associative mapping – set associative mapping – memory interleaving – Hit and miss – virtual memory – organization – Address translation. Data Communication interfaces and standards: parallel and serial ports – RS232. JK.fast adders. D.

Testing of arithmetic circuits using op-amps 13. Testing of different shift registers 7. Design and testing asynchronous and synchronous counters and modulo N counter 10. 4046B etc. Design and testing of counters using shift registers 11. Interfacing of stepper motor j. Traffic control signals i. Interfacing LCD displays 2. 4046B etc. PLL systems using IC 565. Realisation of ADC and DAC 12. VCO circuits using IC 566. Design and testing of square wave generation using op-amps 14. Interfacing of Power devices n. Setting up time delay and square wave generation g. 8-bit and 16 bit arithmetic operations b. Study of IC Regulator Power supplies SYSTEMS LAB E 608 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Arranging a data array in descending and ascending order c. Interfacing of ADC k. 4. 7 segment displays h. Design and testing of astable and mono-stable multivibrator using 555 9. Interfacing of DAC l. Generation of firing pulses for SCR. Finding square root of a number e. Finding out square root of a number using look-up table f. Design and Testing of decoders and encoders 8. Interfacing of LEDs. 3. m. Kothamangalam 6. BCD to binary and binary to BCD conversion d. 8085 assembly language programming experiments a. Multiplexed Displays 0+0+4 227 .

Kothamangalam SEVENTH SEMESTER 228 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Alexander Lagnsdorf 3. capacitor start-capacitor run and shaded pole motors.III E 701 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Three phase Induction Motor: Construction – squirrel cage and slip-ring motor – principle of operation – slip and frequency of rotor current – mechanical power and developed torque – Phasor diagram – torque slip curve – pull out torque – losses and efficiency.C Commutator motor – Openshaw Taylor 4. Performance and Design of AC machines – M.Poly-phase commutator motors – three phase series and shunt type – Schrage motor – characteristics – applications – use of commutator machines as frequency converters. Module 4 Single phase Series Motor: Theory – Phasor diagram – circle diagram – compensation and interpole winding – Universal motor Repulsion Motor: torque production – Phasor diagram – compensated type of motors – repulsion start and repulsion run induction motor – applications Reluctance motor – Hysterisis motor Module 5 Deep bar and double cage induction motor – equivalent circuit – torque slip curve – Commutator motors – principle and theory – emf induced in a commutator winding . A.G Say 2. No load and locked rotor tests – equivalent circuit – performance calculation from equivalent circuit – circle diagram – operating characteristics from circle diagram – cogging and crawling and methods of elimination Module 2 Starting of three phase squirrel cage induction motor – direct online starting – auto transformer – star-delta starting – starting of slip-ring motor – design of rotor rheostat – variation of starting torque with rotor resistance. Speed control – pole changing – rotor resistance control – frequency control – static frequency conversion – Applications of Induction machines – single phasing – analysis using symmetrical components. Module 3 Induction Generator: Theory – Phasor diagram – equivalent circuit Synchronous Induction motor: – construction – rotor winding connections – circle diagram – pulling into step. Alternating Current machines – Puchstein & Lloyd 229 . Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL MACHINES . phase advancers – expedor type and susceptor type – Walker and Scherbius advancers – Linear Induction motor – operation and application References 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Single phase Induction motor: revolving field theory – equivalent circuit – torque slip curve – starting methods – split phase.. Theory of Alternating Current machines .

L Sharkaw – Fundamentals of Electric Drives – Thomson Learning 7.K Sen. e/f. TMH 230 . freewheeling with regeneration – Dual converter fed DC motor drives – chopper fed drives – single. two and four quadrant chopper drives Module 3 (Qualitative treatment only) Speed control of 3 Phase induction motors – stator voltage control – principle – controller configurations – operation and applications Slip power recovery scheme – principle – static Kramer’s drive – static Scherbius’ drive – applications V/f control – constant torque and constant power control Module 4 (Qualitative treatment only) Voltage Source Inverter – Application to induction motor drives – v/f.K Dubey. TMH. Principle of Vector control References 1. Power Semiconductor Drives – Vedam Subramaniam. PHI New Delhi 2001 5. Pearson Education Asia -2002 4. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL DRIVES AND CONTROL E 702 2+1+0 Module 1 DC motors: Methods of Speed control – single phase rectifiers with motor loadsingle phase fully controlled bridge rectifier drives – half controlled bridge rectifier drives – freewheeling with regeneration – speed torque characteristics – power in load and source circuits Module 2 3 Phase fully controlled bridge rectifier drives – free wheeling. Mohammad A and E.D Murphy and F. Pergumon Press 1988 2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Power Semiconductor controlled Drives – G.K De and P. Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives – Bose B.D Singh and K.M. Electric Drives – N. Power Electronic Control of AC motors – J. 1989 3. Power Electronics – M. 1998 6.G Turnbill.B Khanchandani.K. flux weakening schemes of control – applications PWM inverter drive Current Source Inverter – application to induction motor drives – operation under fixed frequency – operation under variable frequency – applications Module 5 (Qualitative treatment only) Speed control of synchronous motors – adjustable frequency operation of synchronous motors – principles of synchronous motor control – Voltage Source Inverter Drive with open loop control – self controlled synchronous motor with electronic commutation – self controlled synchronous motor drive using load commutated thyristor inverter. Prentice hall.

2) Industries/Organisations – Energy auditing References 1. steel mill. Utilisation of Electrical Energy: Openshaw Taylor A Course in Electrical Power: Soni Gupta Generation. 2. Energy Conservation Handbook: Utility publication 231 .speed time curves – analysis using trapezoidal speed time curve . Refrigeration and Air Conditioning: Types of refrigeration and air conditioning systems – refrigerants – no frost refrigeration – trouble shooting – working of electrical systems – protection of motors. New Age Int’l. Kothamangalam UTILISATION OF ELECTRICAL POWER E 703 2+1+0 Module 1 Electric Drives: Advantages of Electric drives – factors affecting choice of motors – mechanical characteristic of DC and AC motors – motors for particular applications llike textile mill. 5. cranes – size and rating of motors. Electric welding – resistance welding – arc welding – electronic welding control Module 4 Illumination: Review of definitions and laws of illumination – requirements of good lighting -polar curves – Rousseau’s construction .L Wadhwa Utilisation of Electric Power: N. hoists.factory lighting – flood lighting – street lighting. Module 3 Electric Heating and Welding: Electric heating – resistance types – design of heating element – induction heating – types of high frequency heating – dielectric heating – methods of high frequency generation – direct and indirect arc furnaces – power supply and control for different types of arc furnaces – application.mechanics of train movement – tractive effort – specific energy consumption – factors affecting specific energy consumption train resistance – adhesive weight – coefficient of adhesion .lighting calculation – design of interior and exterior lighting system . paper mill.traction motor & characteristics Series-parallel control of D. Electrical Braking – plugging – dynamic and regenerative braking – energy returned to the mains Module 2 Electric Traction: Advantages and disadvantage . series motor – shunt and bridge transition . 4. mine.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 3. Module 5 Energy Management: Necessity for Energy Management – Energy Saving – adopting non-conventional sources – Energy Management techniques (case study) applied to 1) Residential Buildings.V Suryanarayana.energy saving by series parallel control. Distribution & Utilization: C.C.

Serial data I/O. Modern Control Engineering – Katsuhiko Ogatta. Modern Control Systems –Dorf and Bishop. Pearson Education Asia 5.Comparison. Pearson Education Asia 3.Interrupts-SFRs. lead and lag-lead compensators – frequency domain methods – Bode plot method – Root-locus methods Module 2 Digital Control Systems: the process of sampling – sample and hold circuits – Review of z transforms and its properties – solving difference equation by z transform methods – inverse z transform – the pulse transfer function – response between sampling instants – system characteristic equation – Jury’s stability test. dead zone Module 4 State Variable Approach: state space representation – block diagram representation of linear system in state variable form – non uniqueness of the set of state variables – Eigen values of an n X n matrix – eigen vectors – transfer function – solution of homogeneous state equation – state transition matrix. Module 5 State equations from transfer function – decomposition of transfer function – controllability and observability . Counters and Timers. Analog and digital Control System Design – Chi Tsong Chen. Intel 8051: Architecture–Block diagram-Oscillator and Clock-Internal RegistersProgram Counter-PSW-Register Banks-Input and Output ports-Internal and External memory. Kothamangalam CONTROL SYSTEMS . Pearson Education Asia/PHI 2. Pearson Education Asia SYSTEM DESIGN WITH MICROCONTROLLERS E 705 2+1+0 Module 1 Microcontrollers and Microprocessors .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.II E 704 3+1+0 Module 1 Compensation and design of Control Systems: cascade compensation – lag.pole placement compensation – state variable approach to discrete data system – vector matrix difference equation – solution of the general linear time invariant systems – vector matrix difference equation References 1. 232 . Discrete Time Control of Dynamic Systems – Katsuhiko Ogatta. Oxford University Press 4. Module 3 Non-Linear Control Systems: Common physical non linearities – the phase plane method – basic concepts – describing functions of saturation. Digital Control of Dynamic Systems – G. J.F Franklin. David Powell and Michael Workman.

interrupt driven data reception. Arithmetic programs. Interfacing keyboard.3 Neural Networks E 706.1 CMELR Optimisation Techniques (Common to all branches) E 706.Timer and external Interrupts.Temperature control Introduction to PLCs: Basic configuration of PLCs Text Books 1. Pearson Education Asia.2 HVDC Engineering E 706.4 Object Oriented Programming E 706. Intel Data Book on MCS 51 family Web Reference 1. Timing subroutines –Software time delay. www.Different character transmission techniques using time delay. 2. The 8051 Microcontroller – Architecture.Addressing Modes Module 3 I/O Programming: Timer/Counter Programming-Interrupts Programming.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Interfacing of ADC (0808) and DAC (808) to 8051.Software polled timer. Module 4 Microcontroller system design: External memory and Memory Address Decoding for EPROM and RAM. Reference 1. Module 5 Designing a stand alone Microcontroller system: Typical system design examples (Block-Diagram level only) . Ayala.com ELECTIVE .5 Biomedical Instrumentation 233 3+1+0 .intel. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems – Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillispie Mazidi. polling and interrupt driven-Receiving serial data – polling for received data.Serial Communication. 7 segment display and LCD display.I E 706 List of Electives E 706. Second Ed.Measurement of frequency . Penram International Publishing (India). Programming and Applications – Kenneth J. Kothamangalam Module 2 Programming of 8051: Instruction syntax-Types of instructions–Moving dataArithmetic Instructions-Jump and Call Instructions-Logical Instructions-Single Bit Instructions.Data acquisition system.

Optimization theory and application . McLeavey. D.S.A. S. 4.Fibonacci method -Interpolation methods .Hessian matrix . Operation Research an introduction . T. Pearson Education Asia. 234 . Kothamangalam Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields of technology. Module 3 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization: Elimination methods .Convex programming problem . Budnick.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the University before the course is offered.Steepest descent method Newton's method -Powells method . Irwin.Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods. mixed integer programming problems.Multivariable saddle point Optimization with equality constraints . New Age International P. Chandrupatla. R. 2.Linear programming problem: Gomory's cutting plane method Gomory's method for all integer programming problems. Module 5 Integer . A Taha. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering . Ltd.Multivariable optimization with no constraints .Lagrange multiplier method. 3.R.unrestricted search method . Principles of Operations Research for Management .Kuhn-Tucker conditions . Mojena. Rao. Eastern Economy Edition.F. Richard D.Quadratic programming. D.H.S. INC.Hooke and Jeeve's method. Module 2 Constrained multivariable optimization: Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints . Module 4 Unconstrained minimization: Gradient of a function . Belegundu. OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES E 706-1 (CMELRPTA 804) (Common to All Branches) Module l Classical optimization techniques: Single variable optimization . References 1.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Direct Current Transmission Vol 1: E.Perception . New Age Int’l.Linear Separability . Wiley NEURAL NETWORKS E 706-3 Module 1 Introduction: Principles -Artificial neuron . DC transmission – Description of DC transmission systems – modern trends in thyristor valves – Pulse number of converters – choice of converter configuration – Review of Graetz circuit – Valve rating – Transformer rating – Simplified analysis of Graetz circuit without overlap only.Smoothing reactors – Corona and radio interference effects – harmonic distortion factor (derivation not required) – types of AC filters – DC filters (design not required) Module 5 Multi-terminal DC systems: applications of MTDC systems – types – comparison.Training artificial neural networks .R Padiyar. Reference 1. 235 .Training algorithms.activation functions -Sing|e layer and Multilayer networks . HVDC Power Transmission Systems-Technology and System Interactions: K.Learning . Kothamangalam HVDC ENGINEERING E 706-2 Module 1 Introduction: Comparison of AC. Module 2 HVDC System Control: principles of DC link control – converter control characteristics – system control hierarchy – firing angle control – individual phase control and equidistant phase control – comparison – advantages and disadvantages – current and extinction angle control – starting and stopping of DC link – power control Module 3 Converter faults and protection: types of faults – commutation failure –arc through and misfire – protection against over currents – over voltages – surge arresters – protection against over voltages Module 4 Harmonics and filters: Sources of harmonics in HVDC systems . Reactive power control: sources of reactive power – static VAR systems – TCR configuration (analysis not required) – Typical control system (block diagram only) for a TCR – operation of Thyristor switched capacitor Text Book 1.W Kimbark.Representation .

2.Architeture classification .stability .Adaptive resonance theory .Pay Y. Neural Computing & Practice . Module 4 Statistical Methods: Boltzmann's Training .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Network Configurations .Philip D.H.Local Minima .Application. Wasserman.Chaoman & Hall 3. An Introduction to neural computing . Kothamangalam Module2 Back propogation: Taining Algorithim . Constructors and destructors -declaration. parameterized and copy constructors-constructor overloading. Artificial Neurl Networks .Associative memory-applications Thermo dynamic systems .Temporal instability. Adaptive pattern Recognition & Neural Networks .statistical properties Training the Grosbery layer Full counter propagation network .Continuous BAM .Artificial specific heat methods . definition and use-default. Text Book 1.Application .Cauchy training .implimentation.Statistical Hopfield networks -Bidirectional associative memories . Module 2 Arrays of objects-objects as function arguments-pass by value-reference variables/aliases-pass by reference-function returning objects-static class members. 236 .Training the cohenen layer Pre initialising the weight vectors .applications to general non-linear optimization problems Module 5 Hopfield nets: Recurrent networks . Module 3 Counter Propogation Networks: Kebenone layer .Kishan Mehrota and Etal OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING E 706-4 Module 1 OOP concepts: Objects-classes-data abstraction-data encapsulation-inheritancepolymorphism-dynamic binding-comparison of OOP and Procedure oriented programming-object oriented languages.Network Paralysis . OOP using C++: Classes and objects-class declaration-data members and member functions-private and public members-member function definition-inline functionscreating objects-accessing class members. References 1.

Module 3 Respiratory system-measurement of respiration rate-Measurement of CO2 and O2 of exhaled air-Respiratory therapy equipment-inhalators.use of friend functions Module 4 Inheritance: different forms of inheritance-base class-derived class-visibility modessingle inheritance-characteristics of derived class-abstract class File handling in C++: file stream classes-file pointers-open (). Addison Wesley BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION E706-5 Module 1 Physiology and generation of bio electric potential Cell Potentials stimulation and thresholds-Action potentials-propagation of action potentialssodium pump-electro physiology of cardio pulmonary systems .Cardio vascular system .Respiration and circulation . read (). Friend classes-friend functions-operator overloading-overloading unary overloading binary operators. 3. References 1.Heart electro cardiogram . 237 .Measurement and analysis of EGG waveform-ECG recorder principles-block schematic of ECG recorder. 5.Balagurusamy. 6.PH of bloodESR and GSR.Asia Data Abstraction and OOP in C++ . PearsonEducation. McGraw Hill Object Oriented Programming in Turbo C++ . Addison Wesley C++ primer -Stanely B. ventilators and respirators.Lippman.Gordenkeith Object Oriented Analysis & Design . Run time polymorphism: pointers to base class-pointers to derived class-virtual functionsdynamic binding.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Object Oriented Programming with C++ . Module 2 Blood pressure-Characteristics of blood flow-Heart sounds Measurement of blood pressure-Direct and indirect methods-Pacemakers defibrillators. close ().Temperature measurement of various parts. 2.Grady Booch. write () functions-detecting end of file.Robert Lafore .Galgotia Publications C++Programming Language .Bjame Stroustrup. Module 5 Dynamic memory allocation: pointer variables-pointers to objects-new and delete operators-accessing member functions using object pointers-'this' pointer. Kothamangalam Module 3 Polymorphism: function overloading-declaration and definition-calling overloaded functions. 4.

Handbook of Biomedical instrumentation – R. Lap winding with equalizer rings. PART B AC Winding Three – phase AC winding 1.C machine. Wave winding. Integral slot lap winding 2. 2. Dimensioned sketches of yoke and pole assembly. Salient pole alternator 238 0+0+3 . 2. Dimensioned sketches of front and side views of an assembled medium size D. Fractional slot winding 4. (a) Dimensioned sketch of sections of transformer limb. – Brtil Jacobson and John G 3. Kothamangalam Module 4 Central Nervous systems-Anatomy of Nervous system-neuronal communicationOrganisation of brain-Neuronal receptors-somatic nervous systems and spinal reflexes-EEG measurement and characteristic of sleep. Medical and Clinical Engg. 2. dummy coils.S Khandpur 2. Dimensioned sketch (external view) of a distribution transformer with all accessories. Module 5 Modern imaging systems – X ray machine – computer tomography – magnetic resonance imaging system – NMR components – ultrasonic imaging systems – Therapeutic equipments – dialysers – surgical diathermy machines – laser applications – physiotherapy and electro therapy equipments References 1. Transformers 1. Sections of core type transformer limbs.J Weibel ELECTRICAL DRAWING E 707 PART A DC Winding 1. Mush winding AC machines Dimensioned sketches of parts and assembled views of 1. 3. Dimensioned sketches of (a) front and end views of armature (b) commutator (c) brush holders (d) slot details. (b) Assembled sectional view of Power transformer. DC Machines 1. Short chorded winding 3. 3. F. Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements – Leslic Cromwell.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

closed-loop systems etc. Part B: Power Electronics Lab Study of V-I characteristic of SCRS triac. 10.C servo motor position control system 11. IGBT. 5. Automatic lighting control with SCRs and optoelectronic components. Electrical Engineering Drawing – K. 7. 5. Step and sinusoidal response of RLC circuits 9. Speed control of DC motor using choppers and converters. Study and use of back to back connected SCR/ triac Controlled AC Voltage controller and its wave forms with Variation of firing angle. All questions carry 25 marks each). Study of PID controller – design and experimental determination of frequency response of lag and lead networks 10. of which any two must be answered. D. RC and UJT firing circuits for the control of SCRS. Study of BJT. 3. Design and implementation of Ramp-Comparator and digital firing scheme for simple SCR circuits. AC servo motor – speed transfer characteristics 8. 4. error detection and data transmission. Kothamangalam 2. Study and use of the single phase half controlled & fully controlled AC to DC Converter and effect of firing angle control on load voltage & wave Forms. Study & use chopper circuit for the control of DC Voltage using (1) Pulse width control (2) Frequency Control. AC phase control using SCR and Triac. 8. R. differential Synchro 7. 9. Narang 3. 2. 4. 11. 6. 0+0+4 . Generation and study the PWM control signal for Single phase dc to ac inverter. 2. 6. and 3 questions from part B of which any two must be answered. Use of MATLAB for simulating transfer functions.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.S. GTO & MOSFET. CONTROL AND POWER ELECTRONICS LAB E 708 Part A: Control Systems Lab 1. 3. 5. Transfer Function of Separately excited DC generator Transfer Function of Field-Controlled DC motor Transfer Function of Armature-Controlled DC motor Amplidyne characteristics and transfer function Voltage regulation of DC generator using Amplidyne Synchro characteristics.K Sawhney (University Examination Pattern: 3 questions from Part A. Electrical Engineering Drawing . 3. Cylindrical rotor alternator Dimensioned sketches of parts and assembled views of Squirrel cage induction motor Slip ring Induction motor References 1. Electrical Machine Design – A. 239 1.L. K Bhattacharya 2. 4.

15. he/she shall present the work done before a panel of staff members. Kothamangalam 12. On completion of the project work. Study of Single Phase inverter and its wave form. Testing of wave forms of digital firing modules. 14. 240 . PROJECT AND SEMINAR E 709/E808 Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the department. Simulation of gating circuits and simple converter circuits. and submit a report of the project work done to the department. and testing with three phase AC to DC bridge converter. The paper should be in general reflecting the state-of-the-art. 13. and submit a report of the project work. In addition to the seminar he/she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the Guides.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Study of Three Phase firing circuit with synchronisation. Study and Testing of a Three Phase bridge inverter with different types of loads. He/she shall submit a report of the paper presented to the department.

Kothamangalam EIGHTH SEMESTER 241 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

transient stability – equal area criterion – application – numerical solution of swing equation – critical clearing time and angle – effect of clearing time on stability –methods of improving system stability – modified Euler’s method – Rangakutta method – application to the solution of swing equation and computational algorithms References 1. Stevenson Power System Stability Vol.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. L. Wadhwa. 2. 5. New Age Int’l Power System Analysis: Bergen. TMH Electrical Power Systems: C. LPE Elements of Power System Analysis: William D. 4. I: Kimbark E. 3. Module 5 Stability Analysis: Swing equation – power angle equation and power angle curve – inertia constant – steady state stability . 242 . Kothamangalam POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS E 801 3+1+0 Module 1 Power System Model: Representation – Single Line Diagram – per unit system – per unit impedance diagram – network model formulation – bus admittance matrix – formation of Y bus and Z bus using singular transformation – symmetrical components – sequence impedance and networks Module 2 Power Flow Studies: Load flow problem – Gauss Siedal method – Newton Raphson method – algorithm for load flow solution – handling of voltage controlled buses. Pearson Education Asia. line to line and double line to ground faults in power system – analysis of unsymmetrical fault using Z bus. Power System Engineering: Nagrath and Kothari. W. off nominal transformer ratios and phase shifting transformers Module 3 Economic Load Dispatch: System constraints – Economic dispatch neglecting losses – optimal load dispatch including transmission losses – physical interpretation of co ordination equations – exact transmission loss formulae – modified co ordination equation – automatic load dispatching Module 4 Symmetrical and unsymmetrical short circuit analysis: Different types of faults in power systems – symmetrical fault analysis – selection of circuit breakers – use of reactors Unsymmetrical faults – analysis of single line to ground.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam SWITCHGEAR AND PROTECTION E 802 3+1+0 Module 1 Switchgear: Circuit breaker – basic principle of operation – arc phenomenon – initiation and maintenance of arc - arc interruption methods – arc voltage and current waveform in AC circuit breaking – re-striking and recovery voltage – current chopping – DC breakers – rating of circuit breakers - breaking capacity – making capacity – short time rating – working principle and important features of oil CB, minimum oil CB, air blast CB, vacuum CB and SF6 CB – auto high speed re-closing. Module 2 Protective relaying: Main and back up protection – basic requirements of protective relaying – classification of relays – induction type – principle - inverse time characteristics – directional over-current and power relays – distance relays – definite distance and distance time relays – differential relays - negative phase sequence relay – static relays – basic static relay – block diagram of static overcurrent, static directional, static distance and static differential relays. Module 3 Generator Protection: External and internal faults – differential protection – biased circulating current protection – self balance system – over-current and earth fault protection – protection against failure of excitation Transformer protection: Differential protection – self-balance system of protection – over-current and earth fault protection – buchholz’ s relay and its operation. Module 4 Feeder protection: Protection of radial feeders – protection of parallel feeders – protection of ring mains – differential pilot protection for feeders – Merz Price voltage balance system – transley system Transmission Line Protection: Definite distance and time distance protection – phase and earth fault protection – carrier current protection Module 5 Surge Over-voltages: Causes – lightning and switching surges – protection against over-voltages – surge diverters thyrite and horn gap types – use of ground wires – insulation coordination. Wave propagation: Wave propagation on OH lines and UG cables – transmitted and reflected waves – surge impedance – velocity of propagation References 1. Power System Protection and Switchgear: Ravindranath and Chander 2. Electrical Power Systems: C. L. Wadhwa, New Age Int’l 3. A Course in Electrical Power Systems: Sony, Gupta, Bhatnagar 4. Elements of Power System Analysis: William D. Stevenson 5. Traveling Waves on Transmission Systems: Bewsley L. V. 6. Power System Protection: M. A Date, B. Oza and N.C Nair, 243

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam INSTRUMENTATION E 803 2+1+0 Module 1 Transducers: Classification – characteristics – static and dynamic characteristics – Instrumentation System – Functional description – input / output configuration – interfering and modifying inputs – Methods of correction – Loafing effect – Instrumentation amplifiers – Isolation amplifier – charge amplifier. Module 2 Displacement Transducers: Resistance potentiometer – linearity and sensitivity – types – Resistance strain gauges – working principle – gauge factor – strain gauge circuitry – temperature effect and its compensation – load cells – LVDT – working principle – equivalent circuit – LVDT circuitry – Capacitive transducers – different types – piezoelectric transducers – working principle – piezoelectric crystal equivalent circuit. Module 3 Temperature Measurement: Thermo electric effects – Laws – thermocouples – thermo electric circuits – Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD) – Bridge circuits – Thermistors – characteristics – pyrometer – radiation and optical pyrometers. Module 4 Absolute acceleration – null type and servo type – strain gauge Accelerrometer – piezo electric accelerometer – Electromagnetic flow meter – ultrasonic flow meter – transit type and Doppler flow meter – Ultrasonic flaw detector – Optical transducers. Module 5 PH measurement – Low Pressure measurement – McLaud gauge – Pirani gauge – ionisation gauge – thermal conductivity gauge – spatial encoder for angular measurement – wave analyser and spectrum analyser (block schematic) – scintillation counter – Hygrometer. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Measurement Systems – Application and Design: E.O Doeblin, TMH Principles of Industrial Instruments: D. Patranabi, TMH Industrial Instruments Fundamentals: E. Fribance, TMH Electronic Instruments: H.S Kalsi Instrumentation Devices and Systems: V. Rangan, G.R Sharma and V.S.V Mani

244

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESIGN E 804 3+1+0 Module 1 Design of D.C Machines: Design specifications – output equation – output coefficient – specific loadings – choice of speed and number of poles – calculation of D and L – Armature design – choice of type of winding – number of sots – number of conductors per slot – current density – cross sectional area – slot insulation – length of air gap – field winding design – field ampere turns – excitation voltage per coil – conductor cross section – height of pole – design of ventilating ducts – design of commutator and brushes – Carter’s coefficient – real and apparent flux density. Module 2 Transformers: Design – single phase and three phase – output equation – specific magnetic loading – core design – single, stepped core - windings – number of turns – current density – area of cross section of conductors – types of coils – insulation – window area – window space factor – overall dimensions – cooling – design of cooling tank with tubes – design of distribution and power transformers – design of small transformers like 230V/6-0-6V. Heating, cooling and temperature rise calculation – Continuous, short time and intermittent rating. Module 3 Design of Synchronous Machines: Specific loading – output equation – output coefficient – main dimensions – types of winding – design of field system – turbo alternator – main dimensions – stator design – rotor design – damper winding design – comparison of water wheel and turbo alternators, cooling of turbo alternator. Design of three phase Induction motors: output equation – output coefficient – main dimensions – rotor bar currents. Module 4 Estimate the quantity of materials required and draw the electrical wiring layout of (a) residential building (b) Multi-storied building using rising mains (c) factory with one number of small and high rating motor at LT ot HT supply and many number of connected loads with suitable starters/switches and control panels (d) Cinema hall Module 5 a. Design, layout and estimation of power supply arrangement for (1). A bulk Industrial consumer (2) An under ground power supply (3) An Over head line to a rural consumer. b. Estimate and draw the layout of (1) indoor (2) outdoor 11KV transformer station with all accessories – single line diagram and physical layout c. Design and draw the typical earthing installation like (1) pipe earthing (2) Plate earthing (3) earth mat / grid d. Study the electrical wiring diagram of a typical automobile clearly showing all connected loads/ sources with specifications. 245

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. E 805 List of Electives: E 805.01 CMELR Advanced Mathematics E 805.02 Computer Aided Design of Induction Machines E 805.03 Robotics E 805.04 Advanced Power Systems E 805.05 Advanced Microprocessors E 805.06 System Software E 805.07 Advanced Power Electronic Systems Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields of technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the University before the course is offered. ADVANCED MATHEMATICS CMELR 805-1 Module 1 Green's Function Heavisides, unit step function - Derivative of unit step function - Dirac delta function -properties of delta function - Derivatives of delta function - testing functions - symbolic function - symbolic derivatives - inverse of differential operator - Green's function -initial value problems - boundary value problems simple cases only. Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations - conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation - conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green's function - solution of Fredhlom integral equation with separable Kernels - Integral equations of convolution type - Neumann series solution. Electrical Machine Design: A.K Sawhney Performance and Design of D.C Machine: Clayton Performance and Design of A.C Machines: M.G Say Design of Electrical Machines: V. N Mittal Electrical Design Estimating and Costing: Raina & Bhattacharya ELECTIVE - II 3+1+0

246

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 3 Gamma, Beta functions Gamma function, Beta function - Relation between them - their transformations - use of them in the evaluation certain integrals - Dirichlet's integral - Liouville's extension, of Dirichlet's theorem - Elliptic integral - Error function. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method - Legendre's Equation - Legendre's polynomial - Rodrigues formula - generating function - Bessel's equation - Bessel's function of the first kind Orthogonality of Legendre's Polynomials and Bessel's functions. Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. Classification of second order equations- Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives - solution of Laplace and Poisson's equations by finite difference method solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank - Nicolson method - solution one dimensional wave equation. References 1. Linear Integral Equation: Ram P.Kanwal, Academic Press, New York 2. A Course on Integral Equations: Allen C.Pipkin, Springer - Verlag 3. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: H.K.Dass, S.Chand 4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: Michael D.Greenberge, Pearson Edn. Asia 5. Numrical methods in Engg. &Science: B.S.Grewal, Khanna Publishers 6. Generalized functions: R.F. Hoskins, John Wiley and Sons. 7. Principles and Techniques of Bernard Friedman: John Wiley and sons 8. Applied Mathematics 9. Principles of Applied Mathematics: James P.Keener, Addison Wesley. 10. Numerical methods: P.Kandasamy, K.Thilagavathy, K.Gunavathy COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN OF INDUCTION MACHINES E 805-2 Module 1 CAD Orientation of Engineering design problems to computers. Design by analysis and synthesis approach – simulation of non-linearity – stator windings for 3 phase and single phase induction motors Module 2 Main dimensions of three phase induction motors – standard specification – constructional features – specific electric and magnetic loading – output coefficient – main dimensions – computer programmes Module 3 Core design – leakage reactances – rotor winding design – equivalent resistances – computer programmes 247

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 4 Calculations from design data – Carters coefficient – no load current – equivalent circuit parameters – torque – efficiency and temperature rise – computer programmes Module 5 Main dimensions of single phase induction motors – auxiliary winding and capacitor design – equivalent circuit parameters - torque – efficiency and temperature calculations using design data – computer programmes References 1. Computer Aided Design of Electrical Equipments – Ramamoorthy M, Affiliated East-West press pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 2. Performance and Design of A.C Machines – M.G Say 3. Computer Aided Design of Electric Machinery – Venott C. G, MIT Press, London ROBOTICS E 805-3 Module 1 Introduction: Historical development-classification of robots-applications-robots kinematics- joints and links-degree of freedom-description of position, orientation, frames-mapping from one frame to another-compound transformations-inverse of transform matrix-transform equations-kinematics of three degree of freedom manipulators-Description of links-intermediate links in chain-First and last links in chain -Link parameters-affixing frames to links-derivation of link transformation matrix-Description of an industrial robot. Module 2 Inverse manipulator kinematics - Workspace-solvability-multiple solutions-Algebraic solution. Drive and control systems for robots: hydraulic systems and DC servomotors Position control for robots-simple position control system-position control along a trajectory Module 3 Robot end- effectors: Classification of end-effectors-drive System for grippersmechanical grippers magnetic grippers-vacuum grippers-gripper force analysis and gripper design. Module 4 Sensors and intelligent robots: need for sensing systems- sensing devicespiezoelectric sensors-linear position and displacement sensing absolute optical encoding-incremental optical encoder-position and direction measurement-velocity measurement—force and torque sensors-proximity sensors-range sensors-robot vision systems

248

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 5 Trajectory planning for Robots: Joint space schemes-cubic polynomials with via points-Blending schemes - interfacing to microprocessors and computers. References 1. 2. 3. 4. Robotics and Image Processing - PA Janakiraman Robotic Technology and flexible Automation - S R Deb Robotics for engineers - Yoram Koren Introduction to Robotics- Analysis, Systems and Applications: Saeed B. Nikku, Pearson Education Asia, LPE

ADVANCED POWER SYSTEMS E 805-4 Module 1 Automatic generation and voltage control - load frequency Control (single area case) -turbine speed governing system - model of Speed system - Turbine modelgenerator load model - steady state analysis- dynamic response - control area concept. Module 2 Unit commitment - constraints in unit commitment-spinning spinning reserve thermal unit constraints - other constraints - unit commitment solution methods priority - list methods - dynamic programming solution. Module 3 Hydrothermal co-ordination - long range and short range hydro scheduling- hydro electric plant models - scheduling problems - the short term hydrothermal scheduling problem - short - term hydro— scheduling: a gradient approach - hydro units in seriesdynamic programming solution to the hydrothermal scheduling problem. Module 4 Interchange evaluation and power pools - economy interchange economy interchange evaluation - interchange evaluation with unit commitment multiple interchange controls -after - the fact production costing - other types of interchange power pools - the energy broker system - centralized economic despatch of a power pool - allocating pool savings. Module 5 Power system security - factors affecting power system security-contingency analysis: Detection network problem - network sensitivity methods - calculation of network sensitivity factors - correcting the generation despatch - sensitivity methods - linear programming. References 1. Power System Engineering - I.J.Nagrath, D.P.Kothari 249

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam 2. Power generation, operation and control - Allen J.Wood, Bruce Wollenberg, John Wiley & Sons ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS E 805-5 Module 1 Intel 8086 - Pin out signals and functions - Internal architecture - Registers and flags - bus buffering and latching bus timing – Pipelining Operating modes - minimum mode and maximum mode. Module 2 Introduction to 8086 assembly language programming - addressing modes – instruction set classification - Writing simple programs eg. Arithmetic operations, reading data from input port etc. 8086 memory interface – memory bank – separate bank decoders and signals Module 3 8087 internal block diagram and interfacing (Programming not required). Intel 80186 Architecture - block diagrams - different integrated peripherals Intel 286 - Block diagram - Hardware features - Additional instructions (Programming not required) Module 4 Intel 8038 - memory system - I/O system - Protected mode – mmu - Descriptors and selectors - TSS, Memory paging mechanism. Intel 80486 - Internal Architecture - memory management and cache memory. Module 5 Introduction to Pentium - processors – memory system – I/O system - special Pentium registers - Pentium memory management. Pentium II - Introduction - software changes Pentium III - Introduction - chip set, Bus Pentium IV - Memory interface, Hyper pipelined technology (elementary treatment only). Concept of RISC – comparison of CISC and RISC References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The 80x86 Family - John Uffenbeck - Pearson Microprocessor and Interfacing - Douglas V. Hall - McGraw Hill The Intel Microprocessors - Barry B. Brey (6th edition) – Pearson LPE Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals – A.K Ray and M. Bruchandy – TMH An Introduction to the Intel family of Microprocessors – James L. Antonokos, Pearson LPE

250

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam SYSTEM SOFTWARE E 805-6 Module 1 Introduction: Concept of system software - Classification of system softwareRelationship of system software with the machine and the user. Assemblers: overview of the assembly process- single pass and two pass assemblers. Elementary ideas of macros -Macro definition- macro call macro expansion macro processors. Module 2 Linkers and Loaders: translated, linked and load time addresses- relocation and linking concepts- object module- loader- absolute loader, relocating loader- linking loaders -(elementary ideas only). Compilers: Overview of compilation process - phases of a compiler - analysis phase -synthesis phase - lexical analysis - parsing - static and dynamic storage allocation-intermediate code generation - code generation (basic ideas only). Module 3 Operating systems: Definition of operating system -functions of operating system - types of services-Types of operating systems- batch processing multiprogramming, multitasking - timesharing, real-time, distributed systems (brief descriptions only). Process management- process concept- process states- scheduling - FCFS, Shortest Job first, round robin scheduling policies. Module 4 Memory management- contiguous memory allocation - static and dynamic partitioning -swapping - non-contiguous allocation- fragmentation- concept of virtual memory- paging-page tables - page replacement- FIFO and LRU page replacement policies - segmentation -caching of secondary storage information. File system - directory structures - file system implementation - sharing and security. Device management - basic principles of I/O device controllers - I/O scheduling policies. Module 5 Introduction to distributed operating system: characteristics of distributed systems -advantages -client server model - remote procedure call. Real time operating systems - Basic requirements - hard and soft real time systems - issues in real time systems- basic ideas of real time scheduling - reentrancy- real time embedded systems (basic ideas only). References 1. Introduction to System Software - Dhamdhere D.M., Tata McGraw Hill 2. Systems Programming - Donovan J.I, McGraw Hill 3. Systems Programming - Dhamdhere D.M., Tata McGraw Hill & Operating Systems 4. Principles of compiler design - Aho & Ullman, Narosa Publishing 5. Operating System- Milenkovic, McGraw Hill 251

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam 6. Operating System concepts - Peterson & Silberschatz, Addison Wesley 7. Real time systems & programming languages- Burns, Wellings, Addison Wesley 8. Introduction to RTS - Martin 9. Real time embedded Systems - Mathai Joseph, CERN ADVANCED POWER ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS E 805-7 Module 1 DC-DC converter topologies: Buck and boost converters - continuous and discontinuous current modes - buck-boost, C’uk converter - operation – control of dc-dc converters –PWM method - Full-bridge with bipolar and unipolar switching – output voltage equations. Module 2 SMPS topologies: Basic block schematic of SMPS – isolated dc-dc topologies – forward and flyback – principles – (circuit and operation only). Push-pull topology – half bridge Basics of SMPS control methods – voltage-mode and current-mode control (block diagrams and description only). Module 3 Resonant Converters: Advantages of resonant converters over PWM converters – Classification - series and parallel resonant converters – half-bridge operation – discontinuous and continuous current modes (basic modes only, no analysis required) Principles of Zero voltage and Zero current switching (ZVS and ZCS switches only – no analysis required) Module 4 PWM Inverters: Need for PWM techniques – various PWM techniques – principle of sinusoidal PWM – bipolar and unipolar PWM - modulation index – application to single phase bridges - disadvantages of SPWM – brief introduction to other PWM methods – current-mode control schemes (tolerance band control and fixed frequency control – description with block diagram only) Module 5 Applications: Power factor correction – Actual power factor – Displacement factor and distortion factor – principles of input line current shaping using boost rectifiers. UPS – Different topologies – block schematics. Electronic ballast – block schematics. References 1. Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and Design – Mohan, Undeland and Robbins, John Wiley and Sons, 2nd ed. 2. Power Electronic Systems: Theory and Design – Jai P. Agrawal , Pearson Education Asia, LPE 3. Modern Power Electronics – P.C Sen, Wheeler Publ. 252

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam ELECTIVE - III E 806 List of Electives: E 806.01 Digital Protection of Power Systems E 806.02 Insulation Technology E 806.03 Computer Networks E 806.04 Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems E 806.05 Opto-Electronics and Communication E 806.06 VLSI Technology Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields of technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the University before the course is offered. 2+1+0

DIGITAL PROTECTION OF POWER SYSTEMS E 806-1 Module 1 Need for protection-nature and causes of fault -zones of protection-classification of protective relays based on technology and function-instrument transformers used in protection circuit. A/D converters- analog multiplexers-sample and hold circuits. Module 2 Computer applications to protective relaying - simulation of power system disturbances-simulation of current and voltage transformers-simulation of distance relays during transient conditions. Module 3 Offline application of computers-on line application of computers –Relay coordination programmes. Module 4 Microprocessor based protective relays - multistage frequency relay -measurement of power system signals through phase locked loop interface -protection of alternators against loss of excitation. Module 5 Microprocessor based over current relays-impedance relays- directional relayreactance relay - distance relay - measurement of R and X - mho relay quadrilateral relay - generalized interface for distance relays. References 1. Madhava Rao T.S, "Power System Protection-Static relays" 2. Bddri Ram, "Power System Protection and Switchgear" 253

teflon. Elementary de-sign of insulating system of capacitors. PVC. different types of polarisaiton. Paschen's law.internal fields. de-ionization processes.permittivity. breakdown in solid dielectrics . PE Epoxy resin. surge phenomena. dielectric loss and constant. T ownrend's theory.Mossotd relation limitations. electronic. Module 3 Polarisation . Module 5 Breakdown mechanisms in vacuum-breakdown in liquid dielectrics pure liquids and commercial liquids. Measurement of resistivities. SF6 transformer oil. 2. uniform fields. 4. Module 4 Breakdown phenomena in gases . "Computer Relaying for Power systems" INSULATION TECHNOLOGY E 806-2 Module 1 Insulating materials . Module 2 Dielectric properties . partial discharges. Clausins . brief study of preparation and properties of ceramics. absorption currents. Insulation problems in high voltage transformers.drying and degassing. insulation design to withstand surges in transformers. non-uniform fields penning effect. electromechanical. partial discharges.different types . Impregnation of paper and cotton insulation. Steramer theory. Thorp. mechanical force under electric fields. polychlorobiphenyls (PCB) vacuum purification of transformer oil.intrinsic. Phadke. mica. paper.classification. Electric fields in homogeneous dielectrics.ionization processes. High Voltage Engineering: Naidu and Kamaraju Ionisation. permittivity of mixtures. tracing and tracking. Singh L. 3. breakdown mechanisms. dielectric loss factors influencing permittivity. James S. testing for tracking partial discharge measurements. thermal.P. Kothamangalam 3. Conductivity and Breakdown in Liquids: Adam Czawski High Voltage Engineering: Kuffel and Zeamgl SF6 and Vacuum Insulation for High Voltage Applications: Naidu and Maller 254 . Arun G. complex permittivity.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. breakdown in electronegative gases. "Digital Protection-Protective Relaying from electromechanical to microprocessors" 4. factors influencing tan delta. References 1.

SL1P/PPP.Fibre optic networks – ISDN Module 2 Data link layer: Services .Routing .IEEE 802 standards .criteria for success 255 .Peterson & Davie.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Types of networks .Data link protocols – Elementary protocols .backbone network . Pearson Education Asia 2.congestion control . Internet services: Email .Sliding window protocol( basic concepts only) .Network Topologies Broadcast .Packet switching -Transmission media .WWW .Cryptography . Internet Complete Reference .William Stalling.Token bus -Token ring .Network Management concepts. MAN.Bridges – FDDI Module 4 Network layer: services .IP address .Network layer in the Internet IP protocol .gopher . Computer Networks.DNS Namespace -Name servers .CSMA protocol . Kothamangalam COMPUTER NETWORKS E 806-3 Module 1 Introduction: Goals and applications of networks . Transport layer: Services Internet Transport protocols .LAN.Harley Harn Osborne ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE & EXPERT SYSTEMS E 806-4 Module 1 Introduction to AI and problem solving concepts: Definition.Ethernet .collision detection . Module 5 Application layer: services .Internet control protocols.problem and production system characteristics two-pail problem-analysis of AI techniques . A system approach .static vs dynamic channel allocation .USENET . WAN OSI reference model .TCP and UDP. Data and computer communications . Pearson Education Asia 3.TCP/IP reference model .F.Network security .bus. Computer networks . Harcourt Asia 5.pattern recognition-production systems .Tanenbaum. ring.data link layer in the Internet. Pearson Education Asia 6. Halsall. Addison Wesley and open systems 4.wireless LANs .Data framing . Data Communication. Comer.FTP -TELNET . Computer Networks (3r edition) . Module 3 Medium access sub layer: Channel allocation .Host .WAIS – Archie References 1.Client server computing Physical layer . tree .Douglas E.internetworking Principles . star.Error handling .Gateways . The Internet Book.DNS .Point to point .

forward versus backward reasoning -matching . McGraw Hill 4. Module 5 Knowledge acquisition techniques.Rolston. References 1.generate and test-space transformation models. Expert system tools: Expert system shells -narrow tools -large hybrid expert system tools -PC based expert system tools knowledge acquisition tools. Introduction to AI & Expert System .exhaustive search . W.semiconductor-hetero junction-LEDs (-spontaneous emission-LED structure-surface emitting-Edge emitting-Injection efficiencyrecombination efficiency-LED characteristics-spectral response-modulation-Band width.cognitive behavior . Introduction to Artificial Intelligence . Nilsson. Principles of Artificial Intelligence .formalization implementation –evaluation. Springer Verlag 5.knowledge representation development. Addison Wesley OPTOELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION E 806-5 Module 1 Review of P-N jn-characteristics . Module 3 Optical detectors-optical detector principle-absorption coefficient-detector characteristics-Quantum efficiency-responsivity.role and analysis of knowledge architecture of the expert system . Tata McGraw Hill 3.response time-bias voltage-Noise in 256 . Prentice hall of India 2.David W.Nils J.formal and non-formal logic: Representation evaluation criteria -level of representation -formal logic schemes -resolutions predicate and prepositional logic -conversion to clause form -semantic networksframes-scripts-production system Module 3 Problem solving strategies dealing with uncertainty: Defining the problem control strategies .D.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Principles of Artificial Intelligence& Expert Systems Development .Charnaik & McDermott. Patterson.weak methods . Module 4 Expert system development process and knowledge acquisition: Definition analysis of expert system problem solving . Artificial Intelligence . Kothamangalam Module 2 Knowledge representation .problem selection . Module 2 Laser diodes-Basic principle-condition for gain-Laser action-population inversionstimulated emission-Injection faster diode-structure-temperature effects-modulationcomparison between LED and ILDs.Elaine Rich.hill climbing -breadth and depth first searches .search algorithms.

splices and connectors-wave length division multiplexing. control of threshold voltage (Vth).Twin well processLatch up.effects of miniaturization.silicon shaping.scaling of MOS structuresscaling factors. electron beam and x-ray lithography.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Chemical vapour deposition (CVD).Pick's I and II law of diffusion.design rules.parasitic effectsmonolithic diodes.impurity profile.Photolithography. Module 4 Optical Fibre-structure-advantages-Types-propagation-wave equation-phase and group velocity-transmission characteristics-attenuation-absorption-scattering losses-dispersionfibre bend losses-source coupling.Ion implantationAnnealing process.Gerd keiser (PHI) VLSI TECHNOLOGY E 806-6 Module 1 Process steps in 1C fabrication: Crystal growth and wafer preparation.Czochralski process.Delay. 257 . slicing and polishing. Module 5 Optical fibre system-system design consideration-fibre -optic link-optical transmitter circuit-source limitations-LED drive circuit-Laser drive circuit-pre-amplifierequalization-Fibre-optic link analysis-typical lira design.Diffusion profilescomplementary (erfc) error function.junction isolation and dielectric isolation.patterning. References 1. Module 2 Monolithic components: Isolation of components.1C crossovers and vias.FET structures.Lithography.apparatus. 4.Wiring capacitance.John M Senior (PHI) Optical communication Systems-John Gower (PHI) Optical fibre Communication.Transistor fabrication.Diffusion of impuritiesphysical mechanism.stick diagrams.epitaxial growth.junction and MOS structures.Basic circuit concepts. Semiconductor Opto electronics Devices-Pallab Bhattacharya (Pearson Education) Optical fibre Communication Systems-Principles and practice. Kothamangalam detectors P-N junction-photo diode-(characteristics-P-I-N-photo diode-responseAvalanche photo diode (APD) multiplication process-B. Module 3 CMOS technology: Metal gate and silicon gate.oxide isolation.JFETMOSFET-PMOS and NMOS.BiCMOS technology. W-Noise-photo transistor.Gaussian profile.buried layer.circuit design process.wire bonding and packaging.monolithic capacitors.Driving large capacitance loads.resistors in diffused regions-MOS resistors. Fine line lithography. 3.Oxidation process.silicon gate technology-Monolithic resistors.reactors-metallisation.sheet resistance and resistor design.fabrication steps.Capacitance of layers.schottky diodes and transistors. 2.

Experimental determination of variation of starting torque with rotor resistance in slip-ring induction motor 16. Alternator regulation by Blondel’s method and verification by direct loading 4. IEEE press. Introduction to VLSI: Conway.Device modeling. Alternator regulation by synchronous impedance and mmf methods 2. PHI Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: H E Weste.Simple logic circuits. S M Sze. 6. predetermination of speed variation with brush shift and verification 13. Alternator V – curves for constant input/output 5. Basic VLSI design: Douglas Pucknell.arrangementspower dissipation-power supply rail distribution. Synchronous Induction motor – predetermination of excitation current and verification 11. Characteristics of Schrage motor – torque variation with load. Me Graw Hill pub. VLSI technology.subsystem design process. Integrated Circuits: K R Botkar. Characteristics of cage / slip ring motors by circle diagram 9. 3. Alternator regulation by feeding back power to mains – use of synchroscope 7. Addison weslay.verification 17.MESFET. Continuous rating for specified temperature rise b. CMOS circuit design layout and simulation: Barter. ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB II E 807 0+0+4 1. Characteristics of induction generator and rotor hysterisis by Link’s method 10. power of a 3-phase induction motor under single phasing . Torque. Determination of a. Khanna Pub.design of a 4 bit shifter.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.bus lines. Module 5 Gallium Arsenide Technology: Sub-micro CMOS technology. No load and blocked rotor tests on single phase induction motor and determination of equivalent circuit parameters 18. 5.Crystal structureDoping process. Synchronous motor V – curves and compounding curves 6. NAND gates. References 1. CMOS logic systems . Study of starters and load tests on double cage and single phase induction motors 8. Characteristics of cascade induction motor set 14. 2. Pearson Edn. Characteristics of pole changing motor 12.inverter. 4. Predetermination of line current. NOR gates. Alternator regulation by Potier method 3. Experimental determination of torque slip curve of induction motor in unstable region upto about 40% slip 15. BiCMOS circuit. One hour rating by heat run test of a machine 258 .Channeling effect. Kothamangalam Module 4 Subsystem design and layout.GaAs fabrication.

On completion of the project work. 259 . He/she shall submit a report of the paper presented to the department.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. In addition to the seminar he/she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the Guides. The paper should be in general reflecting the state-of-the-art. and submit a report of the project work. he/she shall present the work done before a panel of staff members. and submit a report of the project work done to the department. Kothamangalam PROJECT AND SEMINAR E 709/E808 Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the department.

TECH.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING BRANCH 260 . Kothamangalam B.

Kothamangalam THIRD SEMESTER 261 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

simple problems.simple problems.PHI.conformal transformation of functions like Zn. S.construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .simple problems.Khanna publishers. δ . Module2 Vector integral calculus: Line.R.National Pub. z + k2/z bilinear transformation. 6.Newton-Cote’s formula.complex potential.scalar potential.application of Green’s theorem.difference equations .surface and volume integrals.II CMELPA 301 3+1+0 Module 1 Vector differential calculus: Differentiation of vector functions. E. Mathematics: B. 5. Advanced Engineering Mathematics: Michael D Greenberg. References 1.conservative field – identities . 4.problems using Stirlings formulaLagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.University Press. ez.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula. 3. Advanced Engg.scalar and vector fields. Higher Engg.Wiley Eastern. .cross ratio.Stoke’s theorem and Gauss divergence theorem.Schaum’s.divergence and curl of a vector function . equations in Cartesian co-ordinates. 2. Theory and Problems of Vector analysis: Murray Spiegel. Module 4 Finite differences: meaning of ∆.solutions of difference equations.invariant property. Pub.work done by a force along a path.their physical meaning directional derivative . µ.trapezoidal ruleSimpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Sin z. Numerical methods: S Balachandra Rao.Mc Graw Hill. Numerical integration.gradient . 262 . Numerical methods in Science and Engineering: M K Venkataraman. Grewal. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyzing.harmonic and orthogonal properties. Module 5 Difference Calculus: Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences.central differences. 1/z. Module 3 Function of complex variable: Definition of analytic function and singular pointsderivation of C.

Periodic functionsInitial value and final value Theorems. Module 3 Fourier Analysis and Laplace transform . References 1.impedance. PHI 2. L.DC&AC transients. Passive filters as two port networks. Module 5 Network Synthesis – Realizability concept – Hurwitz property – positive realness – properties of positive real function – Synthesis of R. Circuits and Networks – analysis & synthesis – A.co-trees -Incident matrix.Maximum power transfer theoremTellegen’s theorem.Solution of network problems using Laplace transform.High pass and Band pass filters-m-derived filters-Composite filters.equilibrium equations. Module 2 Network theorems-Super position theorem.Non periodic signals and Fourier transformsFrequency spectrum of periodic waveforms . Module 4 Two-port Networks and Filters . RC and LC driving point functions – Foster and Cauer forms.Reciprocity theorem .Analysis of networks.port networks -Admittance. Kothamangalam NETWORK THEORY LA 302 2+1+0 Module 1 Source transformation. Engineering Circuit Analysis-W H Hayt & Jack Kennerly – Mc-Graw Hill 263 .set matrix-tie-set matrix.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Thevenin’s theorem. Sudhakar & S P ShyamMohan 3. Network and Systems -D Roy Chaudhary 4.Voltage and Current ratios of two .cut.hybrid and transmission parameters of two port networks.Norton's theorem.Review of theorems-Laplace transform of important signal waveforms .Laplace Transform.Constant K low pass.Fourier analysis of periodic signalsTrignometric and exponential forms. Network analysis -M.E Van Valkenburg.Graph of a network -Trees.Characteristics of ideal filtersImage impedance.Mesh and Node voltage Analysis – Coupled circuits – Dot conventions – Analysis of coupled circuits.Millman's theorem. Network analysis and synthesis-Franklin F Kuo – John Wiley & Sons 5.

References 1. Module3 Transformers: transformer on no-load and load operation – phasor diagram – equivalent circuit – regulation – losses and efficiency – o. and s.C. Module 2 D C motor – starter – 3 point and 4 point starters – torque equation – speed equation – speed torque – characteristics of shunt.Raina & Bhattacharya Electrical Machines & Power systems: Vincent Del Toro 264 .C.Generator – O.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. – Basic principles of 3 phase tranformer – autotransformer – applications. applications and specifications of stepper motors – universal motors constructional features – typical applications – criteria for selection of motors – electromagnetic relays – contactors. Cotton Electrical Machines: R.B.c. series and compound motors – Losses – efficiency – Brake test – Swinburne’s test – speed control – field control – armature control – series parallel control – applications. 4. Module 5 Special Machines: A C and D C servo motors – synchros – constructional features – working of a tachogenerator – stepper motors – construction. test – applications – Design of step down transformers like 230/6-0-6V.K. 2. – Condition for self excitation – field critical resistance – critical speed – Load characteristics of generators – Losses – power flow diagram – efficiency – Condition for maximum efficiency – Applications. working.C. Pearson Education Electrical Technology: H. 3. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY LA 303 2+1+0 Module 1 D.c. Electrical & Electronic Technology: Hughes. 5.Rajput Electrical Design Estimating & Costing: K.C Machines: 3 phase induction motors – rotating magnetic field – torque equation – slip – torque-slip characteristics – operating characteristics – starting of 3 phase induction motors – starters – single phase induction motors – constructional features – types – working and characteristics only (no analysis) – constructional features of synchronous machines – principle of operation of alternator – emf equation – regulation by emf and mmf method – principle of operation of synchronous motor – starting of synchronous motor. Module 4 A.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Photo diodes: detection principlelight emitting diodes.emitter efficiency γ. 7. Solid state electronic devices .effect of temperature and doping on mobility.derivation of diffusion constant D.hall effect.schottky transistors.Mc Graw Hill. Pearson Education Integrated electronics – Millman and Halkias. Theory of Semiconductor devices: Karl Hess.open circuited transistor.temperature dependanceconductivity and mobility.equilibrium fermi levelsspace charge at junctions.volt-ampere characteristics.carrier concentration: fermi level.S M Sze.pinch off voltage. 265 . Kothamangalam SOLID STATE DEVICES LA304 3+1+0 Module 1 Energy bands and charge carriers in semiconductors: energy bands. Module 5 Field effect transistors: operation.control of threshold voltage.n-material and p-material. 2.rectifier actionZener diodes: volt-ampere characteristics.intrinsic and extrinsic material.biasing in active region.direct and indirect semiconductors.MOS capacitance. 6. Module 2 Diffusion of carriers.Ben G Streetman.EHPs.pinch off and saturation.PHI.Pearson Education Microelectronic Devices: Nagchaudhari. Module 4 Bipolar junction transistors: npn and pnp transistor action.Varactor diodes.Mc Graw Hill.α and β gain factors.current components at a junction: majority and minority carrier currents. 4.charge carriers in semiconductors: electrons and holes. Physics of semiconductor devices .gate control.p-n junctions: contact potential.capacitance of p-n junctions.Tata Mc Graw Hill.Einstein relationcontinuity equation. References 1. 3. 5.majority and minority carrier distributionterminal currents.metalssemiconductors and insulators.zener and avalanche breakdown.amplification and switching. Physics of semiconductor devices: Shur.switching time.drift and resistance.MOSFETS: n MOS and p MOS: comparisonenhancement and depletion types. Semiconductor devices – Nagchoudhary.photo transistors.Tunnel diodes: tunneling phenomenavolt-ampere characteristics. Module 3 p-n junction diodes: volt-ampere characteristics.PHI.

Module 2 Transistor as an amplifier: Transistor at low frequencies. Electronic devices and circuits: Allen Mottershed.definition of stability factors.bias stability.differentiationtransistor as a switch.analysis and design. Electronic devices and circuits: Boylsted & Nashelsky.working and design.Pearson Edn. Electronic devices and circuits: Bogart. Integrated Electronics: Millman & Halkias.PHI.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Tata Mc Graw Hill.DC and AC load lines.simple sweep circuit. 8.current limiting.collector to base bias.Q point selection.IC regulated power supplies.bias compensationcompensation for ICO and VBE.CECB and CC configurations.derivation of stability factor for ICO variation.analysis and design.astable multivibrator. Module 4 RC Coupled amplifier: working. Electronic devices and applications: B Somanathan Nair.fixed bias. Kothamangalam ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS .C filter analysis.workinganalysis and design. 7.Pearson Edn. 5.UJT. Electronic devices and circuits: J B Gupta.phase and frequency response.expression of voltage and current gain. References 1.FET: operation.I LA 305 3+1+0 Module 1 Rectifiers and Power supplies: Half wave.comparison. Electronic Principles: Malvino.UBS.self bias circuits.h parameter model analysis.regulated power supplies: series and shuntdesign of regulated power supplies for specified output conditions.FET amplifier: biasing.Mc Graw Hill. 3. 2.working and applications.input and output impedance. Module 3 Transistor Biasing: operating point.S K Kataria & Sons Pub. Module 5 Wave shaping circuits: clipping.PHI.transistor parameters from static characteristics.characteristics.RC integration. Electronic devices: Floyd.full wave and bridge rectifiers. 4.short circuit protection.small signal model. 266 . 6.clamping.

References 1.do while . Module 5 Data files: Opening and closing of a data file . Module 4 Pointers: Fundamentals .break continue . Programming with ANSI and Turbo C: Ashok N Kanthane. scanf. Functions .array and strings.symbolic constants. Text Book 1.gets and puts functions .pointer declaration .processing an array .arithmetic operators . low level programming .accesing a function . Programming in C: Balaguruswamy.enumeration .unions. Tata Mc Graw Hill.Automatic variables .identifiers and keywords Data types .a brief overview defining a function .the C pre-processor. 267 .data types . Module 3 Program structure: storage classes . Programming Ansi C: Ram Kumar.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.expressions statements .processing a data file.macros .register variables – bit wise operation .The character set .command line parameters .Recursion.Gottfried.constants .pointers and multi dimensional arrays – passing functions to other functions.nested loops -if else switch. Kothamangalam COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LA 306 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to C: C fundamentals .interactive programming. Arrays: defining an array .go to statement.user defined data types .passing arguments to a function specifying argument .passing structure to a function – self referential structures . Pearson Edn. Theory and problems of programming with C. printf .bit fields . Pearson Edn. Schaum’s series. Programming Techniqes through C: Venkateshmurthy.creating a data file .Library functions .Relational and Logical operators .declarations .variables and arrays .passing pointers to a function pointers and one dimensional arrays . The C programming language: Kernighan & Ritche.function prototypes . PHI. 6. Module 2 Control Statements: While .operations on pointers . 4.for .passing arrays in a function – multi dimensional arrays .external variables multi file programs. 3.Data input and output getchar – putchar. Computer Programming: Rajaraman. 5.processing a structure .The comma operator .The conditional operator . Structures and unions: defining a structure . 2. PHI.

C. 5. Determination of Band width. BC107. O. Characteristics . Design of clipping. Load test on single phase induction motor. 268 . 2N2646. Study of stepper and servomotors. and Load characteristics of D. 2. clamping.C. 8. Design of Single stage RC coupled amplifier.C test on single-phase transformer. 9. Load test on slipring induction motor. 12. Pre-determination of regulation of the alternator by emf and mmf method. Determination of Band width.C. 8. UJT. Load characteristics of D. series and compound motors 6.Diode. 3. Wave shaping. FET. BASIC ELECTRONICS LAB L 308 1.C. 10. shunt. Simple sweep circuit. 9. BFW10. AF generator etc and soldering practice. 7. Design of Astable multi-vibrator for specified time period . Study of star-delta connections. DVM. 5. Design of FET amplifier. 4. Load test on step-up/step-down transformer. 2. 0+0+4 Familiarization of CRO. 4. Transistor. Swinburne’s test. Design and testing of DC power supplies for specified output. RC differentiator & Integrator. generators. 3. Measurement of Electric power (single phase and three phase) and energy using wattmeter and energy meter. Determination of parameters. Note New experiments may be added in the above list concerned to the relevant theory paper (LA305). O. 7.sharpening of edges. Study of starting of three phase induction motors and load test on squirrel cage induction motor. 6. BC557.C and S. calculation of efficiency and regulation at different power factors. SZ6. 10. Familiarization of data sheets of components – OA79. 11. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL LAB LA 307 0+0+4 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.8. BC547. Simulation of simple circuits using Spice. 1N4001.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 269 .

S. Pearson Education Asia.its mean and variance . References 1.properties of normal curve . 5. by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations. Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig. National Publishing Company 3. Advanced Engg.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Pearson Education Asia / PHI.. its mean and variance .poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution . Venkataraman. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .The binomial distribution. Laxmi Publications Ltd.B. difference of proportions.Ian N.simple problems in binomial. Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis.formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary Functions .III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents . 2.I. Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability . single mean and difference of means (proof of theorems not expected). poisson and normal distributions.Sneddon.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity .simple applications in engineering problems.McGraw Hill. Engineering Mathematics Vol.II -3rd year Part A & B .Linear Simultaneous eqns.standard normal curve . 7.simple problems.fitting of binomial & poisson distributions normal distribution . Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance. Grewal.Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms . Module 2 Partial Differential Equations .solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.M. 6. Wiley Eastern Ltd. F and Chi square test – Level of significance . A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar.K. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: . Elements of Partial Differential Equations . Khanna Publishers.inverse transforms . 270 . Higher Engineering Mathematics . 4.Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson.Finding P.

5.Binary Adders .2’sComplement Adder-Subtractor. Pearson Edn.NOT Gates .Half Adders .Open-Collector Gates – CMOS gates. Pearson Edn. References 1. Logic and computer design fundamentals: M Morris Mano.NOR Gates . 2.D Latches .Algebraic Simplification . Module 5 Registers and Counters .Shift Registers .Level Clocking . 8.Tristate Inverter . 4.Binary Subtraction .De Morgan’s Theorems NAND Gates .Edge-Triggered D & T Flip-Flops . Fundamentals of digital circuits: A Anand Kumar.de-multiplexers .Karnaugh maps – Pairs – Quads . Pearson Edn. Pearson Education.AND gates . Khanna Pub. Multiplexers .Binary Addition .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 3. Module 3 Arithmetic-Logic Units . Mc Graw Hill.Full Adders . PHI Digital Integrated Electronics: Taub and Shilling. 7. Digital Fundamentals: Floyd. Digital Design: Wakerly.Don’t-Care Conditions. Module 4 Flip Flops .Buffer Registers .RS Latches . Oxford.Ripple Counters .7400 Devices . 9. Module 2 Boolean Algebra and Karnaugh Maps .Ring counters .AND OR.Boolean Relations .Synchronous Counters .Edge-Triggered JK Master-slave Flip-Flop.TTL Characteristics .TTL Overview .EXCLUSIVE-OR Gates . McGraw Hill. Digital Logic and state machine design: Comer.2’s Complement .OR gates . A small TTL Memory.decoder and encoder. ROMs – PROMs and EPROMs . Digital electronic principles and applications: A K Maini. Digital electronics: D C Green. 271 .TTL Circuits .Modulo counters .signed Binary Numbers . Kothamangalam DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND LOGIC DESIGN LA 402 3+1+0 Module 1 Gates –Inverter .Digital Integrated Circuits . 6.Three-State Register.Sum-of-Products method .RAMs.and Octets Karnaugh Simplifications .Controlled Shift Registers . Digital electronic principles: Malvino and Leach.

block schematic explanation . 2.comparison of AM.Amstrong modulator.block schematic. Module 5 Telephone Systems . Electronic Communication systems: George Kennedy. Electronic communication Systems: Wayne Tomasi.frequency spectrum.block schematic explanation .suppressed carrier receiver Vestigial side band transmission .schematic explanation . Module 4 Side band communication: Single side band transmission . Kothamangalam COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING .theory.advantages of VSB in television.Pulse and tone signaling .superheterodyne receiver .two wire repeaters .RF amplifiers .ratio detectors. Module 3 Radio receivers: Tuned radio frequency receiver. 4. 272 .circuit explanation.Frequency assignments . Telephony and Carrier current engineering: P N Das.PM.Solid state modulators circuit explanation.sensitivity.USB & LSB.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.I LA 403 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: communication systems – Modulation . Electronic and radio engineering: A P Mathur. 5.PHI.varactor diode modulator.need for modulationbandwidth.Electronic private automatic branching exchange basic block schematic.PHI. Modern communication Systems: Couch.Telephone subscribers loop circuit .SSB receivers .circuit explanation . References 1.FAX transmitter and receiver.FM receivers .filtering of unwanted sideband .pilot carrier receiver .Phase modulation.reactance modulator.Mixer circuits .transmitter and receiver responses .FM demodulators: slope detectors.Electronic telephone block schematic of a telephone set.amplitude limiting .Pearson Edn.subscribers line interface circuit .Amplitude modulation .FM transmitter . 3.Mc Graw Hill.image frequency rejection AM receivers .mathematical representationfrequency spectrum .Power line communication: block schematic explanationFacsimile . Module 2 Radio transmitters: AM transmitter .Frequency modulation .block schematic of single line analog SLIC board .power relation.phase discriminator.IF amplifiers .FM.block diagram .balanced modulator .selectivity.Automatic gain control circuit .importance of IF .suppression of carrier . 6.theorymathematical representation. Electronic communication: Roody and Coolen.simple diode detector .simple and delayed AGC .

Module 5 Large signal amplifier -harmonic distortion -analysis of class A. 273 . voltage. Mc Graw Hill Electronic principles -Malvino Electronic devices and circuits -Bugart Microelectronics Digital and Analogue -Botkar. 3. Kothamangalam ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.explanation of components -r parameters in terms of h parameters -Tuned amplifiers -principle single tuned and double tuned amplifiers -frequency response -applications (no analysis) -multistage amplifiers -frequency response. References 1. current. Electronic devices and circuits -Boylsted & Neshelsky. Crystal. negative. Module 4 Mono-stable multi vibrator -analysis -design -applications -triggering -Bistable multi-vibrator -analysis and design -different methods of triggering -commutating capacitor -Schmitt trigger -working -design.II LA 404 3+1+0 Module 1 High frequency equivalent circuit of a transistor.applications. tuned collector and Wien Bridge oscillators. class B. 2. Integrated electronics -Millman & Halkias . Module 2 Feedback -different types -positive. series and shunt feedback -Feedback in amplifiers -its effect on amplifier performance -typical feedback arrangements -emitter follower -darlington emitter follower -cascade amplifier (principles only) -difference amplifier. 5. 4. class C and class D amplifiers -complimentary and symmetry stage -sweep generators voltage and current sweeps -time base generators -linearisation -miller and bootstrap sweeps . general form of oscillator circuit -working of Hartley. Colpitt's. Hybrid pi model . Pearson Edn. Module 3 Oscillators -conditions for oscillation -analysis and design of RC phase shift oscillator.

Z-Transform and its inverse: Definition.Significance of poles and zeros.power spectral density White noise.Fourier Series.concept of random variable.Application of ZTransform for the analysis of Discrete time LTI systems.Introduction to probability. Communication Systems: Haykin Simon.Z-Transform . wide-sense stationarity.Parseval’s theorem. Discrete form of special functions.Laplace Transform and its inverse: Definition.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Frequency response of discrete time LTI systems.John Wiley. Module 5 Random Signals .Pearson Edn. Sampling Theorem. Auto and cross correlation.Independence of a random variable.Discrete-Time Fourier Transform (including DFT) and properties.existence. Realization of LTI system (differential and difference equations).Region of convergence and properties.V. Adaptive signal processing: W Bernad. 4. 5. 2.Random processes through LTI systems. Signals and Systems: Farooq Husain.Pearson Edn. Bayes Theorem. Kothamangalam SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LTA 405 2+1+0 Module 1 Dynamic Representation of Systems . Introduction to random process. Module 4 Laplace Transform .probability density and distribution functions.Systems Attributes. S.convolution Integral.Umesh pub.Tata Mc Graw Hill. Special Signals. Signals and Systems: I J Nagrarth. 3. Signals and Systems: Oppenheim Alan. Moments.time-invariance. Module 2 Fourier Analysis of Continuous Time Signals and Systems . Discrete convolution and its properties.Fourier Transform and properties.Application of Laplace transform for the analysis of continuous time LTI system (stability etc. Linear Time-Invariant Systems: Differential equation representation.linearityStability.Willsky Alan.Frequency response of LTI systems. 274 . References 1.Region of Convergence and properties. Module 3 Fourier Analysis of Discrete Time Signals & Systems .) Significance of poles & zeros.existence conditions.Complex exponentials.Causality .Singularity functions (impulse and step functions).function of a random variable.Discrete-Time Fourier series.

Hartley & Colpitts oscillators. Module 4 Control charts in statistical quality control: statistical quality control advantagestypes of control charts.X and R chart.mean time to failure (MTTF).Scope of Industrial psychology-Theories of Motivation-Handling of workers grievances-Workers participation in managementIndustrial discipline-Industrial disputes-Industrial fatigue-Wages and incentives. 3.Weibull model. 6. Design of Mono-stable and bi-stable multi-vibrators.Linearly increasing hazard model. SCR.Hazard modelsConstant hazard models.Bath tub curves. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB LA 407 List of experiments 1. IC power amplifier. 2.Re-engineering.classification of failuresmeasures of reliability.failure.the quality standard.mean time between failures (MTBF). Module 5 Human relations: Human Behavior. 11.planning to achieve required quality. 9. 2. Tuned amplifiers.Zero defects. 7.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 10.P chart. 275 0+0+4 .C chart. Industrial Engineering & Management: Banga and Sharma. Design of bootstrap sweep generator. 4. design of two stage RC coupled amplifier. Reliability Engineering: L S Sreenath.basic concepts of sequencing. Reliability Engineering: A K Govil. Oscillators: Design of RC phase shift. Triac firing circuits.failure rate. Module 2 Failure pattern and fitting curves: Graphical plots. Schmitt trigger. Feedback amplifier. Power amplifiers: Design of class A and class AB push pull stage – verification of power output. Kothamangalam RELIABILITY AND HUMANITIES LA 406 2+1+0 Module 1 Concepts of reliability: Definition of reliability. Simulation of above circuits using PSPICE. 5. Module 3 Manufacture for Quality and reliability: The need for prototype tests. 3. 8. References 1. Design and testing of DC regulated power supplies (Fixed and variable).

arrays. Part 2 Programming Experiments in C/C++: Programming experiments in C/C++ to cover control structures. Kothamangalam Note New experiments may be added in accordance with subject LA 404 COMPUTER PRORAMMING LAB LA 408 Part 1 1. Familiarization of Microsoft Word. 3. operator & function overloading. Familiarization of MS-DOS commands. inheritance. 0+0+4 276 . Adobe Acrobat Reader. Computer hardware familiarization. Microsoft Windows. pointers and files. 2. functions.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. structures. polymorphism. classes.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 277 .

S. Operations research . 9.K. Engineering Mathematics Vol.P. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science – Dr. Kanna Publishers. 2. M. Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method . PHI. McGraw-Hill.K. Kanna Publishers.Panneer Selvam. Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Ervin Kreyszig. III. III -S Arumugam. References 1. convolution propertyinverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms. 3. Scitech publications Advanced Mathematics for Engg. two phase method.Grewal.zeros and singularities. 4. Wiley Eastern limited.C. A.Residues.properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS -IV CMELPA501 3+1+0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem. G.P. Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform. B.Tulsian.Churchill and Brown. Complex variables and applications .Somasundaram.Duality in L. 278 .Vishwananthan printers & publishers. A.students Vol.Venkitaraman. B.P.Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series.residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle. Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method.S.Narayanan. Pearson Education Asia. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method.Balanced T.Ramanaigh.P.Grewal.Runge – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method. shifting property.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method. 8.S. Quantiltative techniques Theory & Problems . National Publishing company.T.Pillay. Higher Engineering Mathematics . Vishal Pandey. 5. T.S.Isaac.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Eulers method . 6.Dr. 7.M.Dr. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering .

K.Operation and analysis of single phase integral cycle and phase controlled converters.Electromagnetic interference. S.Step down. Kothamangalam POWER ELECTRONICS LA 502 2+1+0 Module1 Power semiconductor Devices . Module 2 AC to DC Converters .. 1987. 5. S.Operation and analysis of Single phase and multi-phase uncontrolled and controlled rectifiers with R.voltage control . 4. References Power Electronics: Rashid Muhammad. Thyristors and Applications: Ramamoorthy.VSI and CSI.analysis and control with R.Block schematic. Series and parallel operations of SCR. BJTS. Power Electronics: Converter.Configuration of three phase controllers. Applications and Design. Power Electronics: Harish C Ray. PWM chips: SG3524 and TL 494. GTO.power factor improvement methods for phase Controlled rectifiers. 3. Thyristorised Power Controllers: Dubey.B. 2.History of development of Power Electronic devices.Single phase and three phase bridge inverters. Pearson Edn. Module 5 DC to AC Converters . MCT. Mohan Ned. R. 1.PWM & Square wave operation. RL and EMF loadcurrent and voltage Commutation circuits. 1975. Module 4 DC to DC Converters .filters.Constructional features. Power Semiconductor Circuits: Dewan.effect of source inductance.Harmonics and their reduction techniques. Galgotia Pub. John Wiley.Characteristics.rating and specificationgate/base drive circuits-protection including cooling and application consideration of diodes. and Satrughan A. 6. 279 .free wheeling effect.. Wiley Eastern. G.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. John Wiley & Sons. Module 3 AC to AC Voltage Converter .SCRS.step up and four quadrant converters operation. Doradlla.Chopper classification. MOSFET and IGBT. RL and back EMF load.

Magnetic dipole. Module 3 Maxwell’s equations and travelling waves: conduction current and displacement current. Mc Graw Hill Publications.Potential gradient. 2 Edn.Stub matching. Vector fields: Divergence and curl.Mutual inductance energy stored in magnetic fields. 280 .vector magnetic potential.Boundary conditions Capacitance: Capacitance of isolated sphere.Rectangular wave guides.Electrical scalar potential. Engineering Electromagnetics: W.Poisson’s and Laplace equations. 5. Static electric field: Coulomb’s Law of point charges.Biot-Savarts Law.Characteristic impedance.Helmholtz theorems. 3.Co-ordinate transformations.Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction. Mc Graw Hill Publications.Divergence theorem. Engineering electromagnetics: E.Solution for free space condition. Schaum series.capacitance between two concentric sphere shellscapacitance between coaxial cylinders.Wave polarization. Field & Wave Electromagnetic: Cheng. toroid. 7. H.transverse electric and transverse magnetic waves and its characteristics. Electromagnetics: J. 2. Kraus. Oxford University Press. inductance of transmission line.Uniform plane wave-wave equation for conducting medium. 4.Smith chart .Ampere’s Law. Hayt. Module 5 Transmission lines -Transmission line equations.Maxwell’s equations.Poynting theorem and Poynting vector.Plane waves. Kothamangalam APPLIED ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY L 503 3+1+0 Module 1 Review of vector analysis: Cartesian. Premlet. Jordan. References 1. Module 4 Guided waves between parallel planes.Electric and Magnetic boundary conditions.Plane electromagnetic waves.capacitance between parallel wires. Module 2 Magnetic field: Steady current and current density in a conductor. D.different types of potential distribution. Electromagnetic Theory: Sadiku.Electric flux-Gauss’s Law.Solenoid. Electromagnetic Theory: B.modes of propagation.VSWR. Cylindrical and Spherical co-ordinates systems. C.transmission line parametersSkin effect.Phase velocity and group velocity. Pearson Education. Electromagnetics: Edminister.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 6.Stokes theorem.

H F Jordan.sequencing of control signals. Module 2 Control unit.dynamic memories.printers. Pearson Edn. References 1.interrupt nesting.cache memories -mapping functions . Module 4 Input .multistage networksmessage passing architecture. Computer organization and Architecture – Hayes J P 5. 281 .disk drives.floating point numbers.micro programmed controls.different addressing modes.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.PLAs.pipeline architecture.replacement algorithms. Kothamangalam COMPUTER ORGANISATION AND ARCHITECTURE LA 504 2+1+0 Module 1 Basic structure of computer hardware and software.standards. Module 3 Memory organization.interconnection.plotters. Computer Systems and Architecture – Vincent P Heuring.internal organizationbipolar and MOS devices.secondary memories.accessing I/O devices. 2.virtual memories. Mc Graw Hill. Module 5 Introduction to parallel processing and architectureclassification.memory management units. 3.pre fetching of micro instructions.device identificationvectored interrupts.buses-scheduling.micro instructions Micro program sequencing.serial and parallel standards. & Architecture: Stallings.instruction execution cycle.I/O interfaces. Pearson Education.multiple memory modules and interleaving.address translation-page tables . Computer Org.direct memory access (DMA)interrupts and interrupt handling. Computer organization – Hamacher C V.integer division.daisy chaining.multiplication.bus arbitrations.hardwired control.handling multiple devices. Computer organization and Design – Pal Choudhary 4.instruction setscomputer arithmetic logic design.networks.fast adders.branch address modification.control signals.semi conductor RAM memories.VDUs.Output organization.addressing methods and machine programming sequencing.array processors.Booth’s algorithmfast multiplication.

Umesh Publications.Summer.565 PLL .dual input balanced output and unbalanced output.capture and lock range.PLL applications: Frequency multiplication and division.using voltage reference. 3.Differential amplifiers with one op amp and 3 op amps.frequency response of op amps .BPF.intercom using LM 380.Op-amp parameters .566 VCO chip.Peak detector circuit.open loop configurations .concept of virtual ground.Triangular and sawtooth wave generators.Use of offset minimizing resistor (ROM) and its design.Phase locked loop(PLL) . 5.slew rate and its effect.FSK demodulation LM 380 power amplifier .typical data sheet .Pin identificationpower supply requirements .equivalent circuit. Integrated circuits: K R Botkar 282 .Astable and monostable multivibrators.Internal block schematic of op amp .Voltage series feedback and voltage shunt feedback . Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: R F Coughlin. Module 3 Op amp applications.voltage follower . 2.AM demodulation. 4.Integrator and differentiator. Module 5 Specialized ICs and applications: Voltage regulator ICs – 78XX and 79XX series317 variable regulators.Switched capacitor filter.V/I converters and its applications .Switched capacitor integrator.Subtractor.Astable multivibrator.I order and II order filters.FM detection. Module 4 Filters and timers: LPF.Pearson Education. monostable multivibrator and its applications.8038 Function generator chip applications.ideal op amp .HPF.compensating networks . Module 2 Op amp in closed loop configuration: Different feed back configurations.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Log amplifier.RC phase shift and Wien bridge oscillators-Sample and hold circuit. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ramakand Gaykwad. 555 timers – Functional block diagram. References 1.transfer curve . Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ravi Raj Dudeja.Wiely Eastern Publications.Notch and all pass filters.Antilog amplifierComparators: zero crossing. Kothamangalam LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LA 505 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to operational amplifiers – Basic differential amplifier .PHI publications. Linear Integrated circuits: Roy Choudhary & Jain.1723 switching regulators.regenerative (Schmitt trigger) comparators.

Module 5 Timer0 & Timer1 .pin descriptions .flash programming & verification. 3.power on reset circuit.block schematicsbaud rates.internal block schematic . mode3 .www. Penram International Microprocessors and Architecture: Ramesh S Goankar Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck.direct & indirect addressing area . PHI Web site of Atmel . 2. PORT2.external program & data memory timing diagrams. 4.I/O mapped I/O .interrupt enable register .accessing external memory – programming examples.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.program branching instructions .port structures and operation .pin configuration and functions – tristate bus concept generation of control signals . PORT3.instruction timings and operation status.mode0. PORT1.Boolean instructions .on chip oscillator.TCON SFR serial interface .I/O addressing .PORT0. mode2.SCON SFR .interfacing of RAM and EPROM .power control register . idle & power down mode .data memory .interrupt sources . Module 3 Memory organization . The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi.mode0.I/O port timings – programming examples.interrupt control system . mode3. References 1.Programming examples.instruction execution fetch/execute cycle .program protection modes .port bit latches and buffers . mode2. Module 4 Machine cycles – interrupts .interrupt handling .Program status word .TMOD SFR .atmel.logical and data transfer instructions . Pearson Education. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala.single step operation . Module 2 Atmel AT89C51 microcontroller – features . mode1.and memory mapped I/O schemes . mode1.com 283 . Kothamangalam MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS L506 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers: Function of microprocessorsarchitecture of 8085.addressing modes instruction set – arithmetic . 5.bus timings – de-multiplexing AD0-AD7 – flags memory decoding .interrupt priority .pin configurations .program memory .ONCE mode.register banks .

Study of counter ICs (7490. 5. 11. 8. Amplitude modulation. Digital circuit simulation using electronic work bench/ similar working tools. 0+0+4 284 . 11. FND542). Crystal oscillator 9.I LAB L 508 List of experiments 1. Passive filters – constant K and M derived. 9. 555 Applications 6. Design and testing of ripple & synchronous counters using JK flip flops (7473.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 15. Multiplexing using analog multiplexer IC’s. Frequency modulation. Note Any experiment related to LA402 may be added to the above list. CD4001) 2. Logic design using multiplexers (74150). 10. 566 Applications 7. Design of astable & mono-stable multi-vibrators using gates. Logic family interconnection (TTL to CMOS & CMOS to TTL) 4. 13. Kothamangalam DIGITAL IC LAB LA 507 List of experiments 1. 14. TTL & CMOS characteristics (7400. 12. Counters using shift registers (Ring counter & Johnson counter). Study of 565 and its applications 8. Oscillators using OP-AMP 10. 7476) 6. 0+0+4 COMMUNICATION . 5. Design of 7 segment display circuits-static/dynamic (7447. Colpitts & Hartley oscillator. PWM using SG3525. PRBS generator. 4. 74190). 7. 3. multipliers. Interfacing of TTL & electromagnetic relay using transistor. Subtractors. 3. opto coupler (4N33) & Darlington arrays (ULN2803). Note Any other experiments may be added to the above list related to LA403. 2. Design of half adder & full adder using gates. Design of mono-shots using dedicated ICs (74123). Logic design using decoders (74138). Adders.

Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 285 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

PART B: ECONOMICS Module 4 Theory of demand and supply. References 1.Span of control. K. Formation of companies: Proprietory-Partnership-Joint stock companies. Ahuja. Industrial Management Industrial Management Marketing Management Indian economy Modern economic theory O P Khanna.Line.Promotion. Line and staff and Functional relationships.Progressive and regressive.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Market research-Advertising.K. Khanna Pub. 4.Black moneyInflation-Causes and consequences.Channels of distribution.Privatisation. Dhanpat Rai Pub.Price mechanism.Controlling-Organisational structures.Joint sector and Cooperative sector.Public sector.SIDBI. 3+2+0 286 . 2.IDBI.Insurance companies.Difficulties in estimationTaxation. Shyam Lal charitable trust.N.Labour Welfare.EOQ-Project planning by PERT/CPM.Industrial FatigueIndustrial disputes-Trade Unions.Quality circles.Stock market.Factors of production.Role of the public sector. PHI A.Co-ordinating.Reserve bank of India: Functions. 3.Indian capital market.Land. labour.ICICI.K Dewett. Production Management: Batch and mass productionInventory control. Wishwa Prakashan K.NABARDInvestment institutions-UTI.Construction of Network (Basic ideas only).Functions. Module 2 Personnel management: Objectives and functions of personnel managementRecruitment-Selection and training of workers. Agarwal. Philip Kotler.Commercial banking system-Development financial institutions. Module 3 Marketing Management: Pricing. capital and organization. Module 5 Indian financial system.IRBI.National income. 5.Delegation. Kothamangalam INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT & ECONOMICS LA 601 PART A: INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT Module 1 Modern concept of Management: Scientific management-Functions of management-Planning-OrganisingStaffing-DirectingMotivatingCommunicating.Direct and indirect taxes.Multinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy.Management by Objectives.

Use of controlled ISIM-ary signaling scheme (no analysis).A law µ law PCM system.comparison.Quantizing uniform nonuniform quantization -Companding. Module 3 Digital transmission: .Siman Haykin.Pearson Education Digital and Analog Communication System: K Sam Shanmugam.Quantization noise. TMH.Noise figure.Leon W Couch.Sampling .M-ary FSKMSK. 4.Noise types. Kothamangalam DIGITAL COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES L 602 3+1+0 Module 1 Random Signal Theory: Review of discrete and continuous random variablesGaussian probability function.pre coding.Binary versus M-ary signaling schemes.Bipolar coding.ADM.Matched filter-Correlation realization of matched filter.Receiving filters.QPSK. Digital Communication. Digital & Analog Communication System.Inter symbol interference.Equalization.SNR. Communication Systems Engineering: Proakis. 2.error function.Adaptive equalization. Pearson Education.Scrambler.M-ary PSK.BFSK. 5.complementary error function. Pearson Education.DPCM delta modulation system.CVSD.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.HDB coding.Unscrambler.DPSK. Module 5 Noise in communication system: .error probability performance of binary transmission system.Nyquist pulse shaping criteria. 287 .properties.Base band binary data transmission system. Digital Communications: Sklar. Module 4 Digital transmission of Analog signals: .BPSK. Module 2 Correlative coding: -Duobinary Base band PAM system. 3. Principles of Communication System: Taub & Shilling. 6.Probability of errorEffective Noise temperature.Eye pattern.slope over loading. Base band data transmission: .optimizing error performance. References 1.Optimum transmitting.Manchester coding.Detection of binary signals in Gaussian noise: -Maximum likelihood Receiver structure.

5.Overflow limit cycle Oscillations .effects due to truncation and rounding.Sign-Magnitude . 3.Frequency response of linear phase FIR filters .Linear Convolution using DFT.Butterworth design.Cascade.Parallel Forms.Chebyshev design.Co-efficient quantization error. Module 3 Discrete fourier Transform: Properties-Circular convolution.DSP based measurements systems. Module 5 Applications of digital signal processing: Speech Processing.Transform and DFT. Module 4 Finite word length effects in digital filters: Introduction.Scaling.relation between Z.FFT algorithms – General Computation using Radix 2 algorithm. Digital signal processing: Oppenhiem and Sheffer. 4.Direct. decimation – in time and Frequency .sub band coding. 6.Pearson edn. Realization of FIR.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Number Representation .homomorphic vecoder.Basic Network structure for IIR filter. References 1.Kaiser windows. Digital signal processing: Ifechor. Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters.triangular or Barlett windows – Hanning .Impulse Invariant Transformation. Equi ripple FIR design.Radar signal processing. Module 2 Finite Impulse Response (FIR) Filters: Linear phase FIR filters.Signal Flowgraph.a general study.PCM DSP chips.quantization . 288 .Two’s .Quantization in Floating Point realization IIR digital filters .design based on numerical solutions of differential equations.Fast Fourier Transform.Pearson edn.Fourier Series method.Fixed Point. Digital signal processing: P Ramesh Babu.complement forms Addition of two fixed point numbers.One’s-complement.using windows-rectangular.zero-input limit cycle Oscillations .Quantization effects in the Computation of the DFT.Input quantization error Product quantization error . Desecrate time signal processing: Oppenhiem.speech analysisspeech coding.lattice design . Kothamangalam DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LTA 603 3+1+0 Module1 Review of signals and systems: Introduction .PHI Introduction to Digital signal processing: Johny R Johnson Digital signal processing: Proakis and Manolakis.advantages and limitations of Digital Signal Processing.Finite Word Length Effects in FIR Digital Filters.channel vecoder. Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) Filters .Location of the zeros of linear phase FIR filters.HammingBlackman.truncationrounding .Scitech Pub.Multiplication in Fixed Point arithmetic Floating point numbers.quantization errors in FFT algorithms.digital processing of audio signals.Block floating point numbers. 2.cascade .

radiation pattern-radiation intensity-directive gain-power antenna efficiency-effective area-effective length and aperture-Reciprocity theorem-radiation resistance-antenna beam width. Mc Graw Hill. Prasad Antennas . Mc Graw Hill Antenna theory and design.beam width measurements-gain measurements-measurements of radiation resistance -radiation efficiency. 3. Duct Propagation. Kothamangalam RADIATION & PROPAGATION L 604 2+1+0 Module1 Retarded potentials: Radiation from an A.John Krauss. Array of n. Module 5 Antenna measurements: Input impedance.radiation pattern measurements.reflector-Basic principles of antenna-parabolic reflector different methodsChebyshev arrays. D. two point sources. Module 4 Factors involved in the propagation of radio waves: the ground wave-Reflection of radio waves by the surface of the earth-space wave propagation-considerations in space wave propagation-atmospheric effects in space wave propagationionosphere and its effects on radio waves -mechanism of ionosphere propagationrefraction and reflection of sky waves by ionosphere-ray paths-skip distancemaximum usable frequency-vertical and oblique incidence-fading of signals selective fading-diversity reception. 289 . multiplication of patterns -binomial array-stacked array folded dipole. Module 3 VLF and LF transmitting antennas-effects of ground on antenna-performancegrounded antennas-effects of antenna height and effective height of antennamedium frequency antennas-dipole antennas-V and inverted V antennas-Rhombic antenna-traveling wave antennas-folded dipole. Module 2 Antenna array: Classifications-Broad-side. Microstrip antennas. 2. Antennas and wave propagation . End-fire arrays. References 1.super directive arrays.F E Terman.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.A. Yagi-Uda antenna-Basic principles of radio direction finding-loop antennas. Ballanis Radio Engg .K.SWR method.point.C current element monopoles and dipoles-power radiated from a dipole isotropic radiators. 4.

Wein Bridge .Wagner ground connection. Sarma & Mani.Flow measurement . Multiplexing . Frequency generating typedigital encoders-selection criteria for transducers. strain gauge. piezo electric.guarded Wheatstone bridge. Error -classification of measurement errors--sources of measurement errors. Measurement Systems .Strain measurement .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Data transmission elements-block diagram of telemetering system-classification of telemetering systern-Electrical telemetering system--voltage. Electromechanical type-potentiometric. PHI. AC bridges .Rangan. Recording techniques-strip chart recorders-basic principles of digital recording. ionization and mechano electronic type. Analog and digital information-comparison. Module 3 Intermediate elements-instrumentation amplifier. response time & settling time. inductive (self generating and non self generating type).Wheatstone bridge . 290 . isolation amplifier. References 1. pulse frequency. Basic principles of Signal Analyzers-Distortion analyzer wave analyzer. Module 2 Transducers-parameters of electrical transducers-types-active and passive-analogue and digital types of transducers. Instrumentation-devices and systems . 4. photo conductive and photo voltaic type. Principles of Measurement & Instrumentation – Morris. capacitive. Kothamangalam ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION L 605 3+1+0 Module 1 Objectives of engineering measurement-Basic measuring system-block diagram and description-Performance characteristics of instruments-static and dynamic.Owen's bridge . PHI. 2. current and position type-RF telemetery-pulse telemetery (analog and digital)-pulse amplitude. 3. pulse duration and pulse position modulation. Module 4 Bridge measurements . spectrum analyzer. MGH.Doeblin. Transducers & Instrumentation – D.Temperature measurement . Module 5 Basic measurements .Force & torque measurement. S Murthy.U.Shering Bridge . Types of data-static-dynamic-transient-rise time. TMH.Pressure measurement .D/A multiplexing and A/D multiplexing. Opto electrical type-photo emissive.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 3. Automatic control system – B. TMH. 2. Square wave. Measurement of op amp parameters. 4. 5. Modern Control Systems: Dorf. BPF. Module 3 Frequency domain analysis – frequency response – frequency domain specifications – Bode Plot – Nicol’s chart – Nyquist stability criterion – relative stability – gain margin – phase margin. Logarithmic amplifiers. Saw tooth generation using op amp. derivative and integral controllers. Triangular.C. 291 0+0+3 . Module 2 Time domain Analysis – Type and order of a system – typical test signals for the time response of control system – impulse and step response of first and second order systems – steady state error – static and dynamic error coefficients – concepts of stability – Routh Hurwitz criterion – basic ideas of proportional. LINEAR IC LAB L 607 List of Experiments 1. 2. Module 5 State variable analysis and compensation techniques – introduction to state variable concepts – state variable description of linear dynamic systems – state equations – state transition matrix – representaion of state equations – lag compensator – lead compensator – lag lead compensator (design of compensators is not needed). HPF. 4. References 1. All pass & notch filters. Module 4 Root Locus technique – basic theory and properties of root loci – procedure for construction of root loci – error detectors – servo motor – tacho generator – magnetic amplifier. Modern control engineering – Katsuhiko Ogata. Pearson Edn Control systems principles and design: M. Gopal. Control system design: Graham C Goodwin. Active filters: LPF. Kothamangalam CONTROL SYSTEMS L 606 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to control system – Basic idea of control systems and their classifications – transfer function – transfer function of electrical. mechanical and electromechanical system – block diagram – signal flow graph – Mason’s gain formula. PHI. PHI. 3. Kuo. Pearson Education.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. The schematic and PCB design should be done using any of the standard schematic capture & PCB design software. In addition to this. 6. 70% marks will be allotted for the demonstration and viva voce on the mini project. One of the lab experiments will be given for examination to be completed within 60 to 90 minutes with a maximum of 30% marks. Astable and mono stable multi-vibrators using 555 Light activated alarm circuit Speed control of electric fan using triac Illumination control circuits Touch control circuits Sound operated circuits. 4. Kothamangalam 5. Precision rectifiers. the following laboratory experiments should also be done in the lab. Analog to digital converters. MINI PROJECT L 608 0+0+3 The mini project will involve the design. The notebooks will be checked periodically throughout the semester. 6. Switched capacitor filter. 8038 function generators. 1. Schematic capture software (OrCAD or similar) familiarization. A demonstration and oral examination on the mini project also should be done at the end of the semester. Note Any experiment related to L505 may be added to the above list. burglar alarm. 7. 5. 292 . Digital to analog converters. voting machine etc. 10. Sample and hold circuit. as part of the project grade. Each student must keep a project notebook. There will be several projects such as intercom. The university examination will consist of two parts. 3. construction. UPS. 8. and debugging of an electronic system approved by the department. inverter. 7. 9. Each student may choose to buy. PCB design software (OrCAD Layout or similar) familiarization. 2. 8. SMPS. for his convenience. his own components and accessories.

Kothamangalam SEVENTH SEMESTER 293 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

interfacing programs using C and assembly language.FPGA .single slope.DS1232 watch dog timer – real time clocks – DS1302 RTC – interfacing .dc motor speed control – L293 motor driver . Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck.gate arrays. SPI bus – operation – timing diagrams – 2 wire serial EEPROM – 24C04 – 3wire serial EEPROM – 93C46 . 6. Digital fundamentals: Floyd. RS422.interfacing – interfacing programs using C and assembly language . Pearson Education. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala.measurement of frequency . Pearson Education. 2. LED. 3. References 1. successive approximation. Module 5 Matrix key board interface . Module 2 Embedded C compiler – advantages – memory models – interrupt functions – code optimization . Module 4 Serial bus standards . Module 3 Analog to digital converters. sigma delta.low voltage differential signaling – PC printer port – registers – interfacing universal serial bus – PCI bus.design of a position control system .architecture-comparison with 89C51design of a simple trainer circuit using 89C51/89C2051 µC – interfacing of DIP switch. Programming and customizing the 8051 µC: Myke Predko.AT keyboard – commands – keyboard response codes . 7 segment display. The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi. Pearson Education. RS485 – comparison – MAX232 line driver/ receiver .RS232.watch dog timers .interfacing .features – comparison – PLA – PAL.power factor – stepper motor interface .atmel. 22V10 GAL – dual port RAM – FIFO . Penram International. TMH Programming with ANSI C and turbo C: Kamthane.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. flash – comparison .com 294 .optically isolated triac interfacedesign of a temperature control system.typical ICs . alphanumeric LCD – relay interface – design of a traffic light control system .serial communication standards .interfacing programs using C and assembly language.www.I2C bus. 7. Web site of Atmel semiconductors . dual slope.GAL -comparison – combinational PAL – PAL with flip-flops – study of 16L8.interfacing programs using C and assembly language. 5.89C2051 micro-controller.A/D interface – digital to analog converters – different types – D/A interface . PHI.phase angle . Kothamangalam MICRO-CONTROLLER BASED SYSTEM DESIGN LA701 2+1+0 Module 1 Various logic families . 4.

PHI.patterning.parasitic effectsmonolithic diodes. Mc Graw Hill pub. electron beam and x-ray lithography.design rules.fabrication steps. 5.silicon shaping.effects of miniaturization.Diffusion profiles. Pearson Education.schottky diodes and transistors.complementary (erfc) error function.resistors in diffused regions. 4. Fine line lithography.epitaxial growth. Addison weslay.Basic circuit concepts. NAND gates.metallisation. Module 2 Monolithic components: Isolation of components.IC crossovers and vias.circuit design processstick diagrams.arrangementspower dissipation. BiCMOS circuit.Ion implantationAnnealing process. Khanna Pub.oxide isolation.scaling of MOS structures.BiCMOS technology.design of a 4 bit shifter.Photolithography.inverter.Oxidation process. References 1.GaAs fabrication. Introduction to VLSI: Conway.Transistor fabrication.junction and MOS structures. IEEE press.sheet resistance and resistor design.Fick’s I and II law of diffusion.Device modeling.Monolithic resistors. Module 3 CMOS technology: Metal gate and silicon gate. CMOS circuit design layout and simulation: Barter. Integrated Circuits: K R Botkar.Driving large capacitance loads.Wiring capacitance.Lithography. Module 5 Gallium Arsenide Technology: Sub-micro CMOS technology.subsystem design process. Basic VLSI design: Douglas Pucknell.Channeling effect. VLSI technology: S M Sze. Modern VLSI design: Wolf.scaling factors. Kothamangalam VLSI TECHNOLOGY LA 702 3+1+0 Module 1 Process steps in IC fabrication: Crystal growth and wafer preparationCzochralski process.physical mechanism.apparatus.FET structures.reactors. 2.power supply rail distribution. CMOS logic systems – bus lines.Simple logic circuits.impurity profile. 7. 3. Module 4 Subsystem design and layout.wire bonding and packaging. Pearson Edn.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.buried layer. 6. control of threshold voltage (Vth).Gaussian profile.junction isolation and dielectric isolation.Capacitance of layers. slicing and polishing.MESFET. NOR gates.Chemical vapour deposition (CVD).Delay.silicon gate technology.MOS resistors.Crystal structureDoping process.Diffusion of impurities.Latch up.monolithic capacitors. 295 . Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: H E Weste.JFETMOSFET.PMOS and NMOS.Twin well process.

High frequency limitations. Microwave and Radar Engg.Tunnel diode. — M Kulkarni.FM CW radar-FM CW altimeter.Global positioning system. Module 5 Direction finders. Introduction to radar systems — Merrill I Skolnik.principle of operation. 296 . 3. Microwave Communication: Basic Principles of Microwave Links – Microwave relay Systems – block schematic of terminal transmitters and receivers – repeaters – basic principles of design of a microwave links.InP diode. McGraw Hill. its S matrix and properties.Instrument Landing System.Radar frequenciesApplications of radar.impedance.Reflex Klystron.Gyrator.T junctions. Microwave devices and circuit: Samuel Liao. Microwave tubes. E plane and EH plane Tee junctions. Kothamangalam MICROWAVE AND RADAR ENGINEERING L703 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Microwaves.Concept of N port scattering matrix representation.Block schematic of pulse radar. 2.CW radar with nonzero IF.Circulator.Doppler navigation .principle of operation. Microwave and radar — A K Maini.Radio ranges.LORAN.Characteristic features.frequency.Properties of S matrix. Module 3 Microwave semiconductor devices.Multicavity Klystron. NavigationHyperbolic navigation.S matrix formulation of two-port junction.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.H plane. References 1.Different types of microwave antennas-basic principles.basic concepts and properties.applications of CW radar. Directional coupler-Termination. 4.Isolator. Transferred Electron Devices.IMPATT and TRAPATT devices.power.Gunn diode. Module 2 Microwave measurements.Attenuator.Gunn diode as an Oscillator and an amplifier.VSWR. Radar systems and radio aids to navigation — A K Sen & A B Bhattacharya.advantages and applicationsWave guides. Khanna Publishers.MTI and Pulse Doppler radar. Satellite navigation.Principle of operation of Transistors and FETs. PHI.Magnetron.principle of operation. Module 4 Radar range equation. Passive microwave devices.CW radar.Traveling Wave Tube. Avalanche Transit time devices.Phase changer. 5.Applications of Hybrid junction. Scattering matrix.

numerical aperture.optical amplifiersSOAs – EDFAs. Digital Communication system with Satellites & Fibre Optics Applications: Kolimbris. Fiber Optic Communication: Palais.Mode coupling – Attenuation in single mode and multimode fibres. 297 .characteristics of cables.rise time budgetprotection techniques. Fibre optic communication technology: Djafer K Mynbaev. Optical Networks . 4.LEDs.reflections at boundarycritical angle.refractive index profile measurements. 3.Pulse dispersion and Band Width limitation.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Optical communication: M Mukund Rao . 2. PHI 6.band width measurements.applications of fibre optic systems.dispersion measurements. Pearson Education.photo-detectorsprinciples of photo detection – PIN diode – APD – operating principles – photomultiplier tubes. PHI. 10.point-to-point link. S Chand & co. Ltd 8. Module 3 Optical sources. Module 4 Basic optical communication systems.Measurements.Introduction to optical fibre networks.optical fibre connectors.total internal reflection . Optic fibre communication: John M senior.Optical wave guides .operating characteristics.Ramabhadran.Brief description of modes in SI fibre and GI fibre.WDM – transceiver requirements-TDM. Electronic communication: Dennis Roddy & John coolen. Module 5 OTDR . 11. PHI. Pearson Education. Kothamangalam OPTICAL FIBRE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS L704 2+1+0 Module 1 Recollection of basic principles of optics: ray theory. Universities press.optical receivers.fibre attenuation measurements. 5. Mc Graw Hill 7.splicing techniques. Optical fibre and fibre optic communication: Subir Kumar Sarkar. Optical communication system: John Gower. Fibre optics in telecommunication: Sharma. LASER diodes. Module 2 SI fibre and GI fibre .Optic fibre couplers: types of coupling – fibre to fibre joints. Pearson Education.Propagation in fibreexpression for acceptance angle-acceptance cone – numerical aperture.future developments References 1.modulation circuits.3rd Generation Transport systems: Black. Khanna.source to fibre power launching – lensing schemes.Optic fibre cables. Pearson Education.cutoff wave length measurements. 9. Telecommunication principle circuits Systems and experiments: S.V number Index profile-effect of index profile on propagation.

Kraft's inequality. Encoding of cyclic codes.Capacity of band limited Gaussian channels. Module 4 Codes for error detection and correction: . Cyclic codes: . 2. Continuous channels: .Encoding. Optimum modulation system. Standard array and Syndrome decoding.State. BCH codes. Burst error correction. Module 5 Convolutional codes: . repetition of symbols. Binary unsymmetric channel. Cascaded channels.Block and convolutional interleaving. Syndrome computation and error detection.Prentice Hall Inc. 5. interpolation and muting. Digital Communications Fundamentals and Applications: Bernard Sklar. redundancy and efficiency of channels. Encoding and decoding of systematic and unsystematic codes. Hamming codes. Principles of Communication Systems: Taub & Schilling. Pvt. Binary Erasure Channel. Huffman coding. References 1. Capacity of a channel with infinite band width. Entropy -marginal.Symmetric channels. Performance of ARQ. Shannon-Hartley theorem. Module 2 Discrete channels: . Costello Jr. channel capacity. ZIP coding. Tata McGraw-Hill 3. Trade off between band width and signal to noise ratio. Construction of basic source codes: Shannon-Fano algorithm. Tree and Trellis diagrams. Mullick & Chatterjee. Communication Systems: Simon Haykin. information rate. John Wiley & Sons. Generator and Parity check matrices. Kothamangalam INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING L705 3+1+0 Module 1 Information theory: . Arithmetic coding.. Error detecting and correcting capabilities. Error Control Coding Fundamentals and Applications: Shu Lin & Daniel J. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Principles of Digital Communication: Das. Instantaneous codes. Binary Symmetric Channel. Decoding of cyclic codes. Ltd.Encoding techniques.Types of ARQ. Person Education Asia 298 . Sequential decoding -Stack algorithm.Concept of amount of information -units. Coding efficiency and redundancy. Module 3 Source coding: . conditional and joint entropies -relation among entropies Mutual information. Interleaving techniques: .Generator polynomial. RS codes. 4. ARQ: . Noiseless coding theorem. Maximum likelihood decoding of convolutional codes -Viterby algorithm. Coding and interleaving applied to CD digital audio system -CIRC encoding and decoding. Probability of error and throughput.Parity check coding.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Construction of instantaneous codes. Purpose of encoding. Linear block codes. Generator and Parity check matrices. Shannon theorem.

Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering: A. PHI OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN C++ (ELECTIVE . Chandrupatla.S. T.Declaring objects Member functions . Eastern Economy Edition. Module 2 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods. 5. Mojena. A.I) CMELRA 706-1 3+1+0 Module1 Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method . Panneerselvam. Operations Research: R.R. McLeavey. R.process of language translation – Need of objects Definition of Object . Ltd.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Belegundu.Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions. Kothamangalam OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . Pearson Education Asia. mixed integer programming problems. S. 3.Oriented Language. Module 5 Network Techniques Shortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm. 299 . Taha.constructors and destructors members access control. New Age International P. References 1. Optimization theory and application: S.Support for experiments and structure . Principles of Operations Research for Management: F. 4. Irwin.I) LA706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to loops: Evolution of object oriented languages . Module 2 Encapsulation & Inheritance: Building classes . Rao. D. 2. Operation Research an introduction: H. Budnick. D. Module 3 Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method. INC. Module 4 Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems. Richard D.

References 1. Object oriented programming with C++: E. Pearson Education.applications Thermo dynamic systems .Cauche training .Virtual functions .Training the Grosbery layer Full counter propagation network .Principles .temporal instability. Object Oriented Programming in C++: Nabajyoti Bjarne.Inline functions outside class definitions .Local minima .Training artificial neural networks .Statistical Hopfield networks – Bi-directional associative memories .Associative memory . Ada) features. Balaguruswamy.Adaptive resonance theory Architecture classification . Module 5 Hopfield nets .Application.Continuous BAM . Applications .Perception Representation . Wiley Eastern. 4. Pearson Education.stability .activation functions . Object oriented programming usig C++: Pohl.Defining virtual functions – Usage of virtual functions . Module 2 Back Propagation . 2. NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE . Kothamangalam Module 3 POLYMORPHISM . Data abstraction & OOP in C++: Gordenkeeth.artificial neuron .Training the cohenen layer .network configurations Network paralysis .Abstract classes .Linear separability . Module 5 DYNAMIC OBJECTS: Dynamic object allocation .Overloading operators to provide new meaning . 3.Applications to general non-linear optimization problems.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 4 Statistical methods.Single layer & multi-layer networks . C++. Smalltalk.Friend functions.Implementation.Training algorithm .Training algorithms. 300 .Selecting Friend or Member Functions for Operator Overloading. 5.Recurrent networks . Module 3 Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer .Learning . C++ Programming language: Strostroup.Using references with dynamic memory allocation .simulation using abstract classes. Module 4 OVERLOADING: Overloading functions .Object oriented databases case study – some language (Simula.Artificial specific heat methods .Applications .Boltzmann’s Training .Pre initializing the wright vectors . TMH.I) L706-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction .statistical properties .

continuous.Block schematic of A mode.Yegnanarayana.Doppler effect.continuous flow analyzer. McGraw Hill Artificial Neural Networks .bio-potential electrodes.applications.The Kidney. Clinical measurements: Blood cells. B mode.blood purification.indirect measurementsphygmomanometer. Respiratory measurementsLung volume and capacities.different dialysers. Pearson Education.basic modes of transmission. Blood pressure measurements.Simon Haykins. Neural Networks .Fluoroscopycomputed tomography.pulsed.CAT scan: block schematic.pump oxygenators. An Introduction to neural computing .physiological systems of human body.I) L 706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Biometrics.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam Text Book Neural Computing Theory & Practice . Intensive care unit: Planning and location of different instruments.Gantry.Attenuation.Prosthetic instrumentsartificial heart.Biomedical instruments. pulsed DopplerUltrasonic imaging.H.blood flow measurements.direct measurement techniques.parameters.image intensifiers.photographic imaging. PHI BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE .C arm machine.electrodes and leads.x ray machine. 2. References 1. Wasserman.x ray films.Resting and Action potentials.echoencephalography.propagation.Nervous systemBioelectric potentials. Module 2 Biomedical measurements: ECG measurement.Applications of Ultrasound: Gynecology and obstetrics.cardiac imagingechocardiography.cardiovascular system.Man-instrument systemcomponents. 5.let go current301 .artificial kidney. M mode instrumentsElectronic scanners: Linear and Phased array. 4.chemical tests. Schalkoff.tests on blood cells.Robert J.ECG-EEG-EMG.Chapman & Hall Artificial Neural Networks .transmitter-receiver. Module 3 Ultrasonic measurements: Characteristics of Ultrasound. Electrical safety: Physiological effects of electric current. Module 5 Bio-telemetry: components in telemetry system.Pay Y.hemodialysis. Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks . 3.Philip D.implantable units. Module 4 X ray imaging and measurements: x ray generation.B.ECG recorder.Gas exchange measurements.colorimeterspectro photometer.The heart.detectors.Spirometer.Respiratory system.Bedside monitors.different recorders.Transducers.pulse modulators.

software. myopic offline. Databases for hard real time systems.isolation of patients. Module 4 Fault tolerance – definition. round robin. synchronization in software. Aperiodic. next-fit. software error models. soft real time systems. token . fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware. definition of real time systems – real time systems.based. rate monotonic deferred server. Module 5 Programming Languages – Desired language characteristics. task classes – Periodic. Disk schedule algorithms. critical. polled bus.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. information. IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm. fault detection and containment. Houghton Mifflin Company. network architecture issues. bin. 302 .need of grounding. redundancy – hardware. A handbook to biomedical instrumentation: R S Khandpur. References 1. master chain model. scheduling – uni-processor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic. real time computer. integrated failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems. Introduction to biomedical technology: Joseph J Carr. co-routines. Real time databases.task status. fault types. Module 2 Real time kernel – polled loop systems. fault latency. maintaining serialization constituency. buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling. real time design issues. 3. combinational model. interrupt driven systems – sporadic. protocols – contention – based. fixed rate systems. Kothamangalam shock hazards. Pearson Edn. EDF. Non-critical.Hard real time systems. Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. embedded systems . Biomedical Instrumentation: John G Webster. hybrid systems. Biomedical Instrumentation & Measurements: Leslie Cromwell. PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . cause of failure. Transaction.isolated power distribution system. transient faults. main memory databases. task control block . Module 3 Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies. NMR clusters. stop and go multi-loop. hierarchal.I) LA 706-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems. 2. time.packing algorithm. characteristics. 4. PHI.

Use of assembler. arithmetic operations (Using assembler. Computer aided assembly language program development for 89C51/89C2051. e) Seven segment display. a) A/D converter. Programming examples using timer. l) Interfacing using RS 232 and printer port. g) Stepper motor. 3. Design and construction of the following interfacing modules. j) Serial EEPROM. Sorting. manual code entry. Note 303 . 0+0+3 Familiarization of 8085 trainer kit. Study of Intel Hex file format. d) Matrix keyboard interface. h) Infra red transmission and reception. i) Opto isolated I/P and O/P. c) Alphanumeric LCD display.C. 7. linker and simulator for 89C51/89C2051. 4. simulator).M Krishna. Real Time Systems Philip Laplante (IEEE) Krishna. Kang G. 2. 9. Design and construction of a simple flash programmer for 89C51/89C2051 µC. Tata McGraw Hill .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. simple examples. 6. Design & Analysis 2. f) Extending I/O port using shift registers(74HC595. Any other embedded processor with similar or better capability may be used instead of 89C51/89C2051. external interrupts. Shini (McGraw Hill) MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LAB LA707 1. k) Real time clock. 5. Programming examples. Kothamangalam Text Book Real Time Systems References 1. Programming examples using Embedded ‘C’ compiler for 89C51/89C2051. Real Time Systems. b) D/A converter. 8. 74HC165).

10. Characteristics of Klystron. PAM. Familiarization of Digital modulation and demodulation Trainer Kit. ASK.Gain. 9. PWM. wavelength. 8. Attenuation. Study of optical fibers and optical communication systems. Impedance. 2. PPM. Experiments of Satellite communication system. 5. Radiation Pattern of various types antennae. 4. PCM. Antenna Measurements . Delta modulation. Microwave measurements . 3. 7. PSK. Wave-guide Measurements. 304 . Directivity. Display systems. Study of PLC's.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 6.VSWR. Kothamangalam COMMUNICATION II LAB L708 0+0+3 1.

Kothamangalam EIGHTH SEMESTER 305 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Data communication: Hausly 6.Need for data link layer-stop and wait and sliding window protocol-HDLC-terminal handlingpolling-multiplexing. Module 5 Application layer .routing congestion control. protocols standards & interfaces. Understanding Data Communication and networks. References 1. 5.cryptographypresentation layer in ARPANET. 2.Presentation layerdata presentation-compression. half duplex linksConcepts of WAP technology. Pearson Education.ISO-OSI 7 Layer Standard -peer processes-Functions of each layer-TCP/IP reference model Transmission media -description and characteristics . Local Area Networks: William Stallings. Pearson Education. Module 2 MODEMS-serial communication standards . Transport layer.carrier sense networks-CSMA/CD -ring network.concentration-virtual circuit and data-grams . Module 4 Session layer.dialogue management synchronization.file transfer protocol-E-mail-introduction to distributed system .X-21 digital interface.design issues -data exchange . 8.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.flow control – buffering .configurations-concept of internet. Pearson Education.base band and broad band transmission-synchronous and asynchronous -full duplex.design issues.ATM-protocol architecture -ATM logical connections -ATM cells -cell transmission. 3. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking: Keshav. Module 3 LAN.ATM adaptation layer -AAL protocols -basic principles of SDH and SONET. Computer Networks. Uyless Balack 7.virtual terminal .crash recovery . 4. Computer Networks: Andrew S Tannenbaum. Kothamangalam COMPUTER NETWORKS LA 801 3+1+0 Module 1 Network goals -topologies.a simple transport protocol on X-25.shared memory -IEEE802 standards-introduction to X-25. Computer Network & Internet: Comer. Computer Networking: A Top Down Approach: Kurose Pearson Education.network security-privacy.2nd ed-William A Shay (Vikas Thomson Learning) 306 .base band and broad band Lan’s . Pearson Education.remote procedure call-client server model .establishing and releasing connection .

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Link Budget Spacecraft subsystem (block schematic).demodulators.Pseudo noise sequences –time hopping-frequency Hopping – Robustness – Fast and Slow hopping – Hybrid & Chirp spread spectrum. Wireless communication principles and practice: T S Rappaport.channel filters .Frequency reuse –channel assignment – Hand off strategies – prioritizing handoff –practical handoff – Co-channel interface and system capacity – channel planning – adjacent channel interference –Cell splitting – sectoring – repeaters – micro-cell concept. Kothamangalam ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS L802 3+1+0 Module1 Satellite Communication .Global System for Mobile – services and features – Architecture – Radio subsystem – channel types – frame structure . Digital Communication Fundamentals and Applications: B Sklar.Packet satellite network-domestic satellite system. 2. 3. Module 4 Wireless communication system-paging-cordless & cellular system –comparisonSecond generation cellular networks-third generation cellular networks .Fundamentals and Applications. Module 3 The cellular concept – Introduction .INTELSAT/INMARSAT – Overview of INSAT. 307 . Module 5 Spread spectrum Techniques and remote sensing. McGrawHill.System parameters analysis .functioning LNA – LNB .Global positioning Systems . John Wiley&Sons.link equations. Satellite communication: Gagliardi. Pearson Education. PSK-TDMA. References 1. Module 2 Types of satellite communication system-FSS.Concepts of Jamming -Analysis of DS/SS – Analysis of avoidance-generation of signalsdetection –Applications.Antenna look angles . 6. Space communication System: Filipowasky.Blue tooth technology. Tracking and telecommand . Electronic communication system fundamentals: Wayne Tomasi.Earth stations – Antenna systems – receiver subsystems (block) .Multiple Access Techniques– Introduction.Satellite classifications . Digital communication: Simon Haykin. Pearson Education. CDMA .Satellite orbits – Geo synchronous orbit –orbital velocity – Round trip time delay .basic conceptssystem block . 4. 5. DSS-Direct broadcasting and community broadcast . SSMA.Synchronization – acquisition – Tracking . Pearson Education.FDM-FMFDMA.down converter .spacing frequency allocation.positioning – Applications.Switching techniques – circuit – message packet switching.

References 1. Hall TMH 3. Microprocessor and Interfacing 2nd Edition Douglous V.Data addressing mode – register addressing. Module 5 Advanced Intel Microprocessors . register indirect addressing. Brey Pearson Edu. 2. relative program memory addressing. system connection – Real address mode operation – Protected mode operation Module 4 Intel 80386 Microprocessor . scaled addressing. 8086 memory organization – even and odd memory banks – segment registers – logical and physical address – advantages and disadvantages of physical memory. Stack memory addressing mode. Kothamangalam ADVANCED MICROPROCESORS LA803 3+1+0 Module 1 Intel 8086 Microprocessor . direct addressing.80386 Architecture and system connection – Real operating mode – 386 protected mode operation – segmentation and virtual memory – segment privilege levels and protection – call gates – I/O privilege levels – Interrupts and exception handling – task switching – paging mode – 80386 virtual 86 mode operation.80286 Architecture. Module 3 Intel 80286 Microprocessor . The 80x86 family John Uffenbeck 308 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. base plus index addressing.Internal architecture – Block diagram – Minimum and maximum mode operation – Interrupt and Interrupt applications – DMA data transfer – 8087 math coprocessor. Pentium – super scalar architecture – u-v pipe line – branch prediction logic – cache structure – BIST (built in self test) – Introduction to MMX technology. Module 2 Addressing modes used in 80x86 family . immediate addressing.direct program memory addressing.80486 – Processor model – Reduced Instruction cycle – five stage instruction pipe line – Integrated coprocessor – On board cache – Burst Bus mode. register relative addressing. base relative plus index addressing. The Microprocessors 6th Edition Barry B. Program memory addressing modes .

flicker. electronic tuning. cable connections. Composite video signal. Delta gun. channel bandwidth and allocations for colour transmission. Television engineering: A M Dhake. LASER source. vertical and horizontal synchronization signal dimensions. LNB. Luminance and chrominance. additive mixing of colours. Monochrome receiver: Detailed block schematic. References 1. 2. Colour response of human eye. video signal dimensions. LCD screens. TV transmitters: Positive and negative modulation and its comparison. video detector. Video discs: VCD and DVD. Polarity of colour difference signal. structure of CCD and its working. Cable television: converters. high level and low level modulation and its comparison. Block schematic explanation. High definition television. chromaticity diagram. Module 5 Television applications: CCTV and its functional block schematic. Trinitron tubes. maximum video frequency. Module 2 Television camera and transmitters: Photoelectric effects. Digital recording. 3. Theory and Practice: S P Bali. Satellite television: Dish antenna. vestigial side band transmission. Colour resolution and bandwidth. cathode and grid modulation. 309 . number of scanning lines. Wiley Eastern. Typical ICs in different stages. Mc Graw Hill. Tata Mc Graw Hill. SAW filters. Monochrome and colour television: R R Gulati. delay lines. Monochrome and Colour television camera: block schematic explanation. Down converters. Analysis of Television pictures. PIL. Module 4 Colour Television: Compatibility consideration. Colour TV picture tubes: purity and convergence. plumbicon. colour difference signal and its generation. channel bandwidth. AGC: delayed AGC and Keyed AGC. Module 3 Monochrome and colour reception. sync separation. Tata Mc Graw Hill Basic Television Engineering: Bernad Grob. interlaced scanning. IF conversion. Frequency interleaving and Colour burst signal. Basic colour television systems: PAL and NTSC.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam TELEVISION ENGINEERING L 804 3+1+0 Module 1 Elements of Television system: Basic block schematic of television transmitter and receiver. RF tuner. CCD. Scanning. EHT generation and its wave form description. 4. sound separation. human factor consideration. vidicon. Horizontal and vertical resolution. Working principle of image orthicon. BALUN transformers. Colour Television. Power supplies: SMPS and block schematic explanation. horizontal and vertical deflection circuits and wave forms. video amplifier. Yagi antenna. Three colour theory. VSB reception and correction.

Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation. 5. S. Classification of second order equations.Dass.K. Addison Wesley. Numerical methods: P.Chand & co 310 .Pipkin.Kanwal.Thilagavathy. Springer. Beta functions Gamma function. Mathematics: H.S. 6.Grewal. unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – solution of Fredhlom integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution. Academic Press. Principles of Applied Mathematics: James P. 2.K. Khanna Publishers Generalized functions: R.Kandasamy. Kothamangalam ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE . John Wiley and sons Applied Mathematics 8.F. Mathematics: Michael D. Pearson Edn.Chand Advanced Engg. Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function. References 1. Module 3 Gamma. John Wiley and Sons. Linear Integral Equation: Ram P.Gunavathy. Hoskins. Asia Numrical methods in Engg. New York A Course on Integral Equations: Allen C.&science: B.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions.II) CMELR 805-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides. Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. 9. 7.Greenberge.Keener.K. 4. Principles and Techniques of: Bernard Friedman. S. 3. Verlag Advanced Engg.

Guarded Signals.Modelling Regular Structures.Generics and Configurations: GenericsConfigurations.Type Conversions.Block Statement.Selected Signal Assignment Statementthe UNAFFECTED Value.A Generic Priority Encoder.A Generic Binary Multiplier.Signatures.Hierarchy in Design.Operators.Incremental Binding.Aliases.A Barrel Shifter.Simulation.Basic Terminology.Other Sequential Statements.Conversion Functions .Implicit Visibility.Data Types.Data Objects.A Pulse Counter.Design Libraries-Order of Analysis.Multiple DriversConditional Signal Assignment Statement.Variable File NamesHardware Modelling Examples: Modelling Entity interfacesModelling Simple Elements.Model Analysis.Exit Statement.Model Simulation: Simulation.Modelling Conditional Operations. Module 5 Advanced Features: Entity Statements.Writing a Test BenchConverting Real and Integer to Time.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Reading Vectors from a Text File.Generate Statements.Multiple Processes.Wait Statement.Delta Delay Revisited.II) LA805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Hardware Abstraction.A Test Bench Example.Package Body. Pearson Education Asia. Module 2 Behavioural Modelling: Entity Declaration. Kothamangalam VHDL (ELECTIVE .If Statement .Assertion Statement..Explicit Visibility.Configuration Declaration.A Simplified Blackjack Program.Postponed Processes .Case Statement. 311 .Default Rules .Signal Assignment Statement.Interacting State MachinesModelling a Moore FSM.Attributes.Loop Statement.Modelling a Mealy FSM.Concurrent Assertion StatementValue of a Signal Module 3 Structural Modelling: Component Declaration.Modelling Synchronous Logic. Text Book VHDL Primer Third editions: J.Groups .Configuration Declaration.State Machine Modelling.Basic Language Elements –Identifiers.Package Declaration.Dumping Results into a Text Fi1e.Aggregate TargetsShared Variables.Different Styles of Modelling.Configuration Specification. Bhasker.A Clock Divider.Report Statement.Direct Instantiation.Null Statement.Concurrent versus Sequential Signal Assignment.Subprogram OverloadingOperator Overloading.Packages and Libraries: Package Declaration.Dataflow Modelling: Concurrent Signal Assignment Statement.Component InstantiationResolving Signal Values .Next Statement.Variable Assignment Statement.Default Values for Parameters . Module 4 Subprograms and Overloading: Subprograms.Initialising a Memory.Modelling Delays.Architecture Body-Process Statement.Qualified Expressions.Package Body-Design File.Entity DeclarationArchitecture Body.

312 . diastolic and mean detector circuit plethysmography.shield drive. Module 5 Medical Imaging: Computed tomography. Module 3 ECG wave form.collimators.input protection.ECG machine maintenance.muscular servo mechanism.carrier type isolation amplifier.Einthoven triangle. Introducing VHDL from simulation to synthesis: Sudhakar Yalamanchilli.isolation amplifiers.bio-potentials from brain.basic design.Instrumentation.EEG electrodesFrequency bands.alignment.lead fault indicator.multi-channel EEG recording systems. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance.synchronous demodulator.ECG machinemechanism. Module 4 EEG. Biopotential electrodes: Half cell potential.systolic.data sheet. Kothamangalam References 1.nuclear structure and angular momentum.detectors.central monitoring consoles.The standard lead system.Bridge amplifiers.input guarding.high impedance 50 Hz reject filter with gain.ISO212.cardio tachometers.muscle action.instrumentation amplifier – INA 101.preamplifiers.ECG preamplifierRight leg drive circuit.II) L 805-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Bioelectric potentials Human cell – action potential – ECG waveform – relation with heart action.image reconstructionalgorithms.equivalent circuit between electrodes and skin – electrodes types.differential amplifiers. ICU monitoring system.blood flow measurements. Pearson Education Asia MEDICAL ELECTRONICS (ELECTIVE .pH probe amplifiers.ECG digitization.Free Induction decay.Neuron membrane potential.optical couplingTransformer coupled isolation amplifiers.data accumulationscanning motions – x ray tubes.dc amplifiers.isolated dc amplifier.patient cables.intensive care equipments.Imaging system.Amplifiers.magnetic dipole moment.Larmor frequencyRF magnetic field.shield driver.differential chopper amplifier.basic principle .opto isolators. Blood pressure measurements.stimulating electrodes.ac carrier amplifier.selection.electromagnetic flow meter.pulsed excitation amplifier.QRS complex detection.EMG.excitation and inhibition potentialsElectroencephalogram.Typical ECG amplifier circuit.improvement in resolution. Module 2 Biomedical amplifiers – op amps.circuitsEEG telemetry systems.Fiber optic isolation amplifierchopper stabilized amplifier.OPA 111: FET input op amp.display – resolution.biomedical transducersclassification.Instrumentation requirements.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.pH probe electrometer.telemetry system.Pressure transducers.

7. References 1. Microchip semiconductor web site – www. DS101374: National Semiconductor reference manual.microchip. TMH ADVANCED MICRO-CONTROLLERS (ELECTIVE . 2.com 1187D: Atmel semiconductor reference manual. Pearson Education. Design with PIC micro-controllers: John B Peatman. Timer3 -operating modes – PWM mode – event capture mode Module 4 Power saving modes – Dual clock operation – Multi input wake up – USART – framing formats – baud rate generation – A/D conversion – operating modes – prescaler – Interrupts – interrupt vector table – Watch dog – service window – Micro-wire interface – waveforms. Timer2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 5 Microchip PIC16 family – PIC16F873 processor – features – architecture – memory organization .national. Biomedical Instrumentation: R S Khandpur.com DS30292B: Microchip reference manual.COP8CBR9 processor – features – electrical characteristics – pin descriptions – memory organization –EEPROM security – brownout reset – in system programming – boot ROM. Pearson Education. 4. 3. 2. Module 2 Timers – Watch dog timer – EEPROM – preventing data corruption – Analog comparator – A/D converter – conversion timing – ADC noise reduction – PortB – alternate functions – memory programming – fuse bits – high voltage serial programming – algorithm.atmel.Tunable internal oscillator. University Press. 3. Medical Electronics: C Raja Rao. Biomedical Instrumentation: John G Webster.PORTB – PORTC – Data EEPROM and flash program memory – Asynchronous serial port – SPI mode – I2C mode. 5. Kothamangalam References 1. Introduction to Biomedical equipment technology: J J Carr. Mifflin Hougton Co.com 313 . 6. Idle timer – Timer1. 4.II) LA805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Low pin count controllers – Atmel AVR family – ATTiny15L controller architecture – pin descriptions – features – addressing modes – I/O space – reset and interrupt handling – reset sources . National semiconductor web site – www.register file map – I/O ports – PORTA . Atmel semiconductor web site – www. Module 3 National semiconductor COP8 family .

Corporate Data Warehouses. E. 2.Supply Chain Management.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 4 Electronic Data Interchange .EDI standardization .CS Security Threats – Firewalls .Security on the Web.Internal Information System.Security and Privacy Issues .E-Commerce Framework.Credit Cards . Text Book Frontiers of Electronic Commerce: Ravi Kalakota & Andrew B Whinston.II) LA805-5 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce .Asynchronous Transfer ModeMobile Computing and Wireless Computing.Commerce The cutting edge of Business: Kamlesh K Bajaj & Debjani Nag.Encrypted Documents . Module 3 Electronic Payment Systems .Document Library.Data & Message Security .Hypertext publishing.Anatomy of ECommerce Applications . References 1.WWW as the Architecture.Internet Service Providers . Kothamangalam E-COMMERCE (ELECTIVE .Video Conferencing with Digital Videos.Types of Electronic Payment Systems .EDI Envelope for Message Transport Internet based EDI .EDI Application in Business.Client-Server Network Security .EDI-Legal . Pearson Education.Commerce and World Wide Web . Module 2 Network Security .Multimedia in E-Commerce. TMH. E-Commerce: Strategy Technologies and Applications.Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System .Work-flow Automation and Coordination.Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce .Designing Electronic Payment Systems.Broad Band Telecommunication. Global Electronic Commerce: J Christopher Westland & Theodore H K Clark.Types of Digital Documents.Risk in Electronic Payment Systems .Smart Cards . Module 5 Recent Trends in E-Commerce . 314 . 3.E-Commerce Consumer & Organization ApplicationsE.Frame & Cell RelaysSwitched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS).

Adaptive filter as a Noise Canceller .SIMD – VLIW and static super-scalar Processing . 2.Main components of the adaptive filter – Basic Wiener filter theory – The basic LMS adaptive algorithm – Practical limitations of the basic LMS algorithm .Factorization Algorithm.Reconstructing Approximations and details.Gabor Transform .R Rabiner and B gold 3.Recursive Least Square Algorithm – Limitations .scaling shifting .Hardware Multiply and Accumulate – Special Instructions . Pearson Education.Approximation and Details . Digital Signal Processing: Emmanuel C Ifeachor.One Stage filtering .Properties and Applications.filter requirement for individual stages .sampling rate increase – interpolation by integer facto .Pipelining . Wavelets and Subband Coding: Valterli & Kovaceric.Discrete Hilbert Transform and Discrete Cosine Transform – Properties and Applications . Module 5 General and special purpose DSP Processors .Other configurations of the adaptive filter .Multilevel Reconstruction Wavelet packet synthesis. Analog Devices & Texas Instruments Users Manuel of TMS320C4X and ADSP 2106x. Module 2 Adaptive Signal Processing – Adaptive filters – Concepts. 5.The Discrete Wavelet Transform . References 1. Kothamangalam ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (ELECTIVE .Determining the number of stages and decimation factors .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 315 .B Williams and FT Taylor. Electronic filter Desig Hand Book: A .III) LA806-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Multi-rate Digital Signal Processing – Sample rate reduction decimation by integer factors.Brief study of TMS320C4X and ADSP 2106 processors.Sampling rate conversion using poly-phase filter structure – poly-phase implementation of interpolators.On-chip Memory Cache Extended Parallelism . Theory and Applications of DSP: L.Replication .2D – DFT Transforms Properties and applications .Filter bank analysis – Multilevel Decomposition – Number of levels – Wavelet reconstruction – Reconstruction filter.Short term Fourier Transform . McGraw Hill 4.Typical Applications.Design of practical sampling rate converters: Filter Specification. Module 3 Introduction to two dimensional signal and systems . Barrie W Jrevis. Module 4 Wavelets – Wavelet Analysis – The Continuous Wavelet Transform . PHI.Computer Architecture for signal processing – Havard Architecture .scale and frequency .

Database integration.Peter Jellam.Standards Image . Gibbs. Kothamangalam MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . Hodger & Russel M.Sound cards . Multimedia PC and Microsoft Multimedia Extensions. Module 4 MULTIMEDIA PROGRAMMING: Framework: Overview. Multimedia Producers Bible. JPEG. Environments & Framework . CD-interactive.Palikom. Optimizing your Multimedia PC .Full motion digital video .Mathew E. Susan Lafe Meister .Winn L. Multimedia Bible . Sasnett.Problems related to programming . Skibbe.III) LA806-2 3+1+0 Module 1 INTRODUCTION: Definition of multimedia. music and animation . digital audio. Multimedia.Comdex 5.Simon J.Ron Goldberg. Sams 6.J. multimedia.L. Addison wesley 9.Arch C Luther 4. Random house Electronic Pub. Comdex 7.Animation .Desktop video conferencing .Making it work .Composition.Tay Van Ghan – Osborne Tata Mcgraw Hill 3.Memory storage Basic tools .) 2. Synchronisation. Tsischritziz (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.Image compression. Digital Video Interactive.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Authoring tools. Rosch.Hyper text . Multimedia Computing . Virtual Reality .Image types . Authoring Interactive multimedia . Integrated Multimedia Systems .Image file types .Sound . The communication Wall Overview 316 . QuickTime. Module 2 BUILDING BLOCKS: Text .Techniques realistic image synthesis. Format classes and Component classes .Video capture techniques multimedia networks . hardware. Transform classes.Analog & Digital video . (basic ideas only) Module 3 MULTIMEDIA ENVIRONMENTS: The Compact Disc family.Analog and digital video. Media classes. software applications and software environments . Multimedia Programming Objects. MPEG .Future multimedia.Media Types . 8. Module 5 ADVANCED MULTIMEDIA: Moving pictures . Dionysios C. Multimedia Power Tools . RLE. References 1.Fractal and Wavelet Compressions .Capture and Playback techniques. Interaction.

synchronization. C shellvisual editor. Module 2 Operating Systems: types of OS. multiprogramming. Parsing. Module 4 Processor Management: CPU scheduling . 5. memory management in UNIX. Process management in UNIX. 4. 3. 3ed. References 1. avoidance.directory structure. classification of system s/w. allocation methods disk blocks and inodes in UNIX. Addison Wesley Operating Systems – Dietal H M Design of UNIX Operating System – Maurice J Bach UNIX System Programming – Stevens.. timesharing. elementary ideas of macros & macro processors.III) LA806-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Concept of system software. virtual memory concepts.scheduling algorithms. batch processing. Operating System – Peterson & Silberschatz. caching of secondary storage. Bourne Shell. Multiprocessor scheduling. paging. Compilers: Overview of compilation process. Module 5 Memory Management: swapping. 317 .critical section. recovery. real time OS. page replacement. combined approach to deadlock handling. partitions. Assemblers: over view of assembly process. concurrent languages. Interpreters: basic ideas only. OS services UNIX OS –shells. Kothamangalam SYSTEM SOFTWARE (ELECTIVE . Module 3 Information Management: File system. storage allocation. 6. dynamic linking. file protection. System programming and Operating Systems – D M Dhamdhere System Software – an introduction to system Programming – Leland L Beck. Deadlocks: cause.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. concurrent process. segmentation. detection. basic file system calls. Device management. 2. prevention. semaphores.top down & bottom-up parsing.

Smart Cards and the Cashless Society. PC-to-PC Communication. Embedded System Development Process. Embedded Database Applications using examples like Salary Survey. Kothamangalam EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . Communication devices. Handheld computers. 318 . Energy Meter Readings. System on a Chip (SOC). Controlling an Appliance from the RTLinux System. Micro-Controller Architecture. Module 5 Java Applications & Future Trends in Embedded Systems: Networked JavaEnabled Information Appliances. Embedded Operating systems. Challenges and Issues in Embedded Software Development. Module 4 Real Time & Database Applications: . Wiley Dreamtech Reference 1. Security in Embedded Systems. Types of Embedded Operating systems.Hardware Architecture. Embedded Applications over Mobile Network example MP3 Sound Player. Simulation of a Process Control System. Module 2 Embedded Hardware & Software Development Environment: . Categories of Embedded System. Fundamentals of Embedded Software where C and Assembly Meet – Daniel W Lewis. Requirements of Embedded Systems. Sending a Message over a Serial Link. Mobile Java Applications.III) LA806-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Overview of Embedded System: -Embedded System.Real-Time Embedded Software Development.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Appliance Control using Jini. Biomedical Systems. Serial Communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-controllers. Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics.Dreamtech Software Team. Protocol Converter. Module 3 Embedded Communication System: Serial Communication. Control System. Embedded Process Control System. Text Book Programming for Embedded Systems. Communication Interface Standards. Voice-over-IP.

Control system simulation experiments. To find IFFT of a given sequence using DIT & DIF FFT algorithms. Module 4 Image Restoration . 319 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. John Wiley. Pearson Education. causality & stability of LTI system.Image sampling & Quantisation . SYSTEMS LAB L807 0+0+3 1.Elements of visual perception . Module 5 Image Coding & Compression. References 1.Characteristics of a digital image .Image digitizers & scanners . b. Program to design IIR filter using Bilinear transformation impulse invariant methods. 5. PHI.Filtering in the frequency domain . To test linearity. Digital signal processing based on DSP processors. To find DFT of a given sequence using DIT & DIF FFT algorithms. c.KL Transforms & their properties. Digital Image Processing: Pratt William K.loss-less predictive coding .Histogram modeling & Equalization Spatial Filtering .run length coding . Fundamentals of digital image processing: Jain Anil K.Image compression standards.Brightness & contrast .variable length coding .lossy predictive coding .Two dimensional DFT & its properties – Cosine – Hadamard – Haar – Sine .Wiener Filter Interactive restoration . Module 3 Image Enhancement .bit plane coding . 3.Point processing .Properties of unitary transforms . Digital image Processing: I.color Image processing.Two dimensional Sampling theorem .Inverse filtering . 4.Transform coding . Experiments based on Matlab.Two dimensional orthogonal & unitary transforms .Degradation model . Familiarization of PAL assembler. 2.Image analysis & vision -basic principles only. Realization of simple digital circuits using VHDL. a. 2. Kothamangalam DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING (ELECTIVE .Gonzalez Rafel C. Module 2 Image Transforms . Programs to design filters using window techniques.Reconstruction of image from its samples Aliasing. Realization of combinational and sequential circuits using PAL. 3. e.III) LA806-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Image representation and modeling . f.Elements of digital image processing systems . d.basic principles .

Realization of digital circuits using FPGA.voce examination will be conducted to assess the student's overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. Familiarization of FPGA trainer kits. L 709 / 808 PROJECT DESIGN AND SEMINAR 0+0+2 Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the dept. The paper should in general reflect the state of the art.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. certified reports of seminar and project work are to be presented for evaluation.voce. He / she shall submit a report on the paper presented to the department. Kothamangalam 6. Note Any other experiments may be added in accordance with the electives offered. In addition to the seminar he / she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide (s). VIVA – VOCE L809 A comprehensive Viva . At the time of viva . 320 . and submit a report of the project work done to the department. panel of staff members. 7.

TECH. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING BRANCH 321 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam B.

Kothamangalam THIRD SEMESTER 322 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

validity. Discrete Mathematical Structures . Cycles.Richard Johnsonbaugh. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Elements of Discrete Mathematics . Discrete mathematical structures with applications to Computer Science .Inference Theory of the predicate calculus. Pearson Education Asia 323 . Multigraph and Weighted graph . Paths. Module 4 Discrete Numeric Functions & generating Functions. subgraphs. Module 2 Number Theory: Prime and Relatively prime numbers – Modular arithmetic – Fermat’s and Euler’s Theorems – Testing for Primability – Euclids Algorithm – Discrete Logarithms Relations & Functions . McGraw Hill. connectives . Recurrence relations Manipulations of Numeric functions . 2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.II RT301 3+1+0 Module1 Mathematical Logic .Trees .John Clark & Derek Allan Holton.Recurrence relations Linear recurrence relations with constant coefficients .direct product homomorphism .C.Functions and pigeon hole principle.solutions by the method of generating functions.Lieu.Bernard Kolman. A first look at Graph Theory .the predicate calculus . Consistency.some properties of lattices .some special lattices. PHI 5.Duality law Tautological implications Normal forms . R.Properties of binary relations . connected graphs.J.generating functions . Pearson Education Asia 4.spanning trees. Sharon Cutler Ross. Bushy.Equivalance of formulas .lattices as algebraic systems .Equivalance relations and partitions .Lattices as a partially ordered set .P. Discrete Mathematics . Module 3 Algebraic systems . Manohar.sub lattices .the theory of inference for the statement .general properties . McGraw Hill. Allied Publishers 6.Total solutions . 3.William Stallings. Trembly.L. Robert C. References 1.Well formed formulas – Tautologoies . Cryptography and network security principles and practice .Homogeneous solutions Particular solutions . Theorem proving .Calculus .Statements. Module 5 Graph Theory: Basic concept of graphs.

Main memory. B. Stack. Module 2 Instruction set of 8085 . Registers. Introduction to Microprocessors Systems .Programmed data transfer . Kothamangalam MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEMS R302 3+1+0 Module 1 CPU. O/P unit. Singh.Memory Data Register – Memory systems .Programming Examples.interrupt driven data transfer – DMA data transfer – DMA controller – 8257 – I/O channels. New Age International 3. Microprocessors. Ram 4.Address space partitioning . Branch. Microprocessor Architecture.Call Return sequence.B.interfacing EPROM & RAM to 8085 – Data transfer schemes . I/P unit.State instruction and data flow. I/O and Machine Control instructions . Addressing.Immediate Addressing .Implicit Addressing.Pin Diagram Registers.synchronous and asynchronous transfer .Memory mapped I/O .Adithya P.I/O mapped I/O . Module 3 Subroutines . CPU of a microcomputer – timing and control unit – The fetch operation – Machine cycle and T. Programming and Applications with the 8085 Gaonkar. Memory. Microprocessors . Execution of an instruction. Memory Address Register .Direct and Indirect Addressing . Control Unit. New Age International 2.Memory interfacing .Instruction Types – Arithmetic – Logic data transfer.Stack Operations . P. Bus organizations. interfacing and Applications . Microprocessors Peripherals and Applications . References 1. ALU.Gilmore 324 . Disabling and masking of interrupts – Polling – HALT & HOLD states – Programmable interrupt controller – 8259 Module 5 Interfacing Memory and I/O devices .Renu Singh.Addressing Modes .Hardware & Software Interrupts – Enabling.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Mathur.Architecture of 8085. PHI 5. Module 4 Interrupts of 8085 .

Concept of feed back . keywords. Pearson Education PROBLEM SOLVING AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING RT 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Problem solving with digital Computer . Clamping. TRIAC.Astable.source drain characteristics and transfer characteristics. Simple Bootstrap sweep generators.Transistorised phase shift oscillator . References 1. Module 3 Oscillators . 7805.Algorithms . UJT (basic concepts only).Top down and bottom up approaches .Steps in Computer programming Features of a good program . 325 .Cascading of transistors . depletion and enhancement type . Integrated Electronics . 7905.Stability .emitter follower Module 2 FET.Thermal runaway.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Millman and Taub.RC coupled amplifier.Structured .Millman and Halkias. Frequency Response.wien bridge Oscillator – Hartley Oscillator . Photodiode. Integration. McGraw Hill 3. SCR. Electronics Devices & Circuits .Modular Programming . Differentiation . expressions. Pulse Digital and Switching wave forms .cascade Darlington pair .Sweep generators. Photo transistor. data types. FET amplifier – MOSFET.Flowchart . LCD. simple programming in C. operators. data Input and Output statements.Object Oriented .Pseudocode. DIAC.Boylsted & Neshelsky. LM317 – LED.Colpits Oscillator (Operation and Expression for frequency) Module 4 Clipping. Module 5 Power supplies & Special semi conductor devices . examples Module2 C fundamentals: Identifiers. Transistor As an amplifier . opto coupler.Regulator power supplies – IC regulated Power supplies. Gain Bandwidth relation . Seven segment display. Bistable and Monostable Multivibrators . Kothamangalam SOLID STATE ELECTRONICS RT303 2+1+0 Module 1 Transistor – Biasing . McGraw Hill 2.

Responsibility.Stephen C.A Modern Approach .W.Andrew C Staugaard Jr.parameter passing .Accessing array elements using pointers . structures & unions . Tata McGraw Hill References 1.Declaration.while. PBP 9. Programming with C . BPB Programming in C .Yeaswanth Khanetkar. Kochan.Byron S. Delegation and Span of control – Types of structures of Organisation – Types of Business firms – Job evaluation and merit rating – Wages – Types of incentives. passing pointers to a functions. Pearson Eduacation Let us . Text Book 1. Kamthan.Program for bubble sort. 326 2+1+0 . Structured and Object Oriented Problem Solving using C++ . Functions .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Prism Books Pvt. BPB Publications Programming and Problem Solving with PASCAL . break & continue statements. Gottfried.Opening & Closing a file Creating & Processing a file.void functions Recursion – Macros. strings. Emerson – Definition and functions of management – Authority.. 2.Ronald Leach. Pointers in C . Development and implementation of reengineering – Inspection – SQC control charts – quality assurance – TQM – Zero defects. Iling W. Bangalore Mastering Turbo C . 8.else. PHI HUMANITIES RT305 PART A: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Module 1 Scientific Management – Evolution of management theory – Contributions of Taylor. Module 2 Procedure for ISO and ISI certification – Design.K.Yeaswanth Khanetkar.Operations on pointers . Gantt. Kothamangalam Module 3 Control statements & Functions: If . 4.multidimensional arrays. nested loops.N.Kerninghan & Ritchie. CBS publishers Using C in Program Design . 5. 7. C Programming .Micheal Schneider.Bootle. Norton & Company Newyork 10. Computer Programming in C . Wiley Eastern Ltd. Ltd. Module 5 Pointers & files . PHI Programming with ANSI and Turbo C . Command line arguments. Gilbreth. Module 4 Structured data types: Single dimensional arrays . 6. 3. do . for. while.Ashok N. switch.

ICICI. Insurance companies– The stock market – functions – Recent trends.Stoner.synchronous binary decade. haming code. BCD nos. and up/down counters.from word statements. Freeman and Gilbert. binary decade.asynchronous. gray code.Ruddar Datt. Indian Economy – Problems of Development and Planning . Module 5 The tax framework – Direct and Indirect taxes – Impact and incidence – Progressive and regressive – functions of the tax system – Black money – magnitude and consequences – Public debt – Debt position of the central and state governments – Deficit financing – revenue deficit and fiscal deficit – Problems associated with deficit financing. SIDBI.don’t care combinations . 2. 3. alphanumeric codes. excess-3 code. N. 4.SR. Kothamangalam PART B: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS Module 3 The Indian financial system – Reserve bank of India – functions – commercial banking system – profitability of public sector banks – development financial institutions – IDBI.basic theorems .realization using logic gates . Management.methods of minimization of logic functions . Agarwal. References 1. and up/down counters . Counters .Logic functions . PHI Engineering Management. IRBI – Investment institutions – UTI. POS . Module3 Sequential logic .error correcting codes.formation of switching function .Mazda.SOP.truth tables canonical forms . S Chand and Company Ltd. Pearson Education Indian Economy . Subtraction. JK. Module 2 Postulates of boolean algebra . T & D flip flops .master slave JK flip flop.flip flops . Multiplication & division of binary nos.K maps & quine mcclaskey method . error detection using parity bits . Module 4 Indian Industries – Industrial pattern – structural transformation – industrial growth – inadequacies of the programme of industrialization – Large and small scale industries – industrial sickness and government policy – industrial labour – influence of trade unions. 327 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.A. LOGIC SYSTEM DESIGN R306 3+1+0 Module 1 Addition.NAND NOR gates universal gates . Wishwa Prakashan.

memory card etc. Tata McGraw Hill.peripherals . Half wave and full wave an Bridge rectifiers. Kothamangalam Module4 Adders . Digital Computer Design . Clipping and clamping Circuits . program manager. Johnson counter.arrays Structures . Moris Mano.typical IC’s . CB configurations of transistors.Half adder. Wakerly. Kime Pearson Education Switching & finite automata theory . Full adder.RC differentiating and Integrating Circuits. Germanium. PHI Logic and Computer Design – M. PROGRAMMING LAB R308 0+0+4 1.functions . 3. Familiarisation of C++ and Visual tools. Bartee.Frequency response Astable multivibrators using BJT.Malvino.ring counter. internal commands. carry save adder. Half subtractor & Full subtractor . 2. (use of files. Digital Design . Pearson Education Digital Design Principles & Practice – John F. 7. Familiarisation with computer system microprocessor .Morris Mano.design . Tata McGraw Hill Digital computer fundamentals . 328 .left & right shift registers . References 1. Tata McGraw Hill. 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Familiarisation of operating system . Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT304 problem solving and Computer Programming can be included. Zener diodes. 4. 8. 5. control panel etc.static shift registers .pointers and files. Familiarisation with word processing packages like wordstar and Msword 4. directories. 6. 7. Characteristics of FET. Sweep Generator (Simple sweep) Oscillators .counters using shift registers . 2. Progrmming experiments in C to cover control structures .Rc phase shift oscillator. file manager. 2. Module 5 Registers . Charles R.Carry look ahead adder. carry propagation adder.DOS Windows etc.) 3. Pearson Education SOLID STATE ELECTRONICS LAB R307 1.Thomas C.serial in & parallel in shift registers . Single stage RC coupled amplifiers . 3. compilers. 0+0+4 Characteristics of Silicon.Rajaraman & Radhakrishnan. 5. external commands. 4.Zvi Kohavi. Characterisctics of CE. An introduction to digital computer design . 6.

Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 329 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Sneddon. Advanced Engg.simple applications in engineering problems.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents . Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability .formation by eliminating arbitary constants and arbitary Functions . Module 2 Partial Differential Equations . Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .S.I. 4. single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected) References 1.simple problems.Finding P. poisson and normal distributions.The binomial distribution.fitting of binomial & poisson distributions normal distribution . Module 3 Fourier Transforms: . its mean and variance . Pearson Education Asia / PHI 5. Venkataraman. Khanna Publishers 2. Engineering Mathematics Vol.solution of Lagrange Linear Equations – Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar. Higher Engineering Mathematics .standard normal curve . by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations.B. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson.properties of normal curve . Pearson Education Asia 330 . 7. National Publishing Company 3..Erwin Kreyszig. Laxmi Publications Ltd. difference proportion.Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms . F and Chi square test – Level of significance .poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution .simple problems in binomial.Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion. Wiley Eastern Ltd.Ian N. Grewal.inverse transforms .its mean and variance . 6. II -3rd year Part A & B .K. Elements of Partial Differential Equations . Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis. Mathematics .McGrawhill International Edn.Linear Simultaneous eqns.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity .M.

Vranesic and Zaky. Keyboard. Computer Architecture and Organization . Module 5 Input – Output: Printers. Module 3 Control Unit Organization: Processor Logic Design – Processor Organization – Control Logic Design – Control Organization – Hardwared control – Microprogram control – PLA control – Microprogram sequencer. Division – Restoring and non-restoring division. Computer Organization and Design . Displays. Mouse.Evolution of object oriented languages .Morris Mano. Module 4 Memory: Memory hierarchy – RAM and ROM – Memory system considerations – Associative memory. PHI 6. PHI 3. PHI 5.Pal Chaudhuri. 4.2 (GPIB). Execution of a complete instruction – interconnection structures – layered view of a computer system. References 1. Virtual memory – Cache memory – Memory interleaving.single bus and two bus organization. Computer Organization and Architecture -M Morris Mano. 331 . Kothamangalam COMPUTER ORGANIZATION R 402 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Organization and Architecture – Review of basic operational concepts – CPU.Arithmetic: Signed addition and subtraction – serial and parallel adder – BCD adder – Carry look ahead adder. Plotters. Mc Graw Hill 2. Multiplication – Array multiplier – Booth’s Algorithm. floating point arithmetic . IEEE 488. Horizontal and vertical micro instructions – Nano instructions.Hamacher. Pearson Education Asia. Digital Logic and Computer Design .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Device interface – I/O processor – Standard I/O interfaces – RS 232 C.ALU Design.Need of Objects Definition of Object-Oriented Language – Classes and Objects – Creating and Using Classes and objects – Member functions and variables – Constructors and Destructors. Mc Graw Hill OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING R403 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to OOP .John P Hayes. Module 2 CPU . OMR and OCR. Computer Organization . Computer Organization and Architecture -William Stallings.

E. Galgotia Pub.Registers. Module 3 Polymorphism – Runtime and compile time polymorphism – overloading functions and operators – selecting friend member function for operator overloading .Member access control in classes – Friend functions and classes – Extending classes .power dissipation .Herbert. C++ Primer . Problem Solving with C++ .Fan out. Module 4 Advanced Concepts. Holmes. 2.BJT RAM cells .ECL ..Ira Pohl.Inline functions.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Stanley B Lippman.Noise margin window profile comparison . TMH 6. Gosling.Dietel & Dietel.TTL .Propagation delay .DTL . Balaguruswamy.Robert Lafore. Pearson Education Asia INTEGRATED CIRCUITS R404 3+1+0 Module 1 Logic Families .Flip flops .Nabajyoti Barkakati. Object oriented Programming with C++ . Tristate logic . Pearson Education Asia 9.Walter Savitch. TMH 5.Template Module 5 Dynamic Objects . Pearson Education Asia 8. Decoders. Java 2 Complete Reference . Object Oriented Programming in C++ . Pearson Education Asia 11.ROM types . Object Oriented Programming in C ++ . Kothamangalam Module 2 Inheritance and Access Control .Fan in . Structured and Object Oriented Problem Solving using C++ .Andrew C Staugaard Jr. Object-oriented programming using C++ . RAM 332 . PHI 3.Virtual Destructors – Virtual Base Classes classes – Creating and using templates – Namespaces . pure virtual methods and abstract classes – applications of abstract classes.I2L & CMOS.Arnold.Virtual methods – pure virtual methods – Abstract classes .Memory systems . The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition .MOS RAMs.RAM .Public Private and Protected Inheritance – Classification of Inheritance – Single – Multiple – Multilevel – Hierarchical – Hybrid.Latches . PHI 4. Module 2 Storage elements . C++ How to program .Dynamic object allocation . Pearson Education Asia 7.Defining and using of virtual methods. Comparison of circuits.Buffers . An Introduction to Object-oriented programming – Timothy Budd 10. Multiplexers. Other Object oriented languages – Java – Object oriented features in Java – Comparison with C++ References 1. Schildt. Josee Zajoie.

Integrated Circuits .Taub & Shilling. Differentiator .Botkar.PAL . Module 3 D/A Converters . Offset. Khanna Publishers DATA STRUCTURES & PROGRAMMING METHODOLOGIES R 405 3+1+0 Module 1 Principles of programming – System Life Cycle . 333 .PLA .Performance Analysis and MeasurementsTime and Space complexity-Complexity calculation of simple algorithms. McGraw Hill Pulse Digital & Switching Wave forms . 4. Module 4 Opamps: Characteristics .Binary Trees – Tree Traversal – Inorder .definitions . Comparator.Parallel comparator type dual slope type.Documentation. Radix sort.Ideal Opamp .Preorder and Postorder. Bubble sort. External sorting methods (basic idea only). References 1.Priority queues . 3.Dqueues. slew rate .inverting and non inverting opamps.PGA .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Merge sort.Triangular wave generator using opamps. Module 5 Opamp Applications: Summing. McGraw Hill Digital design with standard MSI & LSI by T. 2.Input.Structures-Sparse matrix – Stacks – Queues. Heap sort. .Circular queues.PLD .parameters .Integrator .FPGA .Doubly linked lists .Ladder type A/D converters – counting type .Algorithm SpecificationRecursive Algorithms. Insertion sort. Kothamangalam organization .Millman & Taub. Quick sort.Linked stacks and queues .Magneto optic storage. Graphs – Depth first and breadth first search. CMRR.CPLD CDROM . Blakesley & John Willey.Binary weighted resistor type . Digital Integrated Electronics . Module 2 Study of basic data structures – Arrays. Module 5 Sorting methods: Selection sort. Input bias current. Module 4 Trees .Basic principles .Successive approximation type . Strings – Data representation – Pattern matching.flash memories .Polynomial representation using linked lists. Module 3 Linked Lists . Evaluation of expressions – Polynomial representation using arrays.Square wave generator . Voltage.R.

5. New Age International 2. PHI 4. The Intel Microprocessors 8086/8088. 3.shift & rotate – string. McGraw Hill 8. Module 5 Additional features of 80386 – Paging mechanism – Interfacing coprocessors in 80386 – Additional features of Pentium Processors. Block diagram – Addressing modes – memory addressing modes – Program memory addressing modes – stack memory addressing modes.Wirth.Micro controllers (brief idea only) Module 3 8086/88 Architecture. Sahni & Mehta.flag manipulation.Antonakos. Introduction to the Intel Family of Microprocessors . 80486. Classic Data Structures: Samanta. PHI Data Structures and program design in C: Robert Kruse.K. Pearson Education Asia ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS & PERIPHERALS R 406 3+1+0 Module1 Study of Interfacing ICs . Programming and Applications with the 8085 Gaonkar. Pentium and Pentium Pro processors. Microprocessor Architecture. Algorithms + Data Structures = Programs: N. 8252. Data structures in Java: Thomas Standish. Galgottia Pub. Module 4 Instructions format of 8086 – data transfer. . PHI An introduction to Data Structures with applications: Trembley & Sorenson. 80286. 80386. 6. Kothamangalam References Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++: Horowitz. 2. 4. 80186/80188.Interfacing D/A and A/D converters .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.8255.John Uffenbeck. Brief study of latest processors of Intel & AMD (Architecture not required) – Introduction to RISC processors References 1.James L. Intel Microprocessors . Programming and Interfacing – Barry B Bray.REP instruction – writing simple program in 8086 – Additional features of 80286 – protected mode memory addressing. Architecture. Pearson Education Asia Data Structures using C & C++: Langsam. The 80X86 family . Pearson Education Asia 3. 8279 (functions and internal block diagram only) Module 2 Interfacing with 8085 . 7.Interfacing keyboard – Hardware and Software approach – Interfacing seven segment displays . Augenstein & Tanenbaum Fundamental Algorithms: Knuth.arithmetic –branch – loop. 8251.A.Ray 334 1. Pearson Education Asia 5.

Kothamangalam 6.Douglas V. Postfix and Prefix conversions. Astable and Monostable multivibrators using gates. Array and Linked list implementation of Stacks. 4. Programming Design and Interfacing – Bhupendra Singh Chhabra. Dqueues. 6. 12. TMH 7. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals . 0+0+4 335 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Astable multivibrator using Op-amp. Differentiating and Integrating Circuits .frequency response. Transfer Characteristics and specifications of TTL and MOS gates. Sparse matrix. 3. 7. Sorting and Searching methods. K. D/A Converter. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd 9. TMH 8. 8. 2. 4. String representation and pattern matching Any experiment according to the syllabus of R405 can be substituted. Synchronous and Asynchronous Counters 10. 0+0+4 DATA STRUCTURES LAB R408 Experiments based on the following: 1. 5. Polynomials. Study of flip flops 9. Hall. IBM PC and Clones . Binary Trees. Microprocessors and Interfacing . Study of decoders and Multiplexers. Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier using Op-amp . Study of shift registers and their applications. TMH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LAB R407 1.Govindarajalu. OP-amp Characteristics 2. A/D Converter. 11. Queues.frequency response. Infix. M.Bhurchandi. Graphs.A. Ray and K. The Intel 8086/88 Microprocessor Architecture. 3.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 336 .

first and second order derivatives using forward and backward formula . 6.numerical differenciation . Schaum’s Outline Series Operations research .PHI Numerical Methods in Science & Engg . Grewal. Module 5 TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEM: Balanced transportation problem .Gauss Seidal method.Chand & Co. Module 2 NUMERICAL METHODS: Introduction .interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula . M/M/1/N .Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.general problem .IV RT 501 3+1+0 Module 1 QUEUEING THEORY: General Concepts .δ . Gupta & D.service pattern Queue disciplines .Hungerian techniques References 1.P.Method of false position .Langrange’s and Newton’s divided difference interpolation formula .solution of LPP using simplex method .Big M method – duality in LPP.Richard Bronson. Higher Engg. Operations research .steady state solutions – Little’s formula. 3.Iterative methods of solution-Jacobi’s method . Operations Research .Assignment problem . Ltd Advanced Engg Mathematics .Arrival pattern . µ .The Markovian model M/M/1/$.Panneer Selvam. Khanna Publishers.K. S. . 337 .S. Hira.Dr.Bisection method .Newton’s method Approximate solution of equations – Horner’s method solutions of linear simultaneous equations .K. 5.initial basic feasible solution -Vogel’s approximation method . 4. B. National Publishing Co.E .M.solution of algebraic and transcendental equations . Wiley Eastern Ltd. Module 4 LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEM : graphical solution of LPP.numerical integration trapizoidal rule . Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Mathematics .optimum solution by Modi method .S.Ervin Kreyszig. Venkataraman. Module 3 FINITE DIFFERENCES: Meaning of operators – ∆. 2.

Pearson Education Asia 2. Pearson Education Asia / PHI 4. Shared and Virtual Devices . Precedence Graph. Module 4 Memory Management Objectives and functions. Multi-level.Deitel & Deitel. Critical Section Problem – Two process solution. Module 3 Process Synchronization & Interprocess Communication Concurrent Processes. Text Book 1. Pearson Education Asia 5. Internal and External Fragmentation. Hierarchy of Processes.detection. Schemes – Paging – Simple.Serial Access Devices. Interprocess communication. OS Structures. avoidance. Module 5 Information Management Files and Directories – Directory Structure –Directory Implementation – Linear List . Scheduling Algorithms – Process Management in UNIX.Channels and Control Units – Disk Scheduling methods.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Hash Table. Synchronization Hardware.Process Control Block – Process Scheduling – Operations on Processes. Multi-level Paging. Page Replacement Algorithms. Segmentation with Paging. Dispatcher. recovery. Starvation. handling. Co-operating Processes. Memory Management in UNIX. Scheduling Criteria. Operating Systems Concepts – Silberschatz. General Structure of MSDOS. Operating Systems . Linux. Modern Operating Systems .Page Interrupt Fault. Galvin.Andrew S. Shell. Direct Access Storage Devices .Kernel. Pearson Education Asia 338 . Threads. Virtual Memory Concept. PHI 3. Operating Systems . Demand Paging . Operating Systems – William Stallings. Windows 2000. prevention. Tenenbaum.Andrew S. Device Management: Dedicated. Segmentation – Simple. Kothamangalam OPERATING SYSTEMS R502 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction OS Concepts – Evolution of OS. Operating Systems: Design & implementation . Monitors. Direct Access Devices. Tenenbaum. Critical Regions. Simple Resident Monitor Program (No design). Overlays – Swapping.Nutt. Semaphores – Deadlock. Wiley Publications References 1. CPU Scheduler – Preemptive and NonPreemptive. Module 2 Process Management Process & Threads – Process States .

J.Cursor in PL/SQL Module 4 Database Design– Design guidelines– Relational database design – Integrity Constraints – Domain Constraints.-assertions – triggers.Different Types.C.Purpose of database systems-Components of DBMS – DBMS Architecture and Data Independence. Text Book 1. Module 2 Structure of relational databases – relational databases – relational algebra. Mc Graw Hill 2nd edition.Data Fragmentation. Elizabeth O’Neil 4.Data modeling .Henry F Korth. Replication and Allocation Techniques. Module 5 Distributed databases: Distributed Database Concepts. Database System Concepts .storage organization in oracle .Hierarchical and object oriented models-Data Modeling using the Entity Relationship Model.general definitions of Second and Third Normal Forms. 2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS RT503 3+1+0 Module 1 Basic Concepts . Data definition with SQL.Bibin C. Pearson Education Asia References 1. Database Principles.Referential integrity – Functional DependencyNormalization using Functional Dependencies. Programming and Performance – Patrick O’Neil. Normal forms based on primary keys. Relational – Network. An Introduction to Database Systems . insert.Programming in PL/SQL. An Introduction to Database Systems .Transaction and System ConceptsDesirable properties of Transactions. Abraham Silbershatz. delete and update statements in SQL – views – data manipulation with SQL Module 3 Introduction to Transaction Processing. Boyce Codd Normal Form– Multivalued Dependencies and Forth Normal Form – Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form – Pitfalls in Relational Database Design.Serializability of Schedules-Query processing and Optimization.Concurrency Control.Entity Relationship Model.tuple relational calculus. Desai 339 .Date (7th Edition) Pearson Education Asia 3.Query Processing – semijoin -Concurrency Control and Recovery. Oracle case study: The basic structure of the oracle system – database structure and its manipulation in oracle. Fundamentals of Database System Elmasri and Navathe (3rd Edition).Schedules and Recoverability.

Pearson Education Asia 5.Single level Ordered Index-Multilevel Indexes-Indexes on multiple Keys. Binary search.Single pass assembler. Sahni & Mehta. Pearson Education Asia. Module 3 Hashing: .Augenstein & Tanenbaum.Design of two pass assembler.B Trees-B+ Trees. Algorithms and Applications in C++: Sahni Galgotia publications 6. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++: Horowitz.Recursive Decent parser – Shift reduce parser. Searching . Multiway search Trees. Collision-Collision Resolution Techniques-Extendible Hashing. height balanced trees. Module 2 Introduction to Compilers Compilers and Translators – Structure of a compiler – lexical analysis – syntax analysis – context free grammars – basic parsing techniques.Dynamic storage management.Garbage Collection & Compaction. Data structures & Program design in C: Robert Kruse Pearson Education Asia LANGUAGE PROCESSORS RT 505 3+1+0 Module 1 Assembler Overview of the assembly process . Interpolation search. Data Structures using C & C++: Langsam.storage allocation & liberation – First fit.top down and bottom up parsing (brief idea only). File Structures an Object-Oriented Approach with C++: Folk. Kothamangalam FILE STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS R504 2+1+0 Module1 File Organization: .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Sequential search. Threaded Binary Trees. Zoellick. 340 . Galgotia publications 2. Pearson Education Asia 3.Operations on Files – Heap Files . Data Structures.schematics for Macro expansion – Design of a Macro pre-processor . Module 4 Search trees: -AVL Trees.Macro Assembler. 4. Fundamentals of Database Systems: Elmasri & Navathe. best fit – Buddy system. weight balanced trees. Module 2 Index Structures for Files: . References 1.Static Hashing-Hash Tables-Different Hash Functions-Mid SquareDivision-Folding-Digit Analysis.Macros – Macro definition and usage. Riccardi. Module 5 Storage management: . Dynamic Hashing.Sequential Files – Indexed sequential files – Direct files – Secondary key retrieval.

Synchronous Time Division Multiplexing –Statistical time Division multiplexing – Key Techniques .Analog pulse modulation – PAM. DPSK .Static and Dynamic storage allocation – Storage allocation and access in block structured programming languages – Array allocation and accessCompilation of expressions – Handling operator priorities – Intermediate code forms for expressions –code generator. Mc. Asynchronous and Isochronous transmission. Ullman. System Software .Channel capacity . 3. Beck. Compilers Principles Techniques And Tools Aho. Principles of Compiler Design .Donovan. System Programming and Operating Systems . Module 3 Digital data transmission – Serial. 2.Leland L. Module 2 Multiplexing . Synchronous. Sethi.Aho A. Module 4 Compilation of Control Structures Control transfer. Graw Hill. References 1. Ullman Narosa Publications.V.Dhamdhere Mc Graw Hill 2. PWM.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam Module 3 Storage allocation Data descriptors. PM.different types of noise – Basic Principles of Switching (circuit.An Introduction to Systems Programming. PSK.Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) – Time Division Multiplexing (TDM). Systems programming . message switching) 341 . Addison Wesley.Half duplex – Full duplex. FSK. packet. Text Book 1. Transmission modeSimplex .. PPM – Generation of various modulated waves (Block diagram only) –Digital Pulse modulation (PCM).Conditional and Iterative constructs.Shannon`s Theorem. Noise. FM –Sampling theorem . Parallel.Procedure calls – Code optimization – Optimization transformations – Local optimization and global optimization – Compiler writing tools – Incremental Compilers Module 5 Loaders and Linkers Loading – Program relocatability – linking – various loading schemes – linkage editing – Design of linkage editor – dynamic loading – overlays – dynamic linking.ASK. Pearson Education Asia DATA COMMUNICATION RT 506 2+1+0 Module 1 Communication concepts – Analog modulation – Various schemes – AM.

savepoints. 4. trigger. Creation. 7. indexes.P Lathi Prism Books Pvt. Computer Networks . 342 Familiarization of training kits. use of arithmetic and string functions. Principles & Application of GSM. Umesh Publications MICROPROCESSOR LAB R507 1. Tanenbaum. Electronic communication system . fibre optic cable. Implementation of File Structures Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT503 can be substituted. Mc Graw Hill. Study of MASM Programming.Taub & Schilling Mc Graw Hill. R508 Experiments for performing the following: 1. Simple PL/SQL programs. PHI 8. 2. Simple programs for Arithmetic and Data Transfer. Data Communication. procedure.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Kennedy.A. Kothamangalam Module 4 Error detection and Correcting codes: Hamming code – Block codes and convolution codes – ARQ techniques – Transmission codes – Baudot – EBCDIC and ASCII codes – Barcodes. Principles of Communication System . 3.Fred Halsall Pearson Education Asia 5. Database Administration 6. 3. sequence generator. GSM service and GSM system architecture. Introduction to Data Communications & Networking . 4. function. insertion. 4. Simple queries. . nested queries. updation. 6.William Stallings.Behurouz & Forozan Mc Graw Hill. Communication Engineering . Modern Digital & Analog Communication Systems – B. use of exceptions. Computer Networks & Open Systems . Data and Computer Communication . Pearson Education Asia 9. Interfacing the Trainer Kit.Vijay K. Programming Peripheral Controllers. Any experiment according to the syllabus R302 can be substituted DATABASE LAB 0+0+4 0+0+4 . Ltd. 5. views 2. Importing and Exporting data. 2. Garg Pearson Education Asia 6. deletion of tables.S. References 1. 7. Module 5 Terminal handling – Point to point.Front end Processor – Transmission media – Guided media – Twisted pair cable. Multidrop lines. 3. coaxial cable. cursor. Kumar.A. ODBC/JDBC Interface. Components of computer communication – Concentrators . 5.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 343 .

Tata McGraw Hill 2. PHI 7.Abel. Module 4 Memory Management in PC Parity – ECC – Static & Dynamic RAM – Memory Addressing – Segmented addressing . References 1.Peter Norton. PC Hardware Complete Reference . Sector layout. USB.Scott Mueller. Module 5 Bus Structures ISA. EIDE. Kataria 344 .Craig Zacker & John Rourke. virtual. CD-R.BPB 3. Module 2 Storage Devices Floppy – Floppy Disk Controller .Buffers – Interface – Magneto optical drives – WORM devices – DVD.function & operations.RAID – Holographic storage. Inside the PC (8th Edition) . Pearson Education 6. Chauhan.Sectors – Disk formatting – partitioning Hard disk features – Hard disk data transfer modes –Programmed I/O – Direct memory access – Ultra DMA – Data addressing – Standard CHS addressing – Extended CHS addressing – Logical Block Addressing. PCMCIA.Disk Physical specification & operations – Disk magnetic properties – Cylinders – Clusters – Hard disks – Hard disk drive operation – Magnetic data storage . segmented.Dr.Flat memory model – Advanced memory technologies. slots and connectors-Add-on cards-Power supply– SMPS. CD Technology. Pearson Education 4. The Indispensable PC Hardware Book . PC Upgrading Maintenance & Trouble shooting guide . Hard Disk Interfaces – IDE. CDROM. Troubleshooting and Repairing Your PC .data transfer rate – Access time – Constant linear velocity – constant angular velocity .64 KB Limits – 640 KB barrier – Logical. AGP. Kothamangalam PC & PC BASED SYSTEMS R601 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to PC Hardware components – study of motherboards ––Different types of ports. ATA – Communication ports – Serial – Parallel port – Keyboard / Mouse Interface connectors. drive specifications. Wiley 5. linear and physical memory addresses – Extended and Expanded memory – Cache memory – Video memory – HMA . S.Corey Candler. Upgrading and repairing PC’s (4th edition) .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. PCI.Messmer. K. IBM PC Assembly Language Programming . CD-RW. Module 3 Optical Storage CD ROM.

Software Engineering Theory and Practice .project monitoring plans . Narosa Publication References 1. Fundamentals of Software Engineering –Rajib Mall. Software Engineering .coupling cohesion – structured design methodology .Structured Programming .Pankaj Jalote.Reliability assessment Programmer Productivity .Symbolic execution .Roger S. PHI 345 . PHI 5.Information Hiding Programming style . Tata McGraw Hill 2. Kothamangalam SOFTWARE ENGINEERING RT 602 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Software engineering Introduction – Software and software Engg.Functional and Structured Testing .Ian Sommervilla.Shari Lawrence.verification . Module 5 Testing Testing fundamentals .Code inspections – Unit testing. Text Book 1.Code Reading . Pearson Education Asia 4. An integrated approach to Software Engineering .Static Analysis .Phases in software developmentSoftware development process models-Role of Management in software development –Role of Matrics and measurement –Software requirement specification(SRS) .validation . Mehdi Jazayeri.. Fundamentals of Software Engineering – Carlo Ghezzi.Proving Correctness . Pressman.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Testing Process Comparison of Verification and Validation Techniques . Module 4 Coding Top-down and Bottom-up . Software Engineering . Module 2 Project Planning Cost Estimation – Uncertainties – models – COCOMO model – Project scheduling – average duration estimation – Project scheduling and milestones – staffing and personal plan – Rayleigh curve – personnel plan – team structure – software configuration – management plans – quality assurance plans – verification and validation – inspections and reviews .Problem Analysis . Module 3 System Design Design Principles – Problem partitioning and hierarchy – abstraction – modularity – top down and bottom_up – strategies – module level concepts .Error removal efficiency.Internal Documentation – Verification . Pearson Education 3.time sheets – reviews – cost schedule – milestone graph – risk management.matrics.

REVIEW: Performance of Evaluation – Abaudonment Analysis – Behavioral issues in Project Management Module 4 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT Quality systems – ISO 9000 series – ISI – Benchmarking – Quality Function development (QFD) – Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) – ISO 14000. 346 . Cable Modem. Bridges. Apprisal. Quality control and Improvement – Amitava Mitra – Pearson Education 6. Module 3 CONTROL OF PROJECT Control Systems – Control of major constraints – Project management software & information systems. Project Management . References 1. Module 5 CONCEPTS IN SAMPLING Sampling designs and schemes – Errors in sampling – Simple random sample – stratified random sample – Cluster sample.Phases of capital budgeting – Project development cycle – 7-s of project management – Requirements of a project manager – Forms of project organization.Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill 3.Pearson Education 4. Selection. Hub. Kothamangalam PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND QUALITY ASSURANCE R603 2+1+0 Module 1 PROJECT PLANNING Overview – Capital expenditure . Budgeting & Implementation – Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill 2. Besterfield – Pearson Education 5. Projects preparation.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Total Quality Management – Dale H. Analysis. Module 2 PROJECT ANALYSIS Market Analysis – Technical Analysis . Routers. Quality assurance and TQM – Jain & Chitale – Khanna Publishers COMPUTER NETWORKS RT 604 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: ISO-OSI Reference Model – TCP/IP Reference Model – Comparison Network hardware-Repeaters.Financial Analysis – Risk Analysis – Social cost Benefit Analysis.Harvey Maylor . Gateways. Projects – Planning. Implementation & Review . Sample size destination – Estimating population mean – Estimating population proportion.

4. Datagrams. LAN Protocols: Static & Dynamic channel allocation in LAN’s and WAN’s.Sliding window protocols. Kothamangalam Physical Layer: Transmission Media– ISDN system Architecture – Communication Satellites – geostationary satellites .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.. Computer Networks (Fourth Edition): Andrew S. Prentice-Hall India 3.Flow Based Routing . Bluetooth . Module 5 Application Layer: Domain name system – DNS name space – Resource records – Name servers – operation of DNS . Mansfield Jr. Computer Networks (Second Edition): Larry L Peterson & Bruce S Davie.Low earth orbit satellites– Satellite v/s Fiber Module 2 Data Link Layer: Design issues-Error Detection and correction – Elementary Data link protocols.3 standards for LAN Module 3 Network layer: Virtual Circuits. An Introduction to computer networking: Kenneth C. Computer Networking: James F Kurose & Keith W Ross. (Harcourt India) 5. Antonakos. Widjaja Tata McGraw Hill.Transport Service . Forouzan.Tanenbaum.Medium Earth Orbit Satellites.Electronic Mail – MIME Mobile networks: Mobile telephone systems. Pearson Education Asia/ PHI 2. McGraw Hill 347 .Link state routing – Distance vector routing – Multicasting – Link state multicasting – Distance vector multicasting Congestion Control Algorithms – General principles – Packet discarding – Choke packets . Garcia.Elements of transport protocols – Internet Transfer Protocols UDP and TCP – ATM – Principle characteristics. .Components – Error correction – Network topology – Piconet and scatternet – L2CAP layers – Communication in Bluetooth networks References 1. James L. Introduction to Data Communications and Networking: Behrouz. Routing Algorithm – Optimality principle . Communication Network: Leon.Flooding . Pearson Education 6.Congestion prevention policies – Traffic shaping – Leaky bucket algorithm – Flow specifications – jitter control Module 4 Transport Layer: . Multiple access protocols – ALOHA – Pure ALOHA – Slotted ALOHA – Carrier Sense Multiple Access protocols – persistent and non-persistent CSMA – CSMA with collision detection – IEEE 802.

Features of Java – Applets & Application – Life cycle of applets . Pearson Education Asia 348 . Internet and World Wide Web How to program . DELETE. Gosling. Kothamangalam NETWORK COMPUTING RT 605 3+1+0 Module 1 HTML Documents Basic Tags for Font & Paragraph Formatting Lists. Inline style sheets. Swing.4. DIV & SPAN Tags. External Style sheets. event handling.Deitel & Nieto. Arithmetic operations – message boxes. Embedding ActiveX controls .Inter applet communication – Threads & Thread synchronization – TCP/IP Programming with Java – Iterative & Concurrent servers. Absolute and relative positioning of elements. Dynamic updating of pages with JAVA Script. Perl.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Arnold. Module 3 Java programming – Features of Java. document object model. HTML. HEAD Server side scripting – HTML Forms & CGI – GET & POST. Java 2 Complete reference .Security features for applets . Module 2 Dynamic HTML Pages Client side scripting . PUT. Datagrams. Java 2. Arrays. control statements. Frames.2.Herbert. References Module 1.1 event model Module 4 Network Programming with Java . The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition . BPB Module 3. IP multicasting.Nested classes – Inner classes – Anonymous Inner classes – Exception handling – Creating & using exceptions. Holmes. image Maps Cascading Style Sheets Style Element. AWT. CGI . Embedded style sheets. CLASS Attribute. Basic working of a CGI supported web server – Simple CGI program in C to validate user name & Password. Schildt. functions. Multithreaded programs and thread synchronization.Java Script – variables.Deitel. Wiley Dreamtech 5. RMI (Structure and Working of a simple RMI Program only) Module 5 HTTP Protocol working – HTTP methods. Pearson Education Asia 2. creating and using packages. Creating GUI with AWT and Swing – -JDK1. Tata McGraw Hill 4.5 3. Email: Working of SMTP and POP protocols (Overview only).Evan Bayross.5 1. variables and classes – Interfaces . Creating & using classes in Java – Static classes – Inheritance – Final methods. XML and JavaBeans Programming Black Book – Steven Holzner. POST. Java Script.using the structured graphics – ActiveX Control. GET. DHTML. Tables.

and LC Control Abstractions. Computational Procedure and Program. Forouzan. Module 3 Greedy Strategy Control Abstraction. Recurrence Relations and Recurrence Trees for Complexity Calculations. General Knapsack Problem. Module 5 Backtracking Control Abstraction . Using Java 2 Platform .Joseph Weber. Minimum Cost Spanning Trees – Prim’s Algorithm. Control Abstraction. Quick Sort. Divide and Conquer Matrix Multiplication. ‘Omega’. Oracles and Adversary Arguments – Merging. Module 4 Dynamic Programming Principle of Optimality. Computer Networks .Bounding Functions. PHI/ Pearson Education Asia Additional References 8. Galgotia 349 . Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms .Tenanbaum. Merge Sort. Module 2 Divide and Conquer Control Abstraction. Kruskal’s Algorithm – Job sequencing with deadlines.deterministic algorithms. Kothamangalam 6. Sum of Subsets. Profiling. Multi-stage Graph. Binary Search. Knapsack problem. Text Book 1. Optimal Storage on Tapes. All-Pairs Shortest Paths. Unix Network Programming . Insertion & Selection Sort. – Deterministic and non . Difference between Algorithm. Branch and Bound Techniques – FIFO. 2/e -Behrouz A.Horowitz and Sahni. Pseudo-code Conventions. 15puzzle. ‘Theta’. PHI 9. TCP/IP Protocol suite. Travelling Salesman Problem. Stressen’s Matrix Multiplication. Finding Maximum and Minimum.Comparison Trees for Searching and Sorting. Lower Bound Theory . Recursive Algorithms –Space and Time Complexity –Asymptotic Notations – ‘Oh’. Travelling Salesman Problem. N-Queens Problem. Study of Algorithms. PHI 7. LIFO. TMH ALGORITHM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN R606 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction and Complexity What is an algorithm – Properties of an Algorithm. Selection of ‘k’th Smallest Element.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Common Complexity Functions.Stevens W Richard.

Tata McGrHill 3.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. process scheduling methods. The topic for the mini project should be simple as compared to the main project. Data Structures algorithms and applications . Kothamangalam References 1. Ronald Rivest -PHI SYSTEM SOFTWARE LAB R607 1. 3. Foundations of Algorithms . Kumarss N. Bottom Up and Top Down Parser. Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT505 can be substituted. Pearson Education 2. 6. Charles. Macro processor module binder (with limited Instruction set) Lexical analyzer. 5.Thomas Coremen. Generation of code for linkers & loaders. DC Hearth & Company 4.Sahni. Computer Algorithms – Introduction to Design and Analysis . Working of device drivers. but should cover all the aspects of a complete project. 2. Code generation. 4.Sara Baase & Allen Van Gelder. 7. Introduction to algorithm.Richard Neapolitan. MINI PROJECT R608 0+0+4 The aim of the mini project is to prepare the students for the final year project. 0+0+4 Symbol table construction Single pass and two pass assembler. 350 ..

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam SEVENTH SEMESTER 351 .

Grady Booch. Design model. Module 2 Dynamic modeling: Events and states – Operations – Nested state diagrams – Concurrency – Advanced dynamic modeling concepts – A sample dynamic model – Relationship of Object and Dynamic models. Functional modeling: Functional models – Data Flow Diagrams .Specifying operations – Constraints – A sample functional model – Relation of functional to Object and Dynamic models. Implementation model and Test Model-Unified Modeling Language (UML).Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. dynamic modeling and functional modeling. Object Oriented Modeling and Design -JamesRumbaugh.handling boundary conditions-Common Architectural Frameworks Module 4 Object Design: Overview of Object design – Combining the three models – Designing algorithms – Design optimization – Implementation of control – Adjustment of inheritance . Object Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications . Handling of global resources. Module 3 Analysis: Analysis in object modeling. Prentice Hall India 2. concepts. Pearson Education Asia 352 .Design of association – Object representation – Physical packaging – Documenting design decisions-Comparison of methodologies Module 5 Other Models: Booch’s Methodology.Identifying concurrencyallocating subsystems to processors and tasks. Adding operations. managing of data stores. Analysis Model. Text Book 1. Pearson Education Asia References 1.Iterating the analysis System Design: Breaking system into subsystems . Jacobson Methodology.grouping constructs – a sample object model Advanced Object Modeling: aggregation – abstract classes – generalization as extension and restriction – multiple inheritance – metadata – candidate keys – constraints. Object Oriented Software Engineering . Kothamangalam OBJECT ORIENTED MODELING AND DESIGN RT 701 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: object oriented development-modeling concepts – object oriented methodology – models – object oriented themes-Object Modeling– links and associations – advanced links and association concepts – generalization and inheritance . actors and use-cases. models.Notations.Ivan Jacobson. requirement model.architecture.

Lee & William. Surface Rendering Methods-Basic illumination Models – Polygon–rendering Methods. 3D Object Representation – Polygon Surfaces – Quadratic surfaces – Spline Representations – Bezier Curves and Surfaces – BSpline Curves and Surfaces. Animation.Lockheed Martin. Bresenham’s – Bresenham’s Circle drawing algorithm . Dutoit. Display processors – Display files – graphical input & output devices.Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Prentice Hall of India) 353 . Srimathi. Pearson Education Asia 3. Succeeding with the Booch OMT Methods -A practical approach . H. Depth. Object Oriented Software Engineering . Addison Wesley 5. Object Oriented Analysis and Design using UML . Scan-line Method. Module 5 Advanced Technologies: Fractals – Classification of Fractals – Self-Squaring Fractals. Computer Graphics (C version) . Clipping – Line clipping – Polygon Clipping. Video Display Devices.Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Pearson Education Asia) References 1.Projections. Module 4 3D Rendering: Three-Dimensional Viewing .Richard C.Buffer Method.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. UML and C++ practical guide to Object Oriented development . Sriram. Prentice Hall India COMPUTER GRAPHICS RT 702 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Computer Graphics: Basic concepts in Computer Graphics – Applications of Computer Graphics. A. Interactive Graphics system – Raster scan and Random scan systems – Generating a raster image.Raster Animation.Berno Bruegge. Ray-Tracing Methods. Gouraud Shading. Windowing. Clipping. Morphing. Krishnamoorthy 4. 3D Transformations. Application of raster scan graphics.2D Transformations.H. Allen H. Visible Surface Detection – Classification of Visible surface detection algorithms – Backface Detection. Module 3 3D Graphics: 3D display methods. Computer Graphics . Module 2 2D Graphics: Line drawing algorithms – DDA. Text Book 1. Kothamangalam 2.

Robert . Fundamentals of Computer graphics & multimedia. Mukherjee.P. Theory of Computer Science – K. Hughes (second edition in C). Brooks/Cole (Thomson Learning) 2.Applications of PDA – Parsing. VanDam. Tata McGraw Hill 6. Mishra.F. Module 5 Algorithmic complexity – Tractable and intractable problems – Complexity classes – Class P – Class NP – NP Complete and NP Hard problems. Addison Wesley 4. Chandrashekharan. Sproull (second edition).L. Computer Graphics Principles & Practice -Foley. N. Newman. P. Prentice Hall of India 5. Kothamangalam 2.Roy A Plastack & Gordon Kally (Schanmi Series McGraw Hill edition) THEORY OF COMPUTATION R703 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to the theory of computation – Set theory – Definition of sets – Properties – Countability – Uncountability – Equinumerous sets – Functions – Primitive recursive and partial recursive functions – Computable and non computable functions – Diagonalization principle – Formal representation of languages – Chomsky Classification.D.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 2 Introduction to Automata theory – Definition of Automation – Finite Automata – Formal definition – Language acceptability by Finite Automata – Transition Diagrams and Transition systems . Module 3 Pushdown Automata – Formal definition – Language acceptability by PDA – Deterministic and nondeterministic PDA – Context free grammar .Michael Sipser.Deterministic and Nondeterministic finite automation – Finite Automation with -Transitions – Eliminating -Transitions Conversion of NFA to DFA – Regular operations – Regular Expressions – Pumping lemma for regular languages – Applications of finite state automata – Lexical analysers – Text search. McGraw Hill edition 3.Herbert. Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics – William . References 1. Module 4 Turing Machines – Formal definition – Language acceptability – Universal Turing Machines – Halting Problem of Turing Machines – Church’s Thesis Godelization. Computer Graphics . Prentice Hall of India 354 .N. Schildt. Introduction to the Theory of Computation. Feiner. Java 2 complete reference .

Module 2 MFC Features & Advantages – MFC Classes – Life cycle of an MFC application – The CWinApp Classes – Creating windows – Message maps and event handling – Menus & Buttons . The Theory of Computation . Introduction to Automata Theory.implementing a simple CORBA server and CORBA client with C++. References Module1. Visual C++ Programming .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Menus & Buttons – Drawing on Windows. Programming Windows Fifth Edition – Charles Petzold Microsoft Press 3. Module 3 CORBA – Introduction – Features – Fundamental concepts in Distributed objects – CORBA IDL – stub & Skeleton . 2 1. COM & CORBA side by side – Janson Pritchard. Visual C++ Handbook . Command line options and resources – connecting to XDisplay – creating windows and graphics context – Handling events – creating child windows.Basic Architecture of X-Windows systems – Layers in XWindows Architecture – XWindows Programming – Simple Hello World Application in X. Module 4 CORBA object reference – Managing references at server – CORBA factories – CORBA object creation in C++ & JAVA – CORBA Exceptions – Destroying CORBA objects .Bernard M Morct (Pearson Edn) 5. TMH Module 3. Rajeev Motwani & Jeffry Ullman (Pearson Edn) ADVANCED SOFTWARE ENVIORNMENTS R704 2+1+0 Module 1 Windows Programming – Components of Windows API.comparison of CORBA & DCOM Architectures. Christos H Papadimitriou Prentice Hall of India / Pearson Education Asia 4. Languages & Computation John Hopcroft. Elements of the theory of computation -Harry R Lewis.Osborne. Visual C++ Programming Bible – Leinecker & Archer IDG Books 4. 4 5. Kothamangalam 3.Distinction with ordinary programs – Event Driven Programming – WinMain Function – Creating Windows – Message loop – Window procedures . Module 5 X-Windows – Clients & Servers . Pearson Education Asia 355 .Drawing on MFC windows – Handling mouse & Keyboard events.Yashwanth Kanetkar (BPB) 2.

using and creating events – Introspection – creating & using Beanlnfo clauses – customization – providing custom property editors and GUI interfaces. AWT.bound and constrained properties . Entity beans – Features (Basics of developing and using entity beans) References Module1.Reading & setting Properties of JavaBeans – Connecting forms & bean properties – Serialized beans – declaring variables & methods in pages – scriptlets – conditionals. 2 1.CDATA section Module 2 Document Type declarations – Creating XML DTDs – Element type declaration – Attribute List Declaration – Attribute types – Attribute defaults – Displaying XML Data in HTML browser as HTML tables – Storing XML data in HTML document – Converting XML to HTML with XSL minimalist XSL style sheets – XML applications Module 3 Java Beans: Features – Designing Java Beans – Creating and using properties – Induced .Creating simple JSP Pages – templating – Request time expression – Request & Response objects – Reading parameter values – Using Javabeans in JSPs .Sean McGrath. Kothamangalam Module 5 6. Prentice Hall of India WEB TECHNOLOGIES RT 705 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to SGML – features .Pearson Education Asia Module3 2. XML by Example: Building Ecommerce applications . XML as a subset of SGML – XML Vs HTML – Views of an XML document – simple XML documents – Starting & Ending of Tags – Attributes of Tags – Entity References – Comments .XML. Weber. Module 4 JSPs . Swing.using the bean from a client – Development of stateful session bean.Joseph L. Module 5 EJB – Basics of EJB – Types of Beans – Development of Session Beans – Steps – Creating & Implementing Interfaces – Writing Deployment descriptors – Packaging and deploying bean .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Using JAVA 2 Platform Special Edition Java 2. X-Windows system programming – Nabajyoti Barkakati (2nd Edition). XML and Java Beans . loops & execution handling in JSPs with scriptlets – Accessing beans via scriptlets. Prentice Hall of India 356 .

Internet & Web Technologies . Mastering Enterprise Java Beans and the Java 2 Platforms. JSP: Java server pages .Floyd Marinescu Additional Reference 8. Module 3 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods. EJB Design Patterns . Enterprise Edition – EdRoman (WILEY computer publishing) 7. Programming Black Book .I R706 1. IDG Books India Module 5 6. OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE .Steven Holzner. Wiley Dreamtech Module 4 4.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 7. 2. Java Server pages . TMH ELECTIVE . The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the university before the course is offered.I) CMELRPTA 706-1 List of electives Optimization Techniques Operating System Kernal Design Principles of Real Time Systems Windows Programming Mobile Computing Software Architecture Lan Technology 3+1+0 3+1+0 Module1 Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method. 6.Raj Kamal. 4. Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields in technology. 3. 5. 357 . Kothamangalam 3. Module 2 Constrained multivariable optimization Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions – Convex programming problem – Quadratic programming.Barry Burd.Larne Pekowsky – Pearson Education Asia 5.

The ext2 File system – Directories in ext2 – block allocation and addressing extensions in ext2 file system 358 . Budnick. New Age International P.System calls – Implementation of simple system calls – Booting procedure. References 1.reentrant kernels -Signals –Interrupts – Timer interrupts . Module 5 Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. D. Rao.Kernel – monolithic and microkernel architectures – Overview of UNIX kernels – Process kernel Model . McLeavey.Interprocess communication using semaphores. Richard D. INC. Pearson Education Asia. Mojena. R. 2. 4. Chandrupatla. 3. Principles of Operations Research for Management . D. A. Kothamangalam Module 4 Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method. messages and shared memory Module 3 Memory Management – The architecture independent memory model in Linux – memory pages – Virtual address space and linear address calculation – Virtual address space for a process – User segment – Virtual memory areas – Kernel Segment – Memory allocation in kernel segment – Block device caching mechanisms in Linux – paging – Page cache and management – handling page faults.F.R. Optimization theory and application . Operation Research an introduction .A. Module 4 Linux File systems: Basic principles – kernel representation of file systems – layered file system architecture – Virtual file system – filesystem registration – mounting. Module 2 Processes and Tasks – Process relationship – process creation – Process Scheduling – Scheduling algorithm – SMP Scheduler Synchronization in kernel – Synchronization techniques . Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering .S. T. Eastern Economy Edition. Ltd. OPERATING SYSTEM KERNEL DESIGN (ELECTIVE .H.S. Taha. Belegundu. Irwin.I) R706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Operating system – Basic Structure . S. mixed integer programming problems.

next-fit. fault detection and containment. Module 2 Real time kernel – polled loop systems. 3. polled bus. transient faults. NMR clusters.Daniel P Bovet and Marco Cesati (O’Reilly) Linux Device Drivers – Rubini A.Silbershatz and Galvin (John Wiley) Linux Kernel Online Book– David A Rusling (http://www.based. F Mevel (John Wiley) 7. hierarchal. critical. combinational model. rate monotonic deferred server. interrupt driven systems – sporadic. 5. real time design issues. definition of real time systems – real time systems. integrated failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems. cause of failure. E Dumas. IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm. fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware. fault types. buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling.I) R706-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems. stop and go multiloop. EDF. Module 3 Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.task status. Unix Internals Then New Frontiers – Vahalia U (PHI) 8. protocols – contention – based. co-routines. bin. Red Hat Linux 7. Non-critical. task classes – Periodic. (O’Reilly) Operating System Concepts . 2. time. Aperiodic. network architecture issues.1 Bible – Christofer Negus (IDG Books) 1. software error models.linuxdoc.html) 6. soft real time systems. synchronization in software. round robin. fault latency. Kothamangalam Module 5 Device drivers – Character and block devices – polling – interrupt sharing – implementing a device driver for PC speaker References Linux Kernel Internals 2nd edition – Beck (Pearson Education Asia) Understanding the Linux Kernel . task control block . master chain model. token . 359 . myopic offline. embedded systems . scheduling – uniprocessor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic.packing algorithm. PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . redundancy – hardware.org/LDP/tlk/tlk.Hard real time systems. Linux Kernel Book – Card R. software. real time computer. 4. fixed rate systems. hybrid systems. Module 4 Fault tolerance – definition. information.

characteristics. sweeping – Using the Multimedia Control – Handling multimedia Errors 360 . arcs. embossing. Checkboxes. List view Control. Option Boxes – Frames . Databases for hard real time systems. Disk schedule algorithms. picture box. buttons . Shini (Tata McGraw Hill) References 1. Tree View Control. Print Dialogs – Creating Custom activex controls – Creating Events and properties for ActiveX controls. Transaction.Concepts of Windows Programming .RichTextBox.C. Module 4 Graphics and Multimedia – Drawing Graphics in Windows . blurring. Drive and Directory List boxes.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. main memory databases.M Krishna. Real Time Systems . Kothamangalam Module 5 Programming Languages – Desired language characteristics. Text Book 1. Timer. Scrollbars. Kang G. Real Time Systems. File. circles – plotting points –Filling figures with colors and patterns – Using clipboards to transfer images between applications Printing graphics and text – Creating animations with Picture clip control applying image effects – stretching. data types.File.setting colors Drawing text.Event Driven Programming – Languages that support Windows Programming – Visual Basic – Java – Visual C++ Visual Basic Programming: Basic Language features – Variables. control statements – Forms – Creating and Using basic Controls – text boxes. Real Time Systems. Flexgrid Control.MDI and SDI interfaces – Menus Module 3 ActiveX controls .Event handling procedures – Properties Window – Common properties for Controls. egraving. labels. Comboboxes. Progessbar. Design & Analysis .. flipping. Frames. maintaining serialization constituency. ellipses. constants. Tata McGraw Hill WINDOWS PROGRAMMING (ELECTIVE . Common dialog Controls – Font. Message boxes Module 2 Visual Basic Programming (Contd) Standard Controls – List boxes. Real time databases. lines.Philip Laplante (IEEE) 2. Shape controls.Krishna.I) R706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction . Image box.

Bluetooth. Location Management. Radio Access Layer. comparison between 802. 2. handover scenarios. Dynamic source routing. Optimization. Infrastructure and ad hoc networks. Functions. Advertisement and discovery. Applications and Protocol. Handover. inserting. Reference Model.11 and 802. Dynamic Host configuring protocol. Mobile telephone systems Simplified Reference model. Digital Audio BroadcastingMultimedia Object Transfer Protocol. Snooping TCP. Hierarchical Algorithms. Requirements. Module 5 Wireless Application Protocol & World Wide Web 3+1+0 361 . 4. 3.Goals.Reference Model. Ad hoc networks – Routing. LEO. Cellular systems. References 1. Access Point Control Protocol (APCP).Architecture. Indirect TCP. Traditional TCP. IPv6. Mobile TCP. Transmission. Registration. 802. Layers.Mobile IP. Digital Video Broadcasting.Services. Tunneling and Encapsulation.Infra red and Radio Transmission. Wireless ATM.16. Module 3 Wireless LAN and ATM: .Short History. 5.Resselman (PHI) MOBILE COMPUTING (ELECTIVE .Charles Petzlod (Microsoft Press) Visual Basic . Kothamangalam Module 5 Database Access – Using DAO. deleting and updating records – Using the Data Control – Using the ADO Data Control Using Windows API: Using DLL Procedures in Visual Basic – Declare statement – Handling C++ and Windows Data types – Playing sound with API funtions – Capturing Images from the screen – Handling mouse outside Applications window – Making an ‘always on top’ window. RDO and ADO for accessing databases – Creating tables. Frame structure.11. Multi carrier modulation. MEO. Requirements. IP packet delivery. DSDV. Broadcast Systems-Broadcast transmission. Visual Basic 6 Programming Black Book – Steven Holzner (Dreamtech Press) Programming Windows fifth Edition .I) R706-5 Module 1 Introduction: . Types. Module 2 Wireless Communication Systems: -Telecommunication Systems-GSM & DECTArchitecture and Protocols.Ivan Petrosaus (BPB) Visual Basic .Satellite Systems-GEO.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Garry Cornell (BPB) Using Visual Basic . Addressing. Module 4 Mobile Network and Transport Layers:. Reverse Tunneling.

Protocols-Datagram. Tanenbaum. Preason Education Asia References 1. Software Architecture – perspectives on an emerging discipline .Wireless Telephony Application. Computer Networks – Andrew S.Features. PHI 2. Mobile Communications – Jochen Schiller. Script. PHI 362 . Communication Networks -Fundamental Concepts and Key Architectures LeonGarcia & Indra Widjaja.I) R706-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Software architecture – Architectural styles – pipes and filters –data abstraction and object oriented organization – Event based.HTTP. Tata McGraw Hill SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE (ELECTIVE . David Garlan.Architecture. WWW system architecture. WWW. Layered systems – Repositories – Interpreters – Process control – Heterogeneous Architectures. Kothamangalam WAP. Module 2 Shared Information Systems – Integration in software Development Environment – Integration in the design of Buildings – Architectural structures for shared information systems Module 3 Guidance for user interface architecture Quantified design space – Formal models and specifications-The value of architectural formalism – Formalizing the architecture of a specific system – Formalizing the architectural style – Formalizing an architectural design space Module 4 Linguistic issues . Implicit invocation. Session -Wireless Application Environment-WML. Module 5 Tools for architectural design – Unicon – Exploiting style in architectural design environments – Architectural interconnection Reference 1. Usage of HTML.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Text Book 1.Requirements for architecture – Description languages – first class connectors – Adding implicit invocation to factorial processing languages. Transaction.Mary Shaw.

Robert M.Arne Mikalsen Per Borgesen – WILEY. Jaiswal References 1.2 LLC.IEEE 802. Thomas – BPB 9. Module 4 LAN Operating System – Peer – to –peer network – Function & responsibility – Print spooler – Current Network Operating Systems.Jaisal – Galgotia Publications Networking and Connectivity . McClain – Academic Press Wireless LANs . 4. Network interface cards.Topology . Module 2 Protocols: LAN protocols. FDDI.LAN standards . 6.Peter Hodson – BPB 10. LAN.dreamtech 2. S.S. Fortier – McGraw Hill Networking Technologies . The Business Guide to Local Area Networks . Design & security.Life cycle of LAN. Peterson – McGraw Hill 8. 5. 7.David M. K. Text Book 1.Gary R.Paul J. Kerser – McGraw Hill 11. Wenig – Academic Press TCP/IP Networking – A Guide to the IBM Environment . Types of switch. 2. CSMA/CA – polling – Token passing – Ethernet – ACRNETs – IBM/PC network – IBM token ring. Local area networks: Management. LAN.x MAC. IEEE 802. Introduction to Local Area Networks. Bridges.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam LAN TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE .I) R706-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Classification of LAN .William Stallings 363 . driver. printing queue – LAN security – physical security – logical security.Raymond P. Local Area Networks . Routers.Gerd E. Module 5 Management & security – security levels – printing environment – opportunities.Models for Communication .John E McNamara Understanding Local Area Network. 3. Module 3 Traditional interconnection components – Repeater. Local Area Network . port switching & segment switching – combined speed – Hubs. Basandra. protocol evaluation factors – CSMA – CSMA/CD.Stan Schutt – PHI Handbook of LAN Technology .

Network 0+0+3 communication. Programs with HTML. Network problems and recovery. TCP/IP Bible –Rob Scringer (IDG Books) 0+0+3 NETWORK PROGRAMMING LAB R708 Experiments using interprocess communication and synchronisation & IPC using semaphore.Stevens. Java. Any experiments according to the syllabus of RT604 Computer Networks.Communication through TCP/IP port Efficient error checking algorithms (Eg: CRC) Remote Procedure Call.Communication through serial port . Programs for FTP and socket based chat. UNIX Network programming . Red hat Linux Bible. 4. Applets. Experiments for communication with peripheral devices using C and MASM.Cristofer Negas (IDG Books) 3. Java Beans. XML. Lan trouble shooting. Implementation of File Transfer . DNS. RT605 Network Computing and RT705 Web Technologies may be substituted References 1. Design & Programming of add-on cards familiarisation with device drivers. Diagnostic S/Ws. Java Script. Micro controllers etc. 2. (PHI) 2. References 1. Kothamangalam COMPUTER HARDWARE AND NETWORKING LAB R707 Familiarisation with PC Components 1. Cards. Remote Method Invocation. Experiments for serial and parallel port communication using C and MASM. Upgrading & Repairing PC’s . 3. pipe & messages. Faimiliarisation with network configuration (routing. DHTML.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Scott Muller (PHI) 2. Using Java2 Platform – Weber (AWL) 364 . JSP and EJB. Network diagnostics softwares. File Servers etc…) 5.

365 . The paper should in general reflect the state of the art. He/ She submits a report of the paper to the department. and submit a report of the project work done to the department. He/She shall present the work done before a panel of staff members. On completion of the project work.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. In addition to the seminar He/She shall undertake a project work in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide(s). Kothamangalam PROJECT & SEMINAR R709/ R808 0+0+3 Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department.

Kothamangalam EIGHTH SEMESTER 366 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

William Stallings.Security breaches – Concept of a hole . Wiley Dreamtech 7. access control and remote execution in UNIX.Security mechanisms in JAVA platform – Applet security – Security policy and Security Manager. Pearson Education Asia 3. Text Books 1. TMH 6. Module2 Modern operating System. Joseph L. William S. 4 Network Security Essentials Applications & Standards.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Pearson Education Asia 2. Virus.. Pearson Education Asia 5. Tanenbaum. Kothamangalam SECURITY IN COMPUTING RT 801 2+1+0 Module1 Introduction: Security basics – Aspects of network security – Attacks – Different types – Hackers – Crackers – Common intrusion techniques –Trojan Horse. Using JAVA 2 platform. Sead Muftic. Prentice Hall of India 4. Ranjan Bose. Module 4. Module 5 Database Security: . Andrew S. Module3 Cryptography and network security principles and practice. Jay Ramachandran. John wiles 367 .5 Designing security Architecture Solutions. Module5 Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network. Weber.Types of a holes – Study of the security features for authentication.Security issues – SQL security DAC based on granting & revoking privileges – MAC for multilevel security – Statistical database security. Information theory coding and cryptography. WINDOWS 2000 Module 3 Cryptography: Basic Encryption & Decryption – Transposition & substitution ciphers – Caesar substitution – Polyalphabetic substitutions – Crypt analysis – Symmetric key algorithms – Fiestel Networks – Confusion – Diffusion – DES Algorithm – Strength of DES – Comparison & important features of modern symmetric key algorithms – Public key cryptosystems – The RSA Algorithm – Diffice Hellman key exchange – comparison of RSA & DES – Message Authentication & Hash functions – Digital signature Module 4 Network & Application Security: Kerberos – X509 Authentication service – IP security Architecture – Secure socket layer – Electronic mail security – Pretty Good privacy – S/MIME – secure Electronic Transactions – Firewalls . Module 2 OS Security – Protection Mechanisms –Authentication & Access control – Discretionary and Mandatory access control – Authentication mechanisms – Official levels of computer security (DoD) . Worm – Security services and mechanisms. Module1.

Associative array processing .Classification of pipeline processors . Algorithms and Architecture . Miller P.Linear pipelining . Wiley Dreamtech 8.Process synchronisation mechanisms.Language features to exploit parallelism . 5.Briggs. IDG Books HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING R802 2+1+0 Module1 Introduction to parallel processing .Charles P.Shea. Mastering JAVA security: Cryptography.E. Wiley dreamtech Firewalls Complete . Security in Computing .SIMD array processors .Data driven computing and Languages .Loosely coupled and Tightly coupled multiprocessors .Interconnection networks . Module5 Dataflow computers .Data flow computers architectures .Marcus Gonsalvus. 2. 6.mesh connected networks . 4.Parallel computer structures-Architecture classification schemes . Pfleeger IEEE Computer Science Press Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network.Memory organization.Indian contribution to parallel processing. Kothamangalam References 1.G.Rich Helton. Computer Architecture & Parallel Processing .Trends towards parallel processing Parallelism in uniprocessor .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Static vs dynamic networks .General pipelines .O. TMH Networking Technologies .Interconnection networks . 3. Text Book 1. Module 4 Multiprocessor architectures and Programming .Kai Hwang & FayeA.Jaisal. Module 3 Array processors . Implementing IPv6.Dynamic pipelines .Mark A.Static data flow computer -Dynamic data flow computer -Data flow design alternatives. Galgotia Publication Security in Computer Operating System .Instruction and Arithmetic pipelines – Design of Pipilined instruction unit-Prinnciples of Designing Pipeline ProcessorsInstruction prefetch and branch handling. NCC Blackwell Manchester Oxford 7.Cube interconnection networks Parallel algorithms for array processors . Module 2 Principles of pipelining and vector processing .SIMD matrix multiplication-Parallel sorting on array processors .Sead Muftic. John wiles Designing Security Architecture Solutions – Jay Ramachandran.Architecture of Cray-1. McGraw Hill 368 .

Benjamin Cumings Publishers.Vijay P. Pratt. type checking and type conversion . Pearson EducationAsia 369 . Rajaraman . 7. Inheritance. Arirban Basu.Virtual computers and binding times.Assignment and Initialisation Structured data types . Pearson Education Asia / Prentice Hall of India Reference 1. Language Paradigms. 3. Module 3 Abstract data types. Programming Languages.Kai Hwange & Douglas Degneot Mc Graw Hill Highly parallel computing .Harold S.. Programming Languages . HIgh Performance Computer Architecture . Introduction to exception handling .Exception handling in JAVA. Elements of Parallel computing . Polymorphism. Module 5 Advances in Language design . Kothamangalam References 1. Asok V. Almasi. Module 4 Subprogram control . 6.Variations of subprogram control.Language Design issues . Parallel programming. sequencing with arithmetic expressions. attributes of data control. sequence control between statements.Bhatkar.Wiely arstern Parellel Processing for Super Computers & AI . Declarations. 5.Subprogram sequence control. Module 2 Data types .Abstract data types revisited. PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES R803 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – Role of programming languages . 4.Declarations and type checking for data structures.PHI Super Computers .Type definition.V. Asok K. Implementation of data structure type . software architecture. Design & Implementation . Encapsulation by subprogram .Effects of Environments on languages .Sequence Control .Terrence W.Robert W Sebesta. storage management . Advanced Computing . Text Book 1.Joshi. Hardware developments. Shared data in subprograms .Specification of data structure types. Stone. implementation of elementary data types.Implicit and Explicit sequence control.V.Specification of data types. Marvin V. Addison Wesley. Zelkowitz.George S. 2. Allan Gottlieb .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Rajaraman .Sharma.

3. Text Books Module 1. Artificial Intelligence – A modern approach.Problem characteristics – Problem solving by searching. meta interpreters – semantic nets & frames in prolog. George F Luger. Inference rules involving quantifiers. Kothamangalam ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE RT 804 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – Definitions – AI application areas – Example problems.Heuristic for constraint satisfaction problem – Iterative deepening – Hill climbing – Simulated Annealing. Module 2 Informed search. Unification. Bi-directional search – Constraint satisfaction search. Uniform cost search. Matching and evaluation. Artificial Intelligence. Searching strategies – Breadth first search. Artificial Intelligence Rich E. Introduction to frames and semantic nets. Heuristic functions – Inventing Heuristic functions . . Pearson Education Asia References 1. forward and backward chaining – Resolution. Depth – Limited search.McGraw Hill Booq Company Module 5 3.Problems and problem spaces . Module 4 Knowledge and Reasoning – Review of representation and reasoning with Logic – Inference in first order logic. An Introduction to Artificial Intelligence – Eugene Charniak & Drew McDermot. Module 3 Game playing and knowledge structures – Games as search problem – Imperfect decisions – Evaluation functions – Alpha – Beta pruning – state of art game programs.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Pearson Education Asia 370 . Stuact Russell – Peter Narang.2. Pearson Education Asia 2. Module 5 Introduction to Prolog – Representing facts – Recursive search – Abstract data types – Alternative search strategies – Meta predicates. A* algorithm. modus ponens.4 1. DFS.

Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. 6. Module 3 Gamma. 2.I) CMELR 805-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides. 371 Advanced Mathematics Client-Server Computing E-Commerce Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems Distributed Computing User Interface Design 3+1+0 . Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields in technology. Classification of second order equations. Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function. 4.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Beta functions Gamma function. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the university before the course is offered.II R805 List of electives 1. Kothamangalam ELECTIVE . 5. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions. 3.Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation. ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE . unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution.

Mathematics . Module 2 Design Fundamentals of client server design .Kandasamy.Client Server Computing & Hetrogenous Computing .Jeffrey D. Khanna Publishers Generalized functions .Greenberge. 2. 372 . K. 6.critical sections .Optimizing applications for client server Example client server implementations . 3.Pipkin.Child and parent processor .Allen C.Threads .F. S.Client Server Databases. Pearson Edn.Managing the interaction of client and server .Michael D.Developing server applications . John Wiley and Sons. BPB. & Science .Chand Advanced Engg.Grewal.processing queues .Building portable client server applications. Kothamangalam References 1.Inman. References 1.H.The costs of Client Server Computing .Processor . Novell Press.Keener. New York A Course on Integral Equations .context switching pre emptive systems . S. Developing Client Server Applications . Academic Press.Communications Techniques protocols & Client server interaction protocols Preparing applications for client server .Kanwal.R.Advantages and Disadvantages .semaphore implementations in NT & Netware.Chand & co CLIENT SERVER COMPUTING (ELECTIVE .Inter process communication . K. Asia Numrical methods in Engg. Client Server Computing .Thilagavathy.Cross Platform Computing Distributed Computing . 4.Dass. Numerical methods .Dawna Travis Dewire.P.B.Ram P.mutual exclusion . Principles and Techniques of Bernard Friedman .Gunavathy. Novell's Guide to Client-Server Application & Architecture. Module 4 Synchronization Scheduling implementations .Request acceptance dispatching Execution of requests .Case study Novell Netware and Windows NT . 7.H. Addison Wesley. McGraw Hill. Linear Integral Equation. 3.S.Server communication model. Principles of Applied Mathematics.Client server interaction using message.semaphores . Hoskins.Schqnk. 5.uses . 9. Module 3 Multitasking Multi programming vs multitasking .K.Advantages and draw backs of multiple processor . Mathematics.II) R 805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction History .John Wiley and sons Applied Mathematics 8. Module 5 Communications Network communication .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 2.W. Springer – Verlag Advanced Engg.James P.

Global Electronic Commerce – J Christopher Westland & Theodore H K Clark 2. E. Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS). Credit Cards.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Asynchronous Transfer Mode. Smart Cards. Firewalls. 5. Kothamangalam 4.II) R805-3 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce E-Commerce Framework.Commerce and World Wide Web – Internet Service Providers. E-Commerce .Kamlesh K Bajaj & Debjani Nag 3. Pearson Education Asia References 1. E-COMMERCE (ELECTIVE . Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System. Module 3 Electronic Payment Systems Types of Electronic Payment Systems. Hypertext publishing. Broad Band Telecommunication.Joe Salemi. TMH 373 . Security on the Web. EDI Envelope for Message Transport. Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce. Frame & Cell Relays. Video Conferencing with Digital Videos. WWW as the Architecture.Commerce The cutting edge of Business . E-Commerce Consumer & Organization Applications. Guide to Client Server Databases . E. Designing Electronic Payment Systems. Corporate Data Warehouses Module 5 Recent Trends in E-Commerce Multimedia in E-Commerce. Text Book 1. Anatomy of E-Commerce Applications.David Vaskevitch. Types of Digital Documents. BPB. Document Library. Data & Message Security. Encrypted Documents.Strategy. Supply Chain Management. Client Server Strategies. Frontiers of Electronic Commerce . Galgotia. Module 2 Network Security Client-Server Network Security. Risk in Electronic Payment Systems.Ravi Kalakota & Andrew B Whinston. CS Security Threats. EDI standardization. Internal Information System. Mobile Computing and Wireless Computing. EDI-Legal. Module 4 Electronic Data Interchange EDI Application in Business. Internet based EDI. Security and Privacy Issues. Technologies and Applications. Work-flow Automation and Coordination.

and selected signal assignment statements.J Bhaskar.Role of hardware description language.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. McGraw Hill. simple CSA statements. Text Book 1. Synthesis: Interface from declarations. conditional signal assignment statements.Zainalabedin Navabi. Synthesis: language directed view – inference from within process – issues – signals vs. Pearson Education Asia.Sudhakar Yalamanchili. VHDL primer . variables – latch vs. propagation delays and concurrency – waveforms and timing – signal values – shared signals – simulation model – synthesis model – Field Programmable Gate Arrays. abstraction and accuracy – generics – component instantiation and synthesis – the generate statement subprograms: functions – procedures – sub program and operator overloading – packages and libraries. flip flop – the wait statement – state machine. Kothamangalam ANALYSIS AND MODELING OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . References 1. Module 2 Basic language concepts simulation: signals – Entity architecture – concurrent statements – Constructing VHDL models using CSAs – delays. Module 5 Basic I/O operations – the package TEXTIO – ASSERT statement – terminology and directory structure – simulation mechanics – synthesis mechanics – identifiers – data objects – data types – operators.Modeling digital systems – events. Pearson Education Asia 2. Analysis and modeling of digital systems . Introductory VHDL . 374 . Module 4 Modeling structure: Describing structure – structural VHDL model – hierarchy. Module3 Modeling behavior Simulation: The process construct – programming constructs – the wait statement – attributes – generating clocks and periodic waveforms – using signals – modeling state machines – constructing VHDL models – programming errors.II) R805-4 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to VHDL: Digital system design .

stub generation. evolution. Distributed Systems – Concepts and designing . Group communication. Threads – scheduling. Distributed Operating Systems . Jean Dellimore. Kothamangalam DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING (ELECTIVE . CODA. design issues. importance of good design. other distributed file systems – AFS. messages. replacement strategy. user requirements.Pradeep. Human consideration. Deadlocks in distributed systems – detection and prevention. Tenenbaum Pearson Education Asia 3. brief history – Graphical User Interface – Web User Interface – Principles of User interface design. K. interfaces. implementation techniques. Synchronization – clock synchronization. synchronizations. design issues. Distributed shared memory – Architecture. AMOBEAoverview. marshalling. load sharing. mutual exclusion Module 4 Resource and Process management Features of scheduling algorithms. Sinha. Distributed Operating Systems . Task assignment approach. PHI USER INTERFACE DESIGN (ELECTIVE .Pearson Education Asia 2. Process migration mechanisms. structure of shared memory space. event ordering. Module 3 Communication in distributed systems Client server communication. load balancing. Network technologies and protocols – overview.intention lists. design issues. Module 5 Consistency maintenance Transaction recovery – methods.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. References 1.II) R805-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction Importance of user interface – definition. Tim Kindberg . characteristics.II) R805-5 3+1+0 Module I Introduction Introduction to Distributed Systems. Module 2 Design Process Human Interaction with computers. centralized and distributed approaches. Byzantine failures. Server management. Importance of Human Characteristics.George Coulouris. Fault tolerance – failures. Message passing – features. thrashing. Module 2 Distributed file system File service components. Name services – SNS name service model. implementation. Sun Network File System – architecture and implementation. Human Interaction speeds – Understanding Business function 375 . RPC – model.Concepts and design .Andrew S. MACH.

uses. Designing the User Interface 3rd Edn. Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields in technology. – Ben Shneiderman. selection of windows.III R806 List of electives 1. The Essential Guide to User Interface Design 2nd Edn. Galitz. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the university before the course is offered. Wiley Dreamtech 2. The Essentials of User Interface Design . Module 4 Windows and components Menus and navigation schemes. Carroll. – Wilbert O. 2. Selection of device based and screen based controls . interface building tools Interaction devices: keyboard and function keys .text and messages – icons and images – Multimedia – colours. 7. Module 5 Software tools Specification methods. 6. 4. organizing screen elements.speech recognition.screen meaning and purpose. 5. Text Book 1. problems. choosing colours.Alan Cooper. 3. Pearson Education Asia 2. Wiley Dreamtech ELECTIVE .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Pearson Education Asia References 1. digitization and generation – image and video displays – printers.ordering of screen data and content – screen navigation and flow – visually pleasing composition – amount of information – focus and emphasis – presenting information simply and meaningfully – information retrieval on web – Statistical graphics – Technological considerations in Interface Design. Multimedia Systems Embedded Systems Neural Networks Genetic Algorithms and Applications Advanced Networking Trends Data Processing and Analysis Techniques Biometrics 3+1+0 376 . Kothamangalam Module 3 Screen Designing Design goals . Human Computer Interaction – John M.pointing devices.

Hodger & Russel M. Susan Lafe Meister .Mathew E.) 2. Virtual Reality . Integrated Multimedia Systems Overview .Sound cards . Multimedia Bible . Digital Video Interactive. Rosch.Ron Goldberg.Media Types .Fractal and Wavelet Compressions . JPEG.Future multimedia. Sams 6. Module 5 Advanced Multimedia Moving pictures .Tay Van Ghan – Osborne . digital audio. 8. Control System.Image file types .Techniques realistic image synthesis. Optimizing your Multimedia PC . software applications and software environments .Making it work . hardware. Skibbe. Database integration.Problems related to programming . Authoring Interactive multimedia .Composition.III) R806-1 3+1+0 Module 1 1ntroduction Definition of multimedia.J. Categories of Embedded System.Basic tools Authoring tools. Addison wesley 9.Palikom. Sasnett. Tsischritziz (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.Capture and Playback techniques. References 1. RLE.Standards .Hyper text .Analog and digital video. Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics. Transform classes. multimedia.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Tata Mcgraw Hill 3. Communication devices. Gibbs. QuickTime.Image types . Multimedia Programming Objects. Environments & Framework Simon J.Winn L.Image .III) R806-2 3+1+0 Module1 Overview of Embedded System Embedded System. Comdex 7.multimedia networks . Format classes and Component classes .Full motion digital video .Animation . Requirements of Embedded Systems.Desktop video conferencing . Module 2 Building Blocks Text . Biomedical Systems. Multimedia .L. Media classes. Kothamangalam MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE .Comdex 5.Video capture techniques . Dionysios C. Multimedia PC and Microsoft Multimedia Extensions.Arch C Luther 4. Multimedia Power Tools . Multimedia Producers Bible . Synchronisation. The communication Wall EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE .Analog & Digital video . 377 . Challenges and Issues in Embedded Software Development. CD-interactive.Sound . music and animation . MPEG . Module 4 Multimedia Programming Framework: Overview.Peter Jellam. (basic ideas only) Module 3 Multimedia Environments The Compact Disc family. Interaction. Handheld computers.Memory storage .Image compression. Multimedia Computing . Random house Electronic Pub.

Embedded Applications over Mobile Network example MP3 Sound Player. Module 5 Java Applications & Future Trends in Embedded Systems Networked Java-Enabled Information Appliances.Training algorithm . Module 3 Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer . Programming for Embedded Systems. Module 2 Back Propagation .Training artificial neural networks . Kothamangalam Module 2 Embedded Hardware & Software Development Environment Hardware Architecture.Single layer & multilayer networks . Types of Embedded Operating systems.network configurations Network paralysis . Sending a Message over a Serial Link.Local minima .Dreamtech Software Team.Training algorithms.III) R806-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction . Voice-over-IP.Linear separability . Protocol Converter.statistical properties . Controlling an Appliance from the RTLinux System. Module 4 Real Time & Database Applications Real-Time Embedded Software Development. Security in Embedded Systems.Learning . Embedded System Development Process.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Simulation of a Process Control System. Text Book 1.activation functions .Training the cohenen layer . Embedded Operating systems.Pre initialising the wright vectors . Embedded Database Applications using examples like Salary Survey. NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE . Wiley Dreamtech Reference 1. Micro-Controller Architecture. Communication Interface Standards.temporal instability. Energy Meter Readings. Serial Communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-controllers. PC-to-PC Communication.Application.Principles .Perception Representation .Applications . Smart Cards and the Cashless Society. Fundamentals of Embedded Software where C and Assembly Meet – Daniel W Lewis. 378 . System on a Chip (SOC). Mobile Java Applications.Training the Grosbery layer Full counter propagation network .artificial neuron . Embedded Process Control System. Appliance Control using Jini. Module 3 Embedded Communication System Serial Communication.

Time-Optimal Robot Control Problem Multi-Agent Problem .Recurrent networks . Module 5 Hopfield nets . Recursion.Artificial specific heat methods .Adaptive resonance theory . Loops. Module 3 Automated synthesis of analog electrical circuits Synthesis of a Low-pass Filter and High-pass Filter The Role of Crossover in Genetic Programming.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Architecture classification .applications Thermo dynamic systems .Boltzmann’s Training .Philip D. 2.Previous Work on Automated Analog Circuit Synthesis.Statistical Hopfield networks .Bidirectional associative memories .Architecture-Altering operations for Subroutines -Automatically Defined Iterations.Implimentation.Continous BAM .Associative memory .0 .Robert J.Applications to general non-linear optimization problems.III) 3+1+0 R806-4 Module 1 Architecture-Altering Operations Introduction. Wasserman.0 .Chapman & Hall Artificial Neural Networks . 4. 379 . McGraw Hill Artificial Neural Networks . Neural Networks . 3.Cauche training .Simon Haykins Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks . An Introduction to neural computing .Elements of GPPS 2. Storage.0-Problems Illustrating GPPS 1.Cart Centering.stability .Using Architecture Altering Operations for Subroutines. Module 2 Genetic Programming Problem Solver (GPPS) Elements of GPPS 1.Rotating the Tires on an Automobile – Boolean Parity Problem.H. Transmembrane Segment Identification Problem using Architecture-Altering Operations for Iterations-Fibonacci Sequence. References 1. 5. Module 4 Evolvable Hardware Evolvable Hardware and Rapidly Re-configurable Field-Programmable Gate Arrays Discovery of cellular Automata Rules: Discovery of a Cellular Automata Rule for the Majority Classification Problem.0 Problems Illustrating GPPS 2. Previous Methods of Determining the Architecture of a Multi-Part Program .Yegnanarayana.Pay Y.B. Text Book 1.On the origin of new function. PHI GENETIC ALGORITHMS AND APPLICATIONS (ELECTIVE . Kothamangalam Module 4 Statistical methods . Neural Computing Theory & Practice . SelfOrganization of Hierarchies and Program Architecture . Schalkoff.

ISDN interface. James L. Module 3 ATM – ATM Principles – BISDN reference model – ATM layers – ATM adaption Layer – AAL1. Layout and test Automation . AAL3/4. (basic ideas only) Module 5 Wireless Lan – Infrared Vs Radio transmission – Infrastructure & ad hoc n/w – IEEE 802.11 – Hiper Law – Bluetooth – Physical Layer – MAC layer – Networking – Security References Module 1 1. Forrest H Bennett III. Antonakos. PHI 380 . Johin R.. David Andre. Gigabit Ethernet.Kenneth C Mansfield. Wireless Ethernet – SONET – Sonet multiplexing. An introduction to Computer Networking .Transmission channels .block schematic of satellite earth station . Martin A. Text Book 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.VSAT networks . Parallelization and Implementation Issues: Computer Time.Definition . B-ISDN. Genetic Algorithms for VLSI Design.Protocol architecture . “ Genetic Programming III: Darwinian Invention and Problem Solving”.Parallelisation of Genetic Programming –Implementation Issues.System architecture .applications in personnel communication. 1999 Reference 1. AAL2. Sonet frame structure Module 2 ISDN . Koza. Kean. Morgan Kaufmann.VSAT . Elizabeth M Rudnick (Pearson Education Asia) ADVANCED NETWORKING TRENDS (ELECTIVE . Fast Ethernet. AAL5 – ATM addressing – UNI Signaling – PNNI Signalling Module 4 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION: Satellite communication principles .III) R806-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Ethernet Technology – Frame format – Interface Gap – CSMA/CD – 10 mbps Ethernet. Jr. Kothamangalam Module 5 Programmatic Motifs for molecular Biology Automatic Discovery of Protein Motifs –Programmatic Motifs and the Cellular Location Problem.Pinaki Mazumder.Geo stationary satellites .

Tata McGraw Hill 2. Person Education Asia 5. sections and paragraphs -Table writing . Pearson Education Asia DATA PROCESSING AND ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . Data Mining . DBMS Vs DM – DM Techniques. Module 2 Table Handling – Occur clause – PERFORM verb – SET verb. Module 3 Processing of various file structures in COBOL Language – File description – Fixed Length Record – Statements – Sequential File with variable length record – Sorting and merging of files – Direct access files. SEARCH verb – Occurs depending clause – Sorting a Table. Rajasekar & S. S.) 4. Communication Networks Fundamental Concepts & Key Architecture . References 1.Selvi (Anuradha Agencies) 6. Data mining Concepts and Techniques .Arun K Pujari (Universal Press) 3. Tata McGraw Hill 2.Jochen Schiller. statements. Kothamangalam Module 1.Jawei Han & Micheline Kamber (Morgan Kunfmann Pub.III) R806-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to COBOL programming -elements of COBOL divisions.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Mobile Communication .Pieter Adriaans. Issues and Challenges in DM – DM application areas.complete program in COBOL using various options verbs. Module 5 Data mining – Definitions.2. Structured COBOL Programming . Kazmier (Tata McGraw Hill) 381 .M K Roy & D Ghosh Dastidar.conditional statements. Dolf Zantinge.E. KDD Vs Data mining. J. Data mining Techniques .LeonGarcia – Widjaja. Structured COBOL.A.3 1. COBOL programming . Philippakis & Leonard. Module 4 Data warehousing – Definition – Multidimentional datamodel – OLAP operation – Data warehouse architecture – Warehouse Server – Metadata – OLAP Engine.

WILEY-dreamtech GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA LAB R807 0+0+4 Point plotting. Biometrics -Identify Verification in a Networked World . Raj Nanavati. line and circle drawing. curves. Michael Thieme. transformations.features – components – operation (steps) – competing iris scan technologies – strength and weakness Voice scan . Visual programming. Animation Any experiment according to the syllabus of R702 Computer Graphics may be substituted 382 . hidden line elimination.features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness Module 3 Iris scan .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam BIOMETRICS (ELECTIVE -III) R806-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – Benefits of biometric security – verification and identification – basic working of biometric matching – accuracy – false match rate – false nonmatch rate – failure to enroll rate – derived metrics – layered biometric solutions Module 2 Finger scan – features – components – operation (steps) – competing finger scan technologies – strength and weakness Facial scan . Multimedia programming. Reference 1.AFIS (automatic fingerprint Identification systems)-Behavieral Biometrics-Signature scan-Key stroke Scan. Module 5 Biometrics Application – Biometric Solution Matrix-Bioprivacy-Comparison of privacy factor in different biometrics technologies-Designing privacy sympathetie biometric systems-Biometric standards. Line and Polygon clipping.(BioAPI. polygon hatching.Samir Nanavati.features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness Module 4 Other physiological biometrics-Handscan-retina scan. BAPI)-Biometric middleware.

The paper should in general reflect the state of the art. At the time of Viva-voce. VIVA -VOCE R809 A comprehensive Viva-voce examination will be conducted to assess the students overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. mini project and project work are to be presented for evaluation. On completion of the project work. Kothamangalam PROJECT & SEMINAR R709/ R808 0+0+4 Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. 383 . certified report of seminar. and submit a report of the project work done to the department. He/She shall present the work done before a panel of staff members.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. In addition to the seminar He/She shall undertake a project work in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide(s). He/ She submits a report of the paper to the department.

DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS POLYMER ENGINEERING BRANCH 384 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.TECH. Kothamangalam B.

Kothamangalam THIRD SEMESTER 385 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Saxena. Difference equations – Solution of difference equations.C.Scarborough.scalar and vector fields – gradient. Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem...interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using Stirling’s formula – Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals. Mathematics.Chand and Co Ltd. H. McGraw – Hill. 2. 3. equations in Cartesian co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real and imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal transformation of function like zn. Khanna Publishers. National Publishing Co. ∇. 4. Mathematics. Grawal B. E. 8. conservative fields – identities – simple problems. Module 3 Function of Complex Variable Definition of analytic functions and singular points – derivation of C.II CMELP 301 3+1 Module 1 Vector Differential Calculus Differentiation of vector functions . Numerical Mathematical analysis. Higher Engg.R. surface and volume Integrals – work done by a force along a path – Application of Green’s theorem. Module 2 Vector Integral Calculus Line. Mathematics. z+k2/z – bilinear transformation – cross ratio – invariant property – simple problems. Numerical Methods in science & Engg. Prentice-Hall. Finite Differences and Numerical Analysis. sin z.B. Theory and Problems of Vector analysis.R. J.K. 5.Shantha. δ . 1/z. Erwin Kreyszig. University press.Balachandra Rao and G. M. Module 4 Finite Differences Meaning of ∆. 386 . S. divergence and curl of a vector function – their physical meaning – directional derivative – scalar potential.K. S. 7. µ. Numerical Methods.Spiegel. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Module 5 Difference Calculus Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton – Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems. Kothamangalam MATHEMATICS .S. Advanced Engg. Michael D. ez. 6. M.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Greenberg.Venkataraman. Advanced Engg. References 1.

MNP. interest and profit. elasticity. Module 3 Modern Trends in Technology:Developments in communication. Concept of appropriate technology. Part B: ECONOMICS Module 4 The basic economic problem. the historical development of prime movers. Theories of life and universe. transport and power engineering. law of demand. Resource depletion and pollution.Menon C. Greek and Roman Civilizations to science and technology. 2. The characteristic trends in 20th century science. the birth and growth of different branches of Engineering. The urban problem and the social cost of progress. macro economic approach.G. factors of production. Science in agriculture. Capitalism. definitions. types of banks. Integration of Science. Revenue. determination of market price and output under perfect competition and monopoly.I. rent. Sundaram and Waish 3+1 . their functions. GNP. value and price. Industrial revolution and its impact on Science. inflation. Problems of technology transfer. Economic Systems. cost of production. the fall of the Aristotelian universe and the beginning of modern science. NI.L. 6. Role of small scale and village industries. DI.H. Expenditure. 4.Bernal J. Principles of Economics : : : : : : : 387 R. National income. nature of economics and its laws. Module 2 Renaissance and the Early Modern Period:Flowering of Europian Technology. PI. Abuja K. the role of Arabs. Module 5 Theory of value. progress in steel making. References 1.V. wages. Socialism and Mixed Economy. Public economics. methods of calculation of national income.Singar J. comparison with the 19-th century approach. Taxation.V. Chinese. science and religion. The dark ages of science in Europe. Theory of demand and supply. Distribution.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Technology transfer from east to west. History of Science and Technology A History of Technology Science in Technology Science and Human Values Elements of Economics A Text Book of Modern Economics 7. supply curves. marginal productivity. technology and society. theory of distribution. Kothamangalam HUMANITIES P302 Part A: HISTORY OF SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY Module 1 Early Developments and Middle Period:Contributions of Indian. 3. Money and banking. Gandhian approach to technology. Science as agent of social change. Classification of money. the computer and space exploration. 5. Limits to growth. marginal utility theory. credit creation.D. Science and Technology in developing countries.Brownoskyi Paul A.

Program development. break and continue statements. functionality of monomers. examples for natural.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. keywords. file operators. creating a data file. inorganic and biopolymers. Kothamangalam COMPUTER PROGRAMMING P 303 3+1 Module 1 Computer fundamentals. output statements. homochain and hetero-atomic chain polymers.Kannetkar Bryan. functions and structures. Programming in C Let us C Pointers in C Programming with C : : : : E Balaguruswamy Y.P. assemblers. Fundamental data types. Example programs using structures. classification. DOS and WINDOWS. Concept of software and hardware. Introduction to C programming language. Module 3 Arrays & Structures. polymerisability 388 . Loop statements-for. 2. arithmetic expressions. concept of recursive functions.Kannetkar Y. parameter passing methods in C function. crosslinked and network polymers. Functions-concept. declaration of pointer variables. syntax of C language. Compilers. copolymer. unions. ladder. while. nomenclature. Programming languages. input.Tata McGrawHill POLYMER SCIENCE . 4.Gottfried. single and multidimensional arrays. Introduction to PC operating systems.P. Arguments and local variables. function declaration and calling. use of pointers in arrays. Example programs using pointers. synthetic. file type specification. do-while. Flow charts and algorithms. Array of structures and nested structures. mini and microcomputers. machine language. classification. compilation of C programs. identifiers. structure of linear. Module 4 Pointers. nested if. References 1. classification. 3. filessequential and random files. mainframe. Declaration and initialisation of structure variables. Module 2 C Programming. Simple exercise. poly functional systems. String and its initializations.I P304 3+1 Module 1 Importance in everyday life. Structure of a C program. variables. Decision statements-if. Bi-functional systems.S. switch statements. branched. operator precedence and associativity. block schematic of personal computers. assembly language and high level language. homo polymer. character arrays and its initializations. concept of pointers in C.

Prentice Hall. Cowie. Young and P. Billmeyer. carbanions. 5. Wiley international publishers. Kothamangalam Module 2 Number average.Billmeyer. F. 1970 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY P 305 3+1 Module 1 Chemical bonding and molecular structure. “Contemporary Polymer Chemistry”. H. “Text Book of Polymer Science”. 1991. Module 4 Basics of condensation polymerisation. F. kinetics. 2.Natta catalysts. mechanism and kinetics of free radical. Prentice Hall 1981. 1995 3. R. basic principles of the following methods: end group analysis. ring opening polymerization.average molecular weights. different types of copolymers. acids and bases. Mc Graw Hill. free radical initiators. 1990. z. monomer reactivity ratio. introduction.M. Allcock and F. viscometry and gel permeation chromatography. colligative property measurements. Polymers: Chemistry and Physics of Modern Materials. Chapman & Hall.W. inhibition. Polymerisation techniques. Blackie. “ Principles of Polymer systems”. inductive. Substitution and Elimination reactions: detailed study of SN1. Polymer science and Technology. F.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering..G. 4. Polymer Science and Technology of Plastics and Rubbers. Module 2 Organic reaction mechanisms.Rodrigues. osmometry. J. gelation. electronic effects in organic molecules. weight average.Lovell. Introduction to Polymers. Wiley Interscience. cationic & anionic polymerization. simple numerical problems to illustrate average molecular weight. diene polymerization. chain transfer. 7. ultracentrifugation. molecular weight distribution. Staudinger Index Module 3 Addition polymerization. 2nd Ed. vapour phase osmometry. Joel R. SN2 and borderline mechanisms. free radicals.carbocations. suspension. reactive intermediates in organic chemistry. SN1. polydispersity index. mechanism.W. Fried. emulsion and interfacial polymerisation References 1.J. 389 . Carother’s equation. solution. Copolymerization. NJ. light scattering. carbenes and nitrenes. Ziegler. control of molecular weight. SNi. SN2. 1991.R. autoacceleration. New Delhi. viscosity average. 6. coordination polymerisation.W. Premamoy Ghosh. 1984. London.Hill. 1971. 8. Lampe. mesomeric and hyperconjugation effects. copolymer equation. Tata McGraw . Textbook of Polymer Science. bulk. chain length and degree of polymerisation.

interconversion of geometrical isomers. Lewis acid catalysis. 1998 3. stereocentre. Ltd. ELBS. SF and BM. 390 . B. optical purity and enantiomeric excess. racemisation and methods of resolution. 4. IR. Prentice Hall. L. optical rotatory dispersion and circular dichroism.Double integration. New Delhi. molecular representation.conjugate beam method. geometrical isomerism. Jerry March.Macaulay's Method-moment area method. circular and 1-sections. chiral synthesis. E2. Catalysis by acid & bases.sections – composite sections temperature stresses. 13C–NMR. configurational nomenclature. Advanced Organic Chemistry.1992 2. chirality and optical activity. Module 2 Shear force and bending moments -Cantilever-simply supported and overhanging beams-concentrated and U. D.Bahl and Arun Bhal. R and S. Rearrangement Reactions: common rearrangements in organic chemistry. Chand & Co. substitution vs. Module 3 Slope and deflection of simply supported beams and cantilevers. rearrangement of carbocations. 1992 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING MP306 3+1+0 Module 1 Stress and strain . non-classical carbocations. Detailed study of elimination reactions (E1.bending and shear stress distribution rectangular. Kothamangalam Nucleophilicity and basicity.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. and E1cb mechanisms). configuration. Module 4 Organic Spectroscopy: principles and applications of UV.L. torsional strain. 15th edition. Organic Chemistry. NMR.. 6th edition. Advanced Organic Chemistry. 2 dimensional NMR spectroscopy. rotation about bonds. John Wiley & Sons. New york. Textbook of Organic Chemistry. conformation. Morrison & Boyd. conformational analysis of acyclic and cyclic molecules. concepts of dihedral angle. Methods of determination of organic reaction mechanisms. problem solving approach. 5th edition. leaving group effects. Theory of simple bending. Module 3 Isomerism of organic compounds: isomerism. 1996. solvent effects.Finar. References 1.S. New Delhi. stereo isomerism. ESR spectroscopic techniques for the structure elucidation of organic compounds. determination of configuration. E/Z notation.Bars of varying cross . Principal stresses and planes-Mohr's circle representation of plane stress. I. D. loadings analytical method. neighboring group participation. Recent advances in NMR techniques. Phase transfer catalysis and applications of crown ethers. elimination. Relation between load. definition and classification. S.

beams. Arthur Morley. Solid Mechanics. Module 5 Columns and sturts. Analysis of Structures. 0+3 B. Khanna Publishers. Preparation of solid esters. Close-coiled and open coiled spring.N. 3. Reinforcements detailing in R. Prentice Hall of India. 2. Kothamangalam Module 4 Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow shafts. columns & footings (No problem expected) References 1. Popov E. Punmia B. 4. Strength of Materials and Mechanics of structures.Newyork. 4. beams. Tata Mc Graw Hill.D.S. 2. fractional distillation. CHEMISTRY LAB P 307 A.H. Identify the components of the given binary mixture. Vol 1. Ratwani N. New Delhi. Checking the purity of the separated components on TLC plates. Purification and characterization of organic compounds 1. Engineering Mechanics of solids. 3. gradually and suddenly applied load-impact loads. 391 . 5. M. Ryder G. Inc. 7...butyl acetoacetate by the acetoacetatic ester condensation Synthesis of 3-nitrobenzoic acid from benzoic acid Nitration of aromatic hydrocarbons. Benzoylation of phenols.Lakshmi Publications.power transmitted by shafts. Strength of Materials. Bromination of amines. Mc Graw Hill. William A Nash.P. Slabs. Thin cyliders and jhick cylinders subjected to internal and external pressures. Synthesis of ethyl n. 3. 8. Side chain oxidation of aromatic hydrocarbons. Vol 1. Kazimi S. 7.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.short and long columns-Euler's theory-Ran kine's theory Eccentrically Loaded columns-column with initial curvature. Part 1. Strength of Materials. 5.M.leaf spring. Timoshenko. ELBS. chromatography) and separation of the components of a binary organic mixture (liquid-liquid. Vazirani V.A. 6. Strength of Materials. ELBS. 6. General description only of simple and compound steel. Purification (fractional crystallization. 2. New Deihi. columns and column foundationprinciple of reinforced concrete. New Delhi. C.. Organic synthesis 1.. Longman’s Green& Company.compound pipes -wire wound pipesstrain energy-axial loads.Van Nostrand company.C. Strength of Materials. liquidsolid and solid-solid) using chemical analysis and IIR and NMR spectral data.P.

Programs handling multidimensional array 5. Kothamangalam COMPUTER LAB P 308 1. Familiarisation of DOS commands and WINDOWS. A simple graphic program. 10. 9. Programs handling one-dimensional array. 0+3 392 . Functions having arguments. 4. 7. Programs using pointers. 11. 2. 8. Recursive functions. Programs using a simple function. 3. Programs handling structures. Simple C programs with control statements and loops. 6.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Programs involving files.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 393 .

K. Probability and statistical inferences. Richard A Johnson. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance.I. Elements of Partial Differential Equations. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitary constants and arbitary Functions . Wiley Eastern Ltd.simple problems in binomial.Linear Simultaneous eqns.Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion. Advanced Engg. its mean and variance .III CMEP401 3+1 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents . single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected). M. Kothamangalam MATHEMATICS .normal distribution . difference proportion. Pearson Education Asia. B.standard normal curve . A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II). 394 . Bali and Iyengar. Poisson and normal distributions.inverse transforms .solution of Lagrange Linear Equations – Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.properties of normal curve . Pearson Education Asia / PHI. F and Chi square test – Level of significance .Poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution . II -3rd year Part A & B. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity . Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability . Module 3 Fourier Transforms: Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms . 7.S. 6.simple problems.Sneddon. 3. by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations . References 1. Mathematics. Engineering Mathematics Vol. Laxmi Publications Ltd. Erwin Kreyszig.fitting of binomial & Poisson distributions . 5. Higher Engineering Mathematics.Finding P. 4. National Publishing Company. Hogg and Tanis.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Ian N. 2.simple applications in engineering problems.its mean and variance . Mc Graw Hill International Edn. Venkataraman. Grewal.The binomial distribution. Khanna Publishers.

Object Oriented Programming with C++ 5. Microsoft Press Yashwanth Kaneethkar. field control. DC motor. calculation of efficiency.. Graw Hill Strostroup Nabajyothy Bjarne Charles Petzold. load test. multiple inheritance Module 2 Polymorphism. Graw Hill ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY P 403 3+1 Module 1 Basic Principles of Electric Machines. public. overloading methods. fundamentals of MFC. constructors and destructors.concept of motoring and generating action. Module 2 Transformers: Transformer action. step up and step down transformer. Data abstraction and OOP in C++ 2. References 1. selecting friend or member functions for operator overloading Module 3 Dynamic objects. 395 . working. Programming Windows 95 6. operator overloading. basic principles of current transformers (no analysis) basic principles of servo stabilizer. characteristics. Tata Mc. visual programming concepts. declaring objects. load test. Auto and three phase transformers. 230/9-0-9 V.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Visual Basic from the group UP Gordenkeeth Wiley Eastern E. concepts of classes and objects. BPB Cary Cornessl. member access control-private. Case study-C++. Module 4 Concepts of Windows programming. Tata Mc. member functions. usage of virtual methods. basic principles. Object Oriented Programming with C++ 3. Kothamangalam OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING P 402 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. definition. C++ 4. virtual methods. concepts of DLL. extending classes. dynamic object allocation. GUI. protected. in-line functions outside class definitions. Inheritance and access control. EMF equation. building classes. speed control. encapsulation and inheritance. applications. characteristics. design of typical step down transformers like 280/6-0-6V. DC generator. Balaguruswamy. 280/12-0-12 V for inverters and rectifiers. simulation using abstract classes. load test. Visual C++ Programming 7. active X concepts. DAO and ODBC. abstract classes. armature control. using references with dynamic memory allocations.

lead acid cells. surface tension. concept of UPS. venturimeter. charging and discharging characteristics. 5. efficiency. Electrical Technology Electrical Machines Electrical Design Estimating And Costing Electrical machines and Power systems Electric Engineers Hand Book B. starters. piezometer.K. real fluid. density. construction of button cells. Raina & Bhattacharya Vincent Del Toro Donald G. starting of induction motors. block schematic of UPS. Reynolds number. specific weight. Rajput K. velocity diagrams. ideal fluid. and lithium ion batteries. rotameter. differential manometer. fields of applications. orificemeter. electromagnetic relays. lithium batteries. Module 4 Special Machines AC&DC servo motors. Module 3 Centrifugal pumps-types of casings. 396 . specifications chargeable batteries. secondary cells. Module 2 Fluid flow phenomena-classification of flow. 2. 3. nickel metal hydride. discharge. critical velocity. measurement of fluid pressure. characteristics of nickel cadmium. laminar and turbulent flow. discharge. battery charging circuits. power required. working and characteristics only (no analysis). physical properties of fluids. typical applications. capillarity. Maintenance of batteries. single phase induction motor. slip. pressure.L. 4. constructional features. construction working. Ampere hour rating of batteries. Module 5 Batteries: Dry cells.I P 404 3+1 Module 1 Fluids-nature of fluids. uniform and non uniform flow. pitot tube. used for pagers and cellular phones. cavitation. AC&DC contactors. NPSH. measurement of fluid flow. Basic principles of operation of synchronous and induction motor characteristics (no analysis).B. isothermal and adiabatic flow. criteria for selection of motors. working of tacho generators.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. bourden pressure gauge. Kothamangalam Module 3 A C Machines. stepper motor. References 1. Pascal’s law. types. simple manometer. compressibility. constructional features. Reciprocating pumps. rotational and irrotational flow. priming. characteristic curves. Bernoulli’s theorem.Thereja R. synchros constructional features. steady and unsteady state flow. Fink CHEMICAL ENGINEERING . viscosity. indicator diagram. work done. piping system. universal motors. applications& specifications of stepper motors.

thermoelastic experiment. spring. tan δ. specific heat. Deborah number. fugacity and activity of pure fluids.strain curves. molecular requirements of rubber-like elasticity. second law of thermodynamics. cure time. intensive and extensive properties. strain. Fluid Mechanics. plasticity retention index. factors affecting viscoelasticity. Hydraulics and Fluid mechanics. psuedoplasticity. short. compression modulus. third law of thermodynamics. Engineering Thermodynamics. Jagadish Lal 4. Young’s modulus. dilatancy. statistical mechanical theory. Maxwell-Weichert. closed. plasticity. time. simple numerical problems based on these principles. equations for creep and stress relaxation.N Modi 5. generalised equations for these models. rheopexy. difference in the response of elastic solid. Hooke’s Law. entropy changes and irreversibility. Boltzmann superposition principle. proportionality limit Module 2 Mechanical models. S. path functions and state functions. zeroth law of thermodynamics. types of thermodynamic systems and properties. induction time. New Delhi 3. GibbsDuhem equation. enthalpy. viscous fluid. Clausius statement. Fluid Mechanics. loss modulus. Poisson’s ratio. entrance and exit effects. Kothamangalam Module 4 Thermodynamics. formulation of first law. dashpot. hysteresis. Maxwell. shear rate dependent fluids. modulus. Kelvin-Plank statement. cone and 397 . J. Newton’s law. energy driven and entropy driven elasticity. thermodynamic treatment of rubbers.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. compliance. engineering stress. curing characteristics. first law applied to non flow process. P. Tata McGrawHill publishing company.term and long. bulk modulus.term properties. work function. Nag 2. time dependent fluids. oscillating disc rheometers.K Modi POLYMER PHYSICS P405 3+1 Module 1 Stress. thixotropy. Burger. Module 4 Newtonian fluids and non-Newtonian fluids. viscous fluid and viscoelastic materials under static and dynamic conditions. scorch time. true stress. Gough-Joule effect. References 1. tangent modulus. Clapyeron equation. storage modulus. Power law. elastic solid. capillary rheometer.M Smith. secant modulus. open and isolated systems. engineering strain. Rabinowitsch correction.temperature equivalence principle. damping.fundamental concepts and definitions. rheological measurements. stress. dynamic mechanical properties. Module 3 Rubber elasticity. viscoelastic materials. true strain. Gibb’s free energy. Voigt. Introduction to chemical engineering thermodynamics. heat capacity. Maxwell’s equations.

Ferry. reactivity of functional groups. Brydson. degradation by oxygen. hydrolysis. addition and substitution reactions. Tobolsky. Properties & structure of polymers. effect of polymer structure on optical properties. 398 . H. Structured Polymer Properties. Kothamangalam plate viscometer. A. micro-organism. concentration regimes in polymer solutions. upper critical solution temperature (UCST). draw down. References 1. Tm. factors affecting crystallinity. ozone. Maclaren and Sons. terms and definitions. X-ray diffraction. polymer analogous reactions.Samuels. 5. kinetic. crystalline state.F. Viscoelastic Properties of Polymers. dissipation factor and loss factor. hydrogenation. free volume. factors affecting Tg. elastic turbulence. Tg. Newyork1978 2. polymer bound reagents. Flory Huggins theory. Module 2 Polymer solutions. John Wiley & Sons NewYork 1971 4. power factor. Hildebrand approach.J. D. David J. shark skin. 1974. crystal systems. Polymer Science and Engineering. fringed micelle model. New York. Falcetta. spherulites. copolymers. effect of additives on electrical properties of polymers. John Wiley & Sons NewYork 1997 3. prediction of molar polarization and effective dipole moment. supermolecular structures. R. S P E Text Book. crazing. J. John Wiley & Sons. primitive cell. linear and cyclic arrangement. transparency.V. die swell. thermodynamic view of miscibility. Haufman and J. heat. John Wiley & Sons NewYork 1960. first order and second order transitions. chain end and random degradation. and thermodynamic views of glass transition. melt flow index. molecular motion. lower critical solution temperature (LCST). Bravais lattices. Module 3 Chemical reactivity of linear and crosslinked polymers. J. aminolysis. polymer single crystals. elastic effects in polymer melt flow. weathering. theta conditions. cross linking reactions.J.II P 406 3+1 Module 1 Amorphous state. acidolysis. UV light. secondary transitions. A. degree of crystallinity. factors influencing glass transition temperature. types of solutions. Introduction to Polymer science and Technology. haze. Module 4 Effect of polymer structure on dielectric constant. Flow Properties of Polymer Melts POLYMER SCIENCE . Mooney viscometer. polymorphism. capacitance. lamellae.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. unit cells. stabilisation to prevent degradation. dielectric loss. clarity. Williams. 6. melt fracture.

gloss. 1. Vt. John Wiley & Sons. 2.W. 1995. Polymer Physics. 3. 4. Load test on 3-phase cage induction motor. Regenerated Cellulose. Paul C.A. England. Polyurethanes and glyptal Resins.. Load test on Single phase induction motor. “Properties Of Polymer. Inc.C and Load test on DC generator. 8. formaldehyd.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Load test on single phase transformer. Prediction Of Polymer Properties. Quantitative estimation of the following monomers: Aniline. methyl – methacrylate. Urea-Formaldehyde and MelamineFormaldehyde. Coleman. Chapman & Hall. 2. reflectance. Fundamentals of Polymer Science. An Introduction to the Mechanical Properties of Solid Polymers. Lancaster. 1995.Seanor. Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin (Novolak and Resol). Determination of molecular weight by viscosity method. acrylonitrile. Van Krevelen And P. Polystyrene.J.W. 3. 6. Painter and Michael M. D.E. References 1. 399 . I. 4. 1982. Newyork. Load test on 3-phase alternator – regulation at different power factor – Demonstration of terminal voltage control. 7.Ward & D. 3. 2. 7. J. Jozef. GROUP A O. 1996.C. Electrical properties of polymers. prediction of refractive indices of polymers by group contributions. ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB P 408 0+3 A total of 8 experiments (4 from Group A and 4 from Group B) out of 16 suggested below may be done in the laboratory. 5.Bicerano. 6. Acadamic press. 5. Ulf W. Technomic Publishing Co. Second Edition. Phenol. 3rd Edition Elsevier Scientific Publishing Company Amsterdam – Oxford – Newyork.Hadley. Mark Ed. USA. 1994. Physical Properties Of Polymers Hand Book. Marcel Dekker Inc. D. 1990. urea. glycol. Ethyl Acetate.. Load test on DC shunt motor. Acetone. Kothamangalam transmittance. Williston. Hoftyzen.AIP. Synthesis of the following Polymers: Polymethyl methacrylate. POLYMER PREPARATION AND CHARACTERISATION LAB P407 0+3 1. Gedde. Newyork. Chichester.M. Polyacrylamide. ed. Load test on 3-phase slip ring induction motor. 1993.

2. NOR. 3. 7. Assemble RC phase shift oscillator – study waveforms. integrator. 4. Kothamangalam GROUP B 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 5. 6. 8. Study of SCR – assemble single phase controlled rectifier – study phase control. 400 . Half adder and full adder using NAND gates. Operational amplifier circuit – adder. INVERTER. Half-wave and full-wave rectifier – study of wave forms and regulations. OR. Transistor biasing – assemble CE amplifier – study input and output Waveforms. Characteristics of diode and Zener diode. Study of logic gates – AND. NAND.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 401 .

Churchill and Brown.Balanced T. References 1. Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerative only) – Big-M method. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science. two phase method . G. 5.P. 8. National Publishing Company.IV CMEP501 3+1 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem. Panneer Selvam.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method. Advanced Mathematics for Engg.Runga – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method.Isaac & A Somasundaram.Pillai. Kothamangalam MATHEMATICS . Pearson Education Asia. Students Vol. 4.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kanna Publishers. 6.Grewal. Engineering Mathematics Vol.Residues.P. Quanttilative techniques Theory & Problems.properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions. Kanna Publishers. III. III.K.T. A. B.Tulsian & Vishal Pandey. M. Wiley Eastern limited. 7. shifting property.K. convolution propertyinverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms. McGraw-Hill.residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Vishwananthan printers & publishers. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method. Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform.C. Dr.Grewal. S Arumugam. 3. PHI. Operations research. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method .P.S.Ramanaigh & S.Narayanan.S. 2.Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series.Venkitaraman.zeros and singularities.S. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering. P. Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Eulers method .M. Dr. Dr. 402 . B.Duality in L. Ervin Kreyszig. Scitech publications T. Complex variables and applications. 9.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. calculation of overall coefficients from individual coefficients. thermal conductivity. Mc Cabe & Smith 3. shell and tube heat exchangers. Module 3 Heat exchange equipments-double pipe heat exchangers. individual and overall heat transfer coefficients. Peclet number. unsteady state heat conduction. extended surface equipment. Mc Dams. capacity. heat flow through a cylinder. Coulburn equation. Heat transmission. New Delhi. 12 exchanger. Tata McGraw. kettle type boilers.Hill publishing company. Graetz number. plate type exchangers. parallel and counter flow heat exchanger. steady state conduction through single resistance and compound resistances in series. fouling factors.II P502 3+1 Module 1 Modes of heat transfer-conduction and Fourier law. factors influencing heat transfer coefficients. New Delhi. Regimes of heat transfer in fluids. equation for one dimensional conduction. shell and tube condensers. 403 . evaluation of heat transfer coefficients. temperature pattern in multipass exchangers. Unit operations in chemical engineering. Kothamangalam CHEMICAL ENGINEERING . correction of LMTD for crossflow. significance of Prandtl number. condensers. calculation of heat transfer area. Introduction to chemical engineering. single effect evaporators. Nusselt number. 2-4 exchanger. co-current and counter current flows. Diirhring’s rule. Module 2 Convection-natural and forced convection. performance of evaporators. Badger 2. Tata McGraw-Hill publishing company. Sieder Tate equation. evaluation of heat transfer coefficients. enthalpy balances for single effect evaporators. multiple effect evaporators. methods of feeding.Hill publishing company. Module 4 Evaporation-Types of evaporators. References 1. economy. resistance form of overall coefficients. analogy between heat and momentum transfer. boiling point elevation. enthalpy balances in heat exchangers. Tata McGraw . single pass 1-1 exchanger. New Delhi. Reynolds’s and Colburn analogies. heat transfer coefficients in shell and tube heat exchangers. logarithmic mean temperature difference.

oxidation and ageing. polyvinylacetate. induction time. properties and application of nylon-5. sheet. 6. Newnes Butterworths. classes of liquid elastomers. cure time. liquid rubber. vulcanisation techniques. polyester. polyacetal. chemical formula. Different curing systems. cold and hot water. 404 . hot air. LNR. diazo esters. DPNR. 3. anti degradants. assessment of state of cure. press cure. SAN. phenolic resins.1973. structure. peroxides. “Organic Polymer Chemistry. Brydson. NBR-synthesis of monomers. novolac. polymerisation. 66.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. crepe. structure property relationship. microwave curing. polymerisation. ABS. PMMA and PAN Module 3 Monomer preparation. RUBBERS . properties and application of PVC. nitrosourethane. metal oxide. polymerisation. PVA. BR. properties and application of LDPE. cross linked and chlorinated PE. telechilic polymers. EV. PP and PS Module 2 Monomer preparation. K. sulphur. chemical reactivity. radiation. Encyclopaedia of Polymer Science and Technology. batch and continuous vulcanisation. molecular weight distribution. polymerisation. Module 2 Vulcanisation. oximes.SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY P 503 3+1 Module 1 Advantages and disadvantages of plastics. 612 and polyacrylamide References 1. resol. 2. PTFE. PF.A. PC. chemical and physical aspects. source. IIR. monomer preparation. Saunders. J. SBR. semi EV. autoclave. curing characteristics such as scorch time. chemical properties. powdered rubber. crosslinking by different methods. MF and UF Module 4 Monomer preparation. polyvinilidine chloride. Module 3 IR. Chapman and Hall “. properties and application of PU. Kothamangalam PLASTICS . strength of rubbers. polymerisation. crystallisation. crumb. London. sulphur monochloride. conventional and sulphur less cure. electrical and oxidation properties. diamines. molten salt bath. Various forms of natural rubber. fluidised bed.J. PVF. epoxies. drum curing.SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY P 504 3+1 Module 1 Natural rubber. HDPE. mechanism of crosslinking by different crosslinking agents. “ Plastic materials”. SP rubber.

S. London. oil resistant rubbers. characterisation. deammoniation of latex. thermoplastic rubbers. crosslinking. polyvinylether elastomers. 405 . 1987. stability tests. latex bonded fibrous structures. Rubber textile composite products. Developments in Rubber Technology (Vol. Brydson.A. Acrylic rubbers. Rubber Chemistry. thermal movement of molecules. spreading. electrical properties of colloidal system. total solids. J. surface treatments. latex treated rugs and carpet backing. 3. 4. coagulant dipping. preparation of dispersions and emulsions. fluorine containing rubbers. synthetic lattices and their blends. volatile fatty acids. significance of specification limits. surface tension. 2. vulcanisation. a comparison. coacervation. Module 3 Manufacture of rubber goods from lattices and from solid elastomers. KOH number. and other miscellaneous additives. VFA number. drying. antiozonant. latex application to paper. sludge content. pH. silicone rubbers. Ethylene based rubbers. vulcanising agents. straight dipping. surface free energy and wetting behaviour. polysulphide rubber. chlorosulphonated polymers. impregnation. properties and application of the following rubbers. Brydson. total alkalinity. compounding of latex. structure. coir foam. redox potential changes.Whelan and K. coagulum content. Kothamangalam different types of CR. polyurethane. Dipping Methods. preparation. principles of latex compounding. polyalkenamers. latex compounding. Rubber Materials and Their Compounds Elsevier. degradation leading to acid formation. Latex concentration methods. dry rubber content. dispersing and emulsifying agents. preservation. stabilisers. poly(thiocarbonyl fluoride) and related elastomers. polycarbonate rubbers. allied Science publishers. concentrated latex. LATEX TECHNOLOGY P 505 3+1 Module 1 Natural latex. References 1. antioxidants. zinc oxide stability. halogenation of IIR. polynorbornene. antioxidants.Morton. synthesis of polymers.A. phosphonitrillic elastomers. fillers. nitrosofluoro elastomers. dipping with porous formers. test methods. stability and destabilisation. 1988. extraction of surface soluble materials. mechanical stability time. Van Nostrand Reinhold. fabric proofing and coating. accelerators. Brownian motion. compare the oxidation properties of saturated and unsaturated rubbers. special ingredients. Module 2 Fundamental latex characteristics. I-IV) Applied Science Publishers. thickening agents.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. viscosity-concentration relationship. M. 1978. Lee. heated formers. Rubber Technology. A. Module 4 Monomers. zeta potential. J. particle size and distribution.

Module 4 Plastics processing techniques.R. and drying. extenders. UV absorbers. different methods. balloon.I P 506 3+1 Module 1 Compounding ingredients. advantages. colorants. of Rubber Developments. tackifying agents..A. heat resistance. vulcanisation.12-14-1972 POLYMER PROCESSING . merits and demerits of gelling systems. compounding for specific applications. low temperature resistance. Transfer moulding. household gloves. flame retardants. compounding. continuous mixing. mould release agents. D. 406 . Mausser. Vol I&II. vulcanizing agents. High Polymer Latices. retarders. compression moulding cycle. fragrances. mechanical frothing by beating. Module 2 Compound development. protective coatings. latex paints. typical latex compounds for foam production. Module 3 Compounding. antiozonants. U. antioxidants. formulation of a mix. 3rd edition. electrical applications and opticalapplications. nipples. oil resistance. chewing gum. use of porous moulds in casting. Madge. equipment for moulding of thermoplastics. washing. positive and semipositive. ermeability. medical. antistatic agents. radiation resistance. Kothamangalam manufacture of dipped goods like rubber band. internal mixers. and other special additives. Continuous foam production. London 2. pp. Maclaren & Sons Ltd. ammonia content of latex. mastication.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Latex casting. gelling systems. gelling. C. plasticisers. factice. Blackley. transfer moulding cycle.S. V 25. latex cement and adhesives. accelerators. compression moulding. activators. 1987 4. prophylactics. Dipped goods. Pub. weather. solid articles. master batching. comparison between open mill and internal mixer. surgeons gloves.Vanderbilt Co. bonding agents. Latex Foam Rubber. dipped fabric gloves. liquid resistance. Vanderblit Latex Handbook. manufacture of rubber thread. Brabender plasticorder. automatic compression moulding. 1982 3. two-roll mill mixing. production of hollow articles. dispersive and distributive mixing. J. ozone resistance. troubleshooting. Inc. Banbury mixing. Maclaren & Sons. use of latex in roads rubberisation. References 1. principles. blowing agents. resistance. moulding of thermosets and rubber. Module 4 Latex foam processing methods. peptiser.T. principles of mixing. stabilizers. fillers. factors to be considered for compound development. types-flash.

Specification tests for dry rubber Volatile matter. Munich 1994. Silica content. Rubber hydrocarbon content of NR. 3. Injection moulding hand book. Mechanical stability time. IIR. nitrogen content. Hypalon. References 1. IR. 407 .. SBS. Marcel Dekker. PF. Total inorganic content. D. Thiokol. Polyester. ZnO stability.N. Hytrel. Identification of Rubbers: NR. N. PP. Specification tests for preserved latex Ammonia content. Heat stability time. Chlorine content of CR. PRI. Throne. Understanding of Injection moulding Tech. Sludge content. Estimation of Mn. Copper and manganese content. Progelhof James. pH 2. Hanser Pub. troubleshooting. Identification of Thermoplastic Elastomers: SIS. inc. Hand book of applied Polymer Processing Tech. Magnesium content. NY 1996. Analysis of Polymer Compounds: Iodine value of rubber compounds. EPDM. Hanser Publisher Munich 1993 3. NBR.P. SBR. Estimation of Cu. P0.. Total solid content. Chere.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. KOH number. Estimation of Polymers: Acrylonitrile content of NBR. 2. Silicone. 3. Ash content. 5. BR. SEBS. 4. L. Kothamangalam limitations. Polymer Engg. 4. general mould design POLYMER ANALYSIS LAB P 508 0+3 1. SPECIFICATION TESTS LAB P 507 0+3 1. Herbert Recs. Carbon black content. PS. theoretical and design consideration. Charemisinoff & P. UF. Richard C. Identification of Plastics: PE. Specification tests for field latex Viscosity.V. Coagulum content. PVC. Principles. CR. PVA. consideration. Dirt content. . MF. density. Volatile fatty acid number. Free sulphur content. Estimation of Fe. Dry rubber content. Rosato Kluwer. 2.Academic Publishers Boston 2nd edtion 1995.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 408 .

profit sharing.Choudhary ’Marketing Management’ A. objectives and principles of job evaluation. effect of industrial disputes. store room layout. store techniques. new product development cycle strategy. methods of eliminating fatigue cause. motivating. Module 4 Marketing Management.Sinha ’Project Engg. non-money incentives. Koontzand O’ Dennel. staff and functional relationship. 4. controlling and coordinating. 2. sale of patent rights. marketing Vs selling. Module 2 Personnel management and Industrial relations. despatching and follow up. proprietary. batch and mass production. Organisational structure line. store room registers and records. 7.Buffa ’Modern Production Management’ E.K. determination of economic order quantity and recorder level.Buffa ’Operations Management’ O. marketing channels inventory controls. marketing planning.S. trade mark and copy rights. Formation of companies. importance.Sinha & R. collective bargaining. function of production control. organisational structure of various departments. partnership. product life cycle strategy. authority and responsibility. objectives and functions of personnel management. incentive plans.‘Essentials of Management’ (TMH) F. psychological attitude to work and working conditions.B. determination of economic lot size in batch production. scope and objective. selection and training of workers. Job evaluation and merit rating.Luffthans ‘Organisational Behavior’ (TMH) P. workers participation in management. methods of settlement. time rate and piece rate systems of wage payment. merit rating plans. production control in mass production. primary wage systems. span of control delegation. systems of job evaluation. private sector. & Management’ 409 . functions of management. planning.S. 5. Application of patents. raising of capital shares. communicating. planning and control. private limited and public limited companies. organising. Kothamangalam PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT P 601 3+1 Module 1 Evolution of scientific management. staffing. 6. Wages and incentives. scheduling. public sector and cooperative sector. locating store. recruitment. competitive marketing strategy.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 3 Production Management. routing. co-partnership. fatigue. References 1. joint stock. industrial psychology. labour welfare and social security. trade unions. product. 3. types of shares and debentures.Hersey and Ken Blanchard ‘Management of Organisational Behavior’ (PHI) E. directing.

Concepts of AQL. 1975 2. choice of sample size for estimation. An Introduction to Quality Control and Reliability.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. estimating the mean value and variance. Applied statistics 410 . LOSD. department. quality assurance. economics of quality. curves for acceptance.” Statistical Quality Control” 8. I. tdistribution. 1952 5. 1975 3. Statistical quality Control. bathtub curve. P-chart. continuous and sequential sampling plans. use and significance of control charts. quality costs. test of hypothesis for mean. Quality Control Handbook (TMH) 7. means. Inc. X2 distribution. types of control charts for variables and attributes. dodge roming plans. determination of revised control limits. STD. Engineering Manufacture and Statical Quality Control. MIL. r-chart. design of sampling for stipulated producers risk and consumers risk.C. Engineering Statics and Quality Control.L. computer aided inspection. confidence intervals. construction. New York. types of acceptance. Q-chart. standard sampling plans. plan. Granth L. Mc-Graw Hill. Module 2 Concepts of inspection.Burr. Gupta and Kapoor. test for paired data. AOQL in sampling. R. factors contributing to reliability of products.J. cost of production. zero defect.C. E. difference between means. large and small samples. QC curves. 3 control limits. total quality control. quality circles. Process control: control charts. sampling plans. maintainability. Grant.W. Inc. Delhi. Q. Testing of hypotheses for large samples. 1982 4. difference between means and standard deviations. Education. Richard. quality vs. Module 3 Acceptance sample. F-distribution. LTPD. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics. Training aids.chart. goodness of fit and independence. Khanna Publishers. Organisation of a Q. Sigmund Halpern. reliability tests. sampling risks. quality rating system. quality control. Testing of hypothesis for small samples. A. Quality Control and Industrial Statistics. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING STATISTICS & QUALITY CONTROL P 602 3+1 Module 1 Population and sampling.Gupta. failure cycle of products. operating characteristics. failure rate. 6. Mc Graw Hill. mean time between failures. contingency table. Gupta And Kapoor.C.Duncon. Module 4 Definition of reliability. Engene. 9. f-tests and properties.. NP. proportions. determination of probability of acceptance by these sampling plans. Uchart. References 1. Irwin. random sampling.

boiling-point diagrams. continuous contact equipment. packed columns. number of plates by graphical construction. heat transfer in drying. choice of solvent. absorption equipment. rate of batch drying. References 1. Dalton’s law. bound. counter current flow. relative volatility. tunnel dryers. minimum reflux. factors affecting the constant drying rate period. feed plate location. molecular diffusion in gases and liquids. material balance in absorption. heat and momentum transfer analogies. feed quality and feed line. Fick’s law. absorption factor. steady state diffusion of A through stagnant B and equimolar counter diffusion in binary gases and liquids. batch dryers. New Delhi. Module 3 Drying. solubility of gas in liquid. optimum reflux. non ideal liquid solutions. plate efficiency. vapour liquid equilibrium. tray towers. Raoult’s law and Henry’s law. rectification. equipments for drying. tower construction. material and enthalpy balances in drying. equilibrium diagrams.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Applications of molecular diffusion. 2. equilibrium moisture content. Badger 3. Module 4 Gas absorption. unbound and free water. rotary dryers.III P 603 3+1 Module 1 Distillation. types of tower packing. batch drying. construction of fractionating column. falling rate period. Mc Cabe & Smith. calculation of the number of theoretical plates by Mc-Cabe Thiele method. Unit operations in chemical engineering. rate of drying curve. Treyball 411 . New Delhi. New Delhi. total reflux. Kothamangalam CHEMICAL ENGINEERING . Introduction to Chemical Engineering. ideal liquid solutions. Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited. mass. diffusivity of liquids and gases. constant drying rate period. critical moisture content. minimum liquid-gas ratio. principles of drying. multicomponent systems. mass transfer coefficient. Mass transfer Operations. properties of tower packing. mass transfer in drying. Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited. time of drying. Module 2 Molecular diffusion. two component systems. Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited.

Module 2 Biomedical applications of polymers. New York. flexible lenses. silicone polymer implants. Soft compact Lenses clinical and applied Technology. “Principles of Biochemistry. 450 west 33 rd Street.PP 299-487 2. and ICI Biological products Business.. biocompatibility. digestive system. blood clotting system. soft lenses. genitourinary system. Galin and M. Kothamangalam BIO MEDICAL & BIO POLYMERS P 604 3+1 Module 1 Biomaterials. polymer skin.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.. 5. crown and bridge resins. 3. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. dental impression and duplicating materials..H. denture base. silicone implants. Wilfred Lynch. Eds. Soft contact lenses:Clinical and Applied Technology. starch and cellulose. R.Galin and M. Ruben Ed. respiratory patches and tubes. poly (vinyl pyrollidone) Module 3 Contact lenses. Ed. Module 4 Chemistry of peptides. polymeric blood. permanent implants for function. John Wiley and Sons. equilibrium swelling. chemical modifications of cellulose. Nyquist. types of soft lenses. inflammation and wound healing. M. implant design and applications. orbital (corneal and lens prosthesis) permanent implant for cosmoses. John Wiley and Sons New York.A. oxygen permeability. Volume 1.Academic Press. agar. algmater elastomers.1978. 1978. restorative materials.John Wiley and sons. kinn system. orthopaedics.Marcel Dekker Inc. other applications of engineered material in clinical practices. dental applications. polymer membranes. polyelectrolyte based restorative sealants. Yocum and E. hydrogels. “Bio-Material” Macmillan Publishers Ltd. maxillofacial prosthetic materials. 6. polypeptides and proteins. hard lenses.NewYork. 8. Inc. chemistry of polysaccharides. biological responses to implants. DNA.Chapter 3. Functional Monomers.Inc. New York 1000. structure. 1989. Mark (Ed). Shulz and Bhirmer .B. Lehninger. Encyclopedia of polymer science and engineering. manufacture.1973. Comprehensive Polymer Science Vol. gas permeable lenses.. stabilisation. 4. 1991.7 7.NewYork. nervous system. 412 . nucleic acids. regenerated cellulose.Ruben. Hand book of Silicone rubber fabrication. synthetic approach to polypeptides and proteins. adhesives. cleaning and disinfection. (Ed) David Byrom.F. H. structural organisation in proteins. mouth protectors. absorption and desorption. viscose rayon and cuprammonium rayon References 1. RNA.”Principles of protein structure “. plastic teeth. denture reliners. cardio vascular.

W. filament winding. spray up. applications. 164930. G. phase separation. polymer concrete. compression moulding. Shaw. specific interactions.2-elastomers. analysis of short fibre composites. commercial grades. morphology. phase morphology. A. Markel Dekker. moulding process. resins (polyester. (Edn) Plenum.C. matrices and fibres. References 1. thermoplasic 1. resin transfer moulding. spinoidal decomposition.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. polyamide 1. ionic thermoplastic elastomers.4polyisoprene. and M. 413 . carbon. Robeson. matched die moulding. thermodynamic criteria for polymer miscibility. Paul S. rule of mixtures. analysis of long fibre composites.. reinforcements (glass. O. copolymer effect. phase diagram. critical fibre length. basic structure. manufacture. Kothamangalam POLYMER BLENDS & COMPOSITES P605 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. factors influencing the performance of composites. 1979 3. and H. hand lay up.Olabisi. blend characterisation techniques. polymerfibre interface. effect of coupling and bonding agents. 2. polyester. thermoplastic polyurethane elastomers. pressure bag moulding.T. Goettler inc.Nicolars. the role of the polymeric matrix in the processing and structural prpperties of copmposite materials (J C Sferis and L. trans 1.51(1971) 5. aramid. applications. RRIM. Inc. Bhowmic. phenolics). Hand book of Elastomers.Alliger. polymer impregnated concretes. thermoplastic styrene block copolymers. Module 3 Introduction. New York 1983. characterization of interfacial bond strength. I. silicone based thermoplastic elastomers. 1978 4. pull-out strength. Polymer-polymer Miscibility Academic Press. New york. Stephense. polyester thermoplastic elastomers. Module 4 Introduction. New York. nylon. co-injection moulding. New York. New Developments and Technology (Eds). particulate and fibre filled composites. contact moulding. rubber plastic blends. physical and functional properties. Newman (Ed) ‘Polymer Blends’” Academic Press. morphology. polymeric binders for rocket propellants. short fibre and continuous fibre composites.2-polybutadiene.K. properties of blends prepared by dynamic vulcanization. cellulosics). preparation of polymer blends. Rubber world. nucleation and growth. Module 2 Structure-property relationship. injection moulding. epoxies. technological application. etal. vacuum bag moulding. pultrusion.

extrusion profiles. die design. process control. types of machines. Berlin Plastics Engineering. References 1. Rosato. 2nd edtion 1995. types of calenders and strainer.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. filaments. extrusion of elastomers Module 3 Blow moulding. process and product controls. 2. types of powder coating. Extruder principle and operation. methods of forming. principle. Throne. manufacturing methods. Module 4 Rotational moulding. process description. flat film.V. Chapman & Hall UK. metering. different types of gates. moulding cycle. reaction injection moulding Module 2 Extrusion. part design. wire coating. Edited by Michael L. ancillary equipment. terminology. Technology of Thermoforming. setting up of mould. James L. types of injection unit. single and multi layer. extrusion blow moulding. types of extruders. 414 . cavity lay-out. materials. embosser. blistering. process variables. winder. definition. Stevens and J. Covas. blown films. cooling and trimming the parts. types of dies. 3. 2-plate and 3-plate moulds. Thermoforming. extrusion heads. Hanser. sags. basis. terminology. joining. D. machinery powder coating. Handbook. take off-systems. crowning. heat balance. process controls for blow moulding machine. elastic properties and die swell. application methods. lamination. clamping unit. Hanser Published 1998. computer operation. classification of machine hydraulics. sheets. injection & stretch blow moulding.J. manufacturing of pipes. Rosato & D. single screw and twin-screw extruders. concept. finishing and machining of plastics. stretching. classification of moulds. Society of the plastic Industries Chapman & Hall NY 1991. Publisher Munmich 1996. moulds. Blow moulding Hand book. process control variables. trouble shooting of injection moulding. 4. elements of plasticating process. classification of screw. heating cycle.A. welding and assembling of plastics. screw design. thermoforming machinery. shrinkage.V. cables. Kothamangalam POLYMER PROCESSING . hot strength. screw design. trimming operations. calendering. heating of sheet.II P 606 3+1 Module 1 Injection moulding. M.

injection moulding. 0+3 Determination of Cure time. V-strap. Work practice in the production of bonded coir PRODUCT MANUFACTURING LAB P 608 1. solvent based adhesives. Preparation and characterisation of thermoplastic elastomers from rubber-plastic blends. Manufacture of rubber bands. phase separation. 3. 6. play ball.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. a) Miscible binary system (solution and melt mixing) b) Immiscible binary system (solution and melt mixing) c) Compatibilised binary system (solution and melt mixing) Preparation of miscible polymer blends. balloons. Hand Lay up technique and Compression Moulding. 3. LCST measurements. eraser and oil seal. Blending of NR with SBR. 4. Effect of mastication time on plasticity/ viscosity Work practice in mastication. Heat sensitized dipping. household gloves. BR and EPDM. slurry and emulsions 2. Preparation of SP. 2. 10. Creaming of NR latex. injection bottle cap. finger caps. sponge. 5. teats. 415 . solid tyre. Preparation of dispersion. Preparation of latex based adhesives 8. 8. man made hose. 9. Kothamangalam LATEX PRODUCTS LAB P 607 0+3 1. Work practice in the production of latex foam 9. homogenisation and mixing using a laboratory mill Preparation of micro cellular sheet. 4. 11. Work Practice in calendaring. Latex impregnation in textiles 6. 5. latex thread and articles by casting. tea mat. Preparation of fibre filled composites. 7. 12. CV and LV rubber 7. surgeons’ gloves. band formation. rotational moulding and extrusion Compounding of PVC on two roll mill Visit to factories manufacturing tyres and non tyre products.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam SEVENTH SEMESTER 416 .

components of paints. dispersion and colour matching of pigments. Mechanical properties and optical properties of coatings. barrier properties. acrylics. automotive finishes. physical drying. flow coating. Classification based on application. oxidative drying. different types. spray painting. oil and alkyd paints. emulsion. dip coating. solvents. foaming. R. skinning. surface uniformity. electro deposition. chemical reactions. “ Surface coating: Science and Technology” Wiley. chemical conversion treatments. aircraft finishes. chemiphoretic deposition. Module 3 Mechanism of film formation.Interscience 1985 2. “ Paint and Surface Coatings-Theory and Practice” Ellis Horwood Chichester 1987 417 . Kothamangalam PAINT TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. coil coatings. pigment volume concentration (PVC). pigment properties. driers. References 1. Fluoropolymers. preparation of pigment dispersion. ageing properties. pigments. silicones. paint preparation. appliance finishes. film density. colour science. Lambourne. factors affecting adhesive bond. solvent properties. hiding power. refraction. Module 4 Adhesion properties of coatings. Swaraj Paul. formulation. bloom gloss. flame retardance. marine coatings. additives affecting viscosity. extenders. thermodynamics of adhesion. acrylic paints. different methods used for film preparation. slip resistance and storage stability. roller coating. chemical drying. resins. Module 2 Classification based on polymeric resin. properties such as floating. manufacture. paint application. specular gloss. internal stresses. effect of rheological behaviour on paint performance. factors affecting coating properties. cratering. oil. chromaticity diagrams for colour measurements. epoxy coatings. surface cleaning methods. nondestructive methods. film thickness. polyurethanes. hydrocarbon resins. formaldehyde based resins. chlorinated rubbers. brushing. can coatings. selection. interfacial tension. additive colour mixing. gloss. diffraction. dilutents. vinyl resins. factors affecting pigment dispersion.I) P 701-1 2+1 Module 1 Reflection. destructive methods. living micro organisms. silking. different types.

software cost factors. staffing level estimation. Software Engineering. Addison Wesley Publication Company. 1984. defining the problem. introduction. application of stacks. examples of network. linked linear list. 5. importance of software. Module 4 Software design concepts. uses of computer networks. walkthroughs and inspections. operations. sequential searching. internet programming. computer security. HTML. planning and cost estimation. Abraham Silberschatz. developing a solution strategy.M. E-commerce framework. introduction to dream weaver. Mc Graw Hill. Mc Graw Hill. Jean-Paul Tremblay& Paul. front page. job and process scheduling. James. 2.G. introduction. II edition. Addison Wesley Publication Company. queues. pointers and linked allocations. introduction. design guidelines. 1998. 1987. selection sort. detailed design consideration. exchange sort. rotational optimization. References 1.L. II edition. searching techniques. organizational structure. Module 2 Operating systems. 418 .S. 3. sorting techniques. introduction. fundamental design concepts. real time and distributed system design. Pressman R. introduction. seek optimization. binary searching. modules and modularization criteria.. network hardware & software. software cost estimation. stacks. bubble sort. milestone. process states. E-commerce.Detail. DHTML. Kothamangalam INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . generation and history of operating systems. PCB. An Introduction to Operating Systems. Module 3 Software engineering. applications in business. 4. reference models. Computer networks. interrupt processing. fundamental concepts of cryptosystems.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. design notations and techniques. 1985. applications. multi programming and time sharing concepts. An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications. Harvey. planning. disk scheduling.I) P 701-2 2+1 Module 1 Data Structures. Richard Fairley. storage structures for arrays. circularly and doubly linked list. Mc Graw Hill. test plans. development process.Peterson. 1985. network topologies. cost estimation techniques.Sorenson. Operating System Concepts. Software Engineering Concepts. transition.

pay back period. evolution of total quality management. customer orientation.Dhanpatrai PublicationsNew Delhi-1998 2. pricing decisions.L. Samuelson P. stop watch time study. L. methods study. equilibrium of the firm. Module 4 Work study. W. principles of motion economy. juran. present value comparison. marginal cost. productivity. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE . Elasticity of demand. product layout and combination layout. objectives and procedure. objectives of a good plant layout. definition and scope of study of the subject. inspection. SIMO chart. service and product quality. basic assumptions. financial feasibility. technical feasibility. Law of supply. appraisal process. Maheswari-Managerial Economics-S Chand and Co. work sampling. pricing decisions.I) P 701-4 2+1 Module 1 Basic concepts. O. ishikawa theories. quality control. need for capital budgeting. break even chart. Module 3 Capital budgeting. work measurement. economic and commercial feasibility. cost benefit analysis. Module 2 Cost analysis. break even point. 419 . Elasticity of supply. factors affecting productivity. R. method of appraising project Profitability. taguchi. plant layout. human component. A. factors governing plant location. human factor. Varshney & K. managerial uses of break even analysis. pricing for a rate of return. process layout. 3. statutory price fixation in India. demand and supply analysis. preparing of feasibility report. marginal cost pricing. law of demand. D-Economics-Mc'Grawhill-1992 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT & RELIABILITY ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE . rate of return. determinants of demand. Khanna. Demand forecasting. break even analysis. crosby.P. deming. full cost pricing.Industrial Engineeering and Management.I) P701-3 2+1 Module 1 Nature and scope of engineering economics. bid pricing. fixed cost. production. TQM system. role of work study. References 1. pricing in practice. & Nordhaus.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. rating concept and systems. Market price. situations demand. cost output relationship in the short run and the long run. allowances. significance of economic analysis in business decisions. variable cost. definitions of quality.

probabilistic nature of failures.. 7QC tools.. designing for quality. TQM mind set. 1993. routine testing for unrevealed faults. 2nd edn. factors contributing to mean down time (MDT).Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.T. electronic equipollents. economics of maintenance. 1996. 1993.S. USA. data based approach. process capability. USA.. ISO 14000. Reliability Engineering. team development. 5.. Kothamangalam Module 2 Quality planning & techniques. hazard rate. series.. statistical tools. Kogan page Ltd. parallel and mixed configurations. Affiliated East West Press. hazard models. Printice Hall. redundancy. change management. John Bentley. References 1. 2. quality planning. CPK. 3. Joel E. weibull model.. reliability in design.. meantime between failures. Rose. mean failure rate. Patrick P. New Delhi – 1975. fault diagnosis. TQM.. O’ Connor. 1961. information system. improvement. POKAYOKE. 1985. 420 . procedure. Bazovsky. process control. choice of maintenance strategy. TQM road map. New Jersey. meantime to failure.. 4. continuous improvement techniques. documentation. quality circle. 5S. 6σ. 1984. Balagurusamy E. Module 3 Human dimension & system development in TQM. goal setting. case studies of aircraft engines. 2nd edn. periodic condition monitoring. Kogan page Ltd. Englewood Cliffs. (MMT). Samuel K Ho. participation style. Addison – Wesley. Maintainability. mean time to repair (MTTR). Practical Reliability Engineering 2edn. 1999. on-condition maintenance. New Delhi. TQM – An integrated approach. clauses. New Delhi. Module 4 Reliability. Reliability Engineering. Srinath L. Inc. 6. QFD. QS 9000. certification.. Reliability Theory and Practice. Introduction to Reliability and Quality Engineering. Total Quality Management. brake system in automobiles and aircraft. 8. factors contributing to mean maintenance time. team work. manufacturing for quality. Tata McGrew Hill Pub. John Bank. 2nd edn. motivational aspect. continuous condition monitoring. FMEA. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Co. 7. John Wiley & Sons. structure. ISO 9000. Ly\td. I. introduction. bench marking. deming wheel.. system reliability. definition.

principles of motion economy. experimentation. Kothamangalam INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING P 702 2+1 Module 1 Introduction. Barnes R. 2. industrial waste disposal-principles of material handling. source of finance. Module 2 Product development and research. design function. functions of an industrial engineer. project environments. manufacture Vs purchase. temperature. project development cycle.Riggs Hiegel Mc Cornic. accounting and costing. physical facilities. technical collaborations. construction. value engineering. constructional details. comparison of flowchart. building design. concept of project. critical examination. References 1.L. determination of economic life. testing. selection of materials and processes.D. layout. Module 4 Methods Engineering. prototype production. use of time study data. trading profit and loss account. 4. finance and capital requirements.S. availability of resources. foreign exchange regulations. element of double entry book keeping. import-export status. Module 3 Maintenance and replacement. objectives of design. field of application. SIMO chart. selection of factory site. 421 . Production System Production Control Human Factors in Engg. criteria for selection of equipment.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. replacement of equipment. cash flow statements. balance sheet. trial balance. product development. price fixation. 6. preinvestment analysis. 5. simplification. 3. 8. E. analysis of work methods using different types of process charts and flow diagrams. capital budgeting. development of design. methods of allocation of overhead costs. methods of providing for depreciation. types of investment. marketing survey and strategies.J. principles of costing.M. Miles L. environmental control like lighting. investment proposals. Buffa E. types of material handling equipment. government regulations. selection and application. Krick Cleand &king. human factors in design. humidity. dust. entrepreneurship. evolution of modern concepts. 7. preventive and breakdown maintenance. Design Time and Motion Study Operations Management Value Engineering Methods Engineering System Analysis and Project Management J. economic aspect. noise. determination of standard time and allowances. return of investment. micro motion study and Therblings. product and process. ventilation. means of raising capital. plant layout and material handling. standardization.

operations. Module 3 Special machining. symbols.C. Kothamangalam PRODUCTION ENGINEERING P 703 3+1 Module 1 Lathe. metal spraying. Manufacturing Technology. types. operations. measurement principles. types. classification of measuring instruments. autocollimator. electro chemical machining.K. open and closed loop control system. types of lathe specification. Vol. parts of double housing. measurement. manual part programming technique and computer aided part programming technique. ultrasonic laser machining. S. types. plasma arc machining. planning machine.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. specifications. types. II & III. 1999. difference. Module 2 Shaping. 9th Edition. machines. I & II Media 422 . W. specification. Module 4 Transfer machines. height gauge. buffing. grinding. girt. operations only. go. I. electro plating. abrasives. gauges. grade and structure of grinding wheel. planning. parts of standard shaper. analogy and digital control system. honing. surface roughness. Hajra Choudry. Chapman. parts. parts of center lathe. References 1. chemical machining. boring. types. single point tool nomenclature accessories and attachment. bonding process. N. fine finishing. capstan and turret lathe. abrasive jet machining. operations table drive mechanism only.3 3.A. Elements of Workshop Technology promoters and Publishers. automatic lathe. drilling. specifications. sine bars. electrical discharge machining. slip gauges. part programming. operations. classification. twist drill nomenclature. 2. electron beam machining. specification. Hastle Hurst. super finishing. types.J. specifications. Vol. terms. M. Workshop Technology. absolute and incremental position control. no gauges. milling. components. types. single spindle and multispindle types.

barometer. proportional integral controller. bellows. reaction rate. contact and noncontact methods. well type and inclined types. New Delhi 423 . New Delhi 5. Pressure measurement. Bhatt & Vora 2.liquid filled. pneumatic and electronic controllers. liquids and gases. proportional integral derivative controller. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. New Delhi. 7. U-tube. ideal batch reactor. distillation and absorption. variables affecting the rate of reaction. ideal gas law. collision theory and transition state theory.thermometers. Coughnour & Koppel. New Delhi 4. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. manometers. Dalton’s law. Process control. New Delhi 6. Anderson & Wenzel. optical pyrometer. semi batch reactor. Process system analysis and control. proportional derivative control. molecularity and order of a reaction. evaporation. New Delhi. integral and differential method of data analysis. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. open and closed loop systems. concept of limiting and excess reactants. Introduction to chemical engineering. Chemical reaction engineering. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. bourden tube. diaphragms. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. Patranabis. bimetallic and resistance thermometers. Module 3 Chemical reaction engineering-classification of chemical reactions and reactors. Perry. Process instrumentation.IV P 704 3+1 Module 1 Process control-controllers. Chemical engineer’s Handbook. leaching. References 1. Amagat’s law. Kothamangalam CHEMICAL ENGINEERING . material balance problems involving mixing. types. Arrhenius law. Stochiometry. New Delhi 3. mixed reactor Module 4 Process calculations-methods of expressing composition of mixture of solids. liquid level and mixing process Module 2 Temperature measurement-different methods like electrical. basic principles and transfer functions. thermocouple.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. first order systems. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. Levenspiel. mercury thermometer. Patranabis.

autoform. OTR tyre. cornering coefficient aligning torque coefficient. National Bureau of standards. tyre sizing. bias. basic functions. textile treatment (RFL dip). bladders. compounding techniques. principles of designing formulations for various rubber components. noise measurements. winter tyres. traction forces on dry. wheel and plunger tests. dimension and size-static and loaded. bicycle tyre. tyre wear. breaking and traction of tyres. mileage. wet. radial and tubeless tyres. Module 2 Cord-rubber composites. bias belted. tyre mould design. current status of tyre industry in India and its future prospects. Clark. sidewalls.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam TYRE TECHNOLOGY P705 3+1 Module 1 History on the design and development of tyres. X-ray holography. contribution to road adhesion. ice. autoclave. rubber friction. functions of a pneumatic tyre. 2. Mechanics of pneumatic Tires. 1989. tyre forces on dry and wet road surface. tyre curing methods. automotive tubes. different types of tyre building machines. relative merits and demerits. concave tyres. US Govt. bagomatic. Module 3 Manufacturing techniques of various tyres . green tyre treatments. tyre noise. Adam Hilger. airbag. patographing. post cure inflation. vibration and noise reduction. truck tyres. noise level. cycle tyres. mechanics of tyre pavement interaction. tyre reinforcement materials (textile. manufacture of tyre treads. curing bags. tyre friction contribution to driving control. radial force variation. non-uniformity dimensional variations. quality control tests.two wheeler. cycle tubes. force and moment characteristics. endurance test. pneumatic resilience effect. aramid). bias cutters. different components of a tyre. glass. BIS standards for tyres. bead winding machine. different styles and construction. car tyres. tyre construction analysis. lateral force variation concentricity and ply steer. aircraft tyres. curing presses. beads. load sensitivity and load transfer sensitivity. type balance. radial. their components. Tom French. References 1. Samuel K. Module 4 Measurement of tyre properties. rolling resistance. evaluations. failure mechanism of cord reinforced rubber. Monograph. methods of building green tyres for bias. criteria of selection. steel. OTR tyres. Solid tyres. printing office. Tyre Technology. tubes and flaps. tyre stresses and deformation. the tyre function as a spring. traction. steering control and self aligning torque. 1971. tyre flaws and separations. effect of tread pattern. New York. its geometry. load carrying. 424 . flatspotting. tube and tubeless tyres-basic features. sliding mechanism. diaphragms. various factors affecting friction and sliding. green tyre design principles. mechanism of noise generation. different types of tyres. foot print pressure distribution. fatigue resistance. snow and irregular pavements. force variations. bias belted.

transparency. 4. hardness. 3. Physical testing of Rubber.up. Kovac. heat build. thermal conductivity. Charpy. corona resistance. BS. vicat softening point.P. TGA. ageing. Milano. BIS. Akron. volume resistivity. 4. 1978. Robecchi. 4th edition. heat of fusion. Module 2 Chemical analysis of polymers. FDA. abrasion resistance. SEM.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. functional group analysis. refractive index. electron diffraction. DSC. Kothamangalam 3. 2 Vols. Academic Press. NMR spectroscopy.36. ASTM. short term testing. R. tear strength. optical microscopy. X-ray diffraction. loss factor. L. preparation and conditioning of test pieces. Testing of Plastics ASTM Manual 35. heat deflection temperature.Brown. Tire Technology. ESR. determination of Tg. tensile strength. stress relaxation. power factor. TEM. Pirelli. compression and shear. neutron diffraction in polymer characterization.37 BIS and TST Manual 425 . resilience. 2. DMA and TMA. IR. gloss. creep. Good year Tire and Rubber Company. dielectric constant. arc resistance. impact. C13. compressive strength. long term testing. New York 1984 Vishu Shah.J. E. surface resistivity. haze. Module 3 Principle and use of DTA. DIN. Mechanics of Tire. Amiki. Tm. gas chromatography. flexural strength. dissipation factor. stress-strain behaviour in tension. use of mass spectrometry. Izod. References 1. Module 4 Analysis of dielectric strength. flammability. 197 POLYMER TESTING P706 3+1 Module 1 Standards organizations. H1. F. tacticity analysis.

Tensile strength 2. Reynolds’s experiment 7. Falling dart impact strength 7. Kinetics of hydrolysis of ethyl acetate. Izod and Charpy impact strength 6. Fluid flow measurement using orificemeter 2. Kothamangalam POLYMER TESTING LAB P707 Testing of mechanical properties of plastics and rubbers 1. Simple distillation 6. Rebound resilience 10. 0+3 0+3 426 . Single tank system 5. Dynamics of thermometer 8. Tear strength 5. Characteristic curves of a reciprocating pump 10. Verification of Bernoulli’s theorem 4. Abrasion resistance 9. Flexural strength 4. Shore Hardness 8. Fluid flow measurement using venturimeter 3.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Compression strength 3. Flex resistance CHEMICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY P 708 1. Characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump 9.

Kothamangalam EIGHTH SEMESTER 427 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Butterworths 1984 3. measure of adhesion. primers. Pizzi (Ed) Wood Adhesives. Handbook of Adhesives. non destructive testing. di isocyanates. contact angle. adhesives in electrical industry. joint design criteria. hardening by cooling. plasma treatments. Chemistry and Technology. polyvinylacetates. environmental attack. mechanism of adhesion. primary force interaction. chemical treatments. Van Nostrand Reinhold. Module 4 Stresses. engineering properties of adhesives. adsorption theory. surface treatment. acrylic. donor-acceptor interactions. adhesives from natural sources. solvent. selection of joint detail. Kothamangalam ADHESIVE TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . welding of plastics. chemically roughened substrates. non-hardening adhesives. introduction. adhesives in building construction. mechanically roughened substrates. adhesives in automobile industry. hot melt adhesives. types of joints. cyanoacrylate.II) P801-1 3+1 Module 1 Bond types. conductive. epoxides.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. thermodynamics of adhesive. structural adhesives in aerospace. mechanical interlocking. work of adhesion. III edition. Marcel Dekker 1983. 1990 2. rheology of adhesion Module 2 Low energy surface. hardening by chemical reaction. setting. interface. dynamic and static fatigue. fracture mechanics of adhesive joints. immiscible substrates with interphase formation via chemical reaction. References 1. pressure sensitive adhesives. polyvinylalcohols. TPE based adhesives. secondary force interactions. rubber based adhesives. lignin based resin. polymer/ metal interface. effect of joint geometry. effect of temperature. role of localized energy dissipation diffusion theory. adhesive joint strength. mechanical abrasion. immiscible planar substrates. Skiests (Ed). electronic theory. service life prediction. Handbook of Adhesives. high energy surface. acid base consideration. 428 . Module 3 Hardening by solvent or dispersing medium removal. standard test methods. strength of adhesion. Shields. test methods. tannin formaldehyde resin. phenolic resins. solvent cleaning. anaerobic.

scrabbles.. sterilization systems and health care products. plasma barrier coatings. Altalye. extrusion.II) P 801-2 3+1 Module 1 Introduction to plastics packaging. rotary thermoforming. distribution hazards. barrier. advantages of plastic packaging.M. stretch and shrink wrap. blow moulding. labeling & pigmenting. PA. vinylacetate. approach. PVC. PC ionomers & fluoro polymers. EVA. sealing methods. blown film. Module 3 Extrusion. 429 . sealing. Tata McGraw – Hill publishing Co. PP. pouching. functions of packaging.S. testing plastic packages. variations in thermoforming and solid phase pressure forming. thermoforming fill real. Hanser publications – Munich 2. metallizing. package. plastic pallets. Plastics in packaging. References 1. shrink wrapping. compression & transfer moulding. migration & compatibility. elements. film and flexible packaging. Understanding plastic packaging Technology. PS. cast film & sheet. Susan E. other cushioning materials & distribution packaging. packaging as a system. PVDC. thermoforming moulds. Seleke. relation criteria for packaging materials. advantages & disadvantages of moulding foams. pallet & stretch wrapping. design of molded cushioning systems. energy requirement for conversion. major packaging plastics. polystyrene & other foams systems cushioning. A. lamination. design. extrusion. introduction. Kothamangalam PLASTICS PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . packaging legislation and regulation. PE. thermoforming packages. multi layer film & sheet coatings. moulded and rigid packages. position & thermoforming & wrap forming. drums & other shipping containers. evaluation of seals in flexible packages. decoration process. PV Alcohol. laminations & co extrusions. specialized packaging for food products Module 4 Thermoformed. aseptic thermoforming. special requirements of food and medical packaging. flexible packaging products. New Delhi. advantages of flexible packaging. polyesters.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. twin sheet & melt to mould thermoforming. environmental considerations. packaging hazards and their controls. PVA. packaging equipment checklist. skin packaging. injection moulding. case histories. printing. Ltd. Module 2 Conversion process.

(N. labor management of relations.. concepts recruitment. Kothamangalam PROCESS ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE .E. Mcgraw Hill Book Co. causes and prevention. Peter And Timmerhaus. 3. economic production charts. accidents. merits and demerits. multiplier and accelerator. reserach. maintenance. need. earnings. amoritation. elasticity of demand and supply. cyclic operations and multiple equipment units.. capital recovery. principles. Module 3 Economics of selecting alternates. 430 . equipment costs. Module 4 Micro economics. time element. scientific management.II) P 801-3 3+1 Module 1 Value of money. Jelam. merit rating. business cycle.Y) 2. equivalence. present worth method. accounting. Concept of management. Schwyer H. rate of return and payment time. economic balance in batch operation. cost. managerial functions. concept of industrial relations. depreciation. capital requirements for completed plan. capacity factors. “Cost And Optimisation Engineering “. personnel management. equivalent alternate. cost analysis. selection and training and development. variable costs. Module 2 Capital requirements for process plants. Beep micro economics. F. profits and returns.F. equation for economic studies and equivalence. demand forecasting methods. product cycle. income statement.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. national income. job evaluation. economic analysis. annual cost methods. “Process Engineering Economics”. fixed costs. Keynesian employment theory. depletion. balance sheet. sales forecasting. type of organization. economic balance. “Plant Design And Economics For Chemical Engineers. concept of marking. cost indices. References 1. fatigue. advanced techniques in management.. service facilities. cash flow analysis.

examples. 2. P. transportation lag.P. Process dynamics and applications. viscosity and consistency.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. response of first order systems in series. liquid level. stability criterion. New York. interacting and non interacting types. fluid density and specific gravity. introduction to PLC programming and DCS. Wiley 1978. digital computer applications. impulse and sinusoidal inputs transient response of chemical reactor. References 1.II) P 801-4 3+1 Module 1 Principles of measurement and classification of process control instruments. examples. concept of stability ROUTH test for stability. second order system. bode stability criterion. fluid flow. transfer function for controllers and final control element. impulse and sinusoidal forcing functions. Harriot. dynamics and control of chemical reactors. tuning of controller settings. Eckman. Kothamangalam PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION (ELECTIVE . Process Systems Analysis and Control McGraw Hill. New Delhi 1977. D. signal flow graph techniques. first order systems in series. block diagram. Module 4 Introduction to frequency response of closed loop systems. response to step. servo and regulator problems. and Koppel L. 431 . microprocessors and computer control of chemical processes. Process Control. response of second order systems to step. pH and concentration. transfer functions. Module 3 Control system.R. Tata McGraw Hill. principles of pneumatic and electronic controllers.. Niquist diagram. Industrial Instrumentation. humidity composition by physical and thermal properties and spectroscopy. temperature pressure. 3. Coughanowr D.M. electrical and thermal conductivity. feedback characteristics of control systems. heat exchangers and distillation columns. first order systems. volumetric and mass flow rate. Module 2 Transient response of open loop systems. development of block diagram for feed back control systems.

direct numerical control. References 1. technology in Q. Jr. supervisory computer control. plotters and other output devices. Module 4 Group technology (G. wire-frame modeling. part families. Besent C. computer in Q. computer aided testing. design process. computer integrated manufacturing systems. application of computers for design. planning function. computer generated time standards. NC programming with interactive graphics.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. tape coding and format. NC procedure. local coordinates.B. solid modeling finite element modeling. conceteration. Functions of graphic package. human labour in the manufacturing system. introduction. punched tape in NC.). groups. computer aided process planning.T. voice NC programming. problems with conventional NC. machinability data systems. contract inspection methods. NC co ordinate system.. data base structure and content. CIMS benefits.C. machine tools and related equipment. optical and non optical. integration of CAQC with CAD/ CAM manufacturing systems..M. material handling system. adaptive control machining systems. part classification and coding. on line calculation capabilities. surface modeling.”CAD/CAM”. Module 3 Structural modes of manufacturing process. distributed control versus central control. layering. benefits of CAPP. introduction. NC motion control system. basic components of NC system. the ATP language. digitizing.. G. NC part programming. computer assisted part programming. NC controller technology. computer numerical control. automate dimensioning. economics of NC. benefits of CAD. the macro statement in ATP. patterns. secondary storage. machine cells benefits of G. Prentice Hall of India. retrieval type process planning system.P. graphic terminal. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing. creating manufacture database. 2D transformations. E.C. applications of NC. combined DNC/CNC systems. computer aided quality control. M.T. Kothamangalam COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN & MANUFACTURE P 802 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. non contract inspection methods. input-output devices in CAD. Module 2 Conventional memorial control (NC). Zimmers. process control strategies. computer controls in NC.T. operator input devices. manual part programming. generative process planning system. direct digital control. manual data input. design work station. manufacturing systems. “ Computer aided Design and Manufacturing” Ellis Horwood Ltd England 1980 432 . constructing the geometry. 3D transformations. Groover. 1987 2.

moisture absorption. banana. saran. dynamic mechanical properties and their importance. “ Textile Testing”. optical properties and fibre friction. fabrics. tex. abrasion resistance.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. properties and testing of viscose rayon. definition of various textile terms. nomex. geometry of weaves. coir. use of fibres in the rubber and plastic industry. acrylic. detailed study of fibre properties such as mechanical properties. fibre manufacturing industries in India. Evans. evenness. linen. felting. F. present status and future prospects. uses of vegetable fibres such as cotton. Moscow 1978 433 . Module 2 Fibres used in polymer industry. Booths.” Applied Sciences” 1982 3. Wake and D. sisal. Butterworths. jute. spandex. lacing. Module 3 Man made fibres. pineapple. Newness. friction. fibre dimensions. bursting strength. fatigue. Module 4 Yarn and textile production from fibres. drawing of fibres. physical structure of fibre forming polymers. nylon 66 and nylon 6. electrical properties.” House technology” Applied Science Publishes 1979 4. Textile reinforcement of Elastomers. production. kevlar. knitting. definition of fibre. 6. properties. brief idea about spinning of cotton yarns and blends. conversion from one system to another.types and sources. U. chemical composition. carbon fibre. silk. Sadov et al. Kothamangalam FIBRE TECHNOLOGY P 803 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. flax. Wiley – Interscience. twist. finishing and dyeing. metallic fibres. denier. abrasion. fibre spinning.B.W. 1971 5. units of measurements. fabric properties such as strength. properties of yarns. polymer products containing fibres. relation between fibre properties and structure. steel wire. thermal properties. bonding and weaving. methods of investigating fibre structure. yarn properties such as count appearance.Wooton. Moncrief. polyester. “Chemical technology of fibres and Material” Mir Publishers. chemical composition. use of animal and mineral fibres. brief idea about the construction.K. yarn numbering system. 1980 2.Billmeyer. strength. air permeability. cellulose acetate. crystallinity and orientation. concept of order in fibres and polymers. References 1. cover factor.” Man Made Fibres. poly vinyl alcohol. “Text Book of Polymer Science”.

biodegradability of polymers. introduction. Huang. plastics wastes containing paper. 4. hydrolytic treatment. isolation. polymer production and consumption. hydrolytic degradation. drawbacks. enzyme nomenclature. assessment. burning of polymers. biodegradation. remedy for environmental problem by polymers. equipments for primary recycling. hydrolysis of synthetic biodegradable polymers. Module 2 Bio-degradation of polymers. 434 . comparison of the impact on environment by polymers and other materials. Kothamangalam POLYMERS & ENVIRONMENT P 804 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. mixing and processing References 1. PE films. PP battery case. comparison of total energy costs for product manufacture based on polymers. environmental pollution. crushing and separation. solvent extraction. Chem Tee Publishing. thermal degradation. Development of starch based polymers. non. degradation. synthesis. 2. specific recycling techniques. extra cellular biodegradation. biopolyesters. soil burial test. physical factors affecting the activity of enzymes. ceramics and metals. WTR. plastics identification. Plastics Waste Management (ed) Nabil Mustafa. Marcel Dekkar. industrial sector. waste composition. awareness program. PET films Module 4 Secondary recycling. TPO based materials. SPI coding. New York. resources of polymers. Recycling of plastic materials (Ed) Francesco Paolo La Mantia. chemical degradation initiates biodegradation. recycling and plastics waste management. properties. reclaimator process. enzyme mechanism. difficulty in recycling of rubber products. recoverable material. sorting and segregation of waste. New York. Marcel Dekker.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. disposal of residuals. use of recyclable plastics in motor vehicles. Christine Albertsson and Samuel J. manufacture of master batch. enzymes. primary recycling. household waste. processing of mixed plastics waste. enzyme specificity. environmental degradation Module 3 Need for recycling of plastics from urban solid wastes. intracellular biodegradation. (eds) Ann 3. enzymatic digestion. advantages of reclaimed rubber in cost. recycling of rubber. Degradable polymers.

B. hoses. design of beams and plates. principles of vibration. pipes. logarithmic decrements. designers checklist. plastic threads. simple harmonic motion. advantages and disadvantages. weld lines. blind holes. safety factor. vibration isolation. external loading. welding. dimensions and specifications. rubber seals. couplings. Plastic Products Design Handbook . snap fitting. beltings. lubricants. structural design of products under static and dynamic loads. multi degrees of freedom. forced vibrations. system with single degree of freedom. beats. Product Design With Plastics J. wall thickness. coulomb and solid damping. rubber.Dym Freakly and Payne “Theory and Practice of engineering With Rubber” Applied Science. ribs. effects of cyclic loading. undercuts. backlash and working clearance. electrical use.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. basic configurations. isolation of shock and transient vibrations. working stress. damped vibrations. Handbook . functional design. aesthetic design. moulded-in-inserts. design. optical use Module 2 Design features of products. critical damping. H. aviation. Module 3 Plastic gears. draft angles. London. stress concentration. 1978 435 . undamped vibration. hinges. pump pressure. marine fields. Kothamangalam POLYMER PRODUCT DESIGN P 805 3+ 1 Module 1 Steps in product design. gate size and location. design of static and dynamic seals. endurance limit. energy absorption. pressure rating calculation.Edward Miller 2. moulded and cut gears. safe stress. fatigue factor. frictional properties. materials. tapers. footwear. design of rubber products in automobiles. design for stiffness.metal components. References 1. combination of simple harmonic motion. octave rules. Module 4 Hysteresis.to. natural frequency. tolerances. glossary of gearing terms. rubber bridge bearings . rubber bearings. joints.S Levy & J. effect of fillers on properties and performance. damping. manholes. frequency of damped vibrations. functional surfaces and lettering. rubber mountings. two degrees of freedom. inside and outside corners. different types. cables. dynamic isolation and transmissibility. DuBois 3. Plastic Products Design Engg. plastic bearings. sports goods. periodic motion.

1985. 1998. organometallic polymers. polyamides. photo conducting polymers. polymers containing phosphorous. Munich 1987. Module 4 Liquid crystalline polymers. Electronic properties of polymers. H. F. ionomers with polyaromatic backbones. (Ed). Electrical Properties of Polymers. Plastics for Electronics. Applied Science.Mark. Dekker. Module 2 Electrical and electronic properties of polymers. optical fibre telecommunication cables. R. New York. Chapman & Hall. polysulphones. Module 3 Ionic polymers. eds. 8. photoresists for semi conductor fabrication. 3. organometallic polymers. 2nd edition. physical properties and applications. improving low performance polymers for high temperature use.Roy.W. Marcel 5. Elsevier. 7. Salil. 1993 6.Ku & R. polyphenylene sulphide. polyacetylene. structure. C. Wiley Interscience. polymers with piezoelectric.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. applications. Plastics Technology Hand book. polyketones. ionomers based on polystyrene. 4. Kothamangalam SPECIALITY POLYMERS P 806 3+1 Module 1 High temperature and fire resistant polymers. heterocyclic polymers. polymers for low fire hazards. New York.T. References 1. types. Specialty Polymers. aromatic polymers. Matrin. John Wiley & Sons.Goosey.F. 2nd edition. polysiloxanes and metal chelate polymers. ionomers based on polyethylene. inorganic ionic polymers. 436 . hydrophilicity. inorganic polymers.Mort & G. ionomers based on PTFE. conducting mechanisms. polymers with integral ions. J. Hanser Publications. elastomeric ionomers. polymers in non-linear optics. Manas Chanda. Dyson. nitrogen and boron. 1989. Bueche. fluoropolymers. Wiley. synthesis. 1962. 2. Physical properties of polymers. polyelectrolyte complexes.Pfister. polyparaphenylene polypyrrole.Liepins. polyelectrolytes for ion exchange. polymers for high temperature resistance. New York. pyroelectric and ferromagnetic properties. conducting polymers. polyesters. Encyclopedia of polymer Science & Engineering. ion exchange. insulating properties of polymers.K. polyelectrolytes based on carboxylates.

Sucrose content of sugar 5. Saponification value of oils 4. Kothamangalam CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY LAB P807 Determination of the following parameters 1. the quality & content of the project report and seminar & viva-voce. A consolidated report of the project work in the form of a dissertation has to be submitted after the completion of the work. 437 . aptitude. Preparation and analysis of soap 10. 0+3 VIVA VOCE P 809 A viva-voce will be conducted as a part of the university examination to assess the student’s overall ability and knowledge in the field of Polymer Engineering and allied subjects. sincerity. The candidate has to present the project report. Hardness of water 6. Acid value of oils 2. Flash point and fire point PROJECT & SEMINAR P 808 0+3 Each student has to undertake a short project under the supervision of a guide. The assessment of the project work will be based on the day-to-day performance of the student. Available chlorine content in bleaching powder 9. BOD and COD of water 8. Iodine value of oils 3. Dissolved oxygen in water 7.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. knowledge. seminar paper and educational tour report for this examination.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam B.TECH. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ENGINEERING BRANCH 438 .

Kothamangalam THIRD SEMESTER 439 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Manohar. 3. Bushy. References 1. Recurrence relations – Manipulations of Numeric functions – generating functions – Recurrence – relations – Linear recurrence relations with constant coefficients – Homogenious solutions – Particular solutions – Total solutions – solutions by the method of generating functions. Cryptography and network security principles and practice . connectives – Well formed formulas – Tautologies. subgraphs.Lieu.Richard Johnsoubaugh (Pearson Education Asia) 4. R. Sharon Cutler Ross.L. Module 3 Algebraic systems – general properties – Lattices as a partially ordered set – some properties of lattices – lattices as algebraic systems – sub lattices – direct product – homomorphism – some special lattices. McGraw Hill. Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science . Trembly. Paths. connected graphs. Module 5 Graph Theory: Basic concept of graphs. Theorem proving – the predicate calculus – Inference Theory of the predicate calculus.C.John Clark & Derek Allan Holton. 2. 440 . A first look at Graph Theory .Bernard Kolman. Cycles. Discrete Mathematical Structures . Allied Publishers.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Elements of Discrete Mathematics . Consistency.II RT301 3+1+0 Module 1 Mathematical Logic – Statements. McGraw Hill. Multigraph and Weighted graph – Trees – spanning trees. Discrete Mathematics .P. Calculus – validity .J. 6. Pearson Education Asia. Module 4 Discrete Numeric Functions & generating Functions. Relations & Functions – Properties of binary relations – Equivalence relations and partitions – Functions and pigeon hole principle. 5. Equivalence of formulas . Module 2 Number Theory: Prime and relatively prime numbers – modular arithmetic – Fermat’s and Euler’s theorems – testing for primability – Euclids algorithm – discrete logarithms. Robert C.Duality law Tautological implications – Normal forms – the theory of inference for the statement.William Stallings.

Introductory Circuit Theory – Errist A. Module 5 Network functions – Terminal pairs – one port and two port networks – Ladder networks – General networks. Transform of signal waveforms – Shifted unit sep function – Ramp and Impulse function. Transform Impedance and transform circuits. 4. Initial State of a network. Evaluating initial conditions. Text Book 1.Kirchoff’s laws – source transformations. Van Valkenburg – PHI References 1. Pole – zero plot – domain behavior. 2. E.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. The network equations. Dot convention for coupled circuits. reciprocity. The integrity factor – examples – Initial conditions in elements Geometrical Interpretation of derivation. Poles and zeros. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS T 302 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: . 3. Examples.N. Chirlian – Mc Graw Hill Electric Circuit Analysis. Time constants. Guillemin – John Wiley & Sons Network Analysis and synthesis – Franklin F Kuo – John Wiley & Sons Basic Network Theory – Paul M. Waveform Synthesis – Initial and final value – Convolution as a summation Module 4 Impedance function – Concept of Computer frequency. Module 2 First order differential equations – solutions. Two port parameters – two port variable – short circuit admittance parameters – open circuit impedance parameters – transmission parameters – hybrid parameters – parallel connection of two port networks.The resistance. Active element conventions. Vikas Publications 441 . stability. Loop variable analysis. Topological description of networks. Module 3 Second order equations – internal excitation. Duality State variable analysis. Thevenins and Norton’s theorems – proof and examples. series and parallel combinations of elements.Sivanadam. Pole – zero locations for transfer functions. The Laplace Transformation – Basic theorems – examples. 2nd Edition – S. Network Analysis – M. capacitance and inductance parameters. Theorem – Super position.

Simple Bootstrap sweep generators. examples Module2 C fundamentals: .Millman and Halkias. 7905. Photodiode. Seven segment display. 442 . PROBLEM SOLVING AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING RT 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Problem solving with digital Computer . Photo transistor.Identifiers. Integration.Top down and bottom up approaches .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Structured . McGraw Hill. expressions. Pulse Digital and Switching wave forms . depletion and enhancement type – source drain characteristics and transfer characteristics.Algorithms . FET amplifier – MOSFET. 3. Kothamangalam SOLID STATE ELECTRONICS RT 303 2+1+0 Module 1 Transistor – Biasing – Stability – Thermal runaway. 2. Module 3 Oscillators – Concept of feed back – Transistorised phase shift oscillator – wein bridge Oscillator – Hartley Oscillator – Colpits Oscillator (Operation and Expression for frequency) Module 4 Clipping.Pseudocode. operators. Gain Bandwidth relation – Cascading of transistors – cascade Darlington pair – emitter follower. 7805.Modular Programming .Millman and Taub. Frequency Response. Pearson Education. TRIAC. LM317 – LED. Clamping.Boylsted & Neshelsky. keywords. data types. Integrated Electronics .Object Oriented . SCR. opto coupler. data Input and Output statements. Module 5 Power supplies & Special semi conductor devices – Regulator power supplies – IC regulated Power supplies. Transistor As an amplifier – RC coupled amplifier. Differentiation – Astable. Electronics Devices & Circuits . UJT (basic concepts only). LCD.Steps in Computer programming Features of a good program . References 1.Flowchart . Module 2 FET. simple programming in C. DIAC. Bistable and Monostable Multivibrators – Sweep generators.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Evolution of management theory. strings. Gottfried. Emerson.W. Wiley Eastern Ltd.Andrew C Staugaard Jr. Module4 Structured data types: Single dimensional arrays .Kerninghan & Ritchie. Kochan. Delegation and Span of control.Opening & Closing a file Creating & Processing a file.Ashok N. Ltd. Pearson Eduacation Let us C .Yeaswanth Khanetkar. Pointers in C . Gantt. 6.Inspection – SQC control charts – quality assurance – TQM – ZERO defects.Bootle. Prism Books Pvt. while..Byron S. Tata McGraw Hill References 1. break & continue statements.K. PHI HUMANITIES RT 305 PART A: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Module 1 Scientific Management. do .void functions Recursion – Macros. Types of structures of Organisation – Types of Business firms. Contributions of Taylor.Ronald Leach. structures & unions . 2+1+0 443 . nested loops. Iling W. Newyork Structured and Object Oriented Problem Solving using C++ . 8.Program for bubble sort. Gilbreth. 7. 2. C Programming . BPB Programming in C . PBP 9. Module 5 Pointers & files .parameter passing . Programming with C . for.Operations on pointers . 5. PHI Programming with ANSI and Turbo C . Responsibility.else. Computer Programming in C . BPB Publications Programming and Problem Solving with PASCAL . passing pointers to a functions. Definition and functions of management Authority.A Modern Approach .N. 3. Module 2 Procedure for ISO and ISI certification – Design. Kamthan. Functions .while.Micheal Schneider. Job evaluation and merit rating. Kothamangalam Module 3 Control statements & Functions: If . CBS publishers Using C in Program Design . Command line arguments.Declaration. Text 1. Norton & Company 10.Stephen C. 4.multidimensional arrays.Accessing array elements using pointers . Wages – Types of incentives. Bangalore Mastering Turbo C .Yeaswanth Khanetkar. Development and implementation of re-engineering . switch.

Quine – Mc Clauskey method. subtractor – half and full. Module 2 Combinational logic circuits – adder – half and full. Realization using logic gates.N. Carry save adder. simplification – rules.Mazda. Pearson Education. Switching function. Management .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Insurance companies – The stock market – functions – Recent trends. Karnaugh map. laws and theorems. Design with NAND and NOR gates. Decoders. 4. Implementation of logic functions using multiplexers and decoders. Module 4 Indian Industries . tri-state gates. ICICI. DIGITAL ELECTRONICS T 306 3+1+0 Module 1 Review of number Systems – Binary. ECL & IIL logic (Brief 444 . switching circuits. Logic gates. Indian Economy . Wishwa Prakashan. Binary codes – BCD. Octal. SIDBI. Alphanumeric codes Boolean Algebra – Postulates.Stoner. Self complementing. open collector gate.Ruddar Datt. Hexadecimal – Conversion. IRBI – Investment institutions – UTI. Chand and Company Ltd. Multiplexers. TTL NAND – analysis – characteristics. Product of Sum. Demultiplexers.structural transformation – industrial growth – inadequacies of the programme of industrialization – large and small scale industries – industrial sickness and Government policy – industrial labour – influence of trade unions. Sum of Product.Indian Economy Problems of Development and Planning. References 1. Completely and incompletely specified functions. Engineering Managemt . Excess – 3 and Gray code. development financial institutions – IDBI. Look ahead carry adder. 2.Industrial pattern . S. Kothamangalam PART B: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS Module 3 The Indian financial system – Reserve bank of India. BCD adder. Comparators. Serial & Parallel adders. functions – commercial banking system. Encoders. profitability of public sector banks. 3. Module 5 The tax frame work – Direct and indirect taxes – impact and incidence – progressive and regressive – functions of the tax system – Black money – magnitude and consequences – Public debt – Debt position of the Central and State Governments – Deficit financing – revenue deficit and fiscal deficit – Problems associated with deficit financing. A. Module 3 Logic families – positive and negative logic. Agarwal . Freeman and Gilbert.

Vikas Thomson Learning C PROGRAMMING LAB T 307 0+0+4 1. Somanathan Nair .PHI 2002 2. SIPO. 2nd Edn. Comparison of logic families. static and dynamic RAM. 4. Text Book 1.Floyd. Module 4 Sequential logic Circuits – classification.organization of a ROM. JK. Binary counters – Asynchronous and Synchronous – Design. PISO. applications. NOR. (use of files directories. Master slave. control panel etc. flip flops – SR. Windows etc. Peripherals. program manager. properties. McGraw Hill.John. internal commands. Typical IC’s. MS PowerPoint and MS Word. Pearson Education. T. Kime. Memories – ROM. Processor. Programmable ROMs.Yarbrough. RAM – basic structure. external commands. Module 5 Shift registers – SISO. compilers. 3. Ring counter. Digital Fundamentals. EPROM. universal shift register. Programming experiments in C to cover control structures-functions-arraysStructures-pointers and files. Digital Electronics and Logic Design . Memory etc. EEPROM.) 445 .M. 2. NAND. D. decade. (Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT304 can be included.Taub and Shilling. CMOS – Inverter. Kothamangalam explanation only). Conversion of one type of flip flop to another. PLD – PLA and PAL. Truth table and Excitation table.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.B.Morris Mano & Charles R.) 3. Up-Down counters. Digital Logic – Applications and Design . Characteristics. . Familiarization of operating system-DOS. Digital Integrated Electronics . MS Access. PIPO. Johnson Counter. file manager. 2. Familiarization with word processing packages like MS Excel. 8th Edition . Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals. Typical counter IC’s. applications. Familiarization with computer system. References 1. Pearson Education.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 4.Half Wave. Simple sweep circuits. UJT. 8. Rectifiers with filters. clamping. Wave shaping. Design of Astable multivibrator for specified time period sharpening edges. Design of a single stage RC coupled amplifier. FET. Characteristics – Diode. RC differentiator and Integrator. 7. 446 . Zener Diode. Determination of parameters. 5. 2. Wein bridge oscillator. Kothamangalam ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB T308 0+0+4 1.series regulator. Determination of Bandwidth. Simple regulator circuits. 6. Design of clipping. Input & Output Impedances. Transistor. RC Phase shift oscillator. Full wave& Bridge 3.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 447 .

F and Chi square test – Level of significance . Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson. Grewal.McGrawhill International Edn.solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.simple problems in binomial. Pearson Education Asia / PHI 5.B.. Pearson Education Asia 448 . Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability .Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms .I.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity .simple applications in engineering problems.Finding P. Advanced Engg.The binomial distribution.Ian N. National Publishing Company 3.simple problems.fitting of binomial & poisson distributions normal distribution .formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary Functions . A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Laxmi Publications Ltd.Linear Simultaneous eqns.M. Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig. Khanna Publishers 2.S.properties of normal curve . Engineering Mathematics Vol.poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution . 6.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficients .standard normal curve .its mean and variance . Module 3 Fourier Transforms: .Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion. its mean and variance . by the method of variation of parameters –Cauchy’s equations. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Venkataraman. 4. Higher Engineering Mathematics . single mean and difference of means (proof of theorems not expected) References 1.II -3rd year Part A & B . poisson and normal distributions. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations . difference of proportions. Elements of Partial Differential Equations .Sneddon.K. Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis.inverse transforms .

et.Deshpande-ISTE Learning material Data Structures and Algorithms in C++. search. 6. applications Hashing.Tanenbaum. applications. deletion. 8. Module 5 Selection sort. 5. PHI Data Structures and Algorithms – O. Vikas Thomson Learning. Time & Space Complexity. heap sort. Algorithms-Analysis of algorithms.Kakde and U.Tremblay & Sorenson. Basic data structures-Arrays.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Circular linked list. et.Horrowits and Sahni. Polynomial representation using linked list Module 3 Trees-basic terminology-binary tree-binary search tree-insertion. Collision resolution Dynamic memory management. Introduction to Data Structures with Applications . 9. binary search. TMH Data Structures in C & C++ . 4. radix sort. Kothamangalam DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMS T402 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction. Data Structures and Program design in C . Module 2 Linked lists. Polynomial representation & addition using arrays. Records. Doubly linked list..Linked stacks and queues. Pearson Education Introduction to Algorithms – Thomas.. Stacks & QueuesSequential Implementation. traversal. Data structures. Storage allocation and compaction.NiklausWirth.al.Adam Drozdek. Pearson Education Classic Data Structures – Samanta. Big O notation. traversal. 2. tree sort.A. 3. Interpolation search References 1. Complexity calculation of simple algorithms. Priority queue & D queue. need for balancing.Robert L Kruse. insertion sort.Coreman-PHI Fundementals of Data Structures in C++ .G.H.. 7. al. Sparse matrix representation & addition using arrays. quick sort & merge sort Sequential search. PHI 449 . Balanced trees-AVL Trees & B Trees (basic idea only) Module 4 Graphs –representation. Circular queue.Hashing functions.Galgotia Algorithms + Datastructures = Program. bubble sort.

CMRR. Ideal Op Ampcharacteristics. band width. Analog multipliers. band reject. Comparators. Non Inverting Amplifier. high pass. . Electronics Circuits . Instrumentation Amplifiers.Weighted resistor. drift. Oscillators. filter design.finite open loop gain.voltage references.Ramakant A.Sedra & Smith.Successive approximation.R. . Inverting. Microelectronics Circuits .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. OP-AMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits.Coughlin and Driscoll. Multivibrators. Integrated Circuits . Hybrid converters . building blocks of PLL. Pearson Education 2. 5. three terminal voltage regulators. R-2R networks. LM 565 and its applications. offset voltage. Equivalent circuit. Integrating ADC. IC power amplifiers. Module 3 D/A converters. applications of PLL. References 1. lock range and capture range. V to I and I to V converters. block diagram of linear voltage regulators. 6th Edn. OP-AMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits. Module 5 PLL: Operating principle.K. 6. Microelectronics . Module 2 Active Filters: Butterworth and Chebyshev filters. Signal generators. Pearson Education. circuit stability and slew rate. band pass. dual tracking and switching regulators. 4rd Edn.Schlling and Charles Belove 450 .I & II order filters – low pass. Differential Amplifiers. Precision rectifiers. Oxford University Press 4. Integrator. Khanna Publishers. negative voltage regulators.Jacob Millman & Arvin Grabel. Non-ideal Op Amp . Waveform generators.Gayakwad. bias current. Module 4 Voltage regulators. voltage regulator ICs and their design. frequency response.Donald L.monolithic waveform generators. Flash converters (parallel). Kothamangalam LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS & APPLICATIONS T 403 2+1+0 Module 1 Operational Amplifiers – Block diagram. 3. Dual slope. A/D converters. McGraw Hill.Botkar.

characteristics. CPU-Memory connection. Penram International 2. Computer Organization & Design-Pal Chaudhari. Addressing modes. Pearson Education. Booth’s algorithm. High speed techniques-Cache memory.Functions & Structure. Interrupt driven I/O. Arithmetic-Review of addition & subtraction techniques. Computer System Architecture-Morris Mano. Layered view of a computer system. examples (Assembly language programming not intended) Module 3 CPU organization. GPIB. DMA Standard I/O interfaces: RS 232 C. Memory Hierarchy. Immediate.Restoring division Module 4 Memory Organization. Virtual memory-paging. DivisionRestoring & non. Module 5 I/O Organization. Programming & Applications – Ramesh S Gaonkar. Associative memory. I/O Module. Vranesic & Zaky. Kothamangalam COMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE T 404 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction Organization & Architecture. Sequencing. I/O Processor. Direct. examples Instruction types – Arithmetic. Horizonal & vertical microprogramming. Processor Organization-Single bus and 2 bus organization. Addressing modes-Register. Hardwired and micro programmed control units. PHI 451 . Branch. Microprocessor Architecture. Mc Graw Hill 4. I/O techniques-Programmed I/O. Pearson Education. Functional Units of a computer. Stack. Instruction cycle. I/O and Machine control Instructions. Logic. Interconnection structures. Internal architecture of a typical 8-bit Microprocessor (Intel 8085). Carry look ahead & Carry save addition. SCSI References 1. Computer Organization-Hamacher. Multiplication-array multiplier. Signals. 3. Instruction formats. Machine cycles Module 2 Instruction set Instruction set of 8085. Computer Organization & Architecture -William Stallings. Interrupt. Memory interleaving. 5. Operating system. execution of a complete instruction.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Memory system considerations. Review of basic operational concepts like CPU registers. Data transfer. Indirect and Implicit addressing. Registers.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering..Fourier Series.Complex exponentials. wide-sense stationarity. Signals and Systems: I J Nagrarth.function of a random variable.John Wiley.) Significance of poles & zeros.Causality linearityStability. Bayes Theorem.existence conditions.Willsky Alan. Moments.Fourier Transform and properties.Laplace Transform and its inverse: Definition.Application of ZTransform for the analysis of Discrete time LTI systems.Introduction to probability. References 1. Sampling Theorem.Application of Laplace transform for the analysis of continuous time LTI system (stability etc.Frequency response of LTI systems.Systems Attributes. Adaptive signal processing: W Bernad.power spectral density White noise.Significance of poles and zeros.Z-Transform and its inverse: Definition.Discrete-Time Fourier series. S.convolution Integral.Discrete-Time Fourier Transform (including DFT) and properties. 5. Linear Time-Invariant Systems: Differential equation representation. Auto and cross correlation. Signals and Systems: Oppenheim Alan. 3.Tata Mc Graw Hill. 2.time-invariance.Region of Convergence and properties.Pearson Edn. Module 5 Random Signals . Kothamangalam SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LTA 405 2+1+0 Module 1 Dynamic Representation of Systems .Z-Transform .Singularity functions (impulse and step functions).existence. Discrete form of special functions.Random processes through LTI systems.Umesh pub. Communication Systems: Haykin Simon. Module 3 Fourier Analysis of Discrete Time Signals & Systems .V.Region of convergence and properties. Module 4 Laplace Transform .concept of random variable. Frequency response of discrete time LTI systems. Signals and Systems: Farooq Husain. Introduction to random process. Module 2 Fourier Analysis of Continuous Time Signals and Systems .Pearson Edn.Independence of a random variable. Realization of LTI system (differential and difference equations). 4. Special Signals.probability density and distribution functions. Discrete convolution and its properties.Parseval’s theorem. 452 .

virtual functions.Declarations. Polymorphism-Run time and compile time polymorphism. member functions. Functions. 2. Kothamangalam OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN C++ T 406 3+1+0 Module 1 Need for OOP. Templates. 4. arrays of objects Module 4 Operator overloading. Function overloading. Arrays as class members. standard library design. Vikas Publishing. Virtual destructors. loops and decisions Module 2 Structures.Structure specifier. 453 . accessing. 7. Pearson Education. accessing.Characteristics of Object Oriented Language. constructors and destructors Arrays. definition.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Variables and storage classes Module 3 Objects and classes –creation and usage. 5.S.Definition. 6. argument passing. Pearson Education Object Oriented Programming in C++: Nabajyoti Barkakati. Galgotia Publications C++ Programming language: Bjarne Stroustrup. Vikas Publishing Object Oriented Programming Using C++: Ira Pohl. Inheritance.iterations and sequences. Pearson Education C++ for You++: Maria Litwin & Garry Litwin. Virtual base classes.Basic concepts and terminology-C++ and object oriented programming C++ Programming basics. exceptions and exceptions handling. References 1. Classification of inheritance. PHI C++ Primer: Lippman and Zajoie. Object Oriented Programming in C++: Robert Lafore.Wang. 3. Standard C++ with Object Oriented Programming: Paul. nested structures. Module 5 Advanced OO concepts. structures and classes.

synchronous and asynchronous. Streams Using a Debugger 0+0+4 (Any experiment based on the syllabus of T 402 can be substituted. 5. Ring Counter and Johnson Counter. D. Strings. Notch Filter. 9. 10. Desk Calculator example. 5. Operational amplifiers. Simple sorting and searching techniques. 7. 11. JK and Master-Slave Flip-flops using gates and study of flip-flop ICs.) Simple experiments based on the syllabus of T 402 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Realization of logic circuits using TTL and CMOS NAND/NOR gates. PLL 14. 0+0+4 Characteristics of TTL and CMOS gates. Filters. 3. 4. Counters. using flip-flops. 2.LP. standard containers. INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LAB T 408 1. Full adder. T. 6. Stack. Name spaces and Exceptions Programming with Multiple files Using classes. 3. 8. VCO.Measurement of parameters.Arrays. Triangular and square wave generators using OP-AMPs. Summing amplifiers. 4-bit adder/subtractor. Inverting and non-inverting amplifiers. IC Voltage regulator. 454 . Shift Registers. Weinbridge Oscillator. Realization of RS. 6. IC power amplifier 13. algorithms. HP and BP. Arithmetic Circuits. derived classes Templates Standard Library. 12. 2. Queues. 7. Kothamangalam C++ & DATA STRUCTURES LAB T 407 Using C++ Modern Compiler 1. fold back protection. Trees. 4.Half adder.

Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 455 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

.Chand & Co.numerical integration .Panneer Selvam. 6. Operations research Schaum’s Outline Series . Mathematics . µ . Wiley Eastern Ltd.solution of algebraic and transcendental equations .Arrival pattern . S.δ .Iterative methods of solution-Jacobi’s method . Higher Engg.Richard Bronson.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula .Newton’s method .M..numerical differenciation .K.Langrange’s and Newton’s divided difference interpolation formula .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.steady state solutions – Little’s formula.Queue disciplines . Khanna Publishers. 5. Operations Research .solution of LPP method . 456 .initial basic feasible solution -Vogel’s approximation method . B.Hungerian techniques References 1. PHI Numerical Methods in Science & Engg.Approximate solution of equations – Horner’s method solutions of linear simultaneous equations .S. 2.Dr. Ltd Advanced Engg Mathematics . National Publishing Co.The Markovian model M/M/1/$.K.Ervin Kreyszig. Operations research . using simplex Module 5 TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEM Balanced transportation problem .Gauss Seidal method. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Grewal. M/M/1/N .IV RT 501 3+1+0 Module 1 QUEUEING THEORY General Concepts .first and second order derivatives using forward and backward formula . Module 4 LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEM Graphical solution of LPP.Big M method – duality in LPP.Bisection method . Venkataraman. 3.trapizoidal rule Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules. Module 2 NUMERICAL METHODS Introduction .Assignment problem .E . Module 3 FINITE DIFFERENCES Meaning of operators – ∆. Gupta & D. 4.service pattern .P.optimum solution by Modi method .Method of false position .S. Hira.general problem .

Directory structure. Module 4 I/O and File Management Design issues. Text Books 1. hierarchy.Silber Schatz. Virtual memory – hardware and software support. FSCAN etc.Tannenbaum. deadlock. scheduling strategies. Clustering – cluster computer architecture. ClientServer architecture. Brief study of process management in UNIX and Win 2000. description. scheduling. Basic concepts and terminology. Pearson Edn. Distributed message passing – RPC. 5. Distributed memory management. Module 2 Process Management Process – states. Modern Operating System . win 2000 cluster server. Multiprocessing. Process synchronization – interacting processes. Partitioning. Paging. PRI. Kothamangalam OPERATING SYSTEM CONCEPTS T 502 4+1+0 Module 1 Introduction O. Module5 Distributed Systems Advantages. Different types of O. File management systems. 2. Pearson Edn.Flynn. TMH.S. 3. Windows – 2000 overview. FIFO. . Win 2000 and Solaris. microkernel. Vikas Thomson Learning 457 . file organization and access. semaphores. Techniques. 2. comparison of Network and distributed O. John Wiley. Segmentation. multithreading.S.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.William Stallings. 4. O. Linux. Thomson Publications. co-ordinating processes. Brief study of memory management in UNIX.S etc. C-SCAN.S – multiprogramming. scheduler organization. model.S. time sharing. process hierarchy. 4th Edition . real time. file system architecture. Model of I/O organization. Processes and Threads. System Programming and Operating System . (basic idea only). Module 3 Memory Management Memory management requirements.Dhamdhere. Objectives and functions.Nutt. distributed O. McHoes. Guide to Operating Systems. Operating systems. sharing and security. Disk cache. File allocation. References 1. Multithreading.Michel Parmer & Michel Walters. critical section. Disk scheduling policies and algorithms – RSS. Distributed Process management. multiprocessing.S. evolution of O. PHI Understanding Operating System . Operating system Concepts . Operating Systems . Brief study of file management in Unix and Win 2000. SSTF. LIFO. Disadvantages. SCAN. UNIX overview.

general definitions of Second and Third Normal Forms. 2. Desai 458 .-assertions – triggers.storage organization in oracle. Abraham Silbershatz . Module 5 Distributed databases: Distributed Database Concepts.Bibin C. Fundamentals of Database System .Pearson Education Asia References 1.Query Processing – semijoin -Concurrency Control and Recovery.Data modeling . Boyce Codd Normal Form– Multivalued Dependencies and Forth Normal Form – Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form – Pitfalls in Relational Database Design.Data Fragmentation.J. Replication and Allocation Techniques. Module 2 Structure of relational databases – relational databases – relational algebra.Entity Relationship Model. Text Book 1. insert.Concurrency Control. Normal forms based on primary keys.Elmasri and Navathe (3rd Edition). Programming and Performance – Patrick O’Neil. Kothamangalam DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS RT503 3+1+0 Module 1 Basic Concepts . Mc Graw Hill 2nd edition.C.Cursor in PL/SQL Module 4 Database Design– Design guidelines– Relational database design – Integrity Constraints – Domain Constraints.Schedules and Recoverability. Database System Concepts .Referential integrity – Functional DependencyNormalization using Functional Dependencies.Henry F Korth.Purpose of database systems-Components of DBMS – DBMS Architecture and Data Independence.Programming in PL/SQL.Date (7th Edition) Pearson Education Asia 3. Database Principles.Transaction and System ConceptsDesirable properties of Transactions. Elizabeth O’Neil 4.tuple relational calculus.Different Types.. delete and update statements in SQL – views – data manipulation with SQL Module 3 Introduction to Transaction Processing. Relational – Network. Data definition with SQL.Serializability of Schedules-Query processing and Optimization. An Introduction to Database Systems . An Introduction to Database Systems .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Hierarchical and object oriented models-Data Modeling using the Entity Relationship Model. Oracle case study: The basic structure of the oracle system – database structure and its manipulation in oracle.

Module 4 Comparative study of the features of the 8086. block diagram. Physical address calculation. timing diagram. References 1. 3. Architecture. flags. ready and wait states. Micro computer Systems . 80386. Pentium. PHI 5. Registers. 8279 – Programmable keyboard and display interface. Pentium III and Pentium IV Processors. The 80X86 family. address decoding. Pentium II.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. segmented memory. 3rd Edn . Program control instructions. Pentium Pro. Pentium II. Arithmetic and Logic instructions. Microprocessors and Interfacing . 8254 – Programmable Interval Timer Brief study of interfacing of Stepper motor. 80286. TMH 459 . Module 3 8086 hardware design – bus buffering and latching. bus timing – read and write. Module 2 Instruction set. MASM. Pentium. Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals. 80386. TMH 6. keyboard. 8086 and 8088. The Intel Microprocessors 8086/8088. 6th Edn – Barry B Bray. Pentium III and Pentium IV processors. IBM PC Assembly Language Programming. Programming model. Programming & Design. 8086 Memory interface. 80286. Module 5 Study of Peripheral chips 8255 – Programmable peripheral interface 8251 .Douglas V. 80486. 8086 memory organization. Addressing modes.Roy & Bhurchandi.John Uffenbeck. 4. TASM etc. Pearson Education Asia 2. Classification of instructions – Data transfer. applications.The 8086/8088 Family. 8237 – DMA controller. Programming and Interfacing. Minimum mode and Maximum mode. Architecture. 80486. Program Development Tools – DEBUG. 7-segment display and ADC with the Microprocessors. Memory Addressing. Simple programs in 8086 Assembly language. 80186/80188.Peter Abel. Kothamangalam MICROPROCESSORS T 504 3+1+0 Module 1 Evolution of 8086 family of microprocessors – 8088 to Itanium. Pearson Education. Internal architecture of 8086. IBM PC Assembly Language Programming.USART 8259 – Programmable interrupt controller.Liu & Gibson – PHI. Introduction to Micro controllers – architecture. Hall.

2.Procedure calls – Code optimization – Optimization transformations – Local optimization and global optimization – Compiler writing tools – Incremental Compilers Module 5 Loaders and Linkers Loading – Program relocatability – linking – various loading schemes – linkage editing – Design of linkage editor – dynamic loading – overlays – dynamic linking. Kothamangalam LANGUAGE PROCESSORS RT 505 3+1+0 Module 1 Assembler Overview of the assembly process.Aho A.schematics for Macro expansion – Design of a Macro pre-processor . Ullman Narosa Publications.Leland L. Module 4 Compilation of Control Structures Control transfer.Recursive Decent parser – Shift reduce parser.V.Macros – Macro definition and usage. Beck.Conditional and Iterative constructs. Mc.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 3. Addison Wesley. Module 2 Introduction to Compilers Compilers and Translators – Structure of a compiler – lexical analysis – syntax analysis – context free grammars – basic parsing techniques. Ullman.Macro Assembler. System Software – An Introduction to Systems Programming .Static and Dynamic storage allocation – Storage allocation and access in block structured programming languages – Array allocation and accessCompilation of expressions – Handling operator priorities – Intermediate code forms for expressions –code generator. Sethi. Compilers – Principles Techniques And Tools – Aho. Principles of Compiler Design . Systems programming . Text Books 1.Donovan. References 1.Design of two pass assembler. Graw Hill. Pearson Education Asia 460 .. Module 3 Storage allocation Data descriptors.top down and bottom up parsing (brief idea only).Single pass assembler. System Programming and Operating Systems – Dhamdhere Mc Graw Hill 2.

PWM.Taub & Schilling Mc Graw Hill.Kennedy. 4. Modern Digital & Analog Communication Systems – B.Front end Processor – Transmission media – Guided media – Twisted pair cable. Umesh Publications 461 . DPSK . message switching) Module 4 Error detection and Correcting codes: Hamming code – Block codes and convolution codes – ARQ techniques – Transmission codes – Baudot – EBCDIC and ASCII codes – Barcodes. Introduction to Data Communications & Networking – Behurouz & Forozan Mc Graw Hill. Electronic communication system .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Data Communication.Analog pulse modulation – PAM.William Stallings. GSM service and GSM system architecture.Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) – Time Division Multiplexing (TDM). PHI 8. Parallel. FSK. Module 3 Digital data transmission – Serial. Kumar. Ltd. Tanenbaum. Mc Graw Hill. PSK. FM –Sampling theorem . Module 2 Multiplexing . Communication Engineering .A.P Lathi Prism Books Pvt.Vijay K.S. fibre optic cable. PM. Computer Networks . PPM – Generation of various modulated waves (Block diagram only) –Digital Pulse modulation (PCM). 3. Pearson Education Asia 9. Synchronous Time Division Multiplexing –Statistical time Division multiplexing – Key Techniques . Principles & Application of GSM .A. Module 5 Terminal handling – Point to point.different types of noise – Basic Principles of Switching (circuit.Fred Halsall Pearson Education Asia 5. Kothamangalam DATA COMMUNICATION RT 506 2+1+0 Module 1 Communication concepts – Analog modulation – Various schemes – AM. Asynchronous and Isochronous transmission. Multidrop lines. Transmission modeSimplex .Shannon`s Theorem.ASK. Synchronous. coaxial cable.Half duplex – Full duplex. Noise. Components of computer communication – Concentrators . 2.Channel capacity . References 1. packet. Data and Computer Communication . Garg Pearson Education Asia 6. Computer Networks & Open Systems . Principles of Communication System . 7.

IBM PC Assembly language programming using MASM/TASM. Use of Link Libraries. Queries. DAC/ADC interface. 4. indexes. d. 2. Kothamangalam DBMS LAB T 507 Experiments for performing the following: 1. 3. Exercise in Pay Roll.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Exposure to Data Base management packages (Preferably on 4 GLs like ORACLE/INTEGRA/SYBASE. (Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT 503 can be substituted) MICROPROCESSOR LAB T 508 1. reports. b. Keyboard interfacing. Inventory Management. c. g. Natural Language Support 5. views. Video display board. Serial communication. ODBC Interface 7. Data Acquisition Board. LED moving graphic display board. e. Trigger 2. Creation. Stepper motor control. Relational Operations. Administration. Foxpro or the latest packages) 8. 3. 4. Study of 8 bit /16 bit microprocessor kit. Updating. Deletion of tables. Interfacing experiments such as: a. f. 0+0+3 0+0+3 462 . Importing and Exporting Data. Assembly language programming with 8 bit /16 bit Microprocessor kit. Library Management using the packages. 6.

Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 463 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Total Quality Management – Dale H. Apprisal. Module 2 PROJECT ANALYSIS Market Analysis – Technical Analysis . References 1. Sample size destination – Estimating population mean – Estimating population proportion. PROJECTS – Planning. Quality assurance and TQM – Jain & Chitale – Khanna Publishers 464 .Harvey Maylor . Besterfield – Pearson Education 5. Project Management . Quality control and Improvement – Amitava Mitra – Pearson Education 6. Projects preparation. Module 5 CONCEPTS IN SAMPLING Sampling designs and schemes – Errors in sampling – Simple random sample – stratified random sample – Cluster sample. Selection.Pearson Education 4. REVIEW: Performance of Evaluation – Abaudonment Analysis – Behavioral issues in Project Management Module 4 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT Quality systems – ISO 9000 series – ISI – Benchmarking – Quality Function development (QFD) – Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) – ISO 14000.Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill 3.Phases of capital budgeting – Project development cycle – 7-s of project management – Requirements of a project manager – Forms of project organization. Implementation & Review .Financial Analysis – Risk Analysis – Social cost Benefit Analysis. Kothamangalam PROJECT MANAGEMENT T601 3+1+0 Module 1 PROJECT PLANNING Overview – Capital expenditure . Budgeting & Implementation – Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill 2. Module 3 CONTROL OF PROJECT Control Systems – Control of major constraints – Project management software & information systems.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Analysis.

Phases in software developmentSoftware development process models-Role of Management in software development –Role of Matrics and measurement –Software requirement specification(SRS) . Tata McGraw Hill 2.Information Hiding Programming style . Pressman.Structured Programming .Roger S. Software Engineering .Functional and Structured Testing . Module 5 Testing Testing fundamentals . An integrated approach to Software Engineering .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam SOFTWARE ENGINEERING RT 602 2+1+ 0 Module 1 Introduction to Software engineering Introduction – Software and software Engg. PHI 5.Pankaj Jalote.Shari Lawrence. Fundamentals of Software Engineering –Rajib Mall. Fundamentals of Software Engineering – Carlo Ghezzi. Mehdi Jazayeri.coupling cohesion – structured design methodology .matrics.Code inspections – Unit testing. Narosa Publication References 1. Module 4 Coding Top-down and Bottom-up .project monitoring plans .verification . PHI 465 .time sheets – reviews – cost schedule – milestone graph – risk management.Code Reading .Proving Correctness .Symbolic execution .Reliability assessment Programmer Productivity ..Ian Sommervilla.Error removal efficiency. Module 2 Project Planning Cost Estimation – Uncertainties – models – COCOMO model – Project scheduling – average duration estimation – Project scheduling and milestones – staffing and personal plan – Rayleigh curve – personnel plan – team structure – software configuration – management plans – quality assurance plans – verification and validation – inspections and reviews .Static Analysis . Pearson Education Asia 4.Testing Process Comparison of Verification and Validation Techniques .Internal Documentation – Verification . Text Book 1. Pearson Education 3.validation .Problem Analysis . Module 3 System Design Design Principles – Problem partitioning and hierarchy – abstraction – modularity – top down and bottom_up – strategies – module level concepts . Software Engineering . Software Engineering Theory and Practice.

Module 4 Finite word length effects in digital filters: Introduction.Butterworth design.Co-efficient quantization error.truncationrounding .Signal FlowgraphBasic Network structure for IIR filter.Quantization in Floating Point realization IIR digital filters .advantages and limitations of Digital Signal Processing.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.using windows-rectangular. Kothamangalam DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LTA 603 3+1+0 Module1 Review of signals and systems.Fast Fourier Transform.sub band coding.PCM DSP chips.Scaling.speech analysisspeech coding.Linear Convolution using DFT.PHI Introduction to Digital signal processing: Johny R Johnson Digital signal processing: Proakis and Manolakis.Quantization effects in the Computation of the DFT.channel vecoder.Number Representation Fixed Point. Equi ripple FIR design. Digital signal processing: P Ramesh Babu.Direct.Impulse Invariant Transformation. Introduction . Desecrate time signal processing Oppenhiem. 4.Multiplication in Fixed Point arithmetic Floating point numbers. 466 .hammingBlackman.One’s-complement.a general study. Module 3 Discrete fourier Transform: Properties-Circular convolution. Module 2 Finite Impulse Response (FIR) Filters: Linear phase FIR filters.complement forms Addition of two fixed point numbers.quantization . 3. References 1. Digital signal processing: Ifechor.hanning.DSP based measurements systems. Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) Filters .zero-input limit cycle Oscillations .Block floating point numbers.Two’s .cascade .Finite Word Length Effects in FIR Digital Filters.FFT algorithms – General Computation using Radix 2 algorithm.Chebyshev designdesign based on numerical solutions of differential equations.quantization errors in FFT algorithms.Overflow limit cycle Oscillations . 5.Parallel Forms.Input quantization error Product quantization error . Digital signal processing: Oppenhiem and Sheffer.lattice design-Fourier Series method.triangular or barlett windows.Scitech Pub.Radar signal processing. Module 5 Applications of digital signal processing: Speech Processing. Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters.Location of the zeros of linear phase FIR filters.Pearson edn. decimation – in time and Frequency . 2. Realization of FIR.Transform and DFT.digital processing of audio signals.Sign-Magnitude .relation between Z.Kaiser windows. 6.Cascade.Pearson edn.effects due to truncation and rounding.homomorphic vecoder.Frequency response of linear phase FIR filters .

James L.Design issues-Error Detection and correction – Elementary Data link protocols.Low earth orbit satellites– Satellite v/s Fiber Module 2 Data Link Layer: . Cable Modem.Static & Dynamic channel allocation in LAN’s and WAN’s.. Computer Networks (Second Edition): Larry L Peterson & Bruce S Davie. (Harcourt India) 5.ISO-OSI Reference Model – TCP/IP Reference Model – Comparison Network hardware-Repeaters. Computer Networking: James F Kurose & Keith W Ross. Module 5 Application Layer: -Domain name system – DNS name space – Resource records – Name servers – operation of DNS .Transport Service .Flow Based Routing . Gateways. Routing Algorithm – Optimality principle . Physical Layer: . Datagrams. McGraw Hill 467 . Kothamangalam COMPUTER NETWORKS RT 604 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: .Elements of transport protocols – Internet Transfer Protocols UDP and TCP – ATM – Principle characteristics. Widjaja Tata McGraw Hill. Antonakos. Garcia.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Multiple access protocols – ALOHA – Pure ALOHA – Slotted ALOHA – Carrier Sense Multiple Access protocols – persistent and non-persistent CSMA – CSMA with collision detection – IEEE 802.3 standards for LAN Module 3 Network layer: -Virtual Circuits.Sliding window protocols. Pearson Education Asia/ PHI 2. Forouzan.Components – Error correction – Network topology – Piconet and scatternet – L2CAP layers – Communication in Bluetooth networks References 1. Bridges.Tanenbaum. Routers.Medium Earth Orbit Satellites. Prentice-Hall India 3.Transmission Media– ISDN system Architecture – Communication Satellites – geostationary satellites . . LAN Protocols: . Mansfield Jr. Computer Networks (Fourth Edition): Andrew S. Pearson Education 6. 4.Mobile telephone systems.Congestion prevention policies – Traffic shaping – Leaky bucket algorithm – Flow specifications – jitter control Module 4 Transport Layer: .Flooding . An Introduction to computer networking: Kenneth C. Communication Networks: Leon. Hub. Bluetooth .Link state routing – Distance vector routing – Multicasting – Link state multicasting – Distance vector multicasting Congestion Control Algorithms – General principles – Packet discarding – Choke packets .Electronic Mail – MIME Mobile networks: . Introduction to Data Communications and Networking: Behrouz.

DHTML. Absolute and relative positioning of elements.2. Tables. POST.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Inter applet communication – Threads & Thread synchronization – TCP/IP Programming with Java – Iterative & Concurrent servers.Nested classes – Inner classes – Anonymous Inner classes – Exception handling – Creating & using exceptions. variables and classes – Interfaces . Kothamangalam NETWORK COMPUTING RT 605 3+1+0 Module 1 HTML Documents Basic Tags for Font & Paragraph Formatting Lists. Creating GUI with AWT and Swing – -JDK1. Inline style sheets. Creating & using classes in Java – Static classes – Inheritance – Final methods. Module 3 Java programming – Features of Java. Arithmetic operations – message boxes. DIV & SPAN Tags. Deitel & Nieto.Deitel. PUT. creating and using packages. CGI . DELETE.5 1. Internet and World Wide Web – How to program . image Maps Cascading Style Sheets Style Element. Perl. Multithreaded programs and thread synchronization. Embedding ActiveX controls . event handling. IP multicasting. Text Books Module 1. Datagrams. HTML. BPB 468 .Security features for applets . GET. document object model. functions. Frames.using the structured graphics – ActiveX Control. Arrays. Module 2 Dynamic HTML Pages Client side scripting . Embedded style sheets. control statements. External Style sheets. Java Script.1 event model Module 4 Network Programming with Java . Email: Working of SMTP and POP protocols (Overview only). RMI (Structure and Working of a simple RMI Program only) Module 5 HTTP Protocol working – HTTP methods. HEAD Server side scripting – HTML Forms & CGI – GET & POST. Pearson Education Asia 2. Basic working of a CGI supported web server – Simple CGI program in C to validate user name & Password.Evan Bayross. CLASS Attribute.Java Script – variables.Features of Java – Applets & Application – Life cycle of applets . Dynamic updating of pages with JAVA Script.

Gosling.Disk Physical specification & operations – Disk magnetic properties – Cylinders – Clusters – Hard disks – Hard disk drive operation – Magnetic data storage . PHI 2.data transfer rate – Access time – Constant linear velocity – constant angular velocity . PHI 4.Tenanbaum.Joseph Weber. drive specifications.Behrouz A. The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition . Using Java 2 Platform . ATA – Communication ports – Serial – Parallel port – Keyboard / Mouse Interface connectors. PCI. Module 3 Optical Storage CD ROM. Sector layout.4. Module 2 Storage Devices Floppy – Floppy Disk Controller . TMH PERSONAL COMPUTER HARDWARE T 606 4+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to PC Hardware components – study of motherboards –Different types of ports. virtual. 2/e .Buffers – Interface – Magneto optical drives – WORM devices – DVD. CD-RW. Schildt.Flat memory model – Advanced memory technologies. Computer Networks . 469 .Stevens W Richard. PHI/ Pearson Education Asia References 1. Hard Disk Interfaces – IDE. linear and physical memory addresses – Extended and Expanded memory – Cache memory – Video memory – HMA . CDROM.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. TCP/IP Protocol suite.Arnold. EIDE.RAID – Holographic storage. Unix Network Programming . Forouzan. Module 4 Memory Management in PC Parity – ECC – Static & Dynamic RAM – Memory Addressing – Segmented addressing . Module 5 Bus Structures ISA. Pearson Education Asia 3. Kothamangalam Module 3. Tata McGraw Hill 2.Herbert. USB. Java 2 Complete reference . AGP. Holmes.function & operations.64 KB Limits – 640 KB barrier – Logical. CD Technology. CD-R.Sectors – Disk formatting – partitioning Hard disk features – Hard disk data transfer modes –Programmed I/O – Direct memory access – Ultra DMA – Data addressing – Standard CHS addressing – Extended CHS addressing – Logical Block Addressing. slots and connectors-Add-on cards-Power supply– SMPS.5 1. segmented. PCMCIA.

Inside the PC (8th Edition) .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Basic exercises in Processor Management – concurrent processing – memory management – implementation of shared memory and semaphores for process synchronization – device management – dead lock handling. PC Upgrading Maintenance & Trouble shooting guide . Pearson Education 6. Study on UNIX: UNIX Shell Programming.Peter Norton.Corey Candler. Upgrading and repairing PC’s (4th edition) . 7. S. Kataria SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING LAB T607 1. 5.Craig Zacker & John Rourke.Scott Mueller. 6. Code generation. 8. 0+0+3 Symbol table construction Single pass and two pass assembler. 4. Bottom Up and Top Down Parser.Abel. IBM PC Assembly Language Programming . Kothamangalam References 1. The Indispensable PC Hardware Book . 470 . Generation of code for linkers & loaders. Macro processor module binder (with limited Instruction set) Lexical analyzer.Messmer. K. Chauhan. Tata McGraw Hill 2. 2. PHI 7. Pearson Education 4. Troubleshooting and Repairing Your PC . PC Hardware Complete Reference .) MINI PROJECT T608 0+0+3 The aim of the mini project is to prepare the students for the final year project. The topic for the mini project should be simple as compared to the main project. Techmedia Publications 3. Wiley 5. implementation of simple protocols (Any experiment according to the syllabus of T 502 and RT 505 can be substituted. but should cover all the aspects of a complete project. 3.Dr.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam SEVENTH SEMESTER 471 .

Design model. requirement model.Ivan Jacobson.handling boundary conditions-Common Architectural Frameworks Module 4 Object Design: Overview of Object design – Combining the three models – Designing algorithms – Design optimization – Implementation of control – Adjustment of inheritance . Adding operations.Notations.architecture. Allen H. Kothamangalam OBJECT ORIENTED MODELING AND DESIGN RT 701 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: object oriented development-modeling concepts – object oriented methodology – models – object oriented themes-Object Modeling– links and associations – advanced links and association concepts – generalization and inheritance . Text Books 1. Pearson Education Asia 472 . dynamic modeling and functional modeling.Iterating the analysis System Design: Breaking system into subsystems . Module 3 Analysis: Analysis in object modeling. models. Object Oriented Modeling and Design -JamesRumbaugh. Object Oriented Software Engineering . Pearson Education Asia References 1.Design of association – Object representation – Physical packaging – Documenting design decisions-Comparison of methodologies Module 5 Other Models: Booch’s Methodology. Object Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications .grouping constructs – a sample object model. Implementation model and Test Model-Unified Modeling Language (UML). Analysis Model.Identifying concurrencyallocating subsystems to processors and tasks. Jacobson Methodology. actors and use-cases. Functional modeling: Functional models – Data Flow Diagrams .Advanced Object Modeling: aggregation – abstract classes – generalization as extension and restriction – multiple inheritance – metadata – candidate keys – constraints Module 2 Dynamic modeling: Events and states – Operations – Nested state diagrams – Concurrency – Advanced dynamic modeling concepts – A sample dynamic model – Relationship of Object and Dynamic models.Specifying operations – Constraints – A sample functional model – Relation of functional to Object and Dynamic models.Grady Booch. managing of data stores. Pearson Education Asia 2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. concepts.Berno Bruegge. Handling of global resources. Dutoit. Prentice Hall India 2. Object Oriented Software Engineering .

Clipping.N. Computer Graphics.2D Transformations. Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics – William . Prentice Hall India. McGraw Hill edition 473 . Animation. 3D Object Representation – Polygon Surfaces – Quadratic surfaces – Spline Representations – Bezier Curves and Surfaces – BSpline Curves and Surfaces. Sproull (second edition). Morphing.Lockheed Martin. Module 2 2D Graphics: Line drawing algorithms – DDA. Kothamangalam 3. Computer Graphics (C version) Education Asia) References 1.Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Pearson .Buffer Method. Krishnamoorthy 4.Richard C. Video Display Devices. H. Display processors – Display files – graphical input & output devices. Text Book 1. Interactive Graphics system – Raster scan and Random scan systems – Generating a raster image. Visible Surface Detection – Classification of Visible surface detection algorithms – Back-face Detection.Raster Animation. COMPUTER GRAPHICS RT 702 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Computer Graphics: Basic concepts in Computer Graphics – Applications of Computer Graphics. UML and C++ practical guide to Object Oriented development . Object Oriented Analysis and Design using UML . Succeeding with the Booch OMT Methods -A practical approach . Srimathi. Ray-Tracing Methods.H. Application of raster scan graphics. Windowing. 3D Transformations. Newman. Clipping – Line clipping – Polygon Clipping.Lee & William. Bresenham’s – Bresenham’s Circle drawing algorithm . Gouraud Shading. Scan-line Method. Addison Wesley 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 5 Advanced Technologies: Fractals – Classification of Fractals – Self-Squaring Fractals. Surface Rendering Methods-Basic illumination Models – Polygon–rendering Methods.F. Depth.Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Prentice Hall of India) 2. A. Module 3 3D Graphics: 3D display methods. Sriram. Robert . Module 4 3D Rendering: Three-Dimensional Viewing-Projections.

Cell splitting. CDMA.Herbert. Acceptance angle and acceptance cone. Computer Graphics Principles & Practice . Light sources. System block diagram. Electronic Communications. 4th Edition. Frequency allocation. ATM Blue tooth Technology WAP and WWW. Analog and Digital Cellular Telephones. Multiple accessing – FDMA. Electronic Communication Systems. B-ISDN.Roy A Plastack & Gordon Kally (Schanmi Series McGraw Hill edition) MODERN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS T 703 3+1+0 Module 1 Optical Fibre communication Advantages.D. Fundamentals of Computer graphics & . Text Book 1. Java 2 complete reference . Fundamentals Through Advanced. P. Prentice Hall of India multimedia 5. path characteristics – fading. Feiner.Architecture. Fibre configurations. Frequency modulated microwave radio system – Transmitter. Light detectors. Frequency reuse. Schildt. Analog Vs Digital Microwave. VanDam. Pearson Education. Computer Graphics . Geostationary satellites. Module 3 Satellite Communication Satellite orbits. . PHI. Satellite classifications. Protocols and Applications. Addison Wesley 4. References 1. Fibre types. Hughes (second edition in C). Pearson Education. Block diagram of a typical transceiver. 474 . Satellite Radio Navigation.Jochen Schiller.Roddy & Coolen 3. Light propagation through optical fibre. Satellite uplink and down link models (block diagram only). GPS (Basic idea only) Module 4 Mobile Communication Mobile communication services. 4th Edn Wayne Tomasi. Earth station. 4th Edition. Disadvantages. Module 2 Microwave communication Advantages.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Cellular telephone. Repeater. Mukherjee. Cable configurations. . Spacing. Electronic Communication Systems. Segmentation and Dualisation. Interference. Kothamangalam 3. Receiver (block diagram only) Microwave terminal station – transmitter and receiver. Mobile Communications . ISDN-Protocol. PCSS Mobile telephone system. Concepts – Cells. TMH. Call processing. Architecture.Kennedy 2.Foley. Call system layout. Cable losses. TDMA. Tata McGraw Hill 6. Module 5 Advanced Concepts Concepts of Wireless LAN.

Full motion digital video .Basic tools Authoring tools. Interaction.) 2.Composition.Ralf Steinmentz and Klara Nahrstedt. Electronic Communication systems. Multimedia in Action . 9.Tay Van Ghan – Osborne Tata Mcgraw Hill 4.Desktop video conferencing . Integrated Multimedia Systems . Random house Electronic Pub.. Authoring Interactive multimedia .Simon J.Techniques realistic image synthesis.Problems related to programming . Multimedia PC and Microsoft Multimedia Extensions. software applications and software environments.multimedia networks . Multimedia making it work . Format classes and Component classes . .James E.Standards . Dionysios C. Module 5 ADVANCED MULTIMEDIA Moving pictures . Addison wesley 10.Peter Jellam.Sound cards . music and animation .Capture and Playback techniques.Comdex 6. Kothamangalam 4.Sound . Tsischritziz (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.Palikom. RLE.Hyper text . 3rd Edition . Multimedia: Computing.Analog and digital video. Transform classes.Image types . Optimizing your Multimedia PC . Multimedia Power Tools .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Digital Video Interactive. Vikas Publication 8. Susan Lafe Meister . Sasnett. CD-interactive. Skibbe. Multimedia Bible . VikasThomson Learning MULTIMEDIA TECHNIQUES T 704 2+1+0 Module 1 INTRODUCTION Definition of multimedia. Database integration.Image .Frank R Dungan.Animation . Media classes.Winn L. Gibbs. The communication Wall Overview 475 .Fractal and Wavelet Compressions .L.Future multimedia. MPEG . Rosch. Hodger & Russel M. (basic ideas only) Module 3 MULTIMEDIA ENVIRONMENTS The Compact Disc family. Pearson Education. digital audio. Multimedia Computing . Multimedia Programming Objects. Synchronisation. Module 2 BUILDING BLOCKS Text . hardware.Image file types . Environments & Framework. Virtual Reality . 3.Memory storage .Image compression.J. multimedia. JPEG.Analog & Digital video . QuickTime. References 1.Video capture techniques . Module 4 MULTIMEDIA PROGRAMMING Framework: Overview. Communications andApplications.Media Types . Shuman. Sams 7.Mathew E.Arch C Luther 5.

Prentice Hall of India 2. Wiley Dreamtech Module 4 1. 2 1.Reading & setting Properties of JavaBeans – Connecting forms & bean properties – Serialized beans – declaring variables & methods in pages – scriptlets – conditionals. Module 4 JSPs .using and creating events – Introspection – creating & using Beanlnfo clauses – customization – providing custom property editors and GUI interfaces. Kothamangalam WEB TECHNOLOGIES RT 705 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to SGML – features .Creating simple JSP Pages – templating – Request time expression – Request & Response objects – Reading parameter values – Using Javabeans in JSPs . XML and JavaBeans Programming Black Book . Swing.Sean Education Asia McGrath. Module 5 EJB – Basics of EJB – Types of Beans – Development of Session Beans – Steps – Creating & Implementing Interfaces – Writing Deployment descriptors – Packaging and deploying bean . AWT.Joseph L. Weber.Larne Pekowsky – Pearson Education Asia 476 . Using JAVA 2 Platform Special Edition .bound and constrained properties . XML by Example: Building Ecommerce applications .XML. Java 2. loops & execution handling in JSPs with scriptlets – Accessing beans via scriptlets. Entity beans – Features (Basics of developing and using entity beans) References Module1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. XML as a subset of SGML – XML Vs HTML – Views of an XML document – simple XML documents – Starting & Ending of Tags – Attributes of Tags – Entity References – Comments . Java Server pages .Steven Holzner.CDATA section Module 2 Document Type declarations – Creating XML DTDs – Element type declaration – Attribute List Declaration – Attribute types – Attribute defaults – Displaying XML Data in HTML browser as HTML tables – Storing XML data in HTML document – Converting XML to HTML with XSL minimalist XSL style sheets – XML applications Module 3 Java Beans: Features – Designing Java Beans – Creating and using properties – Induced . Pearson Module 3 1.using the bean from a client – Development of stateful session bean.

7.I) CMELRPTA 706-1 3+1+0 Module1 Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method. 477 . Institutions offering such courses should submit the detailed syllabus and get it approved from the University before offering the course. IDG Books India Module 5 1.Floyd Marinescu Additional Reference 1. Note New Elective subjects related to the recent trends in Information Technology can be added to this list. 2. Internet & Web Technologies .Raj Kamal. 6. 3. Mastering Enterprise Java Beans and the Java 2 Platforms. Kothamangalam 2. 4. JSP: Java server pages .Barry Burd. 5. EJB Design Patterns .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. CMELRPTA 706-01 T 706-02 RT 706-03 RT 706-04 RT 706-05 RT 706-06 T 706-07 Optimization Techniques Digital Image Processing Principles of real time systems Windows Programming Mobile Computing Software Architecture Optical Communication 3+1+0 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . TMH ELECTIVE -I T 706 LIST OF ELECTIVE SUBJECTS 1. Module 3 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods. Module 2 Constrained multivariable optimization Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions – Convex programming problem – Quadratic programming. Enterprise Edition EdRoman (WILEY computer publishing) 2.

R. linear filtering theory – Harmonic signals and complex signal analysis. 2. Non rectangular grid sampling. T. Abbreviation in an imaging system. Characteristics of an image digitiser.F. Types of Image Digitisers. Belegundu.S. Uses of histograms. D. Diffraction limited optical systems. 3. geometric operations. Practical limitation in sampling and construction. Applications. The Fourier and Z-Transform of Multi dimensional Sequences. Rao. Image processing software. Taha. Richard D. INC. Moire effect and flat field response. Nyquist rate. Optimization theory and application . Aliasing and foldover frequencies. Operation Research an introduction . Chandrupatla. noise modeling. Principles of Operations Research for Management .H. Kothamangalam Module 4 Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method. R. Irwin. Point operations and the histogram.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. mixed integer programming problems. Applications of Digital image processing – Image restoration. References 1. Digitalizing images. Grey level interpolation. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering . McLeavey.S. Convolution filtering – Dimension sampling. DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING T 706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Digital Image Processing. Truncation. Approaches and models. Geometric operations. S. Software organization. Module 4 Processing sampled data. Display aperture and interpolation. Applications of digital filtering some useful functions. applications. Module 3 Convolution operation. D. Introduction to algebraic operations. Module 5 Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems. Super resolution.A. Introduction to histograms. Spatial transformation. DTF from degraded image spectrum. A. Applications of point operations. Pearson Education Asia. Optics and System analysis. 4. Computing data. Budnick. Digital image processing in practice. Reconstruction of images from its samples. Relations between histogram and image. New Age International P. 478 . Module 2 Point operations. Linear point operations. Ltd. Mojena. System identification. Uses. Eastern Economy Edition. processing sequence the gray level histogram.

Discrete Time Signal Processing.Anil K. fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware. Module 4 Fault tolerance – definition. References 1. 2.I) RT706-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems. redundancy – hardware. Kothamangalam Module 5 Image Segmentation by Thresholding. protocols – contention – based. Prentice Hall.packing algorithm. synchronization in software.Jensen J. Thomson Learning PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . CAT Stereo – Metric ranging. network architecture issues. real time design issues. stop and go multiloop. interrupt driven systems – sporadic. fixed rate systems. Castleman. definition of real time systems – real time systems.Kenneth R. Hlavac & Boyle. Stereoscopic image display – shaded surface display. soft real time systems. Measurements.task status.R. task classes – Periodic. task control block . information. Pearson Education 3. integrated failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems. 5. rate monotonic deferred server. myopic offline. critical. Prentice Hall of India. round robin. polled bus. Non-critical. EDF. Aperiodic. Module 2 Real time kernel – polled loop systems. Region growing techniques – Segmented image structure. Module 3 Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies. shape. Analysis & Machine Vision –Sonka.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Oppenheim and Schafer. Jain. Introducing Digital Image Processing. Feature selection. hierarchal. Gradient based methods. Digital Image Processing. time. software. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing. 4. next-fit. Prentice Hall. cause of failure. fault types. Classification 3 dimensional image processing optical sectioning. Measurement and classification size. IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm. buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling. Digital Image Processing – Rafael C Gonzalez & Richard E Woods. Prentice Hall of India. Gradient optical threshold selection. embedded systems . 6. scheduling – uniprocessor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic.based. co-routines. bin. NMR 479 .Hard real time systems. hybrid systems. fault detection and containment. real time computer. Image Processing. token . Optimal threshold selection.

Design & Analysis .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.I) R706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction -Concepts of Windows Programming. Transaction. constants. Progessbar. Common dialog Controls – Font. Print Dialogs – Creating Custom activex controls – Creating Events and properties for ActiveX controls. transient faults.RichTextBox. maintaining serialization constituency. flipping. embossing. Real Time Systems . Disk schedule algorithms. Real time databases. fault latency. Message boxes Module 2 Visual Basic Programming (Contd) Standard Controls – List boxes.File. characteristics. Scrollbars.setting colors Drawing text. List view Control. buttons . Shape controls.Philip Laplante (IEEE) WINDOWS PROGRAMMING (ELECTIVE . Tree View Control. egraving. Drive and Directory List boxes . Real Time Systems. File. Kang G. lines. Module 4 Graphics and Multimedia – Drawing Graphics in Windows .MDI and SDI interfaces – Menus Module 3 ActiveX controls . sweeping – Using the Multimedia Control – Handling multimedia Errors 480 . combinational model. picture box. Module 5 Programming Languages – Desired language characteristics. Databases for hard real time systems. Shini (M?C Graw Hill) Reference 1. Option Boxes – Frames . ellipses. master chain model. labels. Kothamangalam clusters. arcs. Frames. main memory databases. Text Book 1. Comboboxes.M Krishna.Event handling procedures – Properties Window – Common properties for Controls. circles – plotting points –Filling figures with colors and patterns – Using clipboards to transfer images between applications Printing graphics and text – Creating animations with Picture clip control applying image effects – stretching. Timer. Flexgrid Control.Event Driven Programming – Languages that support Windows Programming – Visual Basic – Java – Visual C++ Visual Basic Programming: Basic Language features – Variables. Checkboxes. Image box.C. software error models. control statements – Forms – Creating and Using basic Controls – text boxes. blurring. data types.

Functions.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Layers. Optimization. IP packet delivery.Infra red and Radio Transmission. Indirect TCP. Location Management. Access Point Control Protocol (APCP). Mobile telephone systemsSimplified Reference model.11 and 802. Module 2 Wireless Communication Systems -Telecommunication Systems-GSM & DECTArchitecture and Protocols. Cellular systems. Broadcast Systems-Broadcast transmission.11. Dynamic source routing. Frame structure. 2. Ad hoc networks – Routing. handover scenarios. 802. 4. deleting and updating records – Using the Data Control – Using the ADO Data Control Using Windows API: Using DLL Procedures in Visual Basic – Declare statement – Handling C++ and Windows Data types – Playing sound with API funtions – Capturing Images from the screen – Handling mouse outside Applications window – Making an ‘always on top’ window. Registration. Tunneling and Encapsulation.I) R706-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction . Addressing. Handover. 481 . MEO. Reverse Tunneling. 5. Module 4 Mobile Network and Transport Layers . LEO. Module 3 Wireless LAN and ATM . Kothamangalam Module 5 Database Access – Using DAO.Architecture. Transmission. RDO and ADO for accessing databases – Creating tables.Services. Types. Radio Access Layer. Snooping TCP. Dynamic Host configuring protocol.16.Bluetooth. Traditional TCP. Requirements. Comparison between 802.Short History. Digital Video Broadcasting. Visual Basic 6 Programming Black Book Programming Windows fifth Edition Visual Basic Visual Basic Using Visual Basic Steven Holzner (Dreamtech Press) Charles Petzlod (Microsoft Press) Ivan Petrosaus (BPB) Garry Cornell (BPB) Resselman (PHI) MOBILE COMPUTING (ELECTIVE .Mobile IP. Applications and Protocol. Wireless ATM. Reference Model. Requirements. Hierarchical Algorithms. 3. Infrastructure and ad hoc networks. Mobile TCP. inserting.Goals. Multi carrier modulation. Advertisement and discovery.Reference Model. Digital Audio BroadcastingMultimedia Object Transfer Protocol. References 1. DSDV.Satellite Systems-GEO. IPv6.

Tanenbaum. Kothamangalam Module 5 Wireless Application Protocol & World Wide Web WAP. Mobile Communications – Jochen Schiller. Layered systems – Repositories – Interpreters – Process control – Heterogeneous Architectures.I) R706-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Software architecture – Architectural styles – pipes and filters –data abstract and object oriented organization – Event based. Module 5 Tools for architectural design – Unicon – Exploiting style in architectural design environments – Architectural interconnection Reference 1. Communication Networks -Fundamental Concepts and Key Architectures LeonGarcia & Indra Widjaja. Module 2 Shared Information Systems – Integration in software Development Environment – Integration in the design of Buildings – Architectural structures for based information systems Module 3 Guidance for user interface architecture Artificial design space – Formal models and specifications-The value of architectural formalism – Formalizing the architecture of a specific system – Formalizing the architectural style – Formalizing an architectural design space Module 4 Linguistic issues .Mary Shaw.Wireless Telephony Application.Requirements for architecture – Description languages – first class connectors – Adding implicit invocation to factorial processing languages. Transaction. Preason Education Asia References 1. Computer Networks – Andrew S.Architecture. WWW. Script. Software Architecture – perspectives on an emerging discipline. PHI 482 . Usage of HTML. Session. Text Book 1. David Garlan.HTTP. PHI 2. Tata McGraw Hill SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE (ELECTIVE .-Wireless Application Environment-WML. implicit invocation. WWW system architecture.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Protocols-Datagram.Features.

numerical aperture propagation of optical beams in fibres. PHI. Avalanche photo diodes. Non linear systems. Module 3 Optical Detectors: PN junction photo diodes. Principles of operations of various OAs – SLAs. Introduction to solitons –Solitons communications using lumped amplifiers. SNR. Transmission link analysis.Senior. Kothamangalam OPTICAL COMMUNICATION T 706-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Optical fibres: Graded index and step index fibres. 2. characteristics and properties. Optical Fibre Communications. 5. Comparison of performance. scattering and radiation losses. 3. Optical digital communications. absorption. Optical Communication Systems – Gowar. Bit error Rate performance.refractive index profiles. Comparison of performance. 6. material and wave guide dispersion. 4th Edition. advantage of coherent optical communications. PN Photo detectors. Optical Fibre Communications. losses in fibres.Palais. FBA. Wheeler Pub.attenuation.Joseph C. Mode characteristics and cut off conditions (mathematical derivations required). References 1. Narosa Publishing. Pearson Education.Gerd Keiser. fibre amplifiers (FRA. mono and hetero structures – internal – quantum efficiency . Optical Communication Components & Systems – Franz & Jain. Optical sources : Light Emitting diodes – LED structures – surface and edge emitters. Fiber Optic Communications. Module 4 Optical communication systems: Direct detection and heterodyne receivers. Optical amplifiers (OAs): Need for OAs. EDFA). PHI 483 . MCVD technique for fibre fabrication. Fibre Optic Communication – D C Agarwal. construction. . injection laser diode structures – comparison of LED and ILD. point to point links – system consideration – link power budget and rise time budget. Module 2 Signal distortion in fibres – Intra model and inter model distortion – group delay . Mc Graw Hill.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 4. Module 5 Classification of light wave systems – linear systems: Intensity modulated Direct Detection (IMDD) and coherent systems.

in general. Adobe Photoshop. PROJECT & SEMINAR T 709/ T 808 0+0+3 Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. services and applications 9. Transformations e. Web page design with HTML 3. 4. reflect the state of the art technology. Point plotting b. Multimedia development using PowerPoint. Kothamangalam MULTIMEDIA LAB T 707 1. Programs for a. 3D Studio. Curves 2. On completion of the project work in the 8th semester. Familiarization of latest multimedia development tools. Digital optical communication experiments based on optical communication kits / benches 3. Line and Polygon clipping d. Design of digital filters (software simulation using MATLAB/ SIMULINK) 5. 4. Hidden line elimination f. DFT Implementation using software simulation (MATLAB/ SIMULINK) 6. Study of Internet-accessing. Report should be submitted to the department. FFT. Digital communication experiments based on trainer kits. Analog optical communication experiments based on optical communication kits / benches 2. In addition to the seminar. the students shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide (s). Study of modems-NIC-Cable connectors and their usages 8. each student shall present the work done before a panel of staff members. and submit a report of the project work to the department. Study of transmission media – coaxial cables – Types-Hubs-Bridges-RepeatersRouters-Gateways –Switches 7. Line and circle drawing c. 484 . Simple network programming experiments in Java. The paper should. 0+0+3 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LAB T 708 0+0+3 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam EIGHTH SEMESTER 485 .

Text Books Module1.William S. Module 2 OS Security – Protection Mechanisms –Authentication & Access control – Discretionary and Mandatory access control – Authentication mechanisms – Official levels of computer security (DoD) .Ranjan Bose. TMH 486 . Pearson Education Asia 2. Pearson Education Asia 2.Types of a holes – Study of the security features for authentication.William Stallings. Modern operating System . 4 1..Security breaches – Concept of a hole .Andrew S.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Information theory coding and cryptography . Pearson Education Asia Module2 1. access control and remote execution in UNIX. Module 5 Database Security: . Network Security Essentials Applications & Standards . Using JAVA 2 platform . Prentice Hall of India Module3 1. Worm – Security services and mechanisms. Kothamangalam SECURITY IN COMPUTING RT 801 2+1+0 Module1 Introduction: Security basics – Aspects of network security – Attacks – Different types – Hackers – Crackers – Common intrusion techniques –Trojan Horse.Security issues – SQL security DAC based on granting & revoking privileges – MAC 4 multilevel security – Statistical database security.Security mechanisms in JAVA platform – Applet security – Security policy and SecurityManager. Virus. WINDOWS 2000 Module 3 Cryptography: Basic Encryption & Decryption – Transposition & substitution ciphers – Caesar substitution – Polyalphabetic substitutions – Crypt analysis – Symmetric key algorithms – Fiestel Networks – Confusion – Diffusion – DES Algorithm – Strength of DES – Comparison & important features of modern symmetric key algorithms – Public key cryptosystems – The RSA Algorithm – Diffice Hellman key exchange – comparison of RSA & DES – Message Authentication & Hash functions – Digital signature Module 4 Network & Application Security: Kerberos – X509 Authentication service – IP security Architecture – Secure socket layer – Electronic mail security – Pretty Good privacy – S/MIME – secure Electronic Transactions – Firewalls .Joseph L. Tanenbaum. Weber. Cryptography and network security principles and practice .

2. 487 . Designing security Architecture Solutions . EIS. Managerial Grid. market. Automation of Decision making. Miller P.G. Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network . Algorithms and Architecture .E. Basic concepts of Data Mining. John wiles Designing Security Architecture Solutions – Jay Ramachandran. ERP & Related technologies. 3. Management and organizational behaviour.Jaisal. Implementing IPv6 . Implementation Life cycle. Future direction in ERP. Classical and systems approach to organization. Leadership Styles. Conceptual system design.Shea. detailed system design.Mark A. Mastering JAVA security: Cryptography. General management system. Information systems for decision making. ERP-modules. Wiley Dreamtech 8. NCC Blackwell Manchester Oxford 7. Wiley dreamtech Firewalls Complete .Charles P. Module 3 Management Information systems. Knowledge based decision support – Basic concepts only. DSS. benefits.O.Sead Muftic. Factors affecting productivity. Data Bank concept.Sead Muftic. Kothamangalam Module 4. Galgotia Publication Security in Computer Operating System . Management and Systems.Rich Helton. 6. Management science and the Decision rule. 4. Decision Support Tools. Module 2 The management process and information needs. Module 5 Decision Support Systems – Managers and decision making. John wiles References 1. 5. Wiley Dreamtech Module 5 1. Security in Computing . Consultants and Users. Concept of DSS. (Brief study only) Module 4 ERP. Decision assisting Information systems – MIS. ERP. Tasks and functions of Management.Jay Ramachandran. EIS. MIS. Components. IDG Books INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND MANAGEMENT T 802 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction.5 1. DSS. Vendors.Marcus Gonsalvus. Pfleeger IEEE Computer Science Press Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Introduction. Organizational theory. Implementation and maintenance. Data Warehousing and Knowledge Management. Organizational Effectiveness. TMH Networking Technologies . Strategic and Project Planning for MIS.

Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce. Module 3 Electronic Data Interchange EDI – Architecture. Enterprise Resource Planning. Ross & Claggett. Internet based EDI. PHI.Ravi Kalakota & Andrew B Whinston/Pearson Education 488 . Module 4 Intra Organizational E-Commerce Internal Information System. Advertising on the Internet. Multimedia in E-Commerce. EDI Envelope for Message Transport. Managing Information Technology. Risk in Electronic Payment Systems. Corporate Data Warehouses. Credit card based Payment system. Module 5 Recent Trends in E-Commerce Marketing on the Internet. TMH Module 5 3.Commerce and World Wide Web – Internet Service Providers. EDI-Legal. customization and internal Commerce. Text Book 1. Broad Band Telecommunication. Smart Cards. EDI standardization. Asynchronous Transfer Mode.Efraim Turban. Supply Chain Management. Kothamangalam References Module 1. Video Conferencing with Digital Videos. E-Commerce Consumer & Organization Applications. Vikas Publishing E-COMMERCE T803 2+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce E-Commerce Framework. Credit Cards. Frame & Cell Relays. Work-flow Automation and Coordination. Document Library. EDI Gateways. Frontiers of Electronic Commerce . Online payment process. Module 2 Electronic Payment Systems Types of Electronic Payment Systems. E. Aronson.Bhushan Dewan. Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System. advantages of Data Warehouses. EDI and MIME.2&3 1.Alexis Leon.Murdick. Jay E. Value added Network. Information Systems for Modern Management . Pearson Education. Application in Business. Decision Support Systems And Intelligent systems . Designing Electronic Payment Systems. Anatomy of E-Commerce Applications.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 4 2. Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS). Technological Architecture for Internal Commerce. Mobile Computing and Wireless Computing. 4. Types of Digital Documents. Security and Privacy Issues.

3. An Introduction to Artificial Intelligence – Eugene Charniak & Drew McDermot. Text Books Module 1.Problem characteristics – Problem solving by searching. Module 2 Informed search.Heuristic for constraint satisfaction problem – Iterative deepening – Hill climbing – Simulated Annealing.4 1. Artificial Intelligence – A modern approach . Matching and evaluation. Depth – Limited search. Module 3 Game playing and knowledge structures – Games as search problem – Imperfect decisions – Evaluation functions – Alpha – Beta pruning – state of art game programs. Introduction to frames and semantic nets. DFS. Heuristic functions – Inventing Heuristic functions . forward and backward chaining – Resolution.George F Luger.Problems and problem spaces . Kothamangalam References 1.McGraw Hill Booq Company Module 5 3. Module 4 Knowledge and Reasoning – Review of representation and reasoning with Logic – Inference in first order logic. Module 5 Introduction to Prolog – Representing facts – Recursive search – Abstract data types – Alternative search strategies – Meta predicates. Pearson Education Asia Reference 1. meta interpreters – semantic nets & frames in prolog.Commerce The cutting edge of Business . Artificial Intelligence . modus ponens. Global Electronic Commerce – J Christopher Westland & Theodore H K Clark 2. Inference rules involving quantifiers. Pearson Education Asia 2. E. A* algorithm.Kamlesh K Bajaj & Debjani Nag / Pearson Education ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE RT 804 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – Definitions – AI application areas – Example problems.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Unification. Artificial Intelligence .2. Pearson Education Asia 489 . Bi-directional search – Constraint satisfaction search. Uniform cost search.Stuact Russell – Peter Narang.Rich E. Searching strategies – Breadth first search. .

490 . 8.II) CMELRPTA 805-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions.II T 805 List of elective subjects 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Note: New Elective subjects related to the recent trends in Information Technology can be added to this list. unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution. Kothamangalam ELECTIVE . 3. Institutions offering such courses should submit the detailed syllabus and get it approved from the University before offering the course. 4. 7. Beta functions Gamma function. 6. Module 3 Gamma. 2. Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function. 5. CMELRPTA 805-01 RT 805-02 T 805-03 RT 805-04 RT 805-05 RT 805-06 T 805-07 T 805-08 Advanced Mathematics Client Server Computing High Performance Computing Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems Distributed Computing User Interface Design Satellite & Mobile Communication Data Compression 3+1+0 ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE .

Module 2 DESIGNS Fundamentals of client server design .Server communication model.B. Khanna Publishers Generalized functions . New York A Course on Integral Equations .Thilagavathy. 5.Michael D. Module 5 COMMUNICATIONS Network communication .Developing server applications .Advantages and Disadvantages . 9. Asia Numrical methods in Engg. .Kandasamy.semaphore implementations in NT & Netware.Case study Novell Netware and Windows NT .Chand Advanced Engg. Principles of Applied Mathematics . Mathematics . Pearson Edn.context switching pre emptive systems .Chand & co CLIENT SERVER COMPUTING (ELECTIVE .Grewal.mutual exclusion .R. Numerical methods .Optimizing applications for client server Example client server implementations .The costs of Client Server Computing . Addison Wesley.Client Server Databases. John Wiley and sons 8. References Linear Integral Equation .uses . Module 4 SYNCHRONIZATION Scheduling implementations .K. Kothamangalam Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations Classification of second order equations.Greenberge.Processor . Module 3 MULTITASKING Multi programming vs multitasking . S. Academic Press.Client Server Computing & Hetrogenous Computing . John Wiley and Sons.Building portable client server applications. Mathematics .Pipkin.Inter process communication .Child and parent processor .P.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. S.Allen C. K.S.James P.Cross Platform Computing Distributed Computing .Dass. &Science .Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation.F.Keener.Kanwal.Threads .Client server interaction using message.processing queues . 3.Bernard Friedman.semaphores .Communications Techniques protocols & Client server interaction protocols Preparing applications for client server .Gunavathy. Hoskins.H. 491 1. 6. 7. Springer – Verlag Advanced Engg. K. 2. 4.II) RT 805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 INTRODUCTION History .Ram P.Request acceptance dispatching Execution of requests .Advantages and draw backs of multiple processor .Managing the interaction of client and server . Principles and Techniques of Applied Mathematics .critical sections .

Novell Press.Loosely coupled and Tightly coupled multiprocessors . HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING T 805-3 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to parallel processing . BPB.Cube interconnection networks Parallel algorithms for array processors .Jeffrey D. Module 2 Principles of pipelining and vector processing .Static vs dynamic networks . Module 3 Array processors .mesh connected networks . Galgotia.David Vaskevitch. 5.Instruction and Arithmetic pipelines – Design of Pipilined instruction unit-Prinnciples of Designing Pipeline ProcessorsInstruction prefetch and branch handling. Guide to Client Server Databases . McGraw Hill. Client Server Strategies .Language features to exploit parallelism .Data driven computing and Languages . Elements of Parallel computing .Process synchronisation mechanisms. Rajaraman . Kothamangalam References 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.V. 4.SIMD matrix multiplication-Parallel sorting on array processors .Indian contribution to parallel processing.Parallel computer structures-Architecture classification schemes .PHI 492 . Module 4 Multiprocessor architectures and Programming .Interconnection networks .Data flow computers architectures . Computer Architecture & Parallel Processing .Linear pipelining .Architecture of Cray-1. Novell's Guide to Client-Server Application & Architecture . 3.Trends towards parallel processing Parallelism in uniprocessor .Schqnk.Static data flow computer -Dynamic data flow computer Data flow design alternatives.Kai Hwang & FayeA.Dawna Travis Dewire.Joe Salemi. 2.Inman.SIMD array processors .Classification of pipeline processors . Client Server Computing . Text Book 1.Dynamic pipelines . BPB.Memory organization.Interconnection networks .Associative array processing .General pipelines .H. Module 5 Dataflow computers . Developing Client Server Applications -W. McGraw Hill References 1.Briggs.

Module 3 Modeling behavior Simulation: The process construct – programming constructs – the wait statement – attributes – generating clocks and periodic waveforms – using signals – modeling state machines – constructing VHDL models – programming errors. Super Computers .Wiely arstern Parellel Processing for Super Computers & AI . and selected signal assignment statements. Rajaraman . 3. PHI ANALYSIS AND MODELING OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . Synthesis: Interface from declarations. Pearson Edn High Performance Computer Architecture . Fountain and Kacsuk. Architecture and Programming – Rajaraman & Murthy. Arirban Basu. 6. Addison Wesley. flip flop – the wait statement – state machine.Sudhakar Yalamanchili.Vijay P. 7. Asok K. Kothamangalam 2.V.Kai Hwange & Douglas Degneot Mc Graw Hill Advanced computer Architecture . propagation delays and concurrency – waveforms and timing – signal values – shared signals – simulation model – synthesis model – Field Programmable Gate Arrays.Sima. Text Book 1. conditional signal assignment statements. variables – latch vs. abstraction and accuracy – generics – component instantiation and synthesis – the generate statement Subprograms: functions – procedures – sub program and operator overloading – packages and libraries.Role of hardware description language. Module 2 Basic language concepts simulation: signals – Entity architecture – concurrent statements – Constructing VHDL models using CSAs – delays. Synthesis: language directed view – inference from within process – issues – signals vs. 493 . Asok V.Harold S.Modeling digital systems – events.II) RT 805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to VHDL: Digital system design .Bhatkar. 8.Joshi. Advanced Computing . Parallel Computers. Pearson Education Asia. Module 5 Basic I/O operations – the package TEXTIO – ASSERT statement – terminology and directory structure – simulation mechanics – synthesis mechanics – identifiers – data objects – data types – operators. Stone. 5. simple CSA statements. Module 4 Modeling structure: Describing structure – structural VHDL model – hierarchy.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Sharma. 4. Introductory VHDL .

Pearson Education Asia 2.II) RT805-5 3+1+0 Module I Introduction Introduction to Distributed Systems. Distributed shared memory – Architecture. synchronizations. Threads – scheduling. Message passing – features. CODA. importance of good design. structure of shared memory space. Group communication. design issues.II) RT 805-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction Importance of user interface – definition. PHI USER INTERFACE DESIGN (ELECTIVE . Network technologies and protocols – overview. characteristics. Module 2 Distributed file system File service components. Task assignment approach. Process migration mechanisms. References 1. interfaces. DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING (ELECTIVE . brief history – Graphical User Interface – Web User Interface – Principles of User interface design.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Zainalabedin Navabi.Concepts and designing . centralized and distributed approaches.Andrew S. 494 . Jean Dellimore Tim Kindberg. Byzantine failures. Pearson Education Asia 2. VHDL primer . Deadlocks in distributed systems – detection and prevention. load balancing. stub generation. McGraw Hill. RPC – model. marshalling. messages. Name services – SNS name service model. Distributed Operating Systems . mutual exclusion Module 4 Resource and Process management Features of scheduling algorithms.intention lists. replacement strategy. Analysis and modeling of digital systems . Kothamangalam References 1. Sun Network File System – architecture and implementation. Synchronization – clock synchronization. AMOBEAoverview. MACH. design issues. Module 5 Consistency maintenance Transaction recovery – methods. evolution. Distributed Systems – Concepts and designing .Sinha. load sharing. Module 3 Communication in distributed systems Client server communication.J Bhaskar. other distributed file systems – AFS. event ordering.George Coulouris. implementation techniques.Pradeep. K. design issues. thrashing. Server management. Fault tolerance – failures. user requirements. Distributed Operating Systems . implementation. Tenenbaum Pearson Education Asia 3.

Module 5 Software tools Specification methods. Text Books 1.uses. Human Computer Interaction – John M. Wiley Dreamtech 2. organizing screen elements. choosing colours. Selection of device based and screen based controls . digitization and generation – image and video displays – printers. Module 2 Multiple access Techniques. interface building tools Interaction devices: keyboard and function keys . The Essentials of User Interface Design . The Essential Guide to User Interface Design – Wilbert O.Alan Cooper. Designing the User Interface – Ben Shneiderman. Wiley Dreamtech SATELLITE AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION T 805-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Satellite Communication – review of basic concepts . Pearson Education Asia 2. Human consideration. Kothamangalam Module 2 Design Process Human Interaction with computers. Carroll. Satellite earth station.pointing devices.ordering of screen data and content – screen navigation and flow – visually pleasing composition – amount of information – focus and emphasis – presenting information simply and meaningfully – information retrieval on web – Statistical graphics – Technological considerations in Interface Design. Pearson Education Asia References 1.text and messages – icons and images – Multimedia – colours. Human Interaction speeds – Understanding Business function Module 3 Screen Designing Design goals . Frequency plan and reuse Transponders. special purpose communication satellite.emerging trends in communication satellites. Galitz. selection of windows.speech recognition.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.screen meaning and purpose.orbits – Geosynchronous and sun synchronous orbits – Kepler laws – power systems and eclipses – station keeping – altitude control and stabilization. relative power levelsTransmission path and path loss – power and link budget calculations – S/N ratiosaturation flux density and noise consideration – EIRP. problems. satellite launch vehicles. Importance of Human Characteristics. 495 . Module 4 Windows and components Menus and navigation schemes.

Applications of spread Spectrum. channels and codes – components of compression system – issues – quantization – optimal and adaptive quantization.fixed rate Vs variable rate – lossless Vs lossy compression – sources. Mobile and Personal Communication System and Services – Raj Pandya. CDMA cellular radio network. Electronics Communication 4th ed .Tom Lodgdon.Dennis Roody & John Coolen. Advanced intelligent network (AIN). Module 3 Transform coding – orthogonal transformations – bit allocation – performance gain of transform coding – sub band coding – coding based on models of human perception (human auditory system and visual system) Module 4 Vector quantization – introduction – memoryless vector quantizers – llyod algorithm – vector quantization design – tree structured VQ – multistep VQ – product codes – grain/shape VQ – lattice VQ – feedback vector quantization – 496 . Mobile Communications Satellite (Theory and Applications) . Khanna Publishers. Intelligent cell concept. Mc Graw Hill Satellite Communications . 5. 4. Time hopping. 2. Module 4 Mobile cellular communications – introduction – basic cellular systemperformance criteria – uniqueness of mobile radio environment – operation of cellular systems – elements of cellular radio system design – general description – Frequency reuse – co channel interference reduction factor – desired C/I from a normal case in an omni directional antenna systems – hand off mechanism – cell splitting – consideration of the components of cellular system. PHI Mobile Cellular Telecommunication -William C. Hybrid and Chirp spread spectrum systems. 3.D C Agarwal. Module 5 Digital cellular systems – multiple access schemes – Global Systems for Mobile (GSM).Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. References 1.TDMA-CDMA-Miscellaneous Mobile systems.Y Lee. Module 2 Predictive coding – DPCM – linear prediction – adaptive prediction – delta modulation – adaptive delta modulation. PHI DATA COMPRESSION T 805-8 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – signal compression . Kothamangalam Module 3 Spread spectrum Communication – Direct Sequence or Pseudo noise. Frequency hopping. Mc Graw Hill. AIN for mobile communications.

Gray R. Kondoz A. 7. – Prentice Hall. Module 5 Compression standards – CELP standard for speech – JPEG standard for still images – ISO/MPEG standard for audio and video – introduction to fractal image compression – application of wavelet analysis in signal compression – data compression – review of entropy coding – Huffman. channel capacity – redundancy and efficiency of a channel. 6. 4. conditional and joint entropies – relation among entropies – mutual information. Digital Video/Audio Compression. Addison Wesley & Longman Inc..M & Bopadikar A. The Data compression book. 5. Kothamangalam vector predictive quantization – vector tree and trellis coders – adaptive VQ – VQ for speech coding – VQ for image coding. Kluwer Academic Publishers.M. 497 T 806-01 RT 806-02 RT 806-03 RT 806-04 RT 806-05 RT 806-06 RT 806-07 T 806-08 Information Theory and Coding Embedded Systems Neural Network Genetic Algorithm and Applications Advanced Networking Trends Data Processing and Analysis Techniques Bio metrics Fuzzy Systems 3+1+0 . Institutions offering such courses should submit the detailed syllabus and get it approved from the University before offering the course. 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.M.III T 806 List of elective subjects 1. McGrawHill. 2. Solari S. INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING T 806-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Information Theory: Concept of amount of information. 2. arithmetic and ziv – lempel coding. digital Coding of Waveforms – Principle and /applications to Speech and Video. Rao R. References 1. 4. Jean & Loup Gailly.S & Noll P. Digital Speech. 3. Jayant N. information rate. Vector Quantization and Signal Compression. marginal.S. Gersho A. Nelson M. John Wiley. runlength. 6. units – entropy. ELECTIVE .J. Note New Elective subjects related to the recent trends in Information Technology can be added to this list. 3. BPB publications. Wavelet Transforms – Introduction to Theory and Applications. 8.

. Ltd. optimum modulation systems. public key cryptography.encoding – time and frequency domain approaches. S. Principles of Digital Communication . burst error correction –block and convolutional interleaving. 5. Module 4 Cyclic codes – description – generator and parity check matrices – encoding of cyclic codes – syndrome computation and error detection. Diffie. Huffman Coding. coding efficiency and redundancy. Sathya Narayana Probability Dynaram Publications. Englewood Cliffs. Error Control Coding Fundamental s and Application . noiseless.Simon Haykin.Costello Prentice Hall Inc. NJ. Module 3 Codes for error detection and correction -parity check coding – linear block codes – error detecting and correcting capabilities – generator and parity check matrices – standard array and syndrome decoding – Hamming codes – encoding and decoding.description and decoding. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Communication Systems . Module 2 Source coding: Instantaneous codes – construction of instantaneous codes – Kraft’s inequality. Information and Coding Theory . 2. coding theorem – construction of basic source codes –Shannon –Fano Algorithm. Wiley Eastern Ltd. digital signatures. Reed Solomon codes. 3. binary erasure channel (BEC). DES. 4. Sequential decoding – Stack Algorithm. References 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Mullick & Chatterjee. New Delhi. 498 .Hellman Public key distribution – RSA system. Bangalore.Shu Lin & Daniel J. Cryptography: Secret key Cryptography. P. state. Module 5 Convolutional codes . Shannon – Hartley theorem – band width – SNR trade off – capacity of a channel of infinite bandwidth . Principles of Communication Systems .Das. ARQ schemes – performance of ARQ – Probability of error and throughput. decoding of cyclic codes. Tree and Trellis diagrams – Transfer function and minimum free distance – maximum likelihood decoding of convolutional codes – The Viterbi Algorithm. John Wiley & Sons Pvt. deterministic and noiseless channels – capacity of band limited Gaussian channels.Taub & Schilling.Dr. block and stream ciphers. Kothamangalam symmetric channels – binary symmetric channel (BSC). BCH codes.

Learning . NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE -III) RT806-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction .III) RT806-2 3+1+0 Module1 Overview of Embedded System Embedded System. Appliance Control using Jini. Micro-Controller Architecture. Mobile Java Applications. Embedded Operating systems.Linear separability . Serial Communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-controllers. Embedded System Development Process. Text Book 1. Communication devices. Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics. Programming for Embedded Systems . Energy Meter Readings.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Handheld computers. Module 4 Real Time & Database Applications Real-Time Embedded Software Development. Control System. Module 5 Java Applications & Future Trends in Embedded Systems Networked Java-Enabled Information Appliances. PC-to-PC Communication. System on a Chip (SOC).Perception Representation .Training artificial neural networks . Fundamentals of Embedded Software where C and Assembly Meet – Daniel W Lewis. Sending a Message over a Serial Link. Protocol Converter.Single layer & multilayer networks . Module 2 Embedded Hardware & Software Development Environment Hardware Architecture. Requirements of Embedded Systems. Categories of Embedded System. Wiley Dreamtech Reference 1. Kothamangalam EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . Challenges and Issues in Embedded Software Development.activation functions . Embedded Applications over Mobile Network example MP3 Sound Player. Embedded Database Applications using examples like Salary Survey.Training algorithms. Types of Embedded Operating systems.artificial neuron . Communication Interface Standards. Biomedical Systems. Voice-over-IP.Dreamtech Software Team.Principles . Module 3 Embedded Communication System Serial Communication. Smart Cards and the Cashless Society. Embedded Process Control System. Simulation of a Process Control System. 499 . Security in Embedded Systems. Controlling an Appliance from the RTLinux System.

Text Book 1.III) RT806-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Architecture-Altering Operations Introduction.Artificial specific heat methods .Elements of GPPS 2.Local minima . Module 5 Hopfield nets .Pay Y.Previous Work on Automated Analog Circuit Synthesis.Training the cohenen layer .Adaptive resonance theory .Bidirectional associative memories .Cart Centering.0 Problems Illustrating GPPS 2.Implimentation. Module 3 Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer . Neural Computing Theory & Practice .stability .Applications .Philip D. Previous Methods of Determining the Architecture of a Multi-Part Program .0-Problems Illustrating GPPS 1. 3.0 . Transmembrane Segment Identification Problem using Architecture-Altering Operations for Iterations-Fibonacci Sequence.Statistical Hopfield networks . An Introduction to neural computing .Cauche training .Pre initialising the wright vectors . Loops. Module 2 Genetic Programming Problem Solver (GPPS) Elements of GPPS 1.Continous BAM .H.Recurrent networks .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.applications Thermo dynamic systems .Rotating the Tires on an Automobile – Boolean Parity Problem. Recursion.Training the Grosbery layer Full counter propagation network .temporal instability. 500 .Associative memory . Wasserman.Chapman & Hall GENETIC ALGORITHMS AND APPLICATIONS (ELECTIVE .Training algorithm .Application.On the origin of new function. Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks . Module 3 Automated synthesis of analog electrical circuits Synthesis of a Low-pass Filter and High-pass Filter The Role of Crossover in Genetic Programming.Simon Haykins 2. Kothamangalam Module 2 Back Propagation .Architecture-Altering operations for Subroutines -Automatically Defined Iterations.0 .Architecture classification .Boltzmann’s Training .Applications to general non-linear optimization problems.Using Architecture Altering Operations for Subroutines. References 1.Time-Optimal Robot Control Problem Multi-Agent Problem .statistical properties . Neural Networks . Storage.network configurations Network paralysis . Module 4 Statistical methods . SelfOrganization of Hierarchies and Program Architecture .

AAL5 – ATM addressing – UNI Signaling – PNNI Signalling Module 4 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION: Satellite communication principles .Security 501 .block schematic of satellite earth station .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Fast Ethernet. Kean.Transmission channels .applications in personnel communication. (basic ideas only) Module 5 Wireless Lan – Infrared Vs Radio transmission – Infrastructure & ad hoc n/w – IEEE 802. AAL3/4.Parallelisation of Genetic Programming –Implementation Issues.Geo stationary satellites . B-ISDN.ISDN interface. Martin A. Kothamangalam Module 4 Evolvable Hardware Evolvable Hardware and Rapidly Re-configurable Field-Programmable Gate Arrays Discovery of cellular Automata Rules: Discovery of a Cellular Automata Rule for the Majority Classification Problem. Wireless Ethernet – SONET – Sonet multiplexing. Johin R.11 – Hiper Law – Bluetooth – Physical Layer – MAC layer – Networking . Koza. Morgan Kaufmann. Module 3 ATM – ATM Principles – BISDN reference model – ATM layers – ATM adaption Layer – AAL1. Forrest H Bennett III.Protocol architecture .Definition . Module 5 Programmatic Motifs for molecular Biology Automatic Discovery of Protein Motifs –Programmatic Motifs and the Cellular Location Problem. “ Genetic Programming III: Darwinian Invention and Problem Solving”.System architecture . Gigabit Ethernet. Sonet frame structure Module 2 ISDN .VSAT . David Andre. ADVANCED NETWORKING TRENDS (ELECTIVE – III) RT806-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Ethernet Technology – Frame format – Interface Gap – CSMA/CD – 10 mbps Ethernet. Parallelization and Implementation Issues: Computer Time. 1999. Reference 1. AAL2.VSAT networks .

Module 2 Table Handling – Occur clause – PERFORM verb – SET verb. Roy & D Ghosh Dastidar. Tata McGraw Hill 2. Module 5 Data mining – Definitions.E. James L. Structured COBOL Programming.2.Jawei Han & Micheline Kamber (Morgan Kunfmann Pub. Module 3 Processing of various file structures in COBOL Language – File description – Fixed Length Record – Statements – Sequential File with variable length record – Sorting and merging of files – Direct access files.Pieter Adriaans. Mobile Communication .) 4. sections and paragraphs -Table writing . Jr. COBOL programming .III) RT806-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to COBOL programming -elements of COBOL divisions.. Data mining Concepts and Techniques. Structured COBOL .M. KDD Vs Data mining. References 1. An introduction to Computer Networking . Module 4 Data warehousing – Definition – Multidimentional datamodel – OLAP operation – Data warehouse architecture – Warehouse Server – Metadata – OLAP Engine.3 1. statements-conditions and conditional statements. Issues and Challenges in DM – DM application areas.K. PHI Module 1. Tata McGraw Hill 2. Dolf Zantinge. Communication Networks Fundamental Concepts & Key Architecture . SEARCH verb – Occurs depending clause – Sorting a Table. Data mining Techniques .Jochen Schiller. Person Education Asia 5.complete program in COBOL using various options verbs. Kazmier (Tata McGraw Hill) 502 . DBMS Vs DM – DM Techniques. S. Data Mining . Antonakos. Kothamangalam References Module 1 1. Philippakis & Leonard.Arun K Pujari (Universal Press) 3. J.LeonGarcia – Widjaja. Pearson Education Asia DATA PROCESSING AND ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE .A. Rajasekar & S.Kenneth C Mansfield.Selvi (Anuradha Agencies) 6.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

BAPI) . Kothamangalam BIOMETRICS (ELECTIVE . Biometrics -Identify Verification in a Networked World .Samir Nanavati.AFIS (automatic fingerprint Identification systems)-Behavieral Biometrics-Signature scan-Key stroke Scan.features – components – operation (steps) – competing iris scan technologies – strength and weakness Voice scan . α – cuts (decomposition of a fuzzy set). Raj Nanavati. Michael Thieme. Module 2 Subsethood – basic definition based on membership functions.(BioAPI.Biometric middleware. 503 . support of a fuzzy set. Extension of fuzzy sets concepts – type –2 and level 2 fuzzy sets – examples. Module 5 Biometrics Application – Biometric Solution Matrix-Bioprivacy-Comparison of privacy factor in different biometrics technologies .WILEY-dreamtech FUZZY SYSTEMS T 806-8 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Fuzzy sets and systems. The law of the excluded middle and law of contradiction on fuzzy sets.Designing privacy sympathetie biometric systems-Biometric standards . Basics of fuzzy sets membership function. complement. height – normalized fuzzy set. Properties of fuzzy sets operations (logical proof only).Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. intersection and union equality.features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness Module 4 Other physiological biometrics-Handscan-retina scan. set theoretic definitions on fuzzy sets.features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness Module 3 Iris scan . Reference 1.III) RT806-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – Benefits of biometric security – verification and identification – basic working of biometric matching – accuracy – false match rate – false nonmatch rate – failure to enroll rate – derived metrics – layered biometric solutions Module 2 Finger scan – features – components – operation (steps) – competing finger scan technologies – strength and weakness Facial scan .

max. transitivity.Theory and Applications . 6. Module 4 Fuzzy relation. Man & Cybernetics. 4. INTERNET LAB T 807 1. Prentice Hall. No. January 1973. Operations on fuzzy relations – projection.Klir and Yuan. computation of the meaning of values of a linguistic variable.Bart Kosko. Bart Kosko . typical parameterized t – norms and s-norms (with simplified proof). Prentice Hall of India. References 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic. 4. 3. Extension principle and its applications. Fuzzy Thinking. fuzzy algorithms. Similarity relations – reflexivity. Implementation of Search Engine Web Development with JSP and EJB Familiarization to the latest web development tools 0+0+4 (Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT 605 and RT 705 can be substituted) 504 .C. Prentice Hall. 6. JAVA script. fuzzy engineering – applications of fuzzy controls. 2. pp 28-44 5. JAVA beans. and min. compositions cylindric extension. t -norms and t -conorms (s-norms) on fuzzy sets. 5. vol.. SMC – 3. Module 5 Further operations on fuzzy sets and proposed by Zadeh – concentration dilation. symmetry. and max. IEEE Trans on Systems. Associated Press. case studies. Familiarization of Internet Accessing and Trouble shooting Internet Programming with JAVA applets Web development with XML. algebraic sum – product. 2. drastic sum product.Hooper Collins Publications. contrast Intensification.T Lin & C. a linguistic hedges. Resolution form of a binary fuzzy relation. Neural Fuzzy Systems . – min.1. Fuzzy Engineering . 3. Fuzzy Systems Hand Book .Earl Cox.S George Lee. bounded sum – product. Kothamangalam Module 3 Operations on fuzzy sets – intersection.

At the time of viva voce. VIVA VOCE T 809 A comprehensive viva voce examination will be conducted to assess the student’s overall knowledge in the specified field of Engineering. and submit a report of the project work to the department.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 505 . reflect the state of the art technology. In addition to the seminar. certified report of seminar. Kothamangalam PROJECT & SEMINAR T 709 / T808 0+0+4 Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. On completion of the project work in the 8th semester. mini project and project work are to be presented for evaluation. Report should be submitted to the department. in general. each student shall present the work done before a panel of staff members. The paper should. the students shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide (s).

TECH.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS APPLIED ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING BRANCH 506 . Kothamangalam B.

Kothamangalam THIRD SEMESTER 507 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Module 2 Vector integral calculus: Line.Khanna publishers.simple problems. .trapezoidal ruleSimpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule. 6. 3.harmonic and orthogonal properties. δ .surface and volume integrals. Numerical methods in Science and Engineering: M K Venkataraman.solutions of difference equations. Higher Engg.Mc Graw Hill.construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts. Numerical integration. ez. 1/z. 508 . Theory and Problems of Vector analysis: Murray Spiegel.PHI.gradient .problems using Stirling’s formula. Mathematics: B.difference equations . Pub.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.National Pub.complex potential. Sin z.central differences.conservative field – identities . S.Stoke’s theorem and Gauss divergence theorem.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula. z + k2/z bilinear transformation.application of Green’s theorem. 4. E. Grewal. Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.divergence and curl of a vector function .II CMELPA 301 3+1+0 Module 1 Vector differential calculus: Differentiation of vector functions.work done by a force along a path. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyzing. Module 3 Function of complex variable: Definition of analytic function and singular pointsderivation of C.Wiley Eastern. Advanced Engg. Module 4 Finite differences: meaning of ∆.invariant property. µ.simple problems. Module 5 Difference Calculus: Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .scalar and vector fields. Advanced Engineering Mathematics: Michael D Greenberg.conformal transformation of functions like Zn. 5.Schaum’s.Newton-Cote’s formula. References 1.R. Numerical methods: S Balachandra Rao.scalar potential. equations in Cartesian co-ordinates.cross ratio.University Press.their physical meaning directional derivative .simple problems. 2.

hybrid and transmission parameters of two port networks. 5. – Condition for self excitation – field critical resistance – critical speed – Load characteristics of generators – Losses – power flow diagram – efficiency – Condition for maximum efficiency – Applications.Mesh and Node voltage Analysis – Coupled circuits – Dot conventions – Analysis of coupled circuits.C.Maximum power transfer theoremTellegen’s theorem.Laplace Transform.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.DC&AC transients.Fourier analysis of periodic signalsTrignometric and exponential forms.C.Voltage and Current ratios of two . Passive filters as two port networks. Sudhakar & S P ShyamMohan Network and Systems -D Roy Chaudhary Network analysis and synthesis -Franklin F Kuo – John Wiley & Sons Engineering Circuit Analysis -W H Hayt & Jack Kennerly – Mc-Graw Hill ELECTRICAL TECHNONOGY LA 303 2+1+0 Module 1 D.equilibrium equations.set matrix-tie-set matrix. L.Non periodic signals and Fourier transformsFrequency spectrum of periodic waveforms . 509 .C. Module 3 Fourier Analysis and Laplace transform .cut. Module 4 Two-port Networks and Filters .Norton's theorem. PHI Circuits and Networks – analysis & synthesis – A. 2.Generator .E Van Valkenburg.Periodic functionsInitial value and final value Theorems.Analysis of networks. Kothamangalam NETWORK THEORY LA 302 2+1+0 Module 1 Source transformation.High pass and Band pass filters-m-derived filters-Composite filters. Module 2 Network theorems-Super position theorem.Graph of a network -Trees.Review of theorems-Laplace transform of important signal waveforms . Network analysis -M.Reciprocity theorem . References 1.port networks -Admittance.O. Module 5 Network Synthesis – Realizability concept – Hurwitz property – positive realness – properties of positive real function – Synthesis of R.Constant K low pass. 3.Millman's theorem.Thevenin’s theorem. RC and LC driving point functions – Foster and Cauer forms.Characteristics of ideal filtersImage impedance. 4.impedance.co-trees -Incident matrix.Solution of network problems using Laplace transform.

c. – Basic principles of 3 phase tranformer – autotransformer – applications. Pearson Education Electrical Technology: H. References 1. Kothamangalam Module 2 D C motor .effect of temperature and doping on mobility.metalssemiconductors and insulators.C Machines .temperature dependanceconductivity and mobility.direct and indirect semiconductors.EHPs.A C and D C servo motors – synchros – constructional features – working of a tachogenerator – stepper motors – construction. 4. Module 5 Special Machines .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. applications and specifications of stepper motors – universal motors constructional features – typical applications – criteria for selection of motors – electromagnetic relays – contactors.Raina & Bhattacharya Electrical Machines & Power systems: Vincent Del Toro SOLID STATE DEVICES LA 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Energy bands and charge carriers in semiconductors: energy bands.B. 5. working. Electrical & Electronic Technology: Hughes. Module 4 A. 2. 510 .charge carriers in semiconductors: electrons and holes.Rajput Electrical Design Estimating & Costing: K. and s.carrier concentration: fermi level. Cotton Electrical Machines: R.drift and resistance. test – applications – Design of step down transformers like 230/6-0-6V.3 phase induction motors – rotating magnetic field – torque equation – slip – torque-slip characteristics – operating characteristics – starting of 3 phase induction motors – starters – single phase induction motors – constructional features – types – working and characteristics only (no analysis) – constructional features of synchronous machines – principle of operation of alternator – emf equation – regulation by emf and mmf method – principle of operation of synchronous motor – starting of synchronous motor.K.n-material and p-material. Module 3 Transformers . series and compound motors – Losses – efficiency – Brake test – Swinburne’s test – speed control – field control – armature control – series parallel control – applications.hall effect. 3.transformer on no-load and load operation – phasor diagram – equivalent circuit – regulation – losses and efficiency – o.starter – 3 point and 4 point starters – torque equation – speed equation – speed torque – characteristics of shunt.c.intrinsic and extrinsic material.

PHI.Pearson Education Microelectronic Devices . Physics of semiconductor devices .pinch off voltage. 5.Photo diodes: detection principlelight emitting diodes.C filter analysis.volt-ampere characteristics.S M Sze. Pearson Education Integrated electronics – Millman and Halkias.comparison. Kothamangalam Module 2 Diffusion of carriers.short circuit protection.transistor parameters from static characteristics. References 1. 7.Shur.PHI.current components at a junction: majority and minority carrier currents. Solid state electronic devices .Einstein relationcontinuity equation.rectifier actionZener diodes: volt-ampere characteristics. Module 4 Bipolar junction transistors: npn and pnp transistor action.workinganalysis and design. Theory of Semiconductor devices .photo transistors. 511 .zener and avalanche breakdown.h parameter model analysis.current limiting.Mc Graw Hill.I LA 305 3+1+0 Module 1 Rectifiers and Power supplies: Half wave.characteristics.Mc Graw Hill.derivation of diffusion constant D. Module 3 p-n junction diodes: volt-ampere characteristics.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.gate control. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS .schottky transistors. Module 5 Field effect transistors: operation.small signal model.Nagchaudhari.emitter efficiency γ.FET: operation.expression of voltage and current gain. Module 2 Transistor as an amplifier: Transistor at low frequencies. Semiconductor devices – Nagchoudhary.pinch off and saturation.input and output impedance.switching time.CECB and CC configurations. 3.MOS capacitance.IC regulated power supplies.p-n junctions: contact potential.Ben G Streetman.regulated power supplies: series and shuntdesign of regulated power supplies for specified output conditions.capacitance of p-n junctions.open circuited transistor. 2. 4. Physics of semiconductor devices .equilibrium fermi levelsspace charge at junctions.majority and minority carrier distributionterminal currents.control of threshold voltage.Karl Hess.Tata Mc Graw Hill.biasing in active region.Tunnel diodes: tunneling phenomenavolt-ampere characteristics.full wave and bridge rectifiers.MOSFETS: n MOS and p MOS: comparisonenhancement and depletion types.α and β gain factors.Varactor diodes. 6.amplification and switching.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Electronic Principles: Malvino. 6.analysis and design.Data input and output .interactive programming.fixed bias.Recursion. Electronic devices and circuits: J B Gupta. 512 .user defined data types .The conditional operator .function prototypes .PHI.passing arrays in a function – multi dimensional arrays .arithmetic operators . 3. Module 3 Program Structure Storage classes .bias compensationcompensation for ICO and VBE.do while .unions. Arrays: defining an array .FET amplifier: biasing.working and applications.Data types constants .statements .derivation of stability factor for ICO variation.Q point selection.declarations .UJT.expressions .self bias circuits.phase and frequency response.collector to base bias. Functions .Automatic variables .go to statement.passing arguments to a function .analysis and design.The character set .a brief overview .external variables .definition of stability factors. Electronic devices and circuits: Allen Mottershed. 8.specifying argument .passing structure to a function . 7.DC and AC load lines. Electronic devices and circuits: Bogart.S K Kataria & Sons Pub.symbolic constants. Structures and unions: defining a structure .bias stability. printf .astable multivibrator.differentiationtransistor as a switch.PHI.processing an array . COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LA 306 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to C C fundamentals .self referential structures .Tata Mc Graw Hill. Module 5 Wave shaping circuits: clipping. 5.Pearson Edn. scanf.defining a function accesing a function . Module 2 Control Statements While . Kothamangalam Module 3 Transistor Biasing: operating point. Electronic devices and applications: B Somanathan Nair.data types .break .working and design .gets and puts functions . Electronic devices and circuits: Boylsted & Nashelsky.Relational and Logical operators .continue .Pearson Edn.The comma operator .Library functions . Module 4 RC Coupled amplifier: working.RC integration .for . Electronic devices: Floyd.Mc Graw Hill.identifiers and keywords .multi file programs. 4.getchar – putchar. References 1.array and strings. 2.variables and arrays .nested loops -if else switch.processing a structure .UBS. Integrated Electronics: Millman & Halkias.clamping.simple sweep circuit.

Tata Mc Graw Hill.C. 9. Load test on slipring induction motor.command line parameters .C test on single-phase transformer. 8. low level programming .operations on pointers .C. O. The C programming language .passing pointers to a function .creating a data file . PHI. Load characteristics of D. Schaum's series.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Study of star-delta connections. O.macros . 513 .C. Programming with ANSI and Turbo C: Ashok N Kanthane.the C pre-processor. Programming Ansi C . Theory and problems of programming with C. PHI. shunt. 2. Swinburne’s test.Balaguruswamy.C. Programming in C .Venkateshmurthy. 10. Computer Programming . Programming Techniqes through C .Kernighan & Ritche. 4. References 1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB LA 307 0+0+4 1. 2.pointers and multi dimensional arrays. 4.passing functions to other functions. Text Book 1. 5.Ram Kumar. series and compound motors 6. Study of starting of three phase induction motors and load test on squirrel cage induction motor. 5. 7.pointer declaration .C and S.pointers and one dimensional arrays . calculation of efficiency and regulation at different power factors. 12. Pearson Edn. 3.register variables – bit wise operation . Pre-determination of regulation of the alternator by emf and mmf method. Study of stepper and servomotors. 11. 3.Rajaraman. Load test on single phase induction motor. Load test on step-up/step-down transformer. Measurement of Electric power (single phase and three phase) and energy using wattmeter and energy meter. and Load characteristics of D. 6. Kothamangalam Module 4 Pointers Fundamentals .processing a data file.Gottfried. Module 5 Data Files Opening and closing of a data file . Pearson Edn.bit fields enumeration . generators.

Transistor. 0+0+4 Familiarization of CRO. 8. 2. BFW10. BC547. DVM.8. UJT. Determination of Band width. Design of Single stage RC coupled amplifier. Design of FET amplifier. SZ6. Design of Astable multi-vibrator for specified time period . 2N2646. 3. Determination of parameters. Kothamangalam BASIC ELECTRONICS LABORATORY A 308 1. Wave shaping. and verify the results in order to get soldering practice 514 . Simple sweep circuit. Determination of Band width. Familiarization of data sheets of components – OA79.sharpening of edges. BC557. Note Students may assemble the circuits of the experiments on a universal P. 9. RC differentiator & Integrator.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. FET. clamping. 1N4001. 4. 6. 10.B. Simulation of simple circuits using Spice. AF generator etc and Soldering practice. BC107. Design of clipping. 7. Design and testing of DC power supplies for specified output.C. 5. Characteristics .Diode.

Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 515 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation. References 1.simple problems in binomial. Venkataraman. Pearson Education Asia / PHI. single mean and difference of means (proof of theorems not expected). A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar.Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents .II -3rd year Part A & B .simple applications in engineering problems. Khanna Publishers.properties of normal curve . poisson and normal distributions.poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution .. 6.Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms . Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson. Grewal. by the method of variation of parameters –Cauchys equations.K.formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary Functions . Pearson Education Asia. Higher Engineering Mathematics .McGraw Hill. Wiley Eastern Ltd.Sneddon. Elements of Partial Differential Equations . Module 2 Partial Differential Equations . Module 3 Fourier Transforms: .The binomial distribution. Advanced Engg.standard normal curve .B. Engineering Mathematics Vol.its mean and variance .transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity . difference of proportions.S.fitting of binomial & poisson distributions normal distribution .Ian N. Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig.I. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Laxmi Publications Ltd.Finding P. F and Chi square test – Level of significance . 4. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance.inverse transforms . 7.simple problems. 2. National Publishing Company 3.Linear Simultaneous eqns. its mean and variance . Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis. 5. 516 .M.

Frequency modulation .Binary Adders . Pearson Edn. A small TTL Memory.Binary Addition . 6.TTL Overview AND OR.Level Clocking .Three-State Register.Modulo counters .Half Adders . 8.Buffer Registers . McGraw Hill. 2. Kothamangalam DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND LOGIC DESIGN LA 402 3+1+0 Module 1 Gates –Inverter .Ring counters .Karnaugh maps – Pairs – Quads .RAMs.RS Latches .theory517 . 4. Module 4 Flip Flops . COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.2’s Complement . Digital Logic and state machine design: Comer.Synchronous Counters .Open-Collector Gates – CMOS gates. PHI Digital Integrated Electronics: Taub and Shilling.mathematical representationfrequency spectrum . 5.Edge-Triggered D & T Flip-Flops . 3.Full Adders . ROMs – PROMs and EPROMs .TTL Circuits Digital Integrated Circuits .OR Gates .Amplitude modulation . Multiplexers .Algebraic Simplification .7400 Devices .Binary Subtraction .power relation.and Octets Karnaugh Simplifications .Ripple Counters .decoder and encoder. Oxford.USB & LSB. Module 2 Boolean Algebra and Karnaugh Maps . Digital electronic principles and applications: A K Maini.Controlled Shift Registers .NOR Gates . Khanna Pub.Boolean Relations .AND gates . Logic and computer design fundamentals: M Morris Mano.TTL Characteristics . Pearson Edn. 7.Edge-Triggered JK Master-slave Flip-Flop.signed Binary Numbers . References 1. Mc Graw Hill. Module 3 Arithmetic-Logic Units . Module 5 Registers and Counters .De Morgan’s Theorems NAND Gates – EXCLUSIVE .Sum-of-Products method .2’sComplement Adder-Subtractor. Digital Fundamentals: Floyd.Tristate Inverter . Digital electronic principles: Malvino and Leach.Don’t-Care Conditions.I LA403 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: communication systems – Modulation . Digital electronics: D C Green.OR gates .Shift Registers .theory.D Latches . Pearson Edn.need for modulationbandwidth. Fundamentals of digital circuits: A Anand Kumar.NOT Gates .de-multiplexers .

Electronic telephone block schematic of a telephone set.Power line communication: block schematic explanationFacsimile .amplitude limiting .block schematic of single line analog SLIC board .Mc Graw Hill.Telephone subscribers loop circuit . Electronic and radio engineering: A P Mathur. 4.superheterodyne receiver . Module 2 Radio transmitters: AM transmitter .varactor diode modulator.Pulse and tone signaling .PHI. Module 3 Radio receivers: Tuned radio frequency receiver.circuit explanation .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.selectivity.suppression of carrier balanced modulator . 6.reactance modulator.RF amplifiers .PHI.simple and delayed AGC .suppressed carrier receiver Vestigial side band transmission .importance of IF .filtering of unwanted sideband .explanation of components -r parameters in terms of h parameters -Tuned amplifiers -principle single tuned and double tuned amplifiers -frequency response -applications (no analysis) -multistage amplifiers -frequency response.II LA 404 3+1+0 Module1 High frequency equivalent circuit of a transistor. Electronic Communication systems: George Kennedy.Pearson Edn. Modern communication Systems: Couch. Kothamangalam mathematical representation. Hybrid pi model .Automatic gain control circuit .schematic explanation .ratio detectors.transmitter and receiver responses .Electronic private automatic branching exchange basic block schematic.block diagram .FM receivers .Mixer circuits .Frequency assignments .circuit explanation.frequency spectrum. Module 4 Side band communication: Single side band transmission .FM transmitter . Electronic communication Systems: Wayne Tomasi.block schematic explanation .SSB receivers .subscribers line interface circuit . Telephony and Carrier current engineering: P N Das. Electronic communication: Roody and Coolen.comparison of AM.block schematic explanation .two wire repeaters .advantages of VSB in television. 5.FAX transmitter and receiver.Amstrong modulator. References 1.phase discriminator. Module 5 Telephone Systems .IF amplifiers . 518 .PM.Solid state modulators circuit explanation.image frequency rejection AM receivers . ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS .block schematic.FM. 3.sensitivity. 2.Phase modulation.FM demodulators: slope detectors.simple diode detector .pilot carrier receiver .

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. negative.Fourier Transform and properties. References 1.Singularity functions (impulse and step functions). class B. Discrete form of special functions.Causality . Sampling Theorem. voltage. Integrated electronics -Millman & Halkias. 2.applications. 5. Mc Graw Hill Electronic principles -Malvino Electronic devices and circuits -Bugart Microelectronics Digital and Analogue -Botkar..Complex exponentials. class C and class D amplifiers -complimentary and symmetry stage -sweep generators voltage and current sweeps -time base generators -linearisation -miller and bootstrap sweeps . Linear Time-Invariant Systems: Differential equation representation. Kothamangalam Module2 Feedback -different types -positive. Module 2 Fourier Analysis of Continuous Time Signals and Systems .Fourier Series. Module 4 Mono-stable multi vibrator -analysis .applications . Module 5 Large signal amplifier -harmonic distortion -analysis of class A. 519 . Pearson Edn.convolution Integral. current. SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LTA 405 2+1+0 Module1 Dynamic Representation of Systems . Crystal.triggering . 4. Electronic devices and circuits -Boylsted & Neshelsky.linearityStability. 3.time-invariance.Systems Attributes. Discrete convolution and its properties. Realization of LTI system (differential and difference equations). Module 3 Oscillators -conditions for oscillation -analysis and design of RC phase shift oscillator.design .Parseval’s theorem.Frequency response of LTI systems. series and shunt feedback -Feedback in amplifiers -its effect on amplifier performance -typical feedback arrangements -emitter follower . Colpitt's.Bistable multi-vibrator -analysis and design -different methods of triggering -commutating capacitor -Schmitt trigger -working -design. tuned collector and Wien Bridge oscillators.darlington emitter follower -cascade amplifier (principles only) -difference amplifier. general form of oscillator circuit -working of Hartley. Special Signals.

planning to achieve required quality.Re-engineering.John Wiley.basic concepts of sequencing. Module 4 Control charts in statistical quality control: statistical quality control advantagestypes of control charts.Discrete-Time Fourier series. Signals and Systems: Oppenheim Alan. 520 .concept of random variable.Weibull model.Application of ZTransform for the analysis of Discrete time LTI systems.Pearson Edn. wide-sense stationarity.Tata Mc Graw Hill. RELIABILITY AND HUMANITIES LA 406 2+1+0 Module 1 Concepts of reliability: Definition of reliability.Umesh pub.existence.power spectral density White noise. Adaptive signal processing: W Bernad. 3.) Significance of poles & zeros. 5.mean time between failures (MTBF).X and R chart.probability density and distribution functions.Introduction to probability.Zero defects. Module 4 Laplace Transform . Bayes Theorem.Independence of a random variable. Module 2 Failure pattern and fitting curves: Graphical plots. Introduction to random process.function of a random variable.Application of Laplace transform for the analysis of continuous time LTI system (stability etc.C chart. Module 3 Manufacture for Quality and reliability: The need for prototype tests. Signals and Systems: I J Nagrarth. References 1.P chart.Significance of poles and zeros.Random processes through LTI systems.Hazard modelsConstant hazard models.Region of convergence and properties. Communication Systems: Haykin Simon.failure rate. Kothamangalam Module 3 Fourier Analysis of Discrete Time Signals & Systems .Pearson Edn. 4.Bath tub curves.Willsky Alan.V. Signals and Systems: Farooq Husain.failure.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Frequency response of discrete time LTI systems. S.classification of failuresmeasures of reliability. Module 5 Random Signals . Auto and cross correlation.Linearly increasing hazard model.the quality standard.Discrete-Time Fourier Transform (including DFT) and properties.Z-Transform and its inverse: Definition. Moments.Region of Convergence and properties.Z-Transform .existence conditions.Laplace Transform and its inverse: Definition.mean time to failure (MTTF). 2.

3. SCR. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB LA 407 List of experiments 1. operator & function overloading. Power amplifiers: Design of class A and class AB push pull stage – verification of power output. 3. 10. Note New experiments may be added in accordance with subject LA 404 0+0+4 COMPUTER PRORAMMING LAB LA 408 Part 1 1. 2. Reliability Engineering: A K Govil. IC power amplifier. Triac firing circuits.Scope of Industrial psychology-Theories of Motivation-Handling of workers grievances-Workers participation in managementIndustrial discipline-Industrial disputes-Industrial fatigue-Wages and incentives. pointers and files. 9. 7. Design of bootstrap sweep generator. design of two stage RC coupled amplifier. 2. Tuned amplifiers. Adobe Acrobat Reader.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 6. inheritance. arrays. Part 2 Programming Experiments in C/C++: Programming experiments in C/C++ to cover control structures. Design of Mono-stable and bi-stable multi-vibrators. 4. 2. References 1. functions. Feedback amplifier. Schmitt trigger. 3. 11. Reliability Engineering: L S Sreenath. Microsoft Windows. Industrial Engineering & Management: Banga and Sharma. 5. 8. Computer hardware familiarization. Oscillators: Design of RC phase shift. Familiarization of MS-DOS commands. 0+0+4 521 . Familiarization of Microsoft Word. Design and testing of DC regulated power supplies (Fixed and variable). Kothamangalam Module 5 Human relations: Human Behavior. Hartley & Colpitts oscillators. polymorphism. structures. Simulation of above circuits using PSPICE. classes.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 522 .

Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Eulers method . III.Narayanan.zeros and singularities. 9.Runge – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method. 8.Duality in L.A .Churchill and Brown.M. National Publishing company. Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform.P.Dr.Venkitaraman. PHI. Somasundaram.residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle.Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series. Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Ervin Kreyszig. 4.K. S. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method. Kanna Publishers.McGraw-Hill.Tulsian.Dr. 6. Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method . Numerical methods in Engineering & Science – Dr. M.S.P.Grewal.Vishwananthan printers & publishers. B. III -S Arumugam. 523 .S.Balanced T.S. two phase method. 3.Residues. 2. T.IV CMELPA501 3+1+0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem. References 1. Pearson Education Asia.Ramanaigh. Complex variables and applications .Panneer Selvam. Vishal Pandey.students Vol.P. G. Higher Engineering Mathematics .K.Grewal.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering .Pillay. Kanna Publishers. Scitech publications Advanced Mathematics for Engg. Engineering Mathematics Vol. A. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .Isaac.C. Wiley Eastern limited. 7.properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions.P. Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method. convolution propertyinverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms. 5. shifting property.T. Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems . B.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Operations research .

John Wiley & Sons. Doradlla. RL and back EMF load. S. G. Power Electronics: Rashid Muhammad.Operation and analysis of Single phase and multi-phase uncontrolled and controlled rectifiers with R. and Satrughan A. Galgotia Pub.voltage control . Pearson Edn. BJTS. 524 . MOSFET and IGBT. Mohan Ned.B.VSI and CSI.step up and four quadrant converters operation.power factor improvement methods for phase Controlled rectifiers. S. Module 2 AC to DC Converters .rating and specificationgate/base drive circuits-protection including cooling and application consideration of diodes. Module 5 DC to AC Converters . MCT. Power Electronics: Converter. John Wiley.free wheeling effect.Harmonics and their reduction techniques.. Kothamangalam POWER ELECTRONICS LA 502 2+1+0 Module 1 Power semiconductor Devices . 4.Single phase and three phase bridge inverters. PWM chips: SG3524 and TL 494. Module 4 DC to DC Converters . Series and parallel operations of SCR.effect of source inductance. Thyristors and Applications: Ramamoorthy.History of development of Power Electronic devices. Power Semiconductor Circuits: Dewan. Module 3 AC to AC Voltage Converter .Characteristics.Constructional features. 1987. Applications and Design.Chopper classification.K.filters. References 1.SCRS.analysis and control with R.Electromagnetic interference. RL and EMF loadcurrent and voltage Commutation circuits.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Block schematic. Thyristorised Power Controllers: Dubey. 6. GTO. 3. 2.PWM & Square wave operation. Power Electronics: Harish C Ray.. 1975. Wiley Eastern. 5.Configuration of three phase controllers.Operation and analysis of single phase integral cycle and phase controlled converters.Step down. R.

vector impedance meter. vector voltmeter. inductance and capacitance using bridges . Module 3 Signal generators . Distortion meter.. A. Measurement Systems-Application and Design.. Maxwell.Rathore. Text Books 1. 3. frequency. DSO applications Spectrum analyzer. T. Static and dynamic. Digital Measurements Techniques. Digital measurement of time interval. Analog to digital conversion and storage.Delayed time base oscilloscope and controls Analog Storage oscilloscope.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Sampling oscilloscope. digital . Storage oscilloscope controls. Function generators. Pearson Education.Audio generators.Hall of India Pvt. Module 4 Digital instruments: Digital voltmeter . frequency and phase.Ltd.J. Deflection amplifier.Y. Special oscilloscopes . Kelvin. Frequency synthesizer. Englewood Cliffs. 1997 2. Bombay. period. Dual beam and split beam. pulse measurements.S. Z axis modulation. 2. Precision.Calibration. Measurements errors.Cooper. Cooper and W. Lissajous figures. Doeblin. Module 2 Measurement of resistance. DSO controls. D. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements. Resolution.dual slop. Digital storage oscilloscope . Narosa Publishers. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques. N. Mc Graw Hill.to. 1995. Schering bridges.A. Electronic multimeter. Module 5 The cathode ray tube. phase. Digital IC tester. Standards of measurements. digital memory. 1994 References 1. Digital LCR meter. Mechanical Measurement 5/e.D. Pulse generators. 525 . Beckwith. successive approximation types. Oscilloscope time base. Oscilloscope controlsmeasurements of voltage. New Delhi. Sensitivity. Hay. RF generators.Operation. Dual trace oscilloscope. Prentice . Significant figures. Q meter. Kothamangalam BASIC INSTRUMENTATION A503 3+1+0 Module 1 Generalized configuration of Instrumentation system: Definition of measuring parameters . Megger.D. Sweep frequency generators. Wave form display.Wheatstone. Accuracy. ratio of two frequencies. oscilloscope probes. N.1990.Bell.analog conversion.

replacement algorithms.multiplication. Pearson Edn.address translation-page tables .networks.Stallings.device identificationvectored interrupts.secondary memories. Computer Org.interrupt nesting.instruction execution cycle.instruction setscomputer arithmetic logic design.I/O interfaces.multistage networksmessage passing architecture. 526 .bus arbitrations.internal organizationbipolar and MOS devices.VDUs.plotters.hardwired control.disk drives.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.micro programmed controls. Module 4 Input . Computer Systems and Architecture – Vincent P Heuring.standards.daisy chaining.direct memory access (DMA)interrupts and interrupt handling.interconnection.Booth’s algorithmfast multiplication. Module 5 Introduction to parallel processing and architectureclassification.virtual memories.control signals. 2. Kothamangalam COMPUTER ORGANISATION AND ARCHITECTURE LA504 2+1+0 Module 1 Basic structure of computer hardware and software.pre fetching of micro instructions. & Architecture.floating point numbers. Mc Graw Hill.different addressing modes.semi conductor RAM memories.sequencing of control signals.memory management units. Module 3 Memory organization. Computer organization and Architecture – Hayes J P 5.Output organization. Computer organization and Design – Pal Choudhary 4. References 1.printers.integer division.cache memories -mapping functions . Pearson Education.multiple memory modules and interleaving. Computer organization – Hamacher C V.handling multiple devices.micro instructions Micro program sequencing. H F Jordan.PLAs.addressing methods and machine programming sequencing.array processors.branch address modification.serial and parallel standards.fast adders.accessing I/O devices.pipeline architecture.dynamic memories. Module 2 Control unit. 3.buses-scheduling.

BPF. 555 timers – Functional block diagram.open loop configurations . monostable multivibrator and its applications.AM demodulation.HPF.Wiely Eastern Publications. 3.Log amplifier.typical data sheet . 5.V/I converters and its applications .Op-amp parameters .Astable multivibrator.Switched capacitor integrator. 2. Module 2 Op amp in closed loop configuration: Different feed back configurations.Pearson Education.Internal block schematic of op amp .Subtractor.ideal op amp .Triangular and sawtooth wave generators. Module 3 Op amp applications.Antilog amplifierComparators: zero crossing. Kothamangalam LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LA 505 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Introduction to operational amplifiers – Basic differential amplifier .concept of virtual ground.Voltage series feedback and voltage shunt feedback .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 4 Filters and timers: LPF.RC phase shift and Wien bridge oscillators-Sample and hold circuit.565 PLL .Differential amplifiers with one op amp and 3 op amps.slew rate and its effect.PHI publications.compensating networks .voltage follower .capture and lock range.frequency response of op amps .dual input balanced output and unbalanced output.1723 switching regulators. 4.Phase locked loop(PLL) .transfer curve . Linear Integrated circuits: Roy Choudhary & Jain.using voltage reference.I order and II order filters. Module 5 Specialized ICs and applications: Voltage regulator ICs – 78XX and 79XX series317 variable regulators. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ravi Raj Dudeja.566 VCO chip.8038 Function generator chip applications.PLL applications: Frequency multiplication and division.FSK demodulation LM 380 power amplifier .Astable and monostable multivibrators. References 1.Integrator and differentiator.Peak detector circuit.Use of offset minimizing resistor (ROM) and its design. Integrated circuits: K R Botkar 527 .equivalent circuit.Notch and all pass filters.intercom using LM 380.FM detection. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: R F Coughlin.Umesh Publications.Summer.regenerative (Schmitt trigger) comparators. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ramakand Gaykwad.Switched capacitor filter.Pin identificationpower supply requirements .

W. 528 . optical pyrometers. LVDT . 1979 References 1. vapour pressure thermometers.Y. LEDs in direct and indirect bandgap materials. Module 4 Strain measurements: strain gauges . solid state sensors. Module 2 Termocouple . fundamental laws. theory of liquid crystal display operation... industrial thermocouples. typical use of LCDs. Transducers and Display Systems. Instrumentation for Engineering Measurements. prentice Hall of India Pvt. New Delhi. Liquid crystal displays.principle. piezo-electric transducers. N. Electrical transducers. N Y. principle. Classification of displays. characteristics. magnetic recorders. B S Sonde. Beckwith: Mechanical Mesurements 5/e.Principle measurements using three wire and four wire bridge circuits. types of thermocouples. quartz thermometers. digital recorders. digital thermometers. liquid in glass thermometers. servo recorders. advantages. Kothamangalam TRANSDUCERS AND RECORDING SYSTEMS A506 3+1+0 Module 1 Transducers .different types. Transducers and Instrumentation. John Wiley and sons Inc.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 2. E A Doeblin. thermal expansion methods .F Riley and K G McConnel.construction. Mc Graw Hill. Measurements Systems . oscillographic recorders. selecting a transducer Temperature measurements: standards and calibration. reference junction considerations. Text Books 1. variable inductance transducers. Pearson Education 2. Resistance temperature detectors . Display devices. New Delhi 3. Module 3 Displacement transducers: variable resistance transducers. cathode ray tube. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Ltd. 1990. electro mechanical recorders. thermopiles. D V S Murthy. 1993.definition and classification. resistive. digital displacement transducers. FM recording. galvanometric recorders.bimetalic thermometers. direct recording. J W Dally.semiconductor and optical strain gauges. temperature compensation. Variable capacitance transducers. strain gauge circuits. Practical Applications Module 5 Recorders: Strip chart recorders. typical uses of LEDs.Application and Design.

Triggered linear sweep circuits 2. Multivibrators and Oscillators 4. e. (2expts). 5. ADC & DAC. Study of counter ICs (7490. multipliers.LM 723. Design of half adder & full adder using gates. Op amp measurements: input offset voltage. Note Any experiment related to LA402 may be added to the above list. 74190). 7. opto coupler (4N33) & Darlington arrays (ULN2803). PRBS generator. d. CD4001) 2. Logic design using decoders (74138). 79XX family. Op Amp basic circuits. strain gauge. Design of mono-shots using dedicated ICs (74123). common mode input resistance. 11. 5. 9. Ics . Design of astable & mono-stable multi-vibrators using gates. 13. 0+0+4 529 . Sample and hold circuits & measurements of rise time and fall time 8. a. Design of 7 segment display circuits-static/dynamic (7447. Transducer measurements. 14. Diode thermometer b. 15. Digital circuit simulation using electronic work bench/ similar working tools. open loop gain. Subtractors. 6. Counters using shift registers (Ring counter & Johnson counter). full power band width comparison of different classes of opamps (2 expts) 3. Dual trace generator. FND542). pressure transducer. LVDT c. 7476) 6. thermocouple (2 expts) 9. 8. Study of Storage Oscilloscopes.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Interfacing of TTL & electromagnetic relay using transistor. Voltage regulators. MEASUREMENTS LAB A 508 1. 3. Design and testing of ripple & synchronous counters using JK flip flops(7473. TTL & CMOS characteristics (7400. Kothamangalam DIGITAL IC LABORATORY LA 507 List of experiments 1. 12. Logic design using multiplexers (74150). Adders. Logic family interconnection (TTL to CMOS & CMOS to TTL) 4. Instrumentation amplifier & differential amplifiers measurements 7.78XX. CMRR. 10. input offset current. slew rate.

Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 530 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT & ECONOMICS LA 601 PART A: Industrial Management Module 1 Modern concept of Management: Scientific management-Functions of management-Planning - Organising- Staffing – Directing – Motivating Communicating- Co-ordinating- Controlling - Organisational structures- Line, Line and staff and Functional relationships- Span of control- Delegation- Management by Objectives. Module 2 Personnel management: Objectives and functions of personnel managementRecruitment-Selection and training of workers- Labour Welfare- Industrial FatigueIndustrial disputes-Trade Unions- Quality circles. Formation of companies: Proprietory-Partnership-Joint stock companies- Public sector- Joint sector and Cooperative sector. Module 3 Marketing Management: Pricing- Promotion- Channels of distribution- Market research-Advertising. Production Management: Batch and mass productionInventory control- EOQ-Project planning by PERT/CPM- Construction of Network (Basic ideas only). PART B: Economics Module 4 Theory of demand and supply- Price mechanism- Factors of production- Land, labour, capital and organization- National income- Difficulties in estimationTaxation- Direct and indirect taxes- Progressive and regressive- Black moneyInflation-Causes and consequences. Module 5 Indian financial system- Reserve bank of India: Functions - Commercial banking system-Development financial institutions - IDBI- ICICI- SIDBI- IRBINABARD- Investment institutions – UTI - Insurance companies - Indian capital market- Stock market- Functions- Role of the public sector - PrivatisationMultinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Industrial Management Industrial Management Marketing Management Indian economy Modern economic theory O P Khanna, Dhanpat Rai Pub. K.K. Ahuja, Khanna Pub. Philip Kotler, PHI A.N. Agarwal, Wishwa Prakashan K.K Dewett, Shyam Lal charitable trust. 3+2+0

531

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS A602 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers: Function of microprocessorsarchitecture of 8085- pin configuration and functions – tristate bus concept generation of control signals - bus timings – de-multiplexing AD0-AD7 – flags memory decoding - interfacing of RAM and EPROM - I/O addressing - I/O mapped I/O - and memory mapped I/O schemes - instruction execution fetch/execute cycle - instruction timings and operation status. Module 2 Atmel AT89C51 microcontroller – features - pin configurations - internal block schematic - pin descriptions - PORT0, PORT1, PORT2, PORT3, idle & power down mode - power control register - program protection modes - flash programming & verification. Module 3 Memory organization - program memory - data memory - direct & indirect addressing area - Program status word - register banks - addressing modes instruction set – arithmetic - logical and data transfer instructions - Boolean instructions - program branching instructions - Programming examples. Module 4 Machine cycles – interrupts - interrupt sources - interrupt enable register - interrupt priority - interrupt control system - interrupt handling - single step operation - port bit latches and buffers - port structures and operation - accessing external memory – programming examples. Module 5 Timer0 & Timer1 - TMOD SFR - mode0, mode1, mode2, mode3 - TCON SFR serial interface - SCON SFR - mode0, mode1, mode2, mode3- block schematicsbaud rates- power on reset circuit- ONCE mode- on chip oscillator- external program & data memory timing diagrams- I/O port timings – programming examples. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Pearson Education. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala, Penram International Microprocessors and Architecture: Ramesh S Goankar Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck, PHI Web site of Atmel - www.atmel.com

532

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LTA 603 3+1+0 Module1 Review of signals and systems. Introduction - advantages and limitations of Digital Signal Processing. Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) Filters - Signal FlowgraphBasic Network structure for IIR filter- Direct- Cascade- Parallel Forms. Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters- Butterworth design- Chebyshev designdesign based on numerical solutions of differential equations- Impulse Invariant Transformation. Module 2 Finite Impulse Response (FIR) Filters: Linear phase FIR filters- Frequency response of linear phase FIR filters - Location of the zeros of linear phase FIR filters. Realization of FIR- cascade - lattice design-Fourier Series method- using windows-rectangular- triangular or Barlett windows – Hanning - HammingBlackman - Kaiser windows. Module 3 Discrete fourier Transform: Properties-Circular convolution- Linear Convolution using DFT- relation between Z- Transform and DFT- Fast Fourier Transform; decimation – in time and Frequency - FFT algorithms – General Computation using Radix 2 algorithm. Module 4 Finite word length effects in digital filters: Introduction- Number Representation Fixed Point- Sign-Magnitude - One’s-complement- Two’s - complement forms Addition of two fixed point numbers- Multiplication in Fixed Point arithmetic Floating point numbers- Block floating point numbers- quantization - truncationrounding - effects due to truncation and rounding- Input quantization error Product quantization error - Co-efficient quantization error- zero-input limit cycle Oscillations - Overflow limit cycle Oscillations - Scaling- Quantization in Floating Point realization IIR digital filters - Finite Word Length Effects in FIR Digital Filters- Quantization effects in the Computation of the DFT- quantization errors in FFT algorithms. Module 5 Applications of digital signal processing: Speech Processing- speech analysisspeech coding- sub band coding- channel vecoder- homomorphic vecoder- digital processing of audio signals- Radar signal processing- DSP based measurements systems. Equi ripple FIR design- PCM DSP chips- a general study. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Digital signal processing: Ifechor- Pearson edn. Desecrate time signal processing: Oppenhiem- Pearson edn. Digital signal processing: Oppenhiem and Sheffer- PHI Introduction to Digital signal processing: Johny R Johnson Digital signal processing: Proakis and Manolakis. Digital signal processing: P Ramesh Babu- Scitech Pub. 533

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION - I A604 2+1+0 Module 1 Functional descriptions of measuring Instruments-Functional elements of an Instrument, active and passive transducers, analog and digital modes of operation, null and deflection methods, static and dynamic characteristics. Module 2 Basic methods of force measurement- characteristics of elastic force transducers, resolution of vector forces and moments in to rectangular components Module 3 Torque measurement - torque measurement on rotating shafts, dynamometers, gyroscopic force and torque measurement, vibrating - wire force tranducers, strain gauge, feedback and optical methods. Module 4 Level measurement-float displacer, bubbler, capacitance, radioisotope and ultrasound type. Flow meters: Area flow meters, mass flow meters, positive displacement type and electric type flow meters. Module 5 Pressure measurement - Manometers, elastic types, bell gauges, electrical types. Vacuum measurement, differential pressure transmitters, sound pressure level measurement, accoustic intensity. References 1. Doebelin - Measurement systems - Application and Design-IVth ed.. MGL, 1990 2. Patranabis - Principles of Industrial Instrumentation - 2nd ed., TMH, 1996 3. James W.Dally - Instrumentation for Engineering Measurement - 2nd ed., 1993, Wiley International DATA COMMUNICATION A605 2+1+0 Module 1 Data transmission concepts and terminology - Analog and digital data transmission- transmission impairments - transmission media Data encoding - digital data, digital - signals - digital data, analog signals - analog data, digital signals - analog data analog signals. Asynchronous and synchronous transmission - error detection techniques interfacing. Module 2 Multiplexing: Frequency division multiplexing - synchronous time division multiplexing - statistical time division multiplexing. Circuit Switching: Introduction - single node networks - digital switching concepts - digital private & branch exchange - control signaling 534

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Packet switching: principles - example systems, virtual circuits and data grams routing traffic control - X.25 Module 3 Local and metropolitan area networks: LAN/MAN technology - different topologies - optical fibre bus - medium access control protocols - LAN/MAN standards Module 4 Computer Communication Architecture protocols - the OSI model - the TCP/IP protocol - System network architecture - principles of inter networking - the bridge - routing with bridges - connectionless internetworking - connection oriented internetworking Module 5 ISDN: overview of ISDN - transmission structure - user access - ISDN protocols broad band ISDN. References 1. William stallings - Data and Computer Communication (4th ed.)-PHI 2. Larry Haghes - Introduction to Data Communication - a practical approach - Jones and Bartiett Publishers CONTROL SYSTEM THEORY A606 3+1+0 Module 1 Laplace transforms to linear systems, transfer function of linear systems-- simple mechanical and electromechanical systems. Analogous Systems: force voltage and force current analogy. Block diagram algebra, signal flow graphs - Mason’s gain formula. Module 2 Standard test signals - Time response of first and second order systems - natural frequency and damping ratio. Time response specifications. Steady state and dynamic error coefficients. Module 3 Concept of stability, Routh’s stability criterion, root locus technique - stability analysis. Frequency response analysis: frequency Open loop and closed loop control systems: examples, applications of domain specification, Bode plots. Module 4 Nyquist plots, gain margin and phase margin, Nyquist stability criterion. Closed loop frequency response; Constant M and N circles, Nichols chart

535

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 5 Introduction to control system design - preliminary considerations - lead, lag and lead - lag compensation, Design of lead compensators and lag compensators. Elements of discrete control systems - transfer functions of discrete data systems stability of closed loop discrete system - jury’s test bilinear transformation method Text Books 1. I J Nagarath and M.Gopal - Control Systems Engineering - New Age International Ltd. - New Delhi 2. B.C Kuo - Automatic Control Systems-Prentice Hall of India - New Delhi Reference 1. K Ogata - Modern Control Engineering - Prentice hall of India - New Delhi INSTRUMENTATION LAB A607 0+0+4 1. Measurements using different types of transducers a. Variable capacitance type b. Variable inductance type c. LVDT d. Thermocouples and RTDs e. Photocells 2. Measurement of level, distance, vibration 3. Calibration of pressure gauges, temperature transmitter, E to P Conveter, differential pressure transmitter etc 4. PC based data acqusition system 5. Phase locked loops, frequency to voltage converter, voltage to frequency converter 6. GPIB/RS232C interfacing of function generator and universal counter with PC 7. Robotic trainer kit - PC based control of robotic actions 8. Programmable logic controllers - ladder disgrams MINI PROJECT A608 0+0+4 Each student should conceive, design, develop and realize an electronic product. The basic elements of product design - the function ergonomics and aesthetics should be considered while conceiving and designing the product. The electronic part of the product should be an application of the analog & digital system covered up to the 6th semester. The student should submit the report at the end of the semester. The product should be demonstrated at the time of examination.

536

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

SEVENTH SEMESTER

537

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam MICRO-CONTROLLER BASED SYSTEM DESIGN LA701 2+1+0 Module 1 Various logic families - features – comparison – PLA – PAL- GAL -comparison – combinational PAL – PAL with flip-flops – study of 16L8, 22V10 GAL – dual port RAM – FIFO - FPGA - gate arrays. Module 2 Embedded C compiler – advantages – memory models – interrupt functions – code optimization - 89C2051 micro-controller- architecture-comparison with 89C51design of a simple trainer circuit using 89C51/89C2051 µC – interfacing of DIP switch, LED, 7 segment display, alphanumeric LCD – relay interface – design of a traffic light control system - interfacing programs using C and assembly language. Module 3 Analog to digital converters- single slope, dual slope, successive approximation, sigma delta, flash – comparison - typical ICs - A/D interface – digital to analog converters – different types – D/A interface - optically isolated triac interfacedesign of a temperature control system- interfacing programs using C and assembly language. Module 4 Serial bus standards - I2C bus, SPI bus – operation – timing diagrams – 2 wire serial EEPROM – 24C04 – 3wire serial EEPROM – 93C46 - interfacing - serial communication standards - RS232, RS422, RS485 – comparison – MAX232 line driver/ receiver - interfacing – interfacing programs using C and assembly language - low voltage differential signaling – PC printer port – registers – interfacing universal serial bus – PCI bus. Module 5 Matrix key board interface - AT keyboard – commands – keyboard response codes - watch dog timers - DS1232 watch dog timer – real time clocks – DS1302 RTC – interfacing - measurement of frequency - phase angle - power factor – stepper motor interface - dc motor speed control – L293 motor driver - design of a position control system - interfacing programs using C and assembly language. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Pearson Education. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala, Penram International. Digital fundamentals: Floyd, Pearson Education. Programming and customizing the 8051 µC: Myke Predko, TMH Programming with ANSI C and turbo C: Kamthane, Pearson Education. Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck, PHI. Web site of Atmel semiconductors - www.atmel.com

538

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam VLSI TECHNOLOGY LA 702 3+1+0 Module 1 Process steps in IC fabrication: Crystal growth and wafer preparation- Czochralski process- apparatus- silicon shaping, slicing and polishing- Diffusion of impuritiesphysical mechanism- Fick’s I and II law of diffusion- Diffusion profilescomplementary (erfc) error function- Gaussian profile- Ion implantationAnnealing process- Oxidation process- Lithography- Photolithography, Fine line lithography, electron beam and x-ray lithography- Chemical vapour deposition (CVD)- epitaxial growth- reactors- metallisation- patterning- wire bonding and packaging. Module 2 Monolithic components: Isolation of components- junction isolation and dielectric isolation- Transistor fabrication- buried layer- impurity profile- parasitic effectsmonolithic diodes- schottky diodes and transistors- FET structures- JFETMOSFET- PMOS and NMOS, control of threshold voltage (Vth)- silicon gate technology- Monolithic resistors- sheet resistance and resistor design- resistors in diffused regions- MOS resistors- monolithic capacitors- junction and MOS structures- IC crossovers and vias. Module 3 CMOS technology: Metal gate and silicon gate- oxide isolation- Twin well processLatch up- BiCMOS technology- fabrication steps- circuit design process- stick diagrams- design rules- Capacitance of layers- Delay- Driving large capacitance loads- Wiring capacitance- Basic circuit concepts- scaling of MOS structuresscaling factors- effects of miniaturization. Module 4 Subsystem design and layout- Simple logic circuits- inverter, NAND gates, BiCMOS circuit, NOR gates, CMOS logic systems – bus lines- arrangementspower dissipation- power supply rail distribution- subsystem design process- design of a 4 bit shifter. Module 5 Gallium Arsenide Technology: Sub-micro CMOS technology- Crystal structureDoping process- Channeling effect- MESFET- GaAs fabrication- Device modeling. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. VLSI technology: S M Sze, Mc Graw Hill pub. Basic VLSI design: Douglas Pucknell, PHI. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: H E Weste, Pearson Edn. Integrated Circuits: K R Botkar, Khanna Pub. CMOS circuit design layout and simulation: Barter, IEEE press. Introduction to VLSI: Conway, Addison weslay.

539

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION - II A703 3+1+0 Module 1 Measurement of density, viscosity, specific gravity scales used in petroleum industries-Different methods of measuring consistency and viscosity –Methods for measuring moistures and humidity – Electrical conductivity – Dielectric constantAutomatic electric psycho meter Module 2 PH and conductivity meters- pH measurement – pH electrode station – various types of electrodes – Installation and maintenances of pH meters – conductivity meters – Electrical conductivity of solution – cell construction operating principles. Module 3 Gas Analysis – Chemical absorption, thermal conductivity, magnetic type, Gas chromagraphy, infrared and ultraviolet light, mass spectometer, propotional counters, Geigor Muller counter, Scintillation counter. Module 4 Measurement of speed- Mechanical- Electrical- Electronic methods- stroboscopic method –Measurement of acceleration- various types- calibrations. Module 5 Power plant instrumentation- Diesel electrical power plants, Gas turbine power plants, gas and steam turbines combined cycles, nuclear reactors, fluctuating loads on power plants. Instrumentation and control of power plants. References 1. DOEBLIN: Measurement systems, applications and design, Mc Graw Hill. Pub.Co. 2. D.Patranabis: Principles of Industrial Instrumentation, Mc Graw Hills Pub.Co. 3. NAKRA, CHAUDBRY: Instrumentation Measurement and Analysis Mc Graw Hill. Pub.Co. 4. ECKMAN: Industrial Instrumentation- Wiley Eastern

PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL A 704 2+1+0 Module 1 Process Dynamics – Process Variables – Degree of freedom – Characterization of physical systems – Dynamics of liquid, gas and thermal process – Interacting and non interacting systems – Continuous and batch process – Self regulation and servo regulation operation – Problems.

540

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 2 Control actions and controllers – Basic control actions – Characteristics of two position, multi position, floating, proportional I, D Control modes – Composite control modes – PI, PD, PID control modes – pneumatic and electronic controllers to realize various control actions Module 3 Optimum controller settings: Evaluation criteria, 1/4th decay ratio, IAE, ISE, ITAE – determination of optimum settings for mathematically described process using time response and frequency response – Tuning – Process reaction curve method, Continuous cycling metho, Damped oscillation method. Module 4 Final control element: I/P converter – Pneumatic, electric and hydraulic actuators – Valve positioner – Control valves – Effective valve characteristics, Valve body – globe, butterfly, diaphragm, Ball valves – Value seizing, cavitation, flouting. Module 5 Complex control system: Cascade control – Feed forward control, Ratio control, Multivariable control. Piping and Instrumentation diagram, Case study – Distillation column control – Combustion control and drum level control in steam boiler. References 1. Peter Harriot, Process control – Tata McGraw Hill 2. D. Patranabis, Principles of Process Control – Tata McGraw Hill 3. Curtis Johnson, Process Control Instrumentation Technology – Eastern economy Edition 4. D.P. Eckman, Automatic Process Control – Wiley Eastern 5. Bela G Liptak, Process Control, Instrument Engineers Handbook 6. Donald R Coughanowr, Process System Analysis and Control – McGraw Hill BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION A 705 3+1+0 Module 1 Human Anatomy & Physiology: Anatomy & Physiology of major systems of the body. Principles of generation and propagation of bioelectric potentials. Electrical activity of heart, propagation of action through nerves, conduction velocity and latency. EMG, EMC, ECG, ERG, EEG, EGG, MEG. Electrical Safety Physiological effects of electricity, Micro & macro shock hazards. Electrical safety codes & Standards. Protection of patients, power distribution and equipment design Module 2 Electrodes & Transducers: Bio potential electrodes - different types of electrodes, polarisable & nonpolarisable electrodes. Theory of electrode - skin interface. Electrode behaviour & circuit models. Electrodes for stimulation. 541

EMG & EEG . pulse monitors. Fred J. Webster . determination of conduction velocity and latency. Surgical diathermy equipment. Nebuliser. respiration. Leads & electrodes: transducers for biological applications transduction principles. Leslie Cromwell. electrocardioscope. Method of application and selection . Electrical safety codes & Standards. galvanometre.Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation .Application and Design .Noise.Tranducers for Biomedical measurements . EOG machine. nerve and muscle stimulators. ECG machine. Kothamangalam Transducers. ECG: Working principles. pulse oxi meter. different types .Hand book of Biomedical Engineering . Aspirator. power distribution and equipment design. Phonocardiolography . lead system and clinical applications EMG: Working Principles and clinical applications. Text Books 1.Electronic BP Monitors. EEG machine.short wave and ultrasound diathermy equipments.Houghton mifflin company. gain etc. Inhalator. Protection of patients. 1990 2.S Khandpur . Module 3 Biopotential amplifiers. recoders & monitors: Amplifiers: for ECG. ERG machine.John wiley & Sons 3.Prentice Hall of India.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. John C. Jacob Kline. Cobbold .Tata Mc Graw – Hill References 1. Leads & Electrodes: Types. Weibell and Erich A Pferffer .equivalent circuits of leads & electrodes. transducers for pressure. heart . R. pulse. spirometer. flow. design considerations frequency. Defibrillator. properties. auto analyser. Electrical Safety .Academic Press INC 542 . John G.Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements .basic requirements.lung machine.principle and clinical applications Biopotential recording . Humidifier and ventillators. Materilas. Module 5 Therapeutic Equipments .Medical Instrumentation . gas analysers. Chemical sensors.Pacemakers. Micro & macro shock hazards.Physiological effects of electricity. electrode systems and clinical applications EEG: Working Principles. EMG machine.active and passive transducers. electrostatic UV recorder and magnetic tape recorder Module 4 Diagnosis and therapeutic Equipments: Diagnosis Equipments . micro wave . Evoked potential systems. characteristics. PH meter. motion artfact and other considerations Recorders: Potentiometre. Boston 2. dialysis machines. implantable transducers.

New Age International P. mixed integer programming problems.Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions.I) LA 706-1 3+1+0 Module1 Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method . Principles of Operations Research for Management: . R. McLeavey.constructors and destructors members access control.F. Module 5 Network Techniques Shortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm. Belegundu. Optimization theory and application: S.process of language translation – Need of objects Definition of Object . Module 4 Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems.S.Budnick.R. Operations Research: R. 3. Module 2 Encapsulation & Inheritance: Building classes . INC 4. PHI OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN C++ (ELECTIVE . Taha. D. Module 2 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods. Chandrupatla. 5.Declaring objects Member functions . References 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Pearson Education Asia. Ltd. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering: A.I) LA706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to loops: Evolution of object oriented languages . D. Eastern Economy Edition. Operation Research an introduction: H. T.Oriented Language. Panneerselvam. 2. A. Rao. Richard D.Support for experiments and structure . Mojena. Kothamangalam OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE .S. 543 . Irwin. Module 3 Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method.

reflexivity. 2.Inline functions outside class definitions .projection. max-min. typical parameterised t . Module 4 Fuzzy relation. subsethood . C++. bounded sum product. Ada) features.basic definition based on membership functions.I) A 706-3 3+2+0 Module 1 Introduction to Fuzzy sets and systems. intersection and union equality. Applications . References 1. algebraic sum . 3. computation of the meaning of values 544 . complement.intersection. Module 4 OVERLOADING: Overloading functions . Data abstraction & OOP in C++: Gordenkeeth. compositions cylindric extension.simulation using abstract classes. support of a fuzzy set.Selecting Friend or Member Functions for Operator Overloading. Object oriented programming with C++: E. Wiley Eastern. Module 5 DYNAMIC OBJECTS: Dynamic object allocation . t-norms and t-conorms(s .Overloading operators to provide new meaning . transitivity. C++: Strostrout.Object oriented databases case study – some language (Simula. α . Object Oriented Programming in C++: Nabajyoti Bjarne. 4. set theoretic definitions on fuzzy sets. height . FUZZY SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . drastic sum product. Extension principle and its applications. Properties of fuzzy sets operations (logical proof only). Module 5 Further operations on fuzzy sets and proposed by Zadeh . and min and max. symmetry. Similarity relations .product.norms and s-norms (with simplified proof).cuts (decomposition of a fuzzy set). Module 3 Operations on fuzzy sets .concentration dilation.Virtual functions . Smalltalk. Extension of fuzzy sets concepts type-2 and level 2 fuzzy sets . Resolution form of a binary fuzzy relation.normalised fuzzy set. TMH. Balaguruswamy. Basics of fuzzy sets membership function.Defining virtual functions – Usage of virtual functions . Operations on fuzzy relations . a linguistic hedges.examples.Friend functions.Using references with dynamic memory allocation . Kothamangalam Module 3 POLYMORPHISM . Module 2 The law of the excluded middle and law of contradiction on fuzzy sets.Abstract classes .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.norms) on fuzzy sets. contrast Intensification.

Hooper Collins Publications. different methods of learning. Rich E. MIN – MAX strategies. distinctive features – case studies. frames. 1977 545 . MGH References 1. Tower of Hanoi problem. Text Books 1. Bart Kosko. Nison N..Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Problem solving methods in Artificial Intelligence. AND OR graphs. No. conversion of WFF to clause form.. Kothamangalam of a linguistic variable.applications of fuzzy controls. Winston P. Fuzzy Thinking.Data. Earl Cox. Alpha – Beta cut offs. C. Unification.AI applications. Neural Fuzzy Systems.1. January 1973. Man & Cybernetics. problem characteristics. forward and backward reasoning means – ends – analysis – puzzle problems. Bart Kosko. resolution – refutation system. question answering – non monotinic reasoning. Associated Press 3. Module 4 Knowledge Structure Semantic nets. game playing. case studies. Heuristic search methods A and AO* algorithms. fuzzy engineering . Academic Press. 4. Artificial Intelligence.T lin & C S George Lee. Prentice Hall of India. Fuzzy Systems Handbook. Klir and Yuan. pp 28-44 5.J. Module 2 Search Search strategies. fuzzy logics. conceptual dependency – learning knowledge acquisition. Prentice Hall. IEEE Trans on Systems. 6. Prentice Hall. resolution. Module 3 Knowledge representation Propositional logic predicate logic. References 1. Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic: Theory and Applications.3.. fuzzy algorithms. Fuzzy Engineering. ARTIFICAL INTELLIGENCE & EXPERT SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . 2. Module 5 Knowledge engineering and Expert Systems Structure of an expert system. vol. MGH 2. Artificial Intelligence. SMC . scripts. information and knowledge problems and problem space.1) LA706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction Definitions.H.

transient faults. combinational model. round robin. Aperiodic. myopic offline. master chain model. integrated failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems. polled bus. next-fit. fault latency. Module 2 Real time kernel – polled loop systems. Transaction. hybrid systems.Hard real time systems.I) LA 706-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems. Non-critical. Text Book 1. maintaining serialization constituency.C. Module 4 Fault tolerance – definition. protocols – contention – based. task control block . buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling. synchronization in software. Real Time Systems .task status. rate monotonic deferred server. stop and go multi-loop. characteristics. token . Tata McGraw Hill . software. fault detection and containment. critical. fault types. IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.packing algorithm. Databases for hard real time systems. soft real time systems.Philip Laplante (IEEE) 2. redundancy – hardware. Module 3 Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies. Design & Analysis . real time computer. hierarchal. Module 5 Programming Languages – Desired language characteristics. fixed rate systems.M Krishna. EDF. Kang G. information. network architecture issues. software error models. bin. scheduling – uni-processor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic. NMR clusters.Krishna. Shini (McGraw Hill) 546 . Disk schedule algorithms. Real time databases. cause of failure. Kothamangalam PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . embedded systems . Real Time Systems References 1. fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware. task classes – Periodic. main memory databases. time. interrupt driven systems – sporadic. definition of real time systems – real time systems.based. real time design issues. co-routines. Real Time Systems.

A/D converter. Computer aided assembly language program development for 89C51/89C2051. Programming examples using Embedded ‘C’ compiler for 89C51/89C2051. simple examples. Any other embedded processor with similar or better capability may be used instead of 89C51/89C2051. 4. Kothamangalam MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LAB LA707 1. 3. 3. c. Stepper motor. Seven segment display. Serial EEPROM. Battery Charger. Opto isolated I/P and O/P. D/A converter. 9. 8. l. 7. 10. k. Matrix keyboard interface. Programming examples using timer.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 6. Extending I/O port using shift registers (74HC595. Design and construction of the following interfacing modules. Sorting. Design and construction of a simple flash programmer for 89C51/89C2051 µC. linker and simulator for 89C51/89C2051. 7. h. 6. arithmetic operations (Using assembler. AC Phase Control Circuit. Infra red transmission and reception. Use of assembler. e. d. 8. 5. Step up DC – DC Converter. Push pull DC – DC Converter. b. a. Linear Ramp Firing Circuit. Half bridge and Full bridge Converters 0+0+3 547 . external interrupts. Study of PWMIC TL 494. g. simulator). 9. 4. Note INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS LAB A 708 List of Experiments 1. Programming examples. 0+0+3 Familiarization of 8085 trainer kit. i. Regulation Characteristics of DC Drive. 5. manual code entry. j. Application of Opto coupler IC MCT2E. Interfacing using RS 232 and printer port. Study of DC Drive. Real time clock. 74HC165). Study of Intel Hex file format. Alphanumeric LCD display. f. 2. 2.

Kothamangalam PROJECT DESIGN & SEMINAR A 709 PROJECT DESIGN The student is expected to complete the design of the project work and submit the design phase report. Control Systems and related areas. Information Technology. Instrumentation. 0+0+2 548 . SEMINAR The student is expected to present a seminar in one of the current topics in Electronics. Computers. The student will undertake a detailed study on the chosen subject and submit seminar report at the end of the semester.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam EIGHTH SEMESTER 549 .

8.ATM adaptation layer -AAL protocols -basic principles of SDH and SONET. Pearson Education. Transport layer. Pearson Education.remote procedure call-client server model .base band and broad band transmission-synchronous and asynchronous -full duplex.network security-privacy. half duplex linksConcepts of WAP technology. Module 2 MODEMS-serial communication standards . Uyless Balack Local Area Networks: William Stallings. Computer Network & Internet: Comer.establishing and releasing connection .flow control – buffering . An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking: Keshav.2nd ed-William A Shay (Vikas Thomson Learning) 550 .shared memory -IEEE802 standards-introduction to X-25.carrier sense networks-CSMA/CD -ring network.routing congestion control.configurations-concept of internet. 5.ISO-OSI 7 Layer Standard -peer processes-Functions of each layer-TCP/IP reference model Transmission media -description and characteristics . 7.virtual terminal .design issues. Data communication: Hausly Computer Networks. Understanding Data Communication and networks.ATM-protocol architecture -ATM logical connections -ATM cells -cell transmission.cryptographypresentation layer in ARPANET. References 1. protocols standards & interfaces. Pearson Education. Computer Networks: Andrew S Tannenbaum.dialogue management synchronization.file transfer protocol-E-mail-introduction to distributed system . 3.a simple transport protocol on X-25.design issues -data exchange .X-21 digital interface. Module 5 Application layer .base band and broad band Lan’s . Pearson Education.Need for data link layer-stop and wait and sliding window protocol-HDLC-terminal handlingpolling-multiplexing.Presentation layerdata presentation-compression. 6. Module 4 Session layer. 2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.crash recovery . Module 3 LAN. 4. Computer Networking: A Top Down Approach: Kurose Pearson Education. Kothamangalam COMPUTER NETWORKS LA 801 3+1+0 Module 1 Network goals -topologies.concentration-virtual circuit and data-grams .

two capacitance system. Module 4 Shaping the dynamic response . structure and properties of observers. Lagrang’s equations – examples Module 2 Transformation of state variables. Effect of pole .Design of regulators for single input single output systems. cascade and parallel decomposition technique.state model for linear time invariant systems.files. T.modelling of systems given in module II References 1. Module 3 State space modelling of systems: Inverted pendulum on a cart.Transfer function.An Introduction to state space methods . Module 5 Introduction to MATLAB . Controllability and Observability: Physical interpretation. Decomposition of Transfer functions: Direct. instrument servo.Analog and Digital Control System Design . Simulink . N. detectability and stabilisability. solution by the laplace transform. Linear observers: Need of observers.Prentice Hall Inc. Concepts of state variable and state model .construction and analysis of simple models . Bass. missile guidance dynamics. State Space and algebraic methods.analysis and design of control systems using MATLAB. Kothamangalam MODERN CONTROL THEORY A802 3+1+0 Module 1 Limitation of Conventional Control Theory. Chen . B.Friedland . Multiple input systems. Saunders College Publishing. Temperature control .Y 4. N J 3.zero cancellation. A Nagooe Kani – Advanced Control Theory 551 . solution of differential equations in state space form. Inc. state space representations of transfer functions. disturbances and tracking systems: exogenous variables.. State space representation of dynamic systems: physical notion of system state. the resolvent.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Linear systems .Mc Graw Hill.MATLAB functions .Control System Design . interpretation and properties of the state transition matrix.gura pole placement formula. C. block diagram representations. spring coupled masses. pole placement for single output systems. Kailath . distillation column.m . transfer function from state model. N Y 2. Englewood cliffs. Kalman’s and Gilbert’s tests.

direct program memory addressing. 8086 memory organization – even and odd memory banks – segment registers – logical and physical address – advantages and disadvantages of physical memory Module 2 Addressing modes used in 80x86 family Data addressing mode – register addressing. immediate addressing. Hall TMH 3. base relative plus index addressing. register relative addressing. Stack memory addressing mode.Internal architecture – Block diagram – Minimum and maximum mode operation – Interrupt and Interrupt applications – DMA data transfer – 8087 math coprocessor. Microprocessor and Interfacing 2nd Edition . relative program memory addressing.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 3 Intel 80286 Microprocessor 80286 Architecture. The 80x86 family . Module 5 Advanced Intel Microprocessors 80486 – Processor model – Reduced Instruction cycle – five stage instruction pipe line – Integrated coprocessor – On board cache – Burst Bus mode. Pentium – super scalar architecture – u-v pipe line – branch prediction logic – cache structure – BIST (built in self test) – Introduction to MMX technology. scaled addressing.Barry B. direct addressing. Brey Pearson Edu.Douglous V. Kothamangalam ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS LA 803 3+1+0 Module 1 Intel 8086 Microprocessor . 6th Edition . system connection – Real address mode operation – Protected mode operation Module 4 Intel 80386 Microprocessor 80386 Architecture and system connection – Real operating mode – 386 protected mode operation – segmentation and virtual memory – segment privilege levels and protection – call gates – I/O privilege levels – Interrupts and exception handling – task switching – paging mode – 80386 virtual 86 mode operation. Program memory addressing modes . register indirect addressing. The Microprocessors. References 1. base plus index addressing. 2.John Uffenbeck 552 .

flow sheet symbols.Programmable Logic Devices and logic Controllers . INC.Bradlley Protocol (AB. Operator interfaces. wiring practices and signal conditioning. Module 4 Distributed Control Systems . TOP. CRT displays. Bhatkar .Prentice Hall.G Liptak . logic controller design using programmable logic devices. sequential logic controllers.Part 1 Basic packages. Serafin A Perrez.Design and Application Module 2 Programmable Logic Controllers: Combinational logic controllers. workstations. communication systems. Microprocessor based PLCs.Marcel Dekker.II) A805-1 Module1 Robot Organization Coordinate transformation – Kinematics and inverse kinematics – trajectory planning and remote manipulation. 553 . Module 3 Distributed Control Systems .1996 ROBOTICS (ELECTIVE . Kothamangalam COMPUTERISED PROCESS CONTROL A804 3+1+0 Module 1 Programmable Logic Devices: Basic Concepts.1996 2. system integration with PLCs and computers. I/O hardware and setpoint stations. Enrique Mandado.Optic local area networks: MAP and TOP.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. multiplexers and remote terminal units. data highways – field buses. Protocol) References 1. 1990.Part II Supervisory computer tasks and configurations. Fieldbuses. Fibre . Introduction to programmable logic controllers PLC programming languages. . Jorge Marcos. Dobrivoje Popovic and Vijay P. Commercially available PLCs.Programming Technologies. B. Programmable Logic Array (PLA)Programmable Array Logic (PAL).Allen. 3. MAP. cost estimating.Handbook of Process Control . Module 5 Network protocols: Printers. case study.Distributed Computer Control for Industrial Automation .

Signal Assignment Statement. Charniac & Mcdermott. Module 5 Robot control and Application Robot control using voice and infrared – overview of robot application – prosthetic devices – Robots in material handling. Module 2 Behavioural Modelling: Entity Declaration. Co Tokyo 1985 2. 1986 5. P Janaki Raman. McGraw Hill Int.Dataflow Modelling: Concurrent Signal Assignment Statement. processing.Basic Terminology. Saunders Publishing Company. Mc Graw Hill.Assertion Statement.Multiple Processes.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.the UNAFFECTED Value.Concurrent versus Sequential Signal Assignment.Multiple Drivers. Vokobravotic “Introduction to Robotics”.Package Body.Data Types.Conditional Signal Assignment Statement.Model Analysis.II) LA805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Hardware Abstraction.Operators. 554 .Null Statement. Springer 1985 6.Concurrent Assertion Statement.Package Declaration. References 1. Module 3 Robot and Artificial Intelligence Principles of all Basics of Learning – planning Movement – Basics of Knowledge Representation – Robot programming languages. “Roboty Technology ande Applications”.Data Objects.Case Statement. Charniakand.Delta Delay Revisited.Value of a Signal. “Robtics for Engineers”.Simulation. “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence”.Postponed Processes .Configuration Declaration.Basic Language Elements –Identifiers. Hall and Hall” Robotics – A User Friendly Introduction”.Exit StatementNext Statement. Koren. IEEE Press.Wait Statement. 1985 3.Loop Statement.Block Statement.Architecture Body-Process StatementVariable Assignment Statement.Other Sequential Statements. 1986 7.Selected Signal Assignment Statement. Robot Manipulators – Manipulator Dynamics – Manipulator Control –wrists – End effectors – Robot Grippers.Entity DeclarationArchitecture Body. Kothamangalam Module 2 Robot hardware Robot sensors – Proximity Sensors – Range Sensors – Tactile Sensors – Visual Sensors – Auditory Sensors.If Statement .Report Statement. assembly and storage. Springer 1988 4. Gonzalez aqnd Fu “ Robotics (11 Ed)”. Module 4 Robotic Vision Systems Principles of edge detection – Determining of optical flow and shape – image segmentation – Pattern recognition – model director sense analysis. “Robotics”. Tata Mcgraw Hill VHDL (ELECTIVE . Mcdermott. Lee.

Subprogram Overloading.Component InstantiationResolving Signal Values .Default Values for Parameters . Bhasker.Aggregate TargetsShared Variables.Training artificial neural networks .Conversion Functions . Pearson Education Asia. Module 2 Back Propagation .A Clock Divider..Configuration Declaration.Training algorithms.State Machine Modelling. Module 5 Advanced Features: Entity Statements.Operator Overloading.Initialising a Memory.Writing a Test BenchConverting Real and Integer to Time.Modelling Delays.Generics and Configurations: GenericsConfigurations.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Modelling a Mealy FSM.A Test Bench Example.Aliases. Reference 1.Guarded Signals.temporal instability.Default Rules .Variable File NamesHardware Modelling Examples: Modelling Entity interfacesModelling Simple Elements.A Generic Priority Encoder.Linear separability .A Barrel Shifter.Package Body-Design File.Qualified Expressions.Hierarchy in Design.Design Libraries-Order of Analysis.Groups .Direct Instantiation.Learning .Signatures.artificial neuron . VHDL Primer Third editions: J. Kothamangalam Module 3 Structural Modelling: Component Declaration.Local minima .Modelling Regular Structures.II) A805-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction . Pearson Education Asia NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE .Principles .Explicit Visibility. 555 .Generate Statements.Attributes.A Pulse Counter.Perception Representation .Configuration Specification.Packages and Libraries: Package Declaration.Applications .Training algorithm .Model Simulation: Simulation.Modelling Synchronous Logic. Introducing VHDL from simulation to synthesis: Sudhakar Yakmandhiri.Dumping Results into a Text Fi1e.network configurations Network paralysis . Text Book 1.Interacting State MachinesModelling a Moore FSM.Single layer & multi-layer networks .A Generic Binary Multiplier.activation functions .Implicit Visibility. Module 4 Subprograms and Overloading: Subprograms.Type Conversions.A Simplified Blackjack Program.Modelling Conditional Operations.Incremental Binding.Different Styles of Modelling.Reading Vectors from a Text File.

Simon Haykins Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks .Chapman & Hall Artificial Neural Networks . References 1.Applications to general non-linear optimization problems. PHI ADVANCED MICRO-CONTROLLERS (ELECTIVE – II) LA805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Low pin count controllers – Atmel AVR family – ATTiny15L controller architecture – pin descriptions – features – addressing modes – I/O space – reset and interrupt handling – reset sources .Statistical Hopfield networks – Bi-directional associative memories .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 4.Adaptive resonance theory Architecture classification .B.Yegnanarayana. 3.Philip D.Boltzmann’s Training . Module 2 Timers – Watch dog timer – EEPROM – preventing data corruption – Analog comparator – A/D converter – conversion timing – ADC noise reduction – PortB – alternate functions – memory programming – fuse bits – high voltage serial programming – algorithm.applications Thermo dynamic systems . Neural Computing Theory & Practice .statistical properties .stability . Timer2. Text Book 1.Recurrent networks . McGraw Hill Artificial Neural Networks .Robert J. Timer3 -operating modes – PWM mode – event capture mode 556 .Pay Y.Pre initializing the wright vectors .Cauche training .Implementation.H.COP8CBR9 processor – features – electrical characteristics – pin descriptions – memory organization –EEPROM security – brownout reset – in system programming – boot ROM. Module 3 National semiconductor COP8 family .Continuous BAM . Module 5 Hopfield nets . 2. Neural Networks . Schalkoff. An Introduction to neural computing .Training the Grosbery layer Full counter propagation network .Artificial specific heat methods .Associative memory . Wasserman.Tunable internal oscillator. Kothamangalam Module 3 Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer . 5.Application.Training the cohenen layer . Module 4 Statistical methods. Idle timer – Timer1.

DS101374: National Semiconductor reference manual.CS Security Threats – Firewalls .EDI standardization .Work-flow Automation and Coordination.EDI-Legal .Types of Digital Documents. Module 2 Network Security . National semiconductor web site – www. Module 3 Electronic Payment Systems .atmel. Module 5 Microchip PIC16 family – PIC16F873 processor – features – architecture – memory organization . 4. 6.Document Library.Corporate Data Warehouses.microchip. 2. Pearson Education.EDI Application in Business.Encrypted Documents . References 1.Commerce and World Wide Web .com E-COMMERCE (ELECTIVE .Client-Server Network Security .Internal Information System.WWW as the Architecture.register file map – I/O ports – PORTA . Design with PIC micro-controllers: John B Peatman.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Data & Message Security . Module 4 Electronic Data Interchange .Supply Chain Management.com DS30292B: Microchip reference manual.Internet Service Providers .Security and Privacy Issues .II) LA 805-5 3-1-0 Module1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce .Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce . Atmel semiconductor web site – www. 3.Security on the Web. 7.Hypertext publishing.EDI Envelope for Message Trans